summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/macros/luatex/generic/opbible/examples/english
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
Diffstat (limited to 'macros/luatex/generic/opbible/examples/english')
-rw-r--r--macros/luatex/generic/opbible/examples/english/articles/articles-Dan.tex137
-rw-r--r--macros/luatex/generic/opbible/examples/english/bible.tex71
-rw-r--r--macros/luatex/generic/opbible/examples/english/books.tex68
-rw-r--r--macros/luatex/generic/opbible/examples/english/fmt/fmt-BBE-Dan.tex123
-rw-r--r--macros/luatex/generic/opbible/examples/english/fmt/fmt-Jubilee2000-Dan.tex64
-rw-r--r--macros/luatex/generic/opbible/examples/english/fmt/fmt-NETfree-Dan.tex168
-rw-r--r--macros/luatex/generic/opbible/examples/english/fmt/fmt-RNKJV-Dan.tex34
-rw-r--r--macros/luatex/generic/opbible/examples/english/fmt/fmt-UKJV-Dan.tex12
-rw-r--r--macros/luatex/generic/opbible/examples/english/fmt/fmt-Webster-Dan.tex187
-rw-r--r--macros/luatex/generic/opbible/examples/english/images/Nabuko-English-blank-crop.pdfbin0 -> 43248 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/luatex/generic/opbible/examples/english/images/fertile-crescent-crop.pdfbin0 -> 1061780 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/luatex/generic/opbible/examples/english/intros/intro-Dan.tex282
-rw-r--r--macros/luatex/generic/opbible/examples/english/notes/notes-Dan.tex3056
-rw-r--r--macros/luatex/generic/opbible/examples/english/txs/BBE-Dan.txs358
-rw-r--r--macros/luatex/generic/opbible/examples/english/txs/Jubilee2000-Dan.txs358
-rw-r--r--macros/luatex/generic/opbible/examples/english/txs/NETfree-Dan.txs358
-rw-r--r--macros/luatex/generic/opbible/examples/english/txs/RNKJV-Dan.txs358
-rw-r--r--macros/luatex/generic/opbible/examples/english/txs/UKJV-Dan.txs358
-rw-r--r--macros/luatex/generic/opbible/examples/english/txs/Webster-Dan.txs358
-rw-r--r--macros/luatex/generic/opbible/examples/english/vars.tex484
20 files changed, 6834 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/macros/luatex/generic/opbible/examples/english/articles/articles-Dan.tex b/macros/luatex/generic/opbible/examples/english/articles/articles-Dan.tex
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..37101b6293
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/luatex/generic/opbible/examples/english/articles/articles-Dan.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,137 @@
+
+\CommentedBook{Dan}
+
+\Article [6] % Kdo byl Darius Médský?
+
+%%\Cite A %Dáme to do někam textu místo Wericha, ať to můžu ukazovat
+%%{Daniel 3:16\break
+%% Šadrach, Méšak a Abed-nego odpověděi králi:
+%% \uv{Nebúkadnesare, nám není třeba dávat ti \hbox{odpověď}.}
+%%}
+%{Druhořadých věcí nedosáhneme tím, že je prohlásíme za prvořadé. Druhořadých věcí dosáhneme pouze tehdy, budou-li na prvním místě věci první.
+%\quotedby {C. S. Lewis}
+%}
+
+\Cite A
+{%Ani v literatuře a umění nebude nikdo, kdo si zakládá na originalitě, nikdy originální: zatímco když se jenom snažíte říkat pravdu (a nezáleží vám na tom, kolikrát už byla řečena), stanete se v devíti případech z deseti originálními, ani si toho nevšimnete.
+Even in literature and art, no man who bothers about originality will ever be original: whereas if you simply try to tell the truth (without caring twopence how often it has been told before) you will, nine times out of ten, become original without ever having noticed it.
+\quotedby {C. S. Lewis}
+}
+
+
+%\swapCites
+
+%Poprvé je zmíněn v \<5:31>. Někteří (hlavně kritičtí, tj. liberální) teologové, zastánci pozdního (tzv. \uv{makabejského}) datování vzniku knihy Daniel (podle nich kolem roku 165 př.Kr.), tvrdí, že
+%(1) Darius Médský
+%\insertCite A\left \
+%nikdy neexistoval, protože v jiných starověkých dokumentech není zmíněn; (2) jméno Darius použil neznámý makabejský autor, špatně obeznámený s perskou
+%historií, a zaměnil ho s legendárním \x/Dariem/ I. (255--484) Perským (nikoliv Médským); (3) autor se chybně domníval, že Babylón dobyla Médea, nikoliv Persie, a že pod vedením tohoto
+%legendárního \uv{\x/Daria/} Médové vládli světovému impériu několik let, než padlo do rukou Peršanům.
+%
+%Díky tomu mohou advokáti makabejského (pozdního) data tvrdit, že čtyři království z \x/Nabuchodonozor/ova snu (<Da 2>) jsou (1) babylónské; (2) médské; (3) perské a (4) řecké, což
+%jim poskytuje výhodu omezení horizontu Danielových proroctví ne dále než do roku 165 př.Kr. (Pokud by kniha vznikla až v této době, všechna údajná \uv{proroctví} by se dala vysvětlit zpětným pohledem na historické události {\it poté,\/} co nastaly. Problém s tradiční identifikací čtvrtého království coby Říma pro liberály spočívá v tom, že takový pohled předpokládá skutečné pravé prediktivní proroctví, což racionalistický vyšší kriticismus zásadně nepřipouští.)
+%Udržitelnost hypotézy makabejského data proto závisí na výše uvedeném vysvětlení \uv{\x/Daria/ Médského} (protože podle tohoto vysvětlení existuje médské království před perským).
+%Proto je tato postava velmi důležitá; její identifikace má závažné teologické důsledky.
+
+%Peršan Darius I., syn Hystapesův, však nemůže být ztotožněn s \x/Dariem/ Médským hned z několika důvodů:
+
+He is first mentioned in \<5:31>. Some (mainly critical, i.e., liberal) theologians, advocating a late (so-called \uv{Maccabean}) dating of the book of Daniel (according to them around 165 B.C.), claim that
+(1) Darius Medes
+\insertCite A\left\
+never existed because he is not mentioned in other ancient documents; (2) the name Darius was used by an unknown Maccabean author, poorly acquainted with Persian
+history, and confused it with the legendary Darius I (255--484) of Persia (not the Medes); (3) the author erroneously assumed that Babylon was conquered by Medea, not Persia, and that under the leadership of this
+legendary \uv{Darius} the Medes ruled the world empire for several years before it fell into the hands of the Persians.
+
+As a result, advocates of the Maccabean (late) date can claim that the four kingdoms of Nebuchadnezzar's dream (<Dan 2>) are (1) Babylonian; (2) Median; (3) Persian; and (4) Greek, which
+gives them the advantage of limiting the horizon of Daniel's prophecies to no further than 165 B.C. (If the book was written at this time, all of the alleged \uv{prophecies} could be explained in retrospect by looking back at the historical events {\it after they occurred.\/} The problem with the traditional identification of the fourth kingdom as Rome for liberals is that such a view presupposes actual true predictive prophecy, which rationalist higher criticism fundamentally does not allow.)
+\insertCite A\right
+
+The tenability of the Maccabean date hypothesis therefore depends on the above explanation of \uv{Darius the Mede} (since according to this explanation the Median kingdom pre-dates the Persian kingdom).
+Therefore, this figure is very important; its identification has serious theological implications.
+
+However, the Persian Darius I, son of Hystapes, cannot be identified with Darius the Mede for several reasons:
+
+
+
+
+\begitems \style n
+%* Darius I. byl rodem Peršan, bratranec krále \x/Cýra/; nebyl to v žádném případě Méd.
+%\insertCite A\right
+%* Darius I. byl mladík kolem dvaceti let, když zavraždil podvodníka Gaumatu (který se vydával za \x/Cýr/ova syna Smerdise) v roce 522 př.Kr. Nemohlo mu být 62 (\<5:31>).
+%* Darius I. nebyl králem Babylóna před \x/Cýr/em, jak tvrdí liberální teorie. Samostatným vládcem se stal až sedm let po \x/Cýr/ově smrti (srv. <Ezd 4:5>).
+%* Taková zmatenost ohledně národnosti a časové posloupnosti \x/Daria/ a \x/Cýra/ byla v helenistickém světě druhého století př.Kr. absolutně nemyslitelná.
+%Studenti museli číst Xenofóna, Hérodota a další řecké historiky pátého a čtvrtého století př.Kr. Od Xenofóna a Hérodota máme informace o \x/Cýr/ovi a \x/Dariov/i.
+%Jakýkoliv řecky píšící autor, který by umístil \x/Daria/ před \x/Cýra/, by ukončil svou spisovatelskou kariéru výsměchem veřejnosti; nikdo by ho už nikdy nebral vážně.
+* Darius I was a Persian by birth, a cousin of king Cyrus; he was by no means a Mede.
+%\insertCite A\right
+* Darius I was a young man of about twenty when he murdered the impostor Gaumata (who claimed to be Cyrus's son Smerdis) in 522 BC. He could not have been 62 (\<5:31>).
+* Darius I was not king of Babylon before Cyrus as liberal theories claim. He did not become an independent ruler until seven years after the death of Cyrus (cf. <Ezd 4:5>).
+* Such confusion about the nationality and chronology of Darius and Cyrus was absolutely unthinkable in the Hellenistic world of the second century BC.
+Students must have read Xenophon, Herodotus and other Greek historians of the fifth and fourth centuries B.C. From Xenophon and Herodotus we have information about Cyrus and Darius.
+Any Greek writer who placed Darius before Cyrus would have ended his writing career in public ridicule; he would never be taken seriously again.
+\enditems
+
+%Darius Perský (<Ezd 4:5>) a Darius Médský (<Da 5:31>) tedy nemají spolu nic do činění; zmatek je pouze na straně zastánců teorie pozdního data, nikoliv na straně autora knihy Daniel.
+%
+%Nicméně je pravda, že archeologie dosud neobjevila žádnou zmínku o \uv{\x/Dariov/i Médském} z doby, kdy žil, mimo Bibli.
+%(Až do devatenáctého století totéž platilo o Balsazarovi, místokráli, zastupujícím svého otce Nabonida. Kritičtí teologové, zastávající makabejské datování, tvrdili, že
+%Balsazar je další fiktivní postava v Danielovi, dokud nebyly objeveny babylónské tabulky z jeho doby, potvrzující, že Balsazar sloužil jako mladší král v posledních letech vlády svého otce Nabonida. Srv. <"pozn." 5:1>n).
+%
+%Přesto \x/Daria/ Médského dokážeme identifikovat.
+%V knize Daniel je několik náznaků, že Darius nebyl svrchovaným králem, ale že byl dočasně dosazen na trůn nějakou vyšší autoritou.
+%Ve verši \<9:1> čteme, že \uv{byl učiněn králem}. Je zde použit pasivní kořen {\it hofal\/} u slovesného tvaru \uv{homlak} (\Homlak) namísto běžného \uv{malak} (\Malak\ \uv{stal se králem}), používaného v kontextu získání trůnu dobytím nebo dědictvím (např. <1Sa 13:1>).
+%Podobně ve verši \<5:31> čteme, že Darius \uv{\x/ujal království/} (\uv{qabbel} \Qabbel), jako kdyby mu bylo svěřeno vyšší autoritou.
+%
+%Samotné jméno Darius (staropersky {\it Da-ri-ya-(h)u-(ú-)iš\/} \Dariahuuish, hebr. \Dariawush) je zřejmě příbuzné s {\it dara,\/} které se v avestánštině (mrtvý severovýchodní staroíránský jazyk) objevuje jako
+%výraz pro \uv{krále}. Podobně jako označení {\it augustus\/} mezi Římany, mohlo být i přízvisko {\it dārayawush\/} (\uv{královský}) zvláštním čestným titulem, který
+%mohl sloužit i jako vlastní jméno, podobně jako české příjmení \uv{Král}.
+
+Thus, Darius Persian (<Ezra 4:5>) and DariusMedian (<Dan 5:31>) have nothing to do with each other; the confusion is only on the part of the late date theorists, not on the part of the author of Daniel.
+
+However, it is true that archaeology has not yet discovered any mention of {\it Darius the Medes} from the time he lived, outside the Bible.
+(Until the nineteenth century, the same was true of Balsazar, the viceroy representing his father Nabonidus. Critical theologians, advocating Maccabean dating, have argued that
+Balsazar was another fictional character in Daniel until Babylonian tablets from his time were discovered confirming that Balsazar served as a junior king in the last years of his father Nabonidus' reign. Cf. <"note on" 5:1>n).
+
+Nevertheless, we can identify Darius the Mede.
+There are several indications in the book of Daniel that Darius was not a sovereign king, but was temporarily placed on the throne by some higher authority.
+In verse \<9:1>, we read that \uv{was made king}. The passive root {{\it hofal\/}} is used here for the verb form \uv{homlak} (\Homlak) instead of the common \uv{malak} (\Malak \ \ \uv{became king}) used in the context of gaining the throne by conquest or inheritance (e.g., <1Sam 13:1>).
+Similarly, in verse \<5:31> we read that Darius \uv{\x/took the kingdom/} (\uv{qabbel} \Qabbel), as if it had been conferred on him by a higher authority.
+
+The very name Darius (Old Persian {\it Da-ri-ya-(h)u-(ú-)ish/} \Dariahuuish, Heb. \Dariawush) is probably related to {\it dara,\/} which appears in Avestan (a dead northeastern ancient Iranian language) as an expression for a king.
+Like the appellation {{it augustus}} among the Romans, the surname {{\it dārayawush\/}} (\uv{royal}) may have been a special honorary title that
+could also serve as a proper name, like the English surname \uv{King}.
+
+%Zdá se tedy, že záhy po porážce Babylóna médo-perskými vojsky si \x/Cýr/ovu osobní přítomnost vynutila jiná fronta jeho rozpínajícího se impéria. Jevilo se mu tedy jako účelné
+%svěřit království Gubarovi-\x/Dariov/i i s titulem Král Babylóna, aby panoval přibližně rok, než se \x/Cýros/ osobně vrátí ke své korunovační slavnosti v Mardukově chrámu.
+%Po tomto roce vlády v roli místokrále zůstal Darius správcem Babylóna, ale koruna byla odevzdána jeho nadřízenému vládci \x/Cýr/ovi (který ji později předal svém nejstaršímu synovi Kambýsésovi, srv. \<"pozn." 11:2>n, při korunovaci králem Babylóna).
+%
+%Tento scénář podporuje text knihy tím, že Daniel nikde neuvádí žádný pozdější rok \x/Dariov/y vlády než \uv{první} (<9:1>), což indikuje její velmi krátké trvání.
+%I kdyby to mělo znamenat, že jeden rok patřila vláda Médům (víme, že tomu tak nebylo; patřila Peršanu \x/Cýr/ovi), jednoletá říše by sotva mohla uhájit svou legitimní
+%pozici coby království číslo dvě v řadě impérií výrazně trvanlivějších: babylónské vydrželo 73 let, perské 208 let, řecké by v roce 165 př.Kr. mělo za sebou 167 své existence.
+%
+So it seems that soon after the defeat of Babylon by the Medo-Persian armies, Cyrus personal presence was forced by another front of his expanding empire. It seemed expedient to him, therefore.
+to entrust the kingdom to Gubar-Darius with the title of King of Babylon, to rule for about a year before Cyrus personally returned for his coronation ceremony in the temple of Marduk.
+After this year's reign as viceroy, Darius remained as governor of Babylon, but the crown was handed over to his superior ruler Cyrus (who later passed it on to his eldest son Cambyses, cf. \<"note on" 11:2>n, at his coronation as king of Babylon).
+
+This scenario is supported by the text of the book in that Daniel nowhere mentions any later year of Darius's reign than \uv{first} (<9:1>), indicating its very short duration.
+Even if this were to mean that the one-year reign belonged to the Medes (we know it did not; it belonged to Persian Cyrus), a one-year empire could hardly have defended its legitimate
+position as the number two kingdom in a series of empires of considerably greater durability: the Babylonian lasted 73 years, the Persian 208 years, the Greek would have had 167 years of existence by 165 BC.
+
+%Kromě toho slovní hříčka Danielovy interpretace nápisu na zdi v <5:28>, která spojuje dva významy stejného kořene P--R--S (\PRS): {\it p$^e$r\char238
+%sat\/} (\Persat\ \uv{rozděleno}) a
+%{\it pārās} (\LaMedeUParas\ \uv{dáno Médům a Peršanům}), zároveň ujišťuje, že autor knihy psal v přesvědčení, že království číslo jedna (babylónské) přechází pod
+%nadvládu Peršanů již spojených s Médy a tím se stává královstvím číslo dvě. Kniha Daniel neponechává žádný prostor pro kritickou spekulaci o dřívějším médském království, které
+%údajně mohl mít autor knihy na mysli.
+
+%Čtvrté království je pak Řím, jediné, které dokázalo pokořit Řecko (<2:40>), a během jehož existence vzniklo Božím zásahem království věčné, jemuž nebude konce (<2:44>) -- církev.
+%(Srv. graf \ref[danielovyvize] na str. \pgref[danielovyvize]).
+In addition, a pun on Daniel's interpretation of the inscription on the wall in <5:28>, which combines two meanings of the same root P--R--S (\PRS): {\it p$^e$r\char238 sat/} (\Persat \ \ \uv{divided}) and {\it pārās} {\LaMedeUParas} (\uv{given to the Medes and Persians}), while assuring that the author of the book wrote in the belief that kingdom number one (Babylonian) would pass under
+to the rule of the Persians already allied with the Medes and thus becomes kingdom number two. The book of Daniel leaves no room for critical speculation about the earlier Median kingdom, which
+the author of the book may have had in mind.
+
+The fourth kingdom, then, is Rome, the only one that has been able to subdue Greece (<2:40>), and during whose existence the eternal kingdom of which there will be no end (<2:44>) -- the church -- has come into being by divine intervention.
+(Cf. chart \ref[danielovyvize] on p. \pgref[danielovyvize]).
+
+\endinput
+
+
diff --git a/macros/luatex/generic/opbible/examples/english/bible.tex b/macros/luatex/generic/opbible/examples/english/bible.tex
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..efa97b21bb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/luatex/generic/opbible/examples/english/bible.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+\load[opbible] % macros OP-Bible
+\input opbible-hebrew % Hebrew phrases are declared here
+\enquotes
+
+ \cnvtext{[}{\bgroup\it} \cnvtext{]}{\/\egroup}
+
+%\normalchapnumbers
+%\mergednotes
+
+\ifx\tmark\undefined
+\def\tmark {BBE}
+%\def\tmark {Jubilee2000} %OK!
+%\def\tmark {NETfree}
+%\def\tmark {UKJV} %OK
+%\def\tmark {RNKJV} %Jméno YHWH píše pozpátku, takže původní text je upraven na \flip{\HebrewFont YHWH}. Přesto při kompilaci protestuje, že hebrejská písmena nemá v Biblon fontu, nevím proč, ale když se \HebrewFont spustí pro celou Bibli, sazí to bez potíží, jenom text není Biblonem.
+%\def\tmark {Webster} %OK
+\fi
+
+\def\txsfile {./txs/\tmark-\bmark.txs} % Localization of .txs files
+\def\fmtfile {./fmt/fmt-\tmark-\amark.tex} % Localisation of fmts
+\def\notesfile {./notes/notes-\amark.tex} % Localisation of notes
+\def\introfile {./intros/intro-\amark.tex} % Localisation introductions
+\def\articlefile {./articles/articles-\amark.tex} % Localisation of articles
+
+\switch
+ {BBE} {\def\bibname{Bible in Basic English}}%
+ {Jubilee2000}{\def\bibname{Jubilee 2000 Bible}}%
+ {NETfree} {\def\bibname{New English Translation}}%
+ {RNKJV} {\def\bibname{Restored Name King James Version}}%
+ {UKJV} {\def\bibname{Updated King James Version}}%
+ {Webster} {\def\bibname{Noah Webster's Bible}}%
+
+\switch {NETfree} {\quotationmarks{“}{”}}
+
+%\hyperlinks\relax\relax
+
+\input {vars.tex} % Language variants
+
+\input {books.tex} % English book titles
+
+%\def\printedbooks {%
+% Gn Ex Lv Nu Dt Joz Sd Rt 1Sa 2Sa 1Kr 2Kr 1Pa 2Pa Ezd Neh
+% Est Jb Ž Př Kaz Pís Iz Jr Pl Ez Da Oz Jl Am Abd Jon Mi
+% Na Abk Sf Ag Za Mal
+% Mt Mk Lk Jn Sk Ř 1Kor 2Kor Ga Ef Fp Ko 1Te 2Te 1Tm 2Tm
+% Tt Fm Žd Jk 1Pt 2Pt 1Jn 2Jn 3Jn Ju Zj
+%}
+%\def\printedbooks {Gen Exod Lev Num Deut
+% Josh Judg Ruth
+% 1Sam 2Sam 1Kgs 2Kgs 1Chr 2Chr
+% Ezra Neh Esth
+% Job Ps Prov Eccl Song
+% Isa Jer Lam Ezek Dan
+% Hos Joel Amos Obad Jonah Mic Nah Hab Zeph
+% Hag Zech Mal
+% Matt Mark Luke John Acts
+% Rom 1Cor 2Cor Gal Eph Phil Col 1Thess 2Thess 1Tim 2Tim %Titus Phlm
+% Heb Jas 1Pet 2Pet 1John 2John 3John Jude Rev
+% }
+
+
+%\mergednotes
+
+\def\printedbooks{Dan}
+
+%\checksyntax notes-Dan {} %fmt/fmt-NETfree-Dan {}
+%\HebrewFont % for RNKJV only
+
+\processbooks % Generates books declared in \printedbooks
+
+\bye
diff --git a/macros/luatex/generic/opbible/examples/english/books.tex b/macros/luatex/generic/opbible/examples/english/books.tex
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7c3b14e080
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/luatex/generic/opbible/examples/english/books.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
+\BookTitle Gen Gen {Genesis}
+\BookTitle Exod Exod {Exodus}
+\BookTitle Lev Lev {Leviticus}
+\BookTitle Num Num {Numbers}
+\BookTitle Deut Deut {Deuteronomy}
+\BookTitle Josh Josh {Joshua}
+\BookTitle Judg Judg {Judges}
+\BookTitle Ruth Ruth {Ruth}
+\BookTitle 1Sam 1Sam {I Samuel}
+\BookTitle 2Sam 2Sam {II Samuel}
+\BookTitle 1Kgs 1Kgs {I Kings}
+\BookTitle 2Kgs 2Kgs {II Kings}
+\BookTitle 1Chr 1Chr {I Chronicles}
+\BookTitle 2Chr 2Chr {II Chronicles}
+\BookTitle Ezra Ezra {Ezra}
+\BookTitle Neh Neh {Nehemiah}
+\BookTitle Esth Esth {Esther}
+\BookTitle Job Job {Job}
+\BookTitle Ps Ps {Psalms}
+\BookTitle Prov Prov {Proverbs}
+\BookTitle Eccl Eccl {Ecclesiastes}
+\BookTitle Song Song {Song of Solomon}
+\BookTitle Isa Isa {Isaiah}
+\BookTitle Jer Jer {Jeremiah}
+\BookTitle Lam Lam {Lamentations}
+\BookTitle Ezek Ezek {Ezekiel}
+\BookTitle Dan Dan {Daniel}
+\BookTitle Hos Hos {Hosea}
+\BookTitle Joel Joel {Joel}
+\BookTitle Amos Amos {Amos}
+\BookTitle Obad Obad {Obadiah}
+\BookTitle Jonah Jonah {Jonah}
+\BookTitle Mic Mic {Micah}
+\BookTitle Nah Nah {Nahum}
+\BookTitle Hab Hab {Habakkuk}
+\BookTitle Zeph Zeph {Zephaniah}
+\BookTitle Hag Hag {Haggai}
+\BookTitle Zech Zech {Zechariah}
+\BookTitle Mal Mal {Malachi}
+\BookTitle Matt Matt {Matthew}
+\BookTitle Mark Mark {Mark}
+\BookTitle Luke Luke {Luke}
+\BookTitle John John {John}
+\BookTitle Acts Acts {Acts}
+\BookTitle Rom Rom {Romans}
+\BookTitle 1Cor 1Cor {I Corinthians}
+\BookTitle 2Cor 2Cor {II Corinthians}
+\BookTitle Gal Gal {Galatians}
+\BookTitle Eph Eph {Ephesians}
+\BookTitle Phil Phil {Philippians}
+\BookTitle Col Col {Colossians}
+\BookTitle 1Thess 1Thess {I Thessalonians}
+\BookTitle 2Thess 2Thess {II Thessalonians}
+\BookTitle 1Tim 1Tim {I Timothy}
+\BookTitle 2Tim 2Tim {II Timothy}
+\BookTitle Titus Titus {Titus}
+\BookTitle Phlm Phlm {Philemon}
+\BookTitle Heb Heb {Hebrews}
+\BookTitle Jas Jas {James}
+\BookTitle 1Pet 1Pet {I Peter}
+\BookTitle 2Pet 2Pet {II Peter}
+\BookTitle 1John 1John {I John}
+\BookTitle 2John 2John {II John}
+\BookTitle 3John 3John {III John}
+\BookTitle Jude Jude {Jude}
+\BookTitle Rev Rev {Revelation of John}
+\def\nochapbooks{Obad Phlm 2John 3John Jude}
+\endinput
diff --git a/macros/luatex/generic/opbible/examples/english/fmt/fmt-BBE-Dan.tex b/macros/luatex/generic/opbible/examples/english/fmt/fmt-BBE-Dan.tex
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..eec3916d63
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/luatex/generic/opbible/examples/english/fmt/fmt-BBE-Dan.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,123 @@
+\FormatedBook{Dan} %Headings and formating according to RVS http://www.clerus.org/bibliaclerusonline/en/dtc.htm#h
+\fmtpre{1:1}{\chaptit{Four Young Israelites at the Babylonian Court}}
+\fmtadd{1:2}{\endgraf}
+\fmtadd{1:5}{\endgraf}
+\fmtfont{1:7}{the name of}{\em}
+\fmtkeep{1:7}{the name of}
+\fmtfont{1:7}{the name of}{\em}
+\fmtkeep{1:7}{the name of}
+\fmtfont{1:7}{the name of}{\em}
+\fmtkeep{1:7}{the name of}
+\fmtfont{1:7}{the name of}{\em}
+\fmtadd{1:7}{\endgraf}
+\fmtadd{1:14}{\endgraf}
+\fmtadd{1:16}{\endgraf}
+%\fmtadd{1:20}{\endgraf}
+\fmtpre{2:1}{\chaptit{Nebuchadnezzar's Dream}}
+%\fmtadd{2:2}{\endgraf}
+%\fmtadd{2:4}{\endgraf}
+\fmtadd{2:6}{\endgraf}
+%\fmtadd{2:7}{\endgraf}
+%\fmtadd{2:9}{\endgraf}
+\fmtadd{2:11}{\endgraf}
+%\fmtadd{2:13}{\endgraf}
+\fmtadd{2:16}{\endgraf}
+\fmtpre{2:17}{\schaptit{God Reveals Nebuchadnezzar's Dream}}
+%\fmtins{2:20}{,}{\begcenter}
+% \fmtins{2:20}{forever and ever,}{\endgraf}
+% \fmtins{2:20}{belong to him.}{\endgraf}
+%\fmtadd{2:20}{\endgraf}
+%\fmtins{2:21}{seasons,}{\endgraf}
+%\fmtins{2:21}{kings}{\endgraf}
+%\fmtins{2:21}{others.}{\endgraf}
+%\fmtins{2:21}{wise;}{\endgraf}
+%\fmtadd{2:21}{\endgraf}
+%\fmtins{2:22}{things.}{\endgraf}
+%\fmtins{2:22}{darkness,}{\endgraf}
+%\fmtadd{2:22}{\endgraf}
+%\fmtins{2:23}{glorify you,}{\endgraf}
+%\fmtins{2:23}{on me.}{\endgraf}
+%\fmtins{2:23}{from you.}{\endgraf}
+%\fmtadd{2:23}{\endcenter}
+\fmtpre{2:24}{\schaptit{Daniel Interprets the Dream}}
+\fmtadd{2:28}{\endgraf}
+\fmtadd{2:30}{\endgraf}
+\fmtadd{2:35}{\endgraf}
+\fmtadd{2:45}{\endgraf}
+\fmtpre{2:46}{\schaptit{Daniel and His Friends Promoted}}
+\fmtpre{3:1}{\chaptit{The Golden Image}}
+\fmtadd{3:3}{\endgraf}
+\fmtadd{3:15}{\endgraf}
+%\fmtadd{3:12}{\endgraf}
+%\fmtadd{3:18}{\endgraf}
+%\fmtadd{3:23}{\endgraf}
+\fmtpre{3:19}{\schaptit{The Fiery Furnace}}
+\fmtadd{3:20}{\endgraf}
+\fmtadd{3:23}{\endgraf}
+\fmtadd{3:25}{\endgraf}
+\fmtadd{3:27}{\endgraf}
+\fmtadd{3:28}{\endgraf}
+\fmtadd{3:29}{\endgraf}
+\fmtadd{4:15}{\endgraf}
+\fmtpre{5:1}{\chaptit{Belshazzar's Feast}}
+\fmtpre{5:5}{\schaptit{The Writing on the Wall}}
+%\fmtadd{5:7}{\endgraf}
+%\fmtadd{5:12}{\endgraf}
+%\fmtadd{5:16}{\endgraf}
+\fmtpre{5:13}{\schaptit{The Writing on the Wall Interpreted}}
+\fmtpre{6:1}{\chaptit{The Plot against Daniel}}
+\fmtadd{6:1}{\endgraf}
+%\fmtadd{6:6}{\endgraf}
+%\fmtadd{6:11}{\endgraf}
+\fmtpre{6:10}{\schaptit{Daniel in the Lions' Den}}
+\fmtadd{6:10}{\endgraf}
+\fmtadd{6:16}{\endgraf}
+\fmtpre{6:19}{\schaptit{Daniel Saved from the Lions}}
+\fmtpre{7:1}{\chaptit{Visions of the Four Beasts}}
+% \fmtins{7:9}{,}{\begcenter}
+% \fmtadd{7:10}{\endcenter}
+% \fmtpre{7:13}{\begcenter}
+% \fmtadd{7:14}{\endcenter}
+ \fmtpre{7:9}{\schaptit{Judgment before the Ancient One}}
+ \fmtpre{7:15}{\schaptit{Daniel's Visions Interpreted}}
+% \fmtins{7:23}{:}{\begcenter}
+% \fmtadd{7:27}{\endcenter}
+\fmtpre{8:1}{\chaptit{Vision of a Ram and a Goat}}
+%\fmtadd{8:4}{\endgraf}
+%\fmtadd{8:8}{\endgraf}
+%\fmtadd{8:14}{\endgraf}
+\fmtpre{8:15}{\schaptit{Gabriel Interprets the Vision}}
+% \fmtpre{8:23}{\begcenter}
+% \fmtadd{8:26}{\endcenter}
+\fmtpre{9:1}{\chaptit{Daniel's Prayer for the People}}
+%\fmtadd{9:3}{\endgraf}
+%\fmtadd{9:19}{\endgraf}
+\fmtpre{9:20}{\schaptit{The Seventy Weeks}}
+ \fmtpre{9:24}{\begcenter}
+ \fmtadd{9:27}{\endcenter}
+\fmtpre{10:1}{\chaptit{Conflict of Nations and Heavenly Powers}}
+\fmtadd{10:8}{\endgraf}
+\fmtadd{10:19}{\endgraf}
+\fmtadd{11:9}{\endgraf}
+%\fmtadd{11:20}{\endgraf}
+%\fmtadd{11:24}{\endgraf}
+%\fmtadd{11:28}{\endgraf}
+%\fmtadd{11:35}{\endgraf}
+\fmtadd{11:39}{\endgraf}
+\fmtpre{11:40}{\schaptit{The Time of End}}
+ \fmtpre{12:1}{\chaptit{The Resurrection of the Dead}}
+% \fmtadd{12:3}{\endcenter}
+\fmtadd{12:1}{\endgraf}
+\fmtadd{12:4}{\endgraf}
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+\endinput
diff --git a/macros/luatex/generic/opbible/examples/english/fmt/fmt-Jubilee2000-Dan.tex b/macros/luatex/generic/opbible/examples/english/fmt/fmt-Jubilee2000-Dan.tex
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ca65eb24d3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/luatex/generic/opbible/examples/english/fmt/fmt-Jubilee2000-Dan.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+\FormatedBook{Dan}
+% headings from Bible Outlines: https://www.biblestudystart.com/outlines/daniel.html
+\fmtpre{1:1}{\chaptit{Jehoiakim's captivity}}
+\fmtpre{1:3}{\schaptit{Ashpenaz takes Daniel, Hananiah, Mishael, and Azariah}}
+\fmtpre{1:8}{\schaptit{They refusing the king's portion do prosper with pulse and water}}
+\fmtpre{1:17}{\schaptit{Their proficiency in wisdom}}
+\fmtpre{2:1}{\chaptit{Nebuchadnezzar, forgetting his dream, requires it of the Chaldeans, by promises and threatenings}}
+\fmtpre{2:10}{\schaptit{They acknowledging their inability are judged to die}}
+\fmtpre{2:14}{\schaptit{Daniel obtaining some respite finds the dream}}
+\fmtpre{2:19}{\schaptit{He blesses God}}
+\fmtpre{2:24}{\schaptit{He staying the decree is brought to the king}}
+\fmtpre{2:31}{\schaptit{The dream}}
+\fmtpre{2:36}{\schaptit{The interpretation}}
+\fmtpre{2:46}{\schaptit{Daniel's advancement}}
+\fmtpre{3:1}{\chaptit{Nebuchadnezzar dedicates a golden image in Dura}}
+\fmtpre{3:8}{\schaptit{Shadrach, Meshach, and Abednego are accused for not worshipping the image}}
+\fmtpre{3:13}{\schaptit{They being threatened, make a good confession}}
+\fmtpre{3:19}{\schaptit{They are cast into the furnace,}}
+\fmtpre{3:24}{\schaptit{from which God delivers them.}}
+\fmtpre{3:28}{\schaptit{Nebuchadnezzar seeing the miracle blesses God, and advances them}}
+\fmtpre{4:1}{\chaptit{Nebuchadnezzar confesses God's kingdom,}}
+\fmtpre{4:4}{\schaptit{makes relation of his dreams, which the magicians could not interpret.}}
+\fmtpre{4:8}{\schaptit{Daniel hears the dream}}
+\fmtpre{4:19}{\schaptit{He interprets it}}
+\fmtpre{4:28}{\schaptit{The dream fulfilled}}
+\fmtpre{5:1}{\chaptit{Belshazzar's impious feas}}
+\fmtpre{5:5}{\schaptit{A hand-writing unknown to the magicians, troubles the king}}
+\fmtpre{5:10}{\schaptit{At the commendation of the queen Daniel is brought}}
+\fmtpre{5:17}{\schaptit{He, reproving the king of pride and idolatry,}}
+\fmtpre{5:25}{\schaptit{reads and interprets the writing.}}
+\fmtpre{5:30}{\schaptit{The monarchy is translated to the Medes}}
+\fmtpre{6:1}{\chaptit{Daniel is made chief of the presidents}}
+\fmtpre{6:4}{\schaptit{They, conspiring against him, obtain an idolatrous decree}}
+\fmtpre{6:10}{\schaptit{Daniel, accused of the breach thereof, is cast into the lion's den}}
+\fmtpre{6:18}{\schaptit{Daniel is saved;}}
+\fmtpre{6:24}{\schaptit{his adversaries devoured;}}
+\fmtpre{6:25}{\schaptit{and God magnified by a decree}}
+\fmtpre{7:1}{\chaptit{Daniel's vision of the four beasts,}}
+\fmtpre{7:9}{\schaptit{and of God's kingdom}}
+\fmtpre{7:15}{\schaptit{The interpretation thereo}}
+\fmtpre{8:1}{\chaptit{Daniel's vision of the ram and he goat}}
+\fmtpre{8:13}{\schaptit{The two thousand three hundred days of the suspension of the daily sacrifice}}
+\fmtpre{8:15}{\schaptit{Gabriel comforts Daniel, and interprets the vision}}
+\fmtpre{9:1}{\chaptit{Daniel, considering the time of the captivity,}}
+\fmtpre{9:3}{\schaptit{makes confession of sins}}
+\fmtpre{9:16}{\schaptit{and prays for the restoration of Jerusalem}}
+\fmtpre{9:20}{\schaptit{Gabriel informs him of the seventy weeks}}
+\fmtpre{10:1}{\chaptit{Daniel, having humbled himself, sees a vision}}
+\fmtpre{10:10}{\schaptit{Being troubled with fear, he is comforted by the angel}}
+\fmtpre{11:1}{\chaptit{The overthrow of Persia by the king of Grecia}}
+\fmtpre{11:5}{\schaptit{Leagues and conflicts between the kings of the south and of the north}}
+\fmtpre{11:30}{\schaptit{The invasion and tyranny of the Romans}}
+\fmtpre{12:1}{\chaptit{Michael shall deliver Israel from their troubles}}
+\fmtpre{12:5}{\schaptit{Daniel is informed of the times}}
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+\endinput
diff --git a/macros/luatex/generic/opbible/examples/english/fmt/fmt-NETfree-Dan.tex b/macros/luatex/generic/opbible/examples/english/fmt/fmt-NETfree-Dan.tex
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..5012709ccb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/luatex/generic/opbible/examples/english/fmt/fmt-NETfree-Dan.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,168 @@
+\FormatedBook{Dan}
+\fmtpre{1:1}{\chaptit{Daniel Finds Favor in Babylon}}
+\fmtadd{1:2}{\endgraf}
+\fmtadd{1:7}{\endgraf}
+%\fmtadd{1:10}{\endgraf}
+\fmtadd{1:14}{\endgraf}
+\fmtadd{1:17}{\endgraf}
+%\fmtadd{1:20}{\endgraf}
+\fmtpre{2:1}{\chaptit{Nebuchadnezzar Has a Disturbing Dream}}
+\fmtadd{2:2}{\endgraf}
+%\fmtadd{2:4}{\endgraf}
+%\fmtadd{2:6}{\endgraf}
+%\fmtadd{2:7}{\endgraf}
+\fmtadd{2:9}{\endgraf}
+\fmtadd{2:11}{\endgraf}
+\fmtadd{2:13}{\endgraf}
+%\fmtadd{2:16}{\endgraf}
+\fmtins{2:20}{,}{\begcenter}
+ \fmtins{2:20}{forever and ever,}{\endgraf}
+ \fmtins{2:20}{belong to him.}{\endgraf}
+\fmtadd{2:20}{\endgraf}
+\fmtins{2:21}{seasons,}{\endgraf}
+\fmtins{2:21}{kings}{\endgraf}
+\fmtins{2:21}{others.}{\endgraf}
+\fmtins{2:21}{wise;}{\endgraf}
+\fmtadd{2:21}{\endgraf}
+\fmtins{2:22}{things.}{\endgraf}
+\fmtins{2:22}{darkness,}{\endgraf}
+\fmtadd{2:22}{\endgraf}
+\fmtins{2:23}{glorify you,}{\endgraf}
+\fmtins{2:23}{on me.}{\endgraf}
+\fmtins{2:23}{from you.}{\endgraf}
+ \fmtadd{2:23}{\endcenter}
+\fmtadd{2:24}{\endgraf}
+\fmtadd{2:28}{\endgraf}
+\fmtadd{2:30}{\endgraf}
+\fmtpre{2:31}{\schaptit{Daniel Interprets Nebuchadnezzar’s Dream}}
+\fmtadd{2:45}{\endgraf}
+\fmtpre{3:1}{\chaptit{Daniel’s Friends Are Tested}}
+\fmtadd{3:3}{\endgraf}
+\fmtadd{3:7}{\endgraf}
+\fmtadd{3:12}{\endgraf}
+\fmtadd{3:18}{\endgraf}
+\fmtadd{3:23}{\endgraf}
+\fmtpre{3:24}{\schaptit{God Delivers His Servants}}
+%\fmtadd{3:25}{\endgraf}
+\fmtins{3:26}{here!"}{\endgraf}
+%\fmtpre{4:1}{\chaptit{Zapuzený a znovu nastolený král}}
+ \fmtins{4:2}{for me.}{\begcenter}
+ \fmtins{4:3}{signs!}{\endgraf}
+ \fmtins{4:3}{wonders!}{\endgraf}
+ \fmtins{4:3}{forever,}{\endgraf}
+ \fmtadd{4:3}{\endcenter}
+ \fmtpre{4:4}{\schaptit{Nebuchadnezzar Dreams of a Tree Chopped Down}\nobreak\medskip}
+ \fmtins{4:10}{bed.}{\begcenter}
+ \fmtins{4:10}{watching,}{\endgraf}
+ \fmtins{4:10}{land.}{\endgraf}
+ \fmtins{4:10}{tall}{\endgraf}
+ \fmtins{4:11}{strong.}{\endgraf}
+ \fmtins{4:11}{sky;}{\endgraf}
+ \fmtins{4:11}{land.}{\endgraf}
+ \fmtins{4:12}{plentiful;}{\endgraf}
+ \fmtins{4:12}{all.}{\endgraf}
+ \fmtins{4:12}{shade,}{\endgraf}
+ \fmtins{4:12}{nest.}{\endgraf}
+ \fmtins{4:12}{from it.}{\endgraf}
+ \fmtins{4:13}{bed,}{\endgraf}
+ \fmtins{4:13}{heaven.}{\endgraf}
+ \fmtins{4:14}{:}{\endgraf}
+ \fmtins{4:14}{branches!}{\endgraf}
+ \fmtins{4:14}{foliage}{\endgraf}
+ \fmtins{4:14}{fruit!}{\endgraf}
+ \fmtins{4:14}{under it}{\endgraf}
+ \fmtins{4:14}{from its branches!}{\endgraf}
+ \fmtins{4:15}{ground,}{\endgraf}
+ \fmtins{4:15}{around it}{\endgraf}
+ \fmtins{4:15}{field.}{\endgraf}
+ \fmtins{4:15}{sky,}{\endgraf}
+ \fmtins{4:15}{land.}{\endgraf}
+ \fmtins{4:16}{being,}{\endgraf}
+ \fmtins{4:16}{to him,}{\endgraf}
+ \fmtins{4:16}{for him.}{\endgraf}
+ \fmtins{4:17}{sentinels;}{\endgraf}
+ \fmtins{4:17}{ones,}{\endgraf}
+ \fmtins{4:17}{understand}{\endgraf}
+ \fmtins{4:17}{kingdoms,}{\endgraf}
+ \fmtins{4:17}{wishes.}{\endgraf}
+ \fmtadd{4:17}{\endgraf}
+ \fmtadd{4:17}{\endcenter}
+\fmtpre{4:19}{\schaptit{Daniel Interprets Nebuchadnezzar’s Dream}}
+\fmtadd{4:27}{\endgraf}
+\fmtadd{4:32}{\endgraf}
+\fmtadd{4:33}{\endgraf}
+\fmtins{4:34}{to me.}{\begcenter}
+ \fmtins{4:34}{High,}{\endgraf}
+ \fmtins{4:34}{forever.}{\endgraf}
+ \fmtins{4:34}{authority,}{\endgraf}
+ \fmtins{4:34}{next.}{\endgraf}
+ \fmtins{4:35}{nothing.}{\endgraf}
+ \fmtins{4:35}{heaven}{\endgraf}
+ \fmtins{4:35}{earth.}{\endgraf}
+ \fmtins{4:35}{hand}{\endgraf}
+\fmtadd{4:35}{\endcenter}
+\fmtpre{5:1}{\chaptit{Belshazzar Sees Mysterious Handwriting on a Wall}}
+\fmtadd{5:7}{\endgraf}
+\fmtadd{5:12}{\endgraf}
+\fmtadd{5:16}{\endgraf}
+\fmtpre{5:17}{\schaptit{Daniel Interprets the Handwriting on the Wall}}
+\fmtpre{6:1}{\chaptit{Daniel is Thrown into a Lions’ Den}}
+\fmtadd{6:1}{\endgraf}
+\fmtadd{6:6}{\endgraf}
+\fmtadd{6:11}{\endgraf}
+\fmtpre{6:19}{\schaptit{God Rescues Daniel from the Lions}}
+%\fmtpoetry{6:26}{God; // forever. / destroyed; //}
+%\fmtpoetry{6:27}{/ delivers // wonders /// earth. / Daniel // }
+ \fmtins{6:26}{;}{\begcenter}
+ \fmtadd{6:27}{\endcenter}
+% \fmtins{6:26}{Daniel.}{\medskip\hglue-2mm}
+ \fmtadd{6:27}{\medskip}
+\fmtadd{6:28}{\endgraf}
+\fmtpre{7:1}{\chaptit{Daniel has a Vision of Four Animals Coming up from the Sea}}
+ \fmtins{7:9}{,}{\begcenter}
+ \fmtadd{7:10}{\endcenter}
+ \fmtpre{7:13}{\begcenter}
+ \fmtadd{7:14}{\endcenter}
+ \fmtpre{7:15}{\schaptit{An Angel Interprets Daniel’s Vision}}
+ \fmtins{7:23}{:}{\begcenter}
+ \fmtadd{7:27}{\endcenter}
+\fmtpre{8:1}{\chaptit{Daniel Has a Vision of a Goat and a Ram}}
+\fmtadd{8:4}{\endgraf}
+\fmtadd{8:8}{\endgraf}
+\fmtadd{8:14}{\endgraf}
+\fmtpre{8:15}{\schaptit{An Angel Interprets Daniel’s Vision}}
+ \fmtpre{8:23}{\begcenter}
+ \fmtadd{8:26}{\endcenter}
+\fmtpre{9:1}{\chaptit{Daniel Prays for His People}}
+\fmtadd{9:3}{\endgraf}
+\fmtadd{9:19}{\endgraf}
+\fmtpre{9:20}{\schaptit{Gabriel Gives to Daniel a Prophecy of Seventy Weeks}}
+ \fmtpre{9:24}{\begcenter}
+ \fmtadd{9:27}{\endcenter}
+\fmtpre{10:1}{\chaptit{An Angel Appears to Daniel}}
+\fmtadd{10:1}{\endgraf}
+\fmtadd{10:3}{\endgraf}
+\fmtadd{10:14}{\endgraf}
+\fmtins{11:2}{truth.}{\schaptit{The Angel Gives a Message to Daniel}}
+\fmtadd{11:9}{\endgraf}
+\fmtadd{11:20}{\endgraf}
+\fmtadd{11:24}{\endgraf}
+\fmtadd{11:28}{\endgraf}
+\fmtadd{11:35}{\endgraf}
+\fmtadd{11:39}{\endgraf}
+ \fmtpre{12:1}{\begcenter}
+ \fmtadd{12:3}{\endcenter}
+\fmtadd{12:4}{\endgraf}
+\fmtadd{12:8}{\endgraf}
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+\endinput
diff --git a/macros/luatex/generic/opbible/examples/english/fmt/fmt-RNKJV-Dan.tex b/macros/luatex/generic/opbible/examples/english/fmt/fmt-RNKJV-Dan.tex
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..07a88b64d3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/luatex/generic/opbible/examples/english/fmt/fmt-RNKJV-Dan.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+\FormatedBook{Dan}
+
+\protected\def\hebcosi/{{\Hebrew{הוהי}}}
+
+%\protected\def\hebcosi/{{\textdir TRT\Hebrew{יהוה}}}
+
+% Note that Sword sources have bad order of this four letters now.
+% If it will be corrected in a future version than you have to
+% correct the order of these letters in all occurrences here
+% and you can use \texdir TRT as mentioned in the commented definition.
+
+\fmtrepl{1:2}{הוהי}{\hebcosi/}
+\fmtrepl{9:2}{הוהי}{\hebcosi/}
+\fmtrepl{9:3}{הוהי}{\hebcosi/}
+\fmtrepl{9:4}{הוהי}{\hebcosi/}
+\fmtrepl{9:4}{הוהי}{\hebcosi/}
+\fmtrepl{9:7}{הוהי}{\hebcosi/}
+\fmtrepl{9:8}{הוהי}{\hebcosi/}
+\fmtrepl{9:9}{הוהי}{\hebcosi/}
+\fmtrepl{9:10}{הוהי}{\hebcosi/}
+\fmtrepl{9:13}{הוהי}{\hebcosi/}
+\fmtrepl{9:14}{הוהי}{\hebcosi/}
+\fmtrepl{9:14}{הוהי}{\hebcosi/}
+\fmtrepl{9:15}{הוהי}{\hebcosi/}
+\fmtrepl{9:16}{הוהי}{\hebcosi/}
+\fmtrepl{9:17}{הוהי}{\hebcosi/}
+\fmtrepl{9:19}{הוהי}{\hebcosi/}
+\fmtrepl{9:19}{הוהי}{\hebcosi/}
+\fmtrepl{9:19}{הוהי}{\hebcosi/}
+\fmtrepl{9:20}{הוהי}{\hebcosi/}
+
+
+
+\endinput
diff --git a/macros/luatex/generic/opbible/examples/english/fmt/fmt-UKJV-Dan.tex b/macros/luatex/generic/opbible/examples/english/fmt/fmt-UKJV-Dan.tex
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c6f24b2450
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/luatex/generic/opbible/examples/english/fmt/fmt-UKJV-Dan.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+\FormatedBook{Dan}
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+\endinput
diff --git a/macros/luatex/generic/opbible/examples/english/fmt/fmt-Webster-Dan.tex b/macros/luatex/generic/opbible/examples/english/fmt/fmt-Webster-Dan.tex
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..8e00f0cb99
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/luatex/generic/opbible/examples/english/fmt/fmt-Webster-Dan.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,187 @@
+\FormatedBook{Dan}
+\endinput
+\fmtpre{1:1}{\chaptit{Daniel Finds Favor in Babylon}}
+\fmtadd{1:2}{\endgraf}
+\fmtadd{1:7}{\endgraf}
+\fmtadd{1:10}{\endgraf}
+\fmtadd{1:14}{\endgraf}
+\fmtadd{1:17}{\endgraf}
+\fmtadd{1:20}{\endgraf}
+\fmtpre{2:1}{\chaptit{Nebuchadnezzar Has a Disturbing Dream}}
+\fmtadd{2:3}{\endgraf}
+\fmtadd{2:4}{\endgraf}
+\fmtadd{2:6}{\endgraf}
+\fmtadd{2:7}{\endgraf}
+\fmtadd{2:9}{\endgraf}
+\fmtadd{2:11}{\endgraf}
+\fmtadd{2:13}{\endgraf}
+\fmtadd{2:16}{\endgraf}
+ \fmtins{2:20}{:}{\begcenter}
+ \fmtins{2:20}{ever,}{\endgraf}
+ \fmtins{2:20}{him.}{\endgraf}
+\fmtadd{2:20}{\endgraf}
+\fmtins{2:21}{seasons,}{\endgraf}
+\fmtins{2:21}{kings}{\endgraf}
+\fmtins{2:21}{others}{\endgraf}
+\fmtins{2:21}{wise;}{\endgraf}
+\fmtadd{2:21}{\endgraf}
+\fmtins{2:22}{things.}{\endgraf}
+\fmtins{2:22}{darkness,}{\endgraf}
+\fmtadd{2:22}{\endgraf}
+\fmtins{2:23}{glorify you,}{\endgraf}
+\fmtins{2:23}{on me.}{\endgraf}
+\fmtins{2:23}{from you.}{\endgraf}
+ \fmtadd{2:23}{\endcenter}
+\fmtadd{2:24}{\endgraf}
+\fmtadd{2:28}{\endgraf}
+\fmtadd{2:45}{\endgraf}
+\fmtpre{3:1}{\chaptit{V ohnivé peci}}
+\fmtadd{3:7}{\endgraf}
+\fmtadd{3:12}{\endgraf}
+\fmtadd{3:18}{\endgraf}
+\fmtadd{3:23}{\endgraf}
+\fmtadd{3:25}{\endgraf}
+\fmtpre{4:1}{\chaptit{Zapuzený a znovu nastolený král}}
+ \fmtpre{4:6}{\begcenter}
+ \fmtadd{4:6}{\endcenter}
+ \fmtins{4:11}{:}{\begcenter}
+ \fmtadd{4:15}{\endcenter}
+\fmtadd{4:22}{\endgraf}
+\fmtadd{4:29}{\endgraf}
+\fmtpre{5:1}{\chaptit{Píšící ruka}}
+\fmtadd{5:7}{\endgraf}
+\fmtadd{5:12}{\endgraf}
+\fmtadd{5:16}{\endgraf}
+\fmtpre{6:1}{\chaptit{Daniel ve lví jámě}}
+\fmtadd{6:1}{\endgraf}
+\fmtadd{6:6}{\endgraf}
+\fmtadd{6:11}{\endgraf}
+\fmtadd{6:19}{\endgraf}
+ \fmtins{6:26}{;}{\begcenter}
+ \fmtadd{6:27}{\endcenter}
+\fmtadd{6:28}{\endgraf}
+\fmtpre{7:1}{\chaptit{Čtyři zvířata a Syn člověka}}
+ \fmtins{7:9}{,}{\begcenter}
+ \fmtadd{7:10}{\endcenter}
+ \fmtins{7:13}{jsem}{\begcenter}
+ \fmtadd{7:14}{\endcenter}
+ \fmtins{7:23}{:}{\begcenter}
+ \fmtadd{7:27}{\endcenter}
+\fmtpre{8:1}{\chaptit{Vidění o beranu a kozlu}}
+\fmtadd{8:4}{\endgraf}
+\fmtadd{8:8}{\endgraf}
+\fmtadd{8:14}{\endgraf}
+ \fmtpre{8:23}{\begcenter}
+ \fmtadd{8:26}{\endcenter}
+\fmtpre{9:1}{\chaptit{Danielova motlitba}}
+\fmtadd{9:3}{\endgraf}
+\fmtadd{9:19}{\endgraf}
+ \fmtpre{9:24}{\begcenter}
+ \fmtadd{9:27}{\endcenter}
+\fmtpre{10:1}{\chaptit{Muž ve lněném oděvu}}
+\fmtadd{10:1}{\endgraf}
+\fmtadd{10:3}{\endgraf}
+\fmtadd{10:14}{\endgraf}
+\fmtpre{11:1}{\chaptit{Výklad vidění o posledních dnech}}
+\fmtadd{11:9}{\endgraf}
+\fmtadd{11:20}{\endgraf}
+\fmtadd{11:24}{\endgraf}
+\fmtadd{11:28}{\endgraf}
+\fmtadd{11:35}{\endgraf}
+\fmtadd{11:39}{\endgraf}
+\fmtpre{12:1}{\chaptit{Poslední věci zůstanou tajemstvím}}
+ \fmtpre{12:1}{\begcenter}
+ \fmtadd{12:3}{\endcenter}
+\fmtadd{12:4}{\endgraf}
+\fmtadd{12:8}{\endgraf}
+
+
+
+
+\endinput
+\FormatedBook{Dan}
+\fmtpre{1:1}{\chaptit{Daniel a jeho druhové}}
+\fmtadd{1:2}{\endgraf}
+\fmtadd{1:7}{\endgraf}
+\fmtadd{1:10}{\endgraf}
+\fmtadd{1:14}{\endgraf}
+\fmtadd{1:17}{\endgraf}
+\fmtadd{1:20}{\endgraf}
+\fmtpre{2:1}{\chaptit{Nabuchodonozorův sen}}
+\fmtadd{2:3}{\endgraf}
+\fmtadd{2:4}{\endgraf}
+\fmtadd{2:6}{\endgraf}
+\fmtadd{2:7}{\endgraf}
+\fmtadd{2:9}{\endgraf}
+\fmtadd{2:11}{\endgraf}
+\fmtadd{2:13}{\endgraf}
+\fmtadd{2:16}{\endgraf}
+ \fmtins{2:20}{:}{\begcenter}
+\fmtadd{2:20}{\endgraf}
+\fmtadd{2:21}{\endgraf}
+\fmtadd{2:22}{\endgraf}
+ \fmtadd{2:23}{\endcenter}
+\fmtadd{2:24}{\endgraf}
+\fmtadd{2:28}{\endgraf}
+\fmtadd{2:45}{\endgraf}
+\fmtpre{3:1}{\chaptit{V ohnivé peci}}
+\fmtadd{3:7}{\endgraf}
+\fmtadd{3:12}{\endgraf}
+\fmtadd{3:18}{\endgraf}
+\fmtadd{3:23}{\endgraf}
+\fmtadd{3:25}{\endgraf}
+\fmtpre{4:1}{\chaptit{Zapuzený a znovu nastolený král}}
+ \fmtpre{4:6}{\begcenter}
+ \fmtadd{4:6}{\endcenter}
+ \fmtins{4:11}{:}{\begcenter}
+ \fmtadd{4:15}{\endcenter}
+\fmtadd{4:22}{\endgraf}
+\fmtadd{4:29}{\endgraf}
+\fmtpre{5:1}{\chaptit{Píšící ruka}}
+\fmtadd{5:7}{\endgraf}
+\fmtadd{5:12}{\endgraf}
+\fmtadd{5:16}{\endgraf}
+\fmtpre{6:1}{\chaptit{Daniel ve lví jámě}}
+\fmtadd{6:1}{\endgraf}
+\fmtadd{6:6}{\endgraf}
+\fmtadd{6:11}{\endgraf}
+\fmtadd{6:19}{\endgraf}
+ \fmtins{6:26}{;}{\begcenter}
+ \fmtadd{6:27}{\endcenter}
+\fmtadd{6:28}{\endgraf}
+\fmtpre{7:1}{\chaptit{Čtyři zvířata a Syn člověka}}
+ \fmtins{7:9}{,}{\begcenter}
+ \fmtadd{7:10}{\endcenter}
+ \fmtins{7:13}{jsem}{\begcenter}
+ \fmtadd{7:14}{\endcenter}
+ \fmtins{7:23}{:}{\begcenter}
+ \fmtadd{7:27}{\endcenter}
+\fmtpre{8:1}{\chaptit{Vidění o beranu a kozlu}}
+\fmtadd{8:4}{\endgraf}
+\fmtadd{8:8}{\endgraf}
+\fmtadd{8:14}{\endgraf}
+ \fmtpre{8:23}{\begcenter}
+ \fmtadd{8:26}{\endcenter}
+\fmtpre{9:1}{\chaptit{Danielova motlitba}}
+\fmtadd{9:3}{\endgraf}
+\fmtadd{9:19}{\endgraf}
+ \fmtpre{9:24}{\begcenter}
+ \fmtadd{9:27}{\endcenter}
+\fmtpre{10:1}{\chaptit{Muž ve lněném oděvu}}
+\fmtadd{10:1}{\endgraf}
+\fmtadd{10:3}{\endgraf}
+\fmtadd{10:14}{\endgraf}
+\fmtpre{11:1}{\chaptit{Výklad vidění o posledních dnech}}
+\fmtadd{11:9}{\endgraf}
+\fmtadd{11:20}{\endgraf}
+\fmtadd{11:24}{\endgraf}
+\fmtadd{11:28}{\endgraf}
+\fmtadd{11:35}{\endgraf}
+\fmtadd{11:39}{\endgraf}
+\fmtpre{12:1}{\chaptit{Poslední věci zůstanou tajemstvím}}
+ \fmtpre{12:1}{\begcenter}
+ \fmtadd{12:3}{\endcenter}
+\fmtadd{12:4}{\endgraf}
+\fmtadd{12:8}{\endgraf}
+
+
diff --git a/macros/luatex/generic/opbible/examples/english/images/Nabuko-English-blank-crop.pdf b/macros/luatex/generic/opbible/examples/english/images/Nabuko-English-blank-crop.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..3b57e2e589
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/luatex/generic/opbible/examples/english/images/Nabuko-English-blank-crop.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/luatex/generic/opbible/examples/english/images/fertile-crescent-crop.pdf b/macros/luatex/generic/opbible/examples/english/images/fertile-crescent-crop.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ead362aaaa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/luatex/generic/opbible/examples/english/images/fertile-crescent-crop.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/luatex/generic/opbible/examples/english/intros/intro-Dan.tex b/macros/luatex/generic/opbible/examples/english/intros/intro-Dan.tex
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4bf98b266c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/luatex/generic/opbible/examples/english/intros/intro-Dan.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,282 @@
+
+\def\nadpis#1{\smallskip\noindent{\bf#1}\par\nobreak}
+\def\podbarvi#1#2#3{\setbox0=\hbox{#3}\leavevmode
+{\localcolor\rlap{#1\strut\vrule width\wd0}#2\box0}}
+%\nadpis{Přehled}
+%
+%\nadpis{Autor:} Daniel
+%
+%\nadpis{Záměr:}
+%
+%\begitems
+%* Připravit babylonského krále \x/Nabuchodonozor/a na přijetí špatných zpráv kapitoly 4. budováním důvěry ve spolehlivost a pravdivost Danielových proroctví a všemohoucnost jeho Boha v předchozích kapitolách.
+%* Ujistit Izraelity (zajatce i první navrátilce do Země), že Bůh panuje nad dějinami a že jeho prorok Daniel říkal pravdu, když mluvil o prodloužené době útisku před závěrečnou fází Božího království.
+%* Připravit generace vzdálené budoucnosti na pronásledování, které je bude čekat v době Antiocha IV. Epifana.
+%* Připravit věřící v ještě vzdálenější budoucnosti na příchod Mesiáše v době čtvrtého království.
+%\enditems
+\nadpis{Overview}
+
+\nadpis{Author:} Daniel
+
+\nadpis{Purpose:}
+
+\begitems
+* To prepare the king of Babylon Nebuchadnezzar % \x/Nabuchodonosor/a
+to receive the bad news of chapter 4 by building confidence in the reliability and truthfulness of Daniel's prophecies and the omnipotence of his God in the preceding chapters.
+* Reassure the Israelites (captives and first returnees to the Land) that God is in control of history and that His prophet Daniel was telling the truth when he spoke of a prolonged period of oppression before the final phase of God's kingdom.
+* To prepare the generations of the distant future for the persecution that will await them in the time of Antiochus IV Epiphanes.
+* To prepare believers in the even more distant future for the coming of the Messiah in the time of the fourth kingdom.
+
+\enditems
+%\doImage {Středozem}[stredozem](){stredozemne.jpg}
+\insertBot {The empires of Daniel's distant visions}[mapa](){\inspic{fertile-crescent-crop.pdf}%
+ \Heros \cond \setfontsize{at 9pt}\rm
+ \vskip-1mm
+\putstext 2mm 108mm {\vtop{\hsize6.5cm \baselineskip9pt \noindent
+ \leftskip=3pt \rightskip=3pt % miry byly bohuzel vzaty v nespravnem kontextu
+ Soon after Alexander' death his kingdom was divided among his four generals, so-called {\it Diadochi.\/} They did not make a deal peacefully, however, they fought for power fierslessly.
+ As a result, Egypt was ruled by Ptolemaios I; Syria and Mesopotamia by Seleucos, Thracia amd Asia Minor by Lysimachus and Macedonia by Cassander.
+ After 277 B.C. Only 3 hellenistic kingdoms remained: in Egypt, Syria, and Macedonia. They lasted until 63 B.C. when the Greek empire was conquered by Rome.
+ }}
+\putstext 55mm 20mm {\vtop{\hsize8.4cm \baselineskip10pt \noindent The
+ \leftskip=3pt \rightskip=3pt % miry byly bohuzel vzaty v nespravnem kontextu
+Holy Land was under the rule of the Ptolemaic dynasty (i.e. Egypt) from 323 to 198 BC; then under the rule of the Seleucids (i.e. Syria) from 198 to 142 BC. Their internecine strife is foreshadowed by <Dan 11:2-45>.
+The Hasmonean dynasty kept Judea independent of the Seleucid empire from 140 until 63 B.C., when Rome conquered the Greek empire and installed Herod the Great as king of Judea.}} %(<Matt 2:1>).}}
+% \LMfonts \sans \setfontsize{at9pt}\rm
+ \Heros \cond \setfontsize{at9pt}\rm
+ \puttext 145mm 29mm {<"Acts 2:9"_Acts 2:9>}
+ \puttext 145mm 32.5mm {<"Ezek 32:16"_Ezek 32:16>}
+ \puttext 145mm 36mm {<"Jer 25:25"_Jer 25:25>}
+ \puttext 145mm 39.5mm {<"Jr 49:35"_Jr 49:35>}
+ \puttext 145mm 43mm {<"Isa 22:6"_Isa 22:6>}
+ \puttext 144mm 46.5mm {<"Isa 11:11"_Isa 11:11>}
+ \puttext 142mm 50mm {<"Gen 10:22"_Gen 10:22>}
+ \puttext 134mm 58mm {<"Dan 8:2"_Dan 8:2>}
+ \puttext 134mm 55mm {<"Esth 1:2"_Esth 1:2>}
+ \puttext 60mm 36mm {<"Dan 1:1"_Dan 1:1>}
+ \puttext 55mm 53mm {<"Dan 11:5 (``king of the south'')"_Dan 11:5>}
+ \puttext 57mm 66mm {<"Dan 11:6 (``king of the north'')"_Dan 11:6>}
+ \puttext 88mm 45mm {<"Dan 3:1"_Dan 3:1>}
+ \puttext 95mm 41mm {<"Dan 1:2"_Dan 1:2>}
+ \puttext 95mm 37.5mm {<"Gen 11:2"_Gen 11:2>}
+ \puttext 95mm 34mm {<"Gen 14:1"_Gen 14:1>}
+ \puttext 106.5mm 34mm {<",9"_Gen 14:9>}
+ \puttext 95mm 30.5mm {<"Josh 7:21"_Josh 7:21>}
+ \puttext 95mm 27mm {<"Isa 11:11"_Isa 11:11>}
+ \puttext 95mm 23.5mm {<"Zech 5:11"_Zech 5:11>}
+ \puttext 115mm 42mm {<"Gen 11:31"_Gen 11:31>}
+ \Heros \setfontsize{at 9pt}\rm
+ \puttext 48mm 55mm {\c[-40/\kern1pt]{Jerusalem}}
+ \town 47.5mm 53mm
+ \puttext 110mm 42mm{Ur}
+ \town 111mm 45mm
+ \puttext 122mm 55mm{\x/Shushan/}
+ \town 121.5mm 53mm
+ \puttext 88mm 48mm{Tolul Dura}
+ \town 100.75mm 50mm
+ \puttext 92mm 55mm{Babylon}
+ \town 101.5mm 53mm
+ \Heros \setfontsize{at 13pt}\rm
+ \puttext 62mm 70mm {\c[10/\kern7pt\pdfrotate{-1}]{THE SELEUCIDS}}
+ \puttext 2mm 35mm {\c[0/\kern3pt\pdfrotate{2.5}]{THE PTOLEMIES}}
+ \Heros \setfontsize{at 11pt}\rm
+ \puttext 130mm 50mm {\c[-40/\kern4pt\pdfrotate{-1}]{ELAM}}
+ \puttext 103mm 55mm {\c[-25/\kern4pt\pdfrotate{1}]{SINEAR}}
+ \puttext 50mm 30mm {A R A B I C}
+ \puttext 55mm 25mm {D E S E R T}
+ \puttext 126mm 35mm {\c[-50/\kern1pt\pdfrotate{1}]{{\bi Persian ~ ~ ~ gulf}}}
+ \puttext 42mm 24mm {\c[-60/\kern1pt\pdfrotate{0}]{{\bi Red ~ sea}}}
+ \puttext 5mm 62mm{{\bi Mediterranean sea}}
+ \puttext 62mm 111mm{{\bi Black sea}}
+ \puttext 130mm 100mm{{\bi Caspian}}
+ \puttext 132mm 90mm{{\bi sea}}
+ \puttext 70mm 80mm{\setfontsize{at 5pt}\c[-20/\kern1pt\pdfrotate{-3}]{\it Eufrates}}
+ \puttext 92mm 84mm{{\setfontsize{at 5pt}\c[-40/\kern1pt\pdfrotate{-3}]{\it Tigris}}}
+ \puttext 28mm 24mm{{\setfontsize{at 5pt}\c[-40/\kern1pt\pdfrotate{-3}]{\it Nile}}}
+ \puttext 2mm 5mm{{\Heros \setfontsize{at 7pt}\it Satellite Bible Atlas,\/ \rm W.Schlegel}}
+ \puttext 2mm 2mm{\Heros \setfontsize{at 7pt}\rm Used by permission.}
+ }
+%\leftline{<3:1> \hskip 20mm <8:2>; <Esth 1:2>}
+
+\nadpis{Date:} Shortly after 539 B.C.
+
+\nadpis{Key truths:}
+
+\begitems
+* Daniel and his friends were faithful to God even in exile.
+
+* Daniel can be trusted to tell the truth because he never compromised his faith, even under pressure from his slavers.
+
+* God is the absolute ruler of all history.
+
+* Israel's slavery is prolonged until a total of four kingdoms (of which Babylon is the first) succeed in dominion over her because God's people have not turned away from their sins.
+
+* Although there is much suffering in Israel's future, God's Anointed, Christ, will one day come to bring salvation.
+
+
+
+\enditems
+%\vglue-3cm \leftline{\hskip 8cm<3:1> \hskip 20mm <8:2>; <Est 1:2>}
+
+
+
+\nadpis{Author}
+The authorship of Daniel is a subject of protracted debate among interpreters.
+Many scholars date the book's composition between 170 and 165 B.C., during the reign of Antiochus IV Epiphanes, long after the lifetime of the prophet Daniel (the so-called {Maccabean} dating, cf. the article \"Who was Darius the Mede?").
+This date, however, is contradicted by the book itself, which indicates that Daniel is its principal author (<9:2>; <10:2>) and that it was written shortly after the conquest of Babylon by Cyros %\x/Cyrus/
+in 539 B.C. Furthermore, Christ himself explicitly links the book to the prophet Daniel (<Matt 24:15>).
+
+\nadpis{Time and place of origin}
+
+The dispute over the dating of the book of Daniel involves three basic issues:
+
+\begitems\style n
+* the nature of the prophecy,
+* the alleged historical errors in Daniel, and
+* the linguistic features of the Hebrew and Aramaic in the book.
+\enditems
+
+Generally speaking, Israel's prophets were primarily concerned with religious and social circumstances affecting themselves and their peers. When the prophets predicted the future, it usually concerned near future events.
+For this reason, some interpreters are of the opinion that Daniel's vision concerning \uv{king of the north} and \uv{king of the south} (\<11:2-12:3>) is too detailed to have been written by Daniel, who lived some 200--300 years before the events depicted in the prophecy.
+
+However, this position denies the supernatural nature of the prophecy, as is the case with the occasional practices of other prophets (e.g., <1Kgs 13:2>; <Isa 44:28>). Although the passage <Dan 11:2-12:3> is unusual, it is certainly not impossible that Daniel knew such details; after all, it was to him that God revealed secrets as to no one else (cf. e.g. <2:19-23>).
+
+%\renum Da 5:31 = CSP 6:1-1
+%\renum Da 5:31 = CEP 6:1-1
+%\renum Da 5:31 = B21 6:1-1
+%\renum Da 5:31 = SNC 6:1-1
+
+%\renum Da 6:1 = CSP 6:2-29
+%\renum Da 6:1 = CEP 6:2-29
+%\renum Da 6:1 = B21 6:2-29
+%\renum Da 6:1 = SNC 6:2-29
+
+Some advocates of late dating argue historical inaccuracies attributed to the book by Daniel.
+They question Belshazzar's relationship to Nebuchadnezzar % \x/Nabuchodonosor/
+(see <"note" 5:2>n), as well as the identity of Darius the Mede (see <"note on" 6:1>n).
+
+In addition, they identify the four kingdoms foretold by Daniel (chs. 2; 7) as Babylon, Medea, Persia, and Greece (including the Seleucids and Ptolemies). However, this identification is problematic because there is no historical evidence for an independent Mede kingdom in the interval between the kingdoms of Babylon and Persia.
+The Persian king Cyros (550--530 BC) conquered Medea in 549 BC and Babylon in 539 BC (see notes <5:1>n and <5:31>n).
+
+Advocates of the early dating of the book understand the four kingdoms sequence to predict Babylon, Medo-Persia, Greece, and Rome.
+This view is supported by the allusion to the \uv{Medes and Persians} in <5:28>, which shows that the author considered both nations to be parts of one kingdom.
+
+
+
+
+
+%\Citehere 3 (\kern-2mm) {
+% Člověk přišel na svět proto, aby tady byl, pracoval a žil. Jen moudrý se snaží náš svět postrčit dál, posunout výš. A jen vůl mu v~tom brání.
+% \quotedby {Jan Werich}
+%}
+
+Supporters of the late date argue that several terms borrowed from Greek to refer to musical instruments occur in the text (see <"note" 3:5>n), as do late Hebrew and Aramaic terms (see <"note" 2:4>n).
+None of these arguments, however, is convincing.
+There is abundant evidence of contact between the Greeks and the peoples of the Near East before the time of Alexander the Great. These are quite sufficient to explain the existence of a minimal number of words taken from Greek before Alexander's conquest.
+
+The original names of musical instruments commonly accompany their bearers without a corresponding equivalent in the local language; compare today's Czech untranslated terminology associated with musical instruments: \uv{gibson}, \uv{jumbo}, \uv{stratocaster}, \uv{telecaster}, \uv{Les Paul}, \uv{stage piano}, \uv{hohner}, \uv{humbucker}, \uv{single-coil}, etc.
+On the contrary: Proponents of Maccabean dating have trouble explaining the complete absence of terms adopted from Greek, {{\it outside\/}} musical terminology. If the book had been written under Greek rule, commercial, military, political, administrative, etc. terminology would have been rife with Greek terms. But there is nothing of the sort in the book.
+
+The Aramaic and Hebrew of the book of Daniel can be dated anywhere between the late sixth and early second centuries B.C. In other words, the linguistic evidence does not give much weight to either aspect: neither late nor early dating.
+
+The argument for a second-century B.C. date is at odds with the biblical claim regarding the date and authorship of the book of Daniel, and the late dating does not demonstrate the late dating convincingly enough. A date shortly after 539 B.C. (see <1:21>) best fits the nature of the prophecy, the historical dates, and the language of the text.
+
+ \nadpis{Purpose and Distinctiveness}
+
+Daniel contains two different types of material.
+ In the first six chapters there are six historical narratives; in the second half (chapters 7--12) there are four visions, almost exclusively predictive. Among the six narratives of the first half, chapter 2 stands out because it also contains a prediction.
+
+An examination of the content of the historical narratives shows that they are independent wholes, pieced together with a purpose.
+The narrative offers neither a history of Israel under Babylonian or Persian rule nor a biographical account of Daniel and his friends. It has two main emphases.
+
+On the one hand, the stories show how God's absolute sovereignty extends into the affairs of all nations
+(<2:47>; <3:17-18>; <4:28-37>; <5:18-31> <6:25-28>).
+Jerusalem was in ruins, God's people in captivity, and wicked rulers seemed to triumph, but God remains sovereign.
+According to his unwavering will, he enters among the kingdoms of this world to establish a universal kingdom of which there will never be an end.
+
+Although all nations have believed that deities are territorial, that they have power only over the territory where their people dwell (and because they want to rule the whole world, their people must conquer other territories for themselves and establish their religion there), the experience of the Israelites in captivity shows that their Lord is not limited in any way, not even territorially; He is Lord over the whole earth, including the deities of other nations. And that he does not abandon his people wherever they go. Sometime around that time, the idea began to emerge that since the sacred is not a place on earth where God dwells apart from other places, then time will be sacred. And the holidays on the calendar began to take on importance.
+
+
+\Citehere 3 (\kern-2mm) {
+%Lidé nikdy nepáchají zlo tak důsledně a vášnivě,
+%jako když to dělají z náboženského přesvědčení.
+%Men never do evil so completely and cheerfully
+%as when they do it from religious convictions.
+One never does evil so fully and gaily,
+as when one does it through a false principle of conscience.
+\quotedby {Blaise Pascal}
+}
+The visions of chapters 7--12 contain predictions of future times during which the truth of the narrative will become more important to God's people.
+Although the Israelites suffered under the rule of both the Babylonians and the Persians, they did not suffer any widespread and systematic attack on their faith. This did not occur until Antiochus IV Epiphanes, ruler over the Seleucid empire between 175--164 B.C., sought to eradicate the religion of the Jews and force them to conform to Greek religious practices. Many Jews obeyed him, but others resisted and suffered adversity.
+One of the main reasons for writing the book of Daniel is to prepare God's people for the time of Antiochus IV Epiphanes and to encourage perseverance in those who would live through the coming times of persecution.
+
+
+The book also looks beyond the time of Antiochus IV Epiphanes to the coming of Christ who will one day destroy all human empires and establish His eternal kingdom of righteousness and peace. All of these events are in view in the prophecies of Daniel.
+The book has served as a powerful encouragement to God's people suffering oppression and continues to be an inspiration to persecuted believers today.
+
+\nadpis{Christ in Daniel}
+
+
+Daniel's focus on the restoration of Israel after the exile turns the attention to Jesus quite directly.
+Like some other prophets, Daniel predicted a glorious future for God's people, the fulfillment of which the New Testament
+is linked to the first and second coming of Christ, as well as to the whole history of the Church.
+
+While much controversy surrounds the details of the fulfillment of Daniel's visions, the basic structure of Daniel's visions leaves no one in doubt that Christ is the fulfillment of the prophet's hopes.
+This is most clearly seen in the way Jesus refers to Himself as the \uv{Son of Man} (e.g., <Matt 9:6>; <10:23>; <12:8>).
+Daniel used the term in the sense of God's exalted Davidic king, representing God on earth.
+Jesus, the Messiah, is the ultimate Davidic King; only he fulfills the predictions of the Son of Man in Daniel's visions (see \<"notes on" 7:13>n and \<7:14>n; see the theological article
+<"Kingdom of God" Mt 4>a).
+
+In addition, Daniel learned in chapter 9 that Jeremiah's prediction of 70 years of exile would be extended
+to \uv{seventy weeks} years (\<9:24>), or about 490 years.
+This prediction reaches its initial fulfillment at Christ's first coming. The delay corresponds to the series of four foreign empires that will oppress God's people (\<2:1-49>) and to the rock that became \uv{a great mountain that filled the whole earth} (\<2:35>), which Daniel refers to as \uv{a kingdom that will not be destroyed} (\<2:44>).
+This is the kingdom of Christ, which was inaugurated by His first coming, continues and grows to this day, and will reach its consummation at Christ's glorious return (see the theological articles <"The Kingdom of God" Mt 4> and <"The Plan of the Ages" Heb 7>.)
+
+Daniel foresaw other, even more concrete events that have come to the fore again in the New Testament.
+For example, Jesus refers to Daniel's prediction of \uv{exact abomination} (see \<"note on" 9:27>n; \<11:31>n; \<12:11>n),
+which originally pointed to the desecration of the temple by Antiochus IV Epiphanes of Greece (see Introduction: Intent and Peculiarities) as a foreshadowing of the destruction of the temple by the Roman general Titus in 70 CE (see <"notes on" Mt 24:15>n and <Mk 13:14>n).
+
+Most Christians associate this typology with Antichrist, whose spirit is already at work in the world (see <"notes on" 1Jn 2:18>n) and will appear in fullness, apparently as a specific person, near Christ's return (see <"notes on" 2Te 2:3>n).
+
+%\endinput
+%Chtělo by to možná něco jako \ww, ale aby bylo možné jich psát několik do stejného odstavce, byť s jinými frázemi. Nebudou se vyhledávat v textu, ale musejí přepínat mezi verzemi.
+%Viz např. předposlení odstavec výše, začínající slovem Prodloužení: Slovní spojení v \uv{uvozovkách} by chtěla variovat podle překladů.
+%asi \vdef
+
+%Pak za takovýmto Úvodem bude ještě muset následovat Osnova, tu zatím nemám, vydá možná na půl stránky.
+
+\Outline
+
+\rightnote{The stories of Daniel and his friends illustrate both their loyalty to God and his supremacy over all nations.}
+
+
+\begitems
+* Narration (\<1:1-6:28>)
+
+ \begitems
+ * The loyalty of Daniel and his friends (<1:1-21>)
+ * (<2:1-49>)
+ * Deliverance from the fiery furnace (<3:1-30>)
+ * Nebuchadnezzar's second dream (<4:1-37>)
+ * The Judgment of Balsazar (<5:1-31>)
+ * Deliverance from the lion's den (<6:1-28>)
+ \enditems
+
+\rightnote{Daniel's visions of the future of God's people, looking back to the long after the end of the exile.
+ God revealed to Daniel that the four great kingdoms
+ would dominate and persecute Israel. At the time of the fourth of these, God will set up His kingdom, of which there will be no end.}
+* Vision (<7:1-12:13>)
+
+ \begitems
+ * Vision of the Four beasts (<7:1-28>)
+ * The vision of the ram and the goat (<8:1-27>).
+ * Vision of the seventy weeks (<9:1-27>)
+ * Vision of the future of God's people \nl (<10:1-12:13>)
+ \begitems
+ * The angel's message to Daniel \nl (<10:1-11:1>)
+ * From Daniel to Antiochus IV Epiphanes \nl (<11:21-12:3>)
+ * Final message to Daniel \nl (<12:4-13>)
+ \enditems
+ \enditems
+\enditems
+
diff --git a/macros/luatex/generic/opbible/examples/english/notes/notes-Dan.tex b/macros/luatex/generic/opbible/examples/english/notes/notes-Dan.tex
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..58a524a661
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/luatex/generic/opbible/examples/english/notes/notes-Dan.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,3056 @@
+\CommentedBook {Dan}
+
+\Note 1:1-6:28 {} {\it The Narratives.\/} This first section of the book highlights both God's absolute control
+over the kingdoms of this world
+and the sincere devotion that Daniel and his friends offered to
+God. Daniel wanted his readers to learn that although God's people are sometimes persecuted, kings
+and kingdoms rise and fall according to God's purpose. Daniel also taught that God would greatly
+bless those who paid attention to him as God's faithful
+spokesman. This material divides into six separate narratives: the
+vindication of Daniel and his friends (<1:1-21>), Nebuchadnezzar's
+dream (<2:1-49>), deliverance from the furnace (<3:1-30>), Nebuchadnezzar's second dream (<4:1-37>),
+judgment on Belshazzar (<5:1-31>) and Daniel's deliverance from the den of lions (<6:1-28>).
+
+\Note 1:1-21 {} {\it Vindication of Daniel and His Friends.\/} The prophet set
+the context of his book by narrating his (and his companions') personal history of
+captivity. training, faithfulness and service to King
+Nebuchadnezzar.
+
+\ww {In the third year of the rule of Jehoiakim} % BBE
+ {In the third year of the reign of Jehoiakim} % Jubilee2000
+ {In the third year of the reign of King Jehoiakim} % NETfree
+ {In the third year of the reign of Jehoiakim king} % UKJV
+ {In the third year of the reign of Jehoiakim} % RNKJV
+ {In the third year of the reign of Jehoiakim} % Webster
+\Note 1:1 {In the third year of the reign of Jehoiakim} In 605 B.C., the
+same year Nebuchadnezzar defeated an Assyrian-Egyptian coalition at Carchemish and initiated
+Babylon's rise to international
+power. Subsequent to victory at Carchemish Nebuchadnezzar advanced against Jehoiakim (<2Ki 24:1-2>;
+<2Ch 36:5-7>) and took Daniel and a number of other Judahites captive.
+This was the first of three invasions of Judah by Nebuchadnezzar.
+The second was in 597 B.C. (<2Ki 24:10-14>) and the third in 587 B.C. (<2Ki 25:1-24>). The
+apparent discrepancy between <Dan 1:1> and <Jer 25:1> and
+<46:2> (where Jeremiah placed Nebuchadnezzar's attack against Jehoiakim during Jehoiakim's fourth
+rather than third year) may be explained by the difference between the Babylonian and Jewish
+systems of chronology. Under the Babylonian system, which Daniel apparently used, the first year of
+a king's reign was viewed as an \"accession year," and the reign itself was counted as beginning on
+the first of the month of Nisan in the following year. Nebuchadnezzar king of
+Babylon. Nebuchadnezzar led the Babylonians to
+victory at Carchemish in 605 B.C. as crown prince and commander
+of the army. Shortly after this victory he assumed the Babylonian
+throne upon the death of his father, Nabopolassar (626-605 B.C.).
+Nebuchadnezzar's reign (605-562 B.C.) forms the historical background for much in the books of
+Jeremiah, Ezekiel and Daniel.
+
+
+\ww {And the Lord gave into his hands} % BBE
+ {And the Lord gave} % Jubilee2000
+ {Now the Lord delivered} % NETfree
+ {And the Lord gave} % UKJV
+% {And יהוה gave} % RNKJV
+ {And \hebcosi/ gave} % RNKJV
+ {And the Lord gave} % Webster
+\Note 1:2 {And the Lord delivered} Israel's defeat by the Babyloniansis
+not to be explained simply by analysis of the military and politial
+conditions of the time. God was sovereignly at work in the affairs of
+the nations. He used the Babylonians to judge his own people'
+breaking their covenant obligations (<2Ki 17:15>,<18-20>; <21:12-15>
+<24:3-4>).
+
+\ww {he took them away} % BBE
+ {which he carried} % Jubilee2000
+ {He brought them} % NETfree
+ {which he carried} % UKJV
+ {which he carried} % RNKJV
+ {which he carried} % Webster
+\Note 1:2 {These he carried off} Refers to the plunder of vessels
+from the temple, not to the deportation of captives.
+
+\ww {the store-house of his god} % BBE
+ {the treasure house of his god} % Jubilee2000
+ {the treasury of his god} % NETfree
+ {the treasure house of his god} % UKJV
+ {the treasure house of his elohim} % RNKJV
+ {the treasure-house of his god} % Webster
+\Note 1:2 {the temple of his god}
+Marduk was the chief god of the Babylonian pantheon (cf. Jer 50:2).
+
+\ww {the writing and language of the Chaldaeans} % BBE
+ {the letters and speech of the Chaldeans} % Jubilee2000
+ {the literature and language of the Babylonians} % NETfree
+ {the learning and the tongue of the Chaldeans} % UKJV
+ {the learning and the tongue of the Chaldeans} % RNKJV
+ {the learning and the language of the Chaldeans} % Webster
+\Note 1:4 {the language and literature of the Babylonians} Babylonian literature was written in
+cuneiform and primarily on clay tablets. Thousands of these tablets have been discovered. Study of
+this literature would have introduced Daniel and his friends to the
+polytheistic worldview of the Babylonians, which prominently featured magic, sorcery and astrology.
+
+
+\ww {from the king's table} % BBE
+ {daily provision of the king's food} % Jubilee2000
+ {from his royal delicacies} % NETfree
+ {daily provision of the king's food} % UKJV
+ {daily provision of the king's meat} % RNKJV
+ {daily provision of the king's food} % Webster
+\Note 1:5 {from the king's table} Jehoiachin later received the same
+provision under the rule of the Babylonian king Evil-Merodach(<2Ki 25:27-30>).
+
+\Note 1:6 {Daniel, Hananiah, Mishael, and Azariah} Characteristic Hebrew names. Two of them contain
+the Hebrew component el, meaning \"God," and two the component yah, a shortened form of
+ \"Yahweh" ( \"the LORD"). Daniel means \"My judge is God," Hananiah \"Yahweh is gracious,"
+Mishael \"Who is what God is?" and Azariah \"Yahweh has helped."
+
+\Note 1:7 {Belteshazzar}={Belteshazzar ... Shadrach ... Meshach ... Abednego}
+The meanings of these names are disputed. Suggestions for Belteshazzar:
+ \"Bel [another name for Marduk, the chief Babylonian
+god] protect his life" or \"Lady, protect the king." Shadrach: \"I am
+very fearful (of God)" or \"The command of Aku [the Sumerian
+moon god]." Meshach: \"I am of little account" or \"Who is what
+Aku is?" Abednego: \"Servant of the shining one."
+
+
+\ww {he would not make himself unclean} % BBE
+ {he would not defile himself} % Jubilee2000
+ {he would not defile himself} % NETfree
+ {he would not defile himself} % RNKJV
+ {he would not defile himself} % UKJV
+ {he would not defile himself} % Webster
+\Note 1:8 {resolved not to defile himself} The reason for Daniel's conclusion that the king's food
+would defile him and his friends is not
+given. Perhaps eating it involved violation of the dietary laws of the
+Mosaic legislation (<Lev 11:1-47>), which prohibited eating pork or
+meat from which blood had not been drained (<Lev 17:10-14>). It
+may also have involved partaking of food that had been offered to
+Babylonian idols.
+
+
+\ww {their faces seemed fairer and they were fatter in flesh} % BBE
+ {their countenances appeared fairer and fatter in flesh} % Jubilee2000
+ {their appearance was better and their bodies were healthier} % NETfree
+ {their countenances appeared fairer and fatter in flesh} % UKJV
+ {their countenances appeared fairer and fatter in flesh} % RNKJV
+ {their countenances appeared fairer and fatter in flesh} % Webster
+\Note 1:15 {they looked healthier and better nourished}
+God blessed Daniel and his friends for their obedience to the Lord and their refusal to
+compromise their faith in a heathen environment (<Deut 8:3>; <Matt 4:4>).
+
+
+\ww {God gave them knowledge and made them expert in all book-learning and wisdom} % BBE
+ {God gave them knowledge and intelligence in all letters and science} % Jubilee2000
+ {God endowed them with knowledge and skill in all sorts of literature and wisdom} % NETfree
+ {God gave them knowledge and skill in all learning and wisdom} % UKJV
+ {Elohim gave them knowledge and skill in all learning and wisdom} % RNKJV
+ {God gave them knowledge and skill in all learning and wisdom} % Webster
+\Note 1:17 {God gave knowledge and understanding of all kinds of literature and learning} God's
+blessing was not limited to physical
+well-being but included outstanding success in intellectual development during their three years of
+Babylonian education. visions and dreams of all kinds. With a view to what follows in the book
+(chs. <"2"_2:1>; <"4-5"_4:1>) Daniel was distinguished from his companions by his ability to interpret dreams and
+visions, much as Joseph had been set apart by the same in the court of Pharaoh (<Ge 40:8>;
+<41:16>).
+
+
+
+\ww {at the end of the time fixed by the king} % BBE
+ {at the end of the days after which the king had said} % Jubilee2000
+ {When the time appointed by the king arrived} % NETfree
+ {at the end of the days that the king had said} % RNKJV
+ {at the end of the days that the king had said} % UKJV
+ {at the end of the days that the king had said} % Webster
+\Note 1:18 {At the end of the time set by the king} After the three years mentioned in <"verse" 5>.
+
+
+
+\ww {wonder-workers and users of secret arts} % BBE
+ {magicians}={magicians and astrologers} % Jubilee2000
+ {magicians and astrologers} % NETfree
+ {magicians and astrologers} % RNKJV
+ {magicians and astrologers} % UKJV
+ {magicians}={magicians and astrologers} % Webster
+\Note 1:20 {the magicians and enchanters} The term here translated \"magician" is also used in
+<Ge 41:8> and <24> and <Ex 7:11>. The term translated \"enchanters" occurs only here and in \<2:2> and is
+sometimes rendered \"conjurer" or \"soothsayer." Daniel and his friends demonstrated superior insight
+on the matters about which they were questioned.
+
+\ww {on till the first year of King Cyrus} % BBE
+ {unto the first year of king Cyrus} % Jubilee2000
+ {until the first year of Cyrus the king} % NETfree
+ {unto the first year of king Cyrus} % RNKJV
+ {unto the first year of king Cyrus} % UKJV
+ {to the first year of king Cyrus} % Webster
+\Note 1:21 {until the first year of King Cyrus} Babylon
+fell to Cyrus in 539 B.C., 66 years after Daniel had been taken captive to Babylon. Daniel lived
+through the entire period of the Babylonian captivity. Cyrus issued a decree in the first year of
+his reign that permitted the Israelites to return from captivity and to take with them the vessels
+from the temple that had been seized by Nebuchadnezzar (<Ezr 1:7-11>). The statement does not signify
+that Daniel died in the first year of Cyrus's reign (\<10:1>).
+
+\Note 2:1-49 {} {\it Nebuchadnezzar's First Dream.\/} While in the service of Nebuchadnezzar Daniel interpreted the
+king's dream, revealing that Daniel was greatly blessed by God and that God was moving
+history toward the establishment of his kingdom.
+
+\ww {In the second year} % BBE
+ {in the second year} % Jubilee2000
+ {In the second year} % NETfree
+ {in the second year} % UKJV
+ {in the second year} % RNKJV
+ {in the second year} % Webster
+\Note 2:1 {In the second year of his reign} There is no contradiction
+between this statement and the completion of the three-year period of training for Daniel and his
+friends mentioned in \<1:5> and <18-20> if one understands that the first year of training was
+considered Nebuchadnezzar's \"accession year," while the second and
+third years would correspond with the \"first" and \"second" years
+of Nebuchadnezzar's reign. It was during Nebuchadnezzar's second year, according to the Babylonian
+system of accession-year dating, that the dream occurred (see <"note on" 1:1>n).
+
+\ww {his spirit was troubled and his sleep went from him} % BBE
+ {his spirit was troubled, and his sleep fled from him} % Jubilee2000
+ {His mind was disturbed and he suffered from insomnia} % NETfree
+ {his spirit was troubled, and his sleep brake from him} % UKJV
+ {his spirit was troubled, and his sleep brake from him} % RNKJV
+ {his spirit was troubled, and his sleep broke from him} % Webster
+\Note 2:1 {his mind was troubled and he could not sleep} It was widely believed in the
+ancient Near East that the gods spoke to human beings in dreams.
+Nebuchadnezzar's agitation is understandable because the dream
+had implications for the future of his kingdom. When a dream
+could not be remembered, it was believed to be a sign that the deity was angry with the person
+involved.
+
+\ww {the wonder-workers, and the users of secret arts} % BBE
+ {magicians, astrologers} % Jubilee2000
+ {magicians, astrologers} % NETfree
+ {the magicians, and the astrologers} % UKJV
+ {the magicians, and the astrologers} % RNKJV
+ {the magicians, and the astrologers} % Webster
+\Note 2:2 {magicians, enchanters} See <"note on" 1:20>n.
+
+
+
+\ww {those who made use of evil powers} % BBE
+ {enchanters} % Jubilee2000
+ {sorcerers} % NETfree
+ {sorcerers} % UKJV
+ {sorcerers} % RNKJV
+ {sorcerers} % Webster
+\Note 2:2 {sorcerers} Practitioners of divination through means
+such as witchcraft. Their activities were prohibited by God (<Ex 22:18>; <Dt 18:10>; <Isa 47:9>,
+<12>; <Jer 27:9>).
+
+\ww {Chaldaeans} % BBE
+ {Chaldeans} % Jubilee2000
+ {wise men} % NETfree
+ {Chaldeans} % UKJV
+ {Chaldeans} % RNKJV
+ {Chaldeans} % Webster
+\Note 2:2 {astrologers} This term translates the Hebrew term for
+Chaldeans; it is probably used here as a designation for a class of
+soothsayers concerned with astrology rather than as a designation
+for an ethnic group. See <1:4>; <3:8>; <5:30>; <9:1>
+and NIV text notes.
+
+\ww {Aramaean} % BBE
+ {Syriack} % Jubilee2000
+ {Aramaic} % NETfree
+ {Syriack} % UKJV
+ {Syriack} % RNKJV
+ {Syriac} % Webster
+\Note 2:4 {Aramaic} From here until the end of chapter 7 the text is written in Aramaic rather than in
+Hebrew (<Ezr 4:8-6:18> was also written in Aramaic). It is not clear why the two languages were used.
+but Aramaic may have been used for the sections containing
+prophecies that would have been of more interest to non-Jews.
+
+\ww {if you do not make clear to me the dream and the sense of it} % BBE
+ {if ye will not make known unto me the dream with its interpretation} % Jubilee2000
+ {If you do not inform me of both the dream and its interpretation} % NETfree
+ {if all of you will not make known unto me the dream, with the interpretation thereof} % UKJV
+ {if ye will not make known unto me the dream, with the interpretation thereof} % RNKJV
+ {if ye will not make known to me the dream, with the interpretation of it} % Webster
+\Note 2:5 {If you do not tell me what my dream was and interpret it. }
+Nebuchadnezzar formulated a plan for testing his advisors. If they
+could not relate the dream back to him he would have no confidence in their interpretation (see <"v." 9>).
+
+
+\ww {there is no other who is able to make it clear to the king, but the gods} % BBE
+ {there is no one that can show it before the king except the angels}={there is no one that can show it before the king except the angels of God} % Jubilee2000
+ {no one exists who can disclose it to the king, except for the gods} % NETfree
+ {there is no other that can show it before the king, except the gods} % UKJV
+ {none other that can shew it before the king, except the elohim} % RNKJV
+ {there is no other that can show it before the king, except the gods} % Webster
+\Note 2:11 {No one can reveal it to the king except the gods} The
+wise men were forced to confess that they were unable to do what
+the king asked. They claimed that only the gods have such power
+and that they do not reveal such things to men. See <Exod 8:18-19>.
+
+\ww {make a request for the mercy of the God of heaven in the question of this secret} % BBE
+ {to petition mercies of the God of heaven concerning this mystery} % Jubilee2000
+ {mercy from the God of heaven concerning this mystery} % NETfree
+ {mercies of the God of heaven concerning this secret} % UKJV
+ {mercies of the Elohim of heaven concerning this secret} % RNKJV
+ {mercies of the God of heaven concerning this secret} % Webster
+\Note 2:18 {plead for mercy from the God of heaven concerning this
+mystery} Daniel also realized that human wisdom was insufficient
+to meet the king's demand (see <"note on" 2:11>n). Daniel addressed
+God as the ruler of the stars to which the heathen astrologers
+looked for guidance.
+
+\ww {secret} % BBE
+ {mystery} % Jubilee2000
+ {mystery} % NETfree
+ {secret} % UKJV
+ {secret} % RNKJV
+ {secret} % Webster
+\Note2:19 {mystery} Here the word denotes an enigma that can be interpreted only by God's revelation. The
+term was later used by Daniel as a reference to God's hidden purpose at work in history (<4:9>).
+
+
+\ww {by him kings are taken away and kings are lifted up} % BBE
+ {he removes kings and sets up kings} % Jubilee2000
+ {deposing some}={deposing some kings and establishing others} % NETfree
+ {he removes kings, and sets up kings} % UKJV
+ {he removeth kings, and setteth up kings} % RNKJV
+ {he removeth kings, and setteth up kings} % Webster
+\Note 2:21 {he sets up kings and deposes them} Daniel alluded to the
+content of the dream. See BC 36.
+
+
+
+\ww {He is the unveiler of deep and secret things} % BBE
+ {He reveals that which is deep and hidden} % Jubilee2000
+ {he reveals deep and hidden things} % NETfree
+ {He reveals the deep and secret things} % UKJV
+ {He revealeth the deep and secret things} % RNKJV
+ {He revealeth the deep and secret things} % Webster
+\Note 2:22 {He reveals deep and hidden things} See <"note on" 2:11>n.
+
+\ww {I give you praise and worship, O God of my fathers} % BBE
+ {Unto thee, O God of my fathers, do I confess and give thee praise} % Jubilee2000
+ {God of my fathers, I acknowledge and glorify you} % NETfree
+ {I thank you, and praise you, O you God of my fathers} % UKJV
+ {I thank thee, and praise thee, O thou Elohim of my fathers} % RNKJV
+ {I thank thee, and praise thee, O thou God of my fathers} % Webster
+\Note 2:23 {I thank and praise you, O God of my fathers} Daniel was
+deeply grateful for God's mercy in responding to his prayer. The
+divine revelation he received was in stark contrast to the silence of
+the false deities of the heathen soothsayers. Only God knows all
+things and is sovereign over all creation. God chose to exalt Daniel
+by imparting to him special knowledge.
+
+\ww {I will make clear to him the sense of the dream} % BBE
+ {I will show unto the king the interpretation} % Jubilee2000
+ {I will disclose the interpretation to him!} % NETfree %Dokumentace? Půjde to, aby ! zrušil tečku?
+ {I will show unto the king the interpretation} % UKJV
+ {I will shew unto the king the interpretation} % RNKJV
+ {I will show to the king the interpretation} % Webster
+\Note 2:24 {I will interpret his dream for him} Daniel spoke here only
+of the interpretation of the dream. The text assumes that he already
+knew the content.
+
+
+\ww {there is a God in heaven, the unveiler of secrets} % BBE
+ {there is}={there is a God in the heavens who reveals the mysteries} % Jubilee2000
+ {there is a God in heaven who reveals mysteries} % NETfree
+ {there is a God in heaven that reveals secrets} % UKJV
+ {there is an Elohim in heaven that revealeth secrets} % RNKJV
+ {there is a God in heaven that revealeth secrets} % Webster
+\Note 2:28 {there is a God in heaven who reveals mysteries} As Joseph had done in Egypt
+(<Ge 10:8>; <41:16>), %Gn, not Ex
+Daniel attributed his
+knowledge of the dream and its interpretation to divine revelation.
+God showed himself superior in his ability to reveal secrets and
+mysteries. in days to come. Literally, \"in the after part of the days."
+This expression can mean \"in the end times" or \"in the last days,"
+which is the time of restoration after the exile (see <Dt 4:30>). The
+phrase may also simply refer to the general future (<Ge 49:1>; <Dt 4:30>;
+<31:29>). The Septuagint (the Greek translation of the OT) interprets
+ithere as \"in the last days," although it is difficult to determine Daniel's intended usage. The
+Greek expression is used five times in the
+New Testament, two with reference to the age begun at Pentecost
+(<Ac 2:17>; <Heb 1:2>) and three with regard to the end of the age preceding the second advent of Christ
+(<2Ti 3:1>; <Jas 5:3>; <2Pe 3:3>).
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% CHECK and correct!!!!
+
+\ww {head}={head ... gold, ... breast and arms ... silver, ... middle and sides ... brass, legs ... iron, ... feet in part of iron and in part of potter's earth} % BBE
+ {head}={head ... gold, ... breast and arms ... silver, ... belly and thighs... brass, legs ... iron, ... feet part of iron and part of baked clay} % Jubilee2000
+ {head}={head ... gold, ... breast and arms ... silver, ... belly and thighs... brass, legs ... iron, ... feet part of iron and part of clay} % NETfree
+ {head}={head ... gold, ... breast and arms ... silver, ... belly and thighs... brass, legs ... iron, ... feet part of iron and part of clay} % UKJV
+ {head}={head ... gold, ... breast and arms ... silver, ... belly and thighs... brass, legs ... iron, ... feet part of iron and part of clay} % RNKJV
+ {head}={head ... gold, ... breast and arms ... silver, ... belly and thighs... brass, legs ... iron, ... feet part of iron and part of clay} % Webster
+\Note 2:32-33 {The head ... gold, its chest and arms ... silver, its
+belly and thighs ... bronze, its legs ... iron, its feet partly ...
+iron and partly ... clay} Moving from the head to the feet of the
+image, there is a decrease in both the value and weight of the materials but a general increase in
+its strength. The image was clearly too heavy with fragile feet.
+
+
+\ww {stone}={stone ...not by hands} % BBE
+ {stone}={stone ...not with hands} % Jubilee2000
+ {stone}={not by human hands} % NETfree
+ {stone}={stone ...without hands} % UKJV
+ {stone}={stone ...without hands} % RNKJV
+ {stone}={stone ...without hands} % Webster
+\Note 2:34 {rock ... not by human hands} Unlike the kingdoms represented by the statue, this rock would be
+formed by God himself. In the Old Testament a rock is often associated with kingship; here it
+is linked to the kingdom itself (see <1Co 10:4> and its <"note"_1Co 10:4>).
+It is likely that Daniel had in mind the
+Messiah, the great son of David, who
+would establish God's kingdom over all of the earth—including the
+Gentile nations (\<"v." 35>)—after the restoration from exile. See theological article "The Kingdom of
+God" at <"Matthew 4"_Matt 4:1>. It struck the
+statue on its feet of iron and clay. Some interpreters view the
+mixture of iron and clay in the feet of the image as representing a
+second phase of the fourth kingdom—as distinguished from the
+legs, which were made of solid iron (cf. \<"vv." 41-43>).
+
+
+
+\ww {you are the head of gold}={you are the head of gold ... another kingdom ... third kingdom ... fourth kingdom} % BBE
+ {Thou}={Thou art this head of gold ... another kingdom ... third kingdom ... fourth kingdom} % Jubilee2000
+ {You are the head of gold}={You are the head of gold ... another kingdom ... third kingdom ... fourth kingdom} % NETfree
+ {You are this head of gold}={You are this head of gold ... another kingdom ... third kingdom ... fourth kingdom} % UKJV
+ {Thou art this head of gold}={Thou art this head of gold ... another kingdom ... third kingdom ... fourth kingdom} % RNKJV
+ {this head of gold}={Thou art this head of gold ... another kingdom ... third kingdom ... fourth kingdom} % Webster
+\Note 2:38-40 {You are that head of gold ... another kingdom ... a third kingdom ... Finally ... a fourth kingdom}
+The four kingdoms represent the Babylonian,
+Medo-Persian, Greek and Roman Empires. The climax of the dream occurs in the time of the fourth
+kingdom (see \"Introduction" and chart \"Visions in Daniel," at Daniel 2).
+
+\ww {they will not be united} % BBE
+ {they shall not cleave one to another} % Jubilee2000
+ {without adhering to one another} % NETfree
+ {they shall not cleave one to another} % UKJV
+ {they shall not cleave one to another} % RNKJV
+ {they shall not cleave one to another} % Webster
+\Note 2:43 {the people will be a mixture and will not remain united}
+The fourth kingdom would constitute a composite of peoples who
+would not adhere together well. Efforts to combine the diverse elements of the kingdom would not
+succeed.
+
+
+
+\ww {in the days of those kings} % BBE
+ {in the days of those kings} % Jubilee2000
+ {In the days of those kings} % NETfree
+ {in the days of these kings} % UKJV
+ {in the days of these kings} % RNKJV
+ {in the days of these kings} % Webster
+\Note 2:44 {In the time of those kings} Some interpreters surmise that
+ \"those kings" refers to the succeeding kings of the fourth kingdom.
+It seems best, however, to understand them as referring to the succession of the rulers of the four
+kingdoms previously mentioned in
+this chapter. the God of heaven will set up a kingdom that will
+never be destroyed. Like other prophets Daniel spoke of the
+kingdom of God that would be established after the exile as permanent (e.g., <Isa 9:7>; <Joel 2:26-27>;
+<Am 9:15>). The New Testament
+explains that the kingdom began with the first coming of Jesus and
+will reach its consummation at Christ's glorious return. See theological article \"The Kingdom of
+God" at <"Matthew 4"_Matt 4:1>.
+
+\ww {Then King Nebuchadnezzar, falling down on his face} % BBE
+ {Then the king Nebuchadnezzar fell upon his face} % Jubilee2000
+ {Then King Nebuchadnezzar bowed down with his face to the ground} % NETfree
+ {Then the king Nebuchadnezzar fell upon his face} % RNKJV
+ {Then the king Nebuchadnezzar fell upon his face} % UKJV
+ {Then the king Nebuchadnezzar fell upon his face} % Webster
+\Note 2:46 {Then King Nebuchadnezzar fell prostrate before Daniel} In a remarkable reversal of roles Daniel
+was exalted to a position of great honor by virtue of the Lord's intervention on his
+behalf. Nebuchadnezzar's reaction anticipated the coming kingdom of God.
+
+\ww {your God is a God of gods} % BBE
+ {the God}={the God that is your God is a God of gods} % Jubilee2000
+ {your God is a God of gods} % NETfree
+ {your God is a God of gods} % UKJV
+ {your Elohim is an Elohim of elohim} % RNKJV
+ {God of gods}={your God is a God of gods} % Webster
+\Note 2:47 {your God is the God of gods} Nebuchadnezzar's statement
+does not signify that he recognized Israel's God as the only true
+God, but he did perceive him to be superior to the deities of the
+Babylonian pantheon.
+
+\ww {and a Lord of kings} % BBE
+ {and the Lord of the kings} % Jubilee2000
+ {and Lord of kings} % NETfree
+ {and a Lord of kings} % UKJV
+ {and a master of kings} % RNKJV
+ {and a Lord of kings} % Webster
+\Note 2:47 {and the Lord of kings}
+Nebuchadnezzar
+declared that Israel's God was supreme also over human rulers and
+their kingdoms. This is a unifying theme of Daniel <1:1-6:28>.
+
+
+\ww {ruler over all the land of Babylon} % BBE
+ {governor over the whole province of Babylon} % Jubilee2000
+ {authority over the entire province of Babylon} % NETfree
+ {ruler over the whole province of Babylon} % RNKJV
+ {ruler over the whole province of Babylon} % UKJV
+ {ruler over the whole province of Babylon} % Webster
+\Note 2:48 {ruler over the entire province of Babylon} The Babylonian Empire was divided into
+provinces. Daniel was appointed the
+ruler (cf. <3:2>) of the province in which the capital city was located.
+For accounts of similar ascents to political power by Jews in foreign
+lands, see <Ge 41:37-44> (Joseph)
+and <Est 8:1-2> (Mordecai).
+Daniel's friends were similarly exalted as his assistants (\<"v." 49>). The
+divine approval of Daniel is another dominant theme in this portion of the book. Although prominent
+in Babylon, he never compromised his faith: he was a reliable prophet of God.
+
+\Note 3:1-30 {} {\it Deliverance From the Furnace.\/} Daniel recounted God's
+miraculous deliverance of his friends from the fiery furnace to instruct his readers that God's
+people must admire Daniel's companions and be faithful to God alone. He also illustrated that God
+would eventually frustrate even the mightiest kings who tempt his
+people to abandon their God to worship another.
+
+\ww {an image} % BBE
+ {a statue} % Jubilee2000
+ {statue} % NETfree
+ {an image} % RNKJV
+ {an image} % UKJV
+ {an image} % Webster
+\Note 3:1 {an image} Opinions differ as to whether this extraordinary
+image was of Nebuchadnezzar himself or of a Babylonian deity or
+whether it was merely an obelisk. From what is known of Babylonian religious tradition, it seems
+likely that the image was either of
+Bel or of Nabu, Nebuchadnezzar's patron deity. Prostration before
+the image of this deity would also indicate submission to Nebuchadnezzar, the deity's representative
+(cf. <2:46>).
+
+\ww {of gold} % BBE
+ {of gold} % Jubilee2000
+ {golden} % NETfree
+ {of gold} % RNKJV
+ {of gold} % UKJV
+ {of gold} % Webster
+\Note 3:1 {gold} Probably
+gold overlay, the fabrication of the image being much like that described in <Isa 40:19>, <41:7> and
+<Jer 10:3-9>.
+
+
+\ww {sixty cubits high and six cubits wide} % BBE
+ {height}={height was sixty cubits and its breadth six cubits} % Jubilee2000
+ {ninety feet tall and nine feet wide} % NETfree
+ {height was threescore cubits, and the breadth thereof six cubits} % RNKJV
+ {height was threescore cubits, and the breadth thereof six cubits} % UKJV
+ {hight}={hight was sixty cubits, and the breadth of it six cubits} % Webster
+\Note 3:1 {ninety feet high and nine feet wide} The proportions are the reason some have
+concluded that the image was an obelisk rather than a human form
+(the proportions of the human body are six to one). However, the
+image may have stood on a piedestal or had a stylized shape.
+
+
+\ww {the valley of Dura} % BBE
+ {the plain of Dura} % Jubilee2000
+ {the plain of Dura} % NETfree
+ {the plain of Dura} % RNKJV
+ {the plain of Dura} % UKJV
+ {the plain of Dura} % Webster
+\Note 3:1 {the plain of Dura} Its location is uncertain. It is usually associated with
+Tolul Dura, located about six miles south of Babylon.
+
+
+\ww {the captains, the chiefs, the rulers, the wise men, the keepers of public money, the judges, the overseers} % BBE
+ {the great}={the great ones, the assistants and captains, the judges, the treasurers, those of the council, presidents} % Jubilee2000
+ {the satraps, prefects, governors, counselors, treasurers, judges, magistrates} % NETfree
+ {the princes, the governors, and the captains, the judges, the treasurers, the counsellors, the sheriffs} % UKJV
+ {the princes, the governors, and the captains, the judges, the treasurers, the counsellers, the sheriffs} % RNKJV
+ {the princes, the governors, and the captains, the judges, the treasurers, the counselors, the sherifs} % Webster
+\Note 3:2 {satraps ... officials} The precise responsibilities of these seven different types of officials
+are not known. Five of the seven terms seem to be of Persian origin, perhaps indicating that Daniel
+did not complete the writing of this account until after the begin.
+ning of Persian rule in 539 B.C.
+
+\Note 3:4-6 {} See WLC 130.
+
+\ww {horn, pipe, harp, trigon, psaltery, bagpipe} % BBE
+ {cornet, flute, harp, sackbut, psaltery, dulcimer} % Jubilee2000
+ {horn, flute, zither, trigon, harp, pipes} % NETfree
+ {cornet, flute, harp, sackbut, psaltery, dulcimer} % RNKJV
+ {cornet, flute, harp, sackbut, psaltery, dulcimer} % UKJV
+ {cornet, flute, harp, sackbut, psaltery, dulcimer} % Webster
+\Note 3:5 {horn ... pipes} Three of the six terms used for different types
+of musical instruments account for the only Greek loanwords
+( \"zither," \"harp" and \"pipes") in Daniel. This is not surprising, since
+the exchange of musicians and their instruments at royal courts
+has a long history. The presence of these Greek terms does not
+therefore constitute compelling evidence that this account was
+written after the conquests of Alexander the Great.
+
+\ww {burning and flaming fire} % BBE
+ {burning fiery furnace} % Jubilee2000
+ {furnace of blazing fire} % NETfree
+ {burning fiery furnace} % UKJV
+ {burning fiery furnace} % RNKJV
+ {burning fiery furnace} % Webster
+\Note 3:6 {a blazing furnace} Furnaces, or kilns, were widely used in
+Babylon for the firing of bricks (<Ge 11:3>). It was not unusual to use
+such furnaces for execution by burning (<Jer 29:22>; see Herodotus.
+1.86; 4.69; see also 2 Maccabees 7).
+
+
+\ww {Chaldaeans} % BBE
+ {Chaldeans} % Jubilee2000
+ {Chaldeans} % NETfree
+ {Chaldeans} % UKJV
+ {Chaldeans} % RNKJV
+ {Chaldeans} % Webster
+\Note 3:8 {Chaldeans} See NIV text note and <"note on" 2:2>. The term
+ \"Chaldeans" as used here is best understood as indicating nationality rather than function. The
+informants looked down on the
+Jews simply because they were Jews (<"v." 12>; <Est 3:5>. The privileged position of Shadrach, Meshach and
+Abednego (\<2:49>) heightened the Chaldeans' hostility toward them (\<"v." 12>).
+
+\ww {Shadrach, Meshach, and Abed-nego} % BBE
+ {Shadrach, Meshach, and Abednego} % Jubilee2000
+ {Shadrach, Meshach, and Abednego} % NETfree
+ {Shadrach, Meshach, and Abednego} % UKJV
+ {Shadrach, Meshach, and Abed-nego} % RNKJV
+ {Shadrach, Meshach, and Abed-nego} % Webster
+\Note 3:12 {Shadrach, Meshach and Abed-nego} See <"note on" 1:7>n. Daniel was either not present or exempted from
+demonstrating his loyalty because of his high position (<2:48>).
+
+
+\ww {what god is there who will be able to take you out of my hands?} % BBE
+ {who}={who is that god that shall deliver you out of my hands?} % Jubilee2000
+ {who is that god who can rescue you from my power?} % NETfree
+ {who is that God that shall deliver you out of my hands?} % UKJV
+ {who is that Elohim that shall deliver you out of my hands?} % RNKJV
+ {who}={who is that God that shall deliver you out of my hands?} % Webster
+\Note 3:15 {Then what god will be able to rescue you from my
+hand?} From Nebuchadnezzar's polytheistic, heathen perspective
+there was no god capable of such deliverance. Unwittingly Nebuchadnezzar challenged the power of the
+God of Israel.
+%Do dokumentace
+
+\ww {our God, whose servants we are, is able}={our God, whose servants we are, is able ... we will not be the servants of your gods} % BBE
+ {our God whom we serve is able}={our God whom we serve is able ... we will not worship thy god} % Jubilee2000
+ {our God whom we are serving exists, he is able}={our God whom we are serving exists, he is able ... we don’t serve your gods} % NETfree
+ {our God whom we serve is able}={our God whom we serve is able ... we will not serve your gods} % UKJV
+ {our Elohim whom we serve is able}={our Elohim whom we serve is able ... we will not serve thy elohim} % RNKJV
+ {our God whom we serve is able}={our God whom we serve is able ... we will not serve thy gods} % Webster
+\Note 3:17-18 {the God we serve is able ... we will not serve your gods} The men did not assert that God
+always protects his people from physical harm (<Isa 43:1-2>). Although he may opt to do so, and
+certainly is able, the central idea is that God's people should remain obedient to their Lord no
+matter what the circumstances because he is far more trustworthy than any human ruler and more
+powerful than any force on Earth. Thus the first six chapters of Daniel exalt the prophet and his
+friends as men who were unflinchingly faithful to God throughout their ordeals. See WLC 109.
+
+\ww {a son of the gods} % BBE
+ {Son of God} % Jubilee2000
+ {that of a god} % NETfree
+ {Son of God} % UKJV
+ {Son of Elohim} % RNKJV
+ {son of God} % Webster
+\Note 3:25 {a son of the gods} In the ancient world the expression \"son of the gods" could refer to various types
+of heavenly beings. Here it meant \"angel" (<"v." 28>). No explanation is given for why Nebuchadnezzar
+recognized the fourth person in the furnace as a heavenly being (see <"note on v." 28>n). Perhaps the
+miraculous presence of the fourth person was in itself sufficient reason for this conclusion.
+
+\ww {the Most High God} % BBE
+ {the most high God} % Jubilee2000
+ {the most high God} % NETfree
+ {the most high God} % UKJV
+ {the most high Elohim} % RNKJV
+ {the most high God} % Webster
+\Note 3:26 {the Most High God} A title for God's universal authority. As in verse <29> ( \"no other god can save in
+this way") and in <2:47>, this confession on the lips of a pagan was not an acknowledgment that
+Daniel's Lord alone was God but rather that Daniel's God was supreme above other deities
+(<4:2>, <17>, <34>). On the lips of an Israelite the same confession implied monotheism (<4:24-32>;
+<5:18>, <21>; <7:18-27>).
+
+\Note 3:27 {} See WCF 5.3.
+
+\Note 3:28 {angel} The angel may be identified with \"the angel of the
+LORD," who may have represented an appearance of Christ prior
+to his incarnation (cf. <6:22>; see notes on <Ge 16:7> and <Ex 3:2>). God
+promised his presence when Israel walked through fire (<Isa 43:1-3>).
+
+\ww {no other god} % BBE
+ {no other god} % Jubilee2000
+ {no other god} % NETfree
+ {no other God} % UKJV
+ {no other Elohim} % RNKJV
+ {no other god} % Webster
+\Note 3:29 {no other god} See <"note on verse" 26>. See also WCF 20.4.
+
+\ww {the king gave} % BBE
+ {the king promoted} % Jubilee2000
+ {Nebuchadnezzar promoted} % NETfree
+ {the king promoted} % UKJV
+ {the king promoted} % RNKJV
+ {the king promoted} % Webster
+\Note 3:30 {the king promoted} As this narrative makes clear, their
+prominence resulted from their faithfulness to God, not from compromise with the Babylonians.
+
+\Note 4:1-37 {} {\it Nebuchadnezzar's Second Dream.\/} The prophet narrated
+the story of the king's second dream and its interpretation. Once
+again Daniel was exalted and Nebuchadnezzar humbled before
+God.
+
+\ww {Nebuchadnezzar the king} % BBE
+ {King Nebuchadnezzar} % Jubilee2000
+ {King Nebuchadnezzar} % NETfree
+ {Nebuchadnezzar the king} % UKJV
+ {Nebuchadnezzar the king} % RNKJV
+ {Nebuchadnezzar the king} % Webster
+\Note 4:1 {King Nebuchadnezzar} This is the book's final incident associated with Nebuchadnezzar. It too is
+placed late in the king's 43-year reign, at a time when his building projects were completed
+and his power was at its height (cf. vv. <4>, <30>). At that time Nebuchadnezzar ruled over the most
+powerful kingdom on Earth, but he was no match for the God of Israel.
+
+\ww {the Most High God} % BBE
+ {the high God} % Jubilee2000
+ {the most high God} % NETfree
+ {the high God} % UKJV
+ {the high Elohim} % RNKJV
+ {the high God} % Webster
+\Note 4:2 {the Most High God} See <"notes on" 2:47>n and <3:26>n and <28>n.
+%%%%% Do dokumentace jako příklad
+
+\Note 4:3 {How great}={How great are his signs!} Nebuchadnezzar's confession in this verse
+and in <"verses" 34-35> communicates one of the central themes of
+the book of Daniel; namely, the absolute sovereignty of the God of
+Israel over the kingdoms of the earth and their rulers.
+
+\Note 4:6-7 {} See <"notes on" 1:20>n and <2:2>n.
+
+\Note 4:8 {Belteshazzar} See <"note on" 1:7>n.
+
+\ww {} % BBE
+ {} % Jubilee2000
+ {} % NETfree
+ {} % UKJV
+ {} % RNKJV
+ {} % Webster
+\Note 4:9 {spirit of the holy gods} Although he spoke in pagan terms
+Nebuchadnezzar stated an important truth. The presence of God's
+Spirit in an individual has remarkable effects. Here his ability to
+give extraordinary insight into God's mystery, such as was later given to Paul and the church
+(<1Co 2:6-16>), is in view.
+
+\ww {spirit of the holy gods} % BBE
+ {spirit of the holy God} % Jubilee2000
+ {spirit of the holy gods} % NETfree
+ {spirit of the holy gods} % UKJV
+ {spirit of the holy elohim} % RNKJV
+ {spirit of the holy gods} % Webster
+\Note 4:9 {no mystery is too difficult for you} See <2:47> and <"note on" 2:19>n.
+
+\ww {there was a tree} % BBE
+ {I saw a tree} % Jubilee2000
+ {there was a tree} % NETfree
+ {behold a tree} % UKJV
+ {behold a tree} % RNKJV
+ {behold a tree} % Webster
+\Note 4:10 {before me stood a tree} See <Eze 31> for an extensive ' description of a nation (Assyria), %Egypt?
+using the imagery of a tree. Similar imagery is found in <Ps 1:3>; <37:35>; <52:8>; <92:12>; <Jer
+11:16-17> and <17:8> (see also <Mt 13:32>).
+
+\ww {up to heaven} % BBE
+ {unto heaven} % Jubilee2000
+ {Its top reached far into the sky} % NETfree
+ {reached unto heaven} % UKJV
+ {reached unto heaven} % RNKJV
+ {reached to heaven} % Webster
+\Note 4:11 {its top touched the sky} The term \"sky" may also be
+translated \"heaven," a key term in this chapter. The tree represented Nebuchadnezzar's kingdom
+reaching from Earth to heaven (<"vv." 11>, <20>, <22>) and protecting birds, which defy the separation of
+the two spheres (<"vv." 12>, <21>). In truth the king was not only subject to the judgment of heaven for
+his pride (<"vv." 13>, <23>, <31>) but also dependent on the God of heaven for his existence
+(<"vv." 15>, <22>, <25>, <33>) and sanity (<"v." 34>).
+
+
+\ww {watcher} % BBE
+ {watchman} % Jubilee2000
+ {holy sentinel} % NETfree
+ {watcher} % UKJV
+ {watcher} % RNKJV
+ {watcher} % Webster
+\Note 4:13 {messenger} Although Nebuchadnezzar continued speaking in terms of his pagan religion, he
+acknowledged that he saw a holy, heavenly being in his vision. This common ancient Near Eastern
+belief fits well with the Biblical truth that God involves himself in Earth's affairs through
+revelations by angels.
+
+\ww {let him} % BBE
+ {let him} % Jubilee2000
+ {let it live} % NETfree
+ {let his portion be} % UKJV
+ {let his portion be} % RNKJV
+ {let it be} % Webster
+\Note 4:15 {Let him} From Hebrew pronoun \"he" it becomes clear that the dream concerned a human being and
+not just a tree. See <"note on verse" 22>n.
+
+\ww {the heart of a beast be given to him} % BBE
+ {let a beast's heart be given unto him} % Jubilee2000
+ {let an animal's mind be given to him} % NETfree
+ {let a beast's heart be given unto him} % UKJV
+ {let a beast's heart be given unto him} % RNKJV
+ {let a beast's heart be given to him} % Webster
+\Note 4:16 {let him be given the mind of an animal} Nebuchadnezzar
+may have suffered from a recognized mental illness called lycanthropy which comes from the Greek
+words lukos ( \"wolf") and anthropos ( \"man") in which a person is deluded into behaving like a wolf
+or some other animal (<"v." 33>; see also <"note on" 4:33>n).
+
+\ww {seven times} % BBE
+ {seven times} % Jubilee2000
+ {seven periods of time} % NETfree
+ {seven times} % UKJV
+ {seven times} % RNKJV
+ {seven times} % Webster
+\Note 4:16 {till seven times pass by for him} Seven periods
+of an unspecified duration (cf. <"vv." 23>, <25>). Most interpreters conclude that \"time" represents a
+period of one year. Verse <33> suggests that the period was longer than a day, week or month.
+
+\ww {It is you, O King} % BBE
+ {thou, O king}={it is thou, O king} % Jubilee2000
+ {it is you, O king} % NETfree
+ {It is you, O king} % UKJV
+ {It is thou, O king} % RNKJV
+ {thou, O king}={It is thou, O king} % Webster
+\Note 4:22 {you, O king, are that tree!} With this statement—much like that of Nathan to David (<2Sa 12:7>)—a
+direct application was made to Nebuchadnezzar.
+%%%Jestli to pujde, tak do dokumentace
+
+
+\ww {That they will send you out from among men, to be with the beasts of the field} % BBE
+ {they shall drive thee from among men, and thy dwelling shall be with the beasts of the field} % Jubilee2000
+ {You will be driven from human society, and you will live with the wild animals} % NETfree
+ {they shall drive you from men, and your dwelling shall be with the beasts of the field} % UKJV
+ {they shall drive thee from men, and thy dwelling shall be with the beasts of the field} % RNKJV
+ {they shall drive thee from men, and thy dwelling shall be with the beasts of the field} % Webster
+\Note 4:25 {You will be driven away from people and will live with
+the wild animals.} In words more specific than those in <"verse" 15>
+Daniel indicated the form of mental illness that God would bring
+upon the mighty Nebuchadnezzar. Similar symptoms occasionally
+afflicted King George III of England (1738-1820) and Otto of
+Bavaria (1848-1916). See <"note on" 4:16>n.
+
+
+\ww {till you are certain that the Most High is ruler in the kingdom of men} % BBE
+ {until thou shalt understand that the most High takes rule over the kingdom of men} % Jubilee2000
+ {before you understand that the Most High is ruler over human kingdoms} % NETfree
+ {till you know that the most High rules in the kingdom of men} % UKJV
+ {till thou know that the most High ruleth in the kingdom of men} % RNKJV
+ {till thou shalt know that the most High ruleth in the kingdom of men} % Webster
+\Note 4:25 {until you acknowledge that the Most High is sovereign over the kingdoms of men}
+The purpose of Nebuchadnezzar's humiliation was to compel him
+to recognize God's sovereignty. See WCF 2.2.
+
+\ww {your kingdom will be safe for you} % BBE
+ {thy kingdom shall remain sure unto thee} % Jubilee2000
+ { your kingdom will be restored to you} % NETfree
+ {your kingdom shall be sure unto you} % UKJV
+ {thy kingdom shall be sure unto thee} % RNKJV
+ {thy kingdom shall be sure to thee} % Webster
+\Note 4:26 {your kingdom will be restored to you} Nebuchadnezzar
+was assured that, in spite of the severity and length of his illness,
+he would regain the throne subsequent to his acknowledgment of
+God's sovereignty. Heaven rules. For the first time in Scripture
+ \"heaven" is used as a substitute name for God (cf. <"v." 37>). Compare
+<Matt 5:3> with <Lk 6:20>.
+
+\Note 4:30 {} See WLC 105.
+
+\ww {had grass for his food like the oxen} % BBE
+ {ate grass as the oxen} % Jubilee2000
+ {ate grass like oxen} % NETfree
+ {did eat grass as oxen} % UKJV
+ {did eat grass as oxen} % RNKJV
+ {ate grass as oxen} % Webster
+\Note 4:33 {ate grass like cattle} Because Nebuchadnezzar exhibited
+traits characteristic of oxen, the form of his mental illness is sometimes termed boanthropy. See
+<"note on" 4:16>n.
+
+\Note 4:34-35,37 {} Although Nebuchadnezzar confessed God's sovereignty in no uncertain terms, he never
+explicitly affirmed the God of Israel as the only supreme Creator of the universe. See WCF 2.2:
+5.1.
+
+%\ww {King of heaven} % BBE
+% {King of heaven} % Jubilee2000
+% {} % NETfree
+% {King of heaven} % UKJV
+% {} % RNKJV
+% {} % Webster
+\Note 4:37 {King of heaven} This unique term brings together the theme
+of the chapter: the rule of God from heaven (see <4:26> and its <"note"_4:26>n).
+
+\Note 5:1-31 {} {\it Judgment on Belshazzar.\/} Daniel turned next to an account of God's judgment against
+Belshazzar. In this narrative the king is condemned for his impudent disregard for the holiness of
+Israel's God and of his temple.
+
+\ww {Belshazzar the king} % BBE
+ {Belshazzar the king} % Jubilee2000
+ {King Belshazzar} % NETfree
+ {Belshazzar the king} % UKJV
+ {Belshazzar the king} % RNKJV
+ {Belshazzar the king} % Webster
+\Note 5:1 {King Belshazzar} Belshazzar means \"Bel, protect the king." It
+is not to be confused with Belteshazzar, the Babylonian name given to Daniel (see <"note on"
+1:7>n).
+From Babylonian sources we know that Nabonidus, Nebuchadnezzar's son-in-law, was the last king of
+Babylon. Belshazzar, the eldest son of Nabonidus, was made co-regent with his father and placed in
+charge of affairs in Babylon while Nabonidus spent extensive periods of time at Tema in Arabia. The
+events of this chapter took place in 539 B.C., the year of Babylon's
+fall to the Persians and of the edict releasing Israelites from captivity. 42 years after the death
+of Nebuchadnezzar in 563 B.C.
+
+\ww {great feast} % BBE
+ {great banquet} % Jubilee2000
+ {great banque} % NETfree
+ {great feast} % UKJV
+ {great feast} % RNKJV
+ {great feast} % Webster
+\Note 5:1 {banquet} The banquet scene juxtaposes
+the splendor of the event and the divine judgment that would soon be meted out (cf.
+<Ge 40:20-22>; <Mk 6:21-28>).
+
+\ww {Belshazzar, while he was overcome with wine} % BBE
+ {Belshazzar, under the influence of the wine} % Jubilee2000
+ {While under the influence of the wine} % NETfree
+ {Belshazzar, while he tasted the wine} % UKJV
+ {Belshazzar, whiles he tasted the wine} % RNKJV
+ {Belshazzar, while he tasted the wine} % Webster
+\Note 5:2 {While Belshazzar was drinking} Under the influence of alcohol Belshazzar committed a sacrilegious act. Even from a heathen standpoint the holy things of
+other religions were to be held in reverence.
+
+\ww {gold and silver vessels}={gold and silver vessels ... from the Temple in Jerusalem} % BBE
+ {vessels of gold and of silver}={vessels of gold and of silver ... from the Temple in Jerusalem} % Jubilee2000
+ {gold and silver vessels}={gold and silver vessels ... from the temple in Jerusalem} % NETfree
+ {golden and silver vessels}={golden and silver vessels ... taken out of the temple which was in Jerusalem} % UKJV
+ {golden and silver vessels}={golden and silver vessels ... taken out of the temple which was in Jerusalem} % RNKJV
+ {golden and silver vessels}={golden and silver vessels ... taken out of the temple which was in Jerusalem} % Webster
+\Note 5:2 {the gold and silver goblets ... from the temple in Jerusalem}
+See <"note on" 1:2>n.
+
+\Note 5:2 {his father} %See NIV text note.
+Nebuchadnezzar is called the father of
+Belshazzar here and in <"verses" 11>, <13> and <18>, and in <"verse" 22> Belshazzar is called the
+ \"son" of Nebuchadnezzar. Although we know that
+Belshazzar was the immediate son of Nabonidus, not Nebuchadnezzar, the terms father and
+son were often used in the ancient world in the broader sense of
+ \"ancestor" or \"predecessor" and \"descendant" or \"successor." respectively. It is likely that
+Belshazzar was the grandson of Nebuchadnezzar through his mother, Nitocris.
+
+
+\ww {gave praise to the gods} % BBE
+ {praised the gods} % Jubilee2000
+ {praised the gods} % NETfree
+ {praised the gods} % UKJV
+ {praised the elohim} % RNKJV
+ {praised the gods} % Webster
+\Note 5:4 {praised the gods} The temple vessels were defiled not only by being put to profane use but also
+by being used to honor the false deities of Babylon.
+
+\ww {the users of secret arts, the Chaldaeans, and the readers of signs} % BBE
+ {the magicians, the Chaldeans, and the fortune-tellers} % Jubilee2000
+ {the astrologers, wise men, and diviners} % NETfree
+ {the astrologers, the Chaldeans, and the soothsayers} % UKJV
+ {the astrologers, the Chaldeans, and the soothsayers} % RNKJV
+ {the astrologers, the Chaldeans, and the sooth-sayers} % Webster
+\Note 5:7 {the enchanters, astrologers and diviners} See <"notes on" 1:20>n and <2:2>n (cf. <2:27>;
+<4:7>).
+
+\ww {Whoever is able to make out this writing, and make clear to me the sense of it} % BBE
+ {Whoever shall read this writing and show me its interpretation} % Jubilee2000
+ {anyone who could read this inscription and disclose its interpretation} % NETfree
+ {Whosoever shall read this writing, and show me the interpretation thereof} % UKJV
+ {Whosoever shall read this writing, and shew me the interpretation thereof} % RNKJV
+ {Whoever shall read this writing, and show me the interpretation of it} % Webster
+\Note 5:7 {Whoever reads this writing and tells me what it means}
+Once again the king demanded a double requirement: to declare the portent and then to
+interpret it (cf. <2:3>).
+
+\ww {a ruler of high authority in the kingdom} % BBE
+ {the third ruler in the kingdom} % Jubilee2000
+ {third ruler in the kingdom} % NETfree
+ {the third ruler in the kingdom} % UKJV
+ {the third ruler in the kingdom} % RNKJV
+ {the third ruler in the kingdom} % Webster
+\Note 5:7 {third highest ruler in the kingdom} Next in power under Nabonidus and his
+co-regent Belshazzar (see <"note on" 5:1>n).
+
+\ww {they were not able to make out the writing or give the sense of it to the king} % BBE
+ {they could not read the writing, nor make known to the king its interpretation} % Jubilee2000
+ {they were unable to read the writing or to make known its interpretation to the king} % NETfree
+ {they could not read the writing, nor make known to the king the interpretation thereof} % UKJV
+ {they could not read the writing, nor make known to the king the interpretation thereof} % RNKJV
+ {they could not read the writing, nor make known to the king the interpretation of it} % Webster
+\Note 5:8 {they could not read the writing or tell the king what it meant}
+ See <2:2-13> and <4:7>; see also <Ge 41:8>.
+
+%\ww {} % BBE
+% {} % Jubilee2000
+% {} % NETfree
+% {} % UKJV
+% {} % RNKJV
+% {} % Webster
+\Note 5:10 {the queen} %See NIV text note.
+It is unlikely that she was a consort of Belshazzar since these women were already present at the banquet
+(vv. 2-3). She may have been the widow of Nebuchadnezzar, but it is more likely that she was
+Nitocris, the wife of Nabonidus, daughter of Nebuchadnezzar and mother of Belshazzar.
+
+\ww {the spirit of the holy gods} % BBE
+ {the spirit of the holy God} % Jubilee2000
+ {a spirit of the holy gods} % NETfree
+ {the spirit of the holy gods} % UKJV
+ {the spirit of the holy elohim} % RNKJV
+ {the spirit of the holy gods} % Webster
+\Note 5:11 {the spirit of the holy gods} See <4:8>. It is not surprising that the queen mother was
+more familiar with the events of Daniel's time than was Belshazzar. It is likely that Daniel was in his 80s by
+539 B.C. He had been a young man when taken to Babylon 66 years
+earlier in 605 B.C. (see <"note on" 1:1>n).
+
+\ww {were seen to be in him} % BBE
+ {was found to have} % Jubilee2000
+ {Thus there was found in this man Daniel} % NETfree
+ {were found in the same Daniel} % UKJV
+ {were found in the same Daniel} % RNKJV
+ {were found in the same Daniel} % Webster
+\Note 5:12 {This man ... was found to have} This divine enablement
+can be described theologically as the presence of God's Spirit in an
+individual or as a person possessing a remarkable spirit.
+
+
+\ww {Belteshazzar} % BBE
+ {Beltechazzar} % Jubilee2000
+ {Belteshazzar} % NETfree
+ {Belteshazzar} % UKJV
+ {Belteshazzar} % RNKJV
+ {Belteshazzar} % Webster
+\Note 5:12 {Belteshazzar} See <"note on" 1:7>n.
+
+\ww {a ruler of high authority in the kingdom} % BBE
+ {the third ruler in the kingdom} % Jubilee2000
+ {third ruler in the kingdom} % NETfree
+ {the third ruler in the kingdom} % UKJV
+ {the third ruler in the kingdom} % RNKJV
+ {the third ruler in the kingdom} % Webster
+\Note 5:16 {third highest ruler in the kingdom} See <"note on verse" 7>n.
+
+\ww {Keep your offerings} % BBE
+ {Let thy gifts be for thyself} % Jubilee2000
+ {Keep your gifts} % NETfree
+ {Let your gifts be to yourself} % UKJV
+ {Let thy gifts be to thyself} % RNKJV
+ {Let thy gifts be to thyself} % Webster
+\Note 5:17 {You may keep your gifts} Some think that Daniel rejected
+Belshazzar's offer of reward not only because he did not seek such
+honors but also because of his consciousness that it was only by
+God's mercy that he had been able to respond to the king's request; he did not want to use his
+God-given role as a means of personal profit (<Ge 14:23>). Yet he had accepted such rewards before
+(<2:48>) and did so again later (<"v." 29>). Perhaps he was avoiding any
+pressure to modify the ominous message (<Nu 22:18>; <Mic 3:5>, <11>).
+
+\ww {the Most High God gave} % BBE
+ {the most high God} % Jubilee2000
+ {the most high God bestowed} % NETfree
+ {most high God gave} % UKJV
+ {the most high Elohim gave} % RNKJV
+ {the most high God gave} % Webster
+\Note 5:18 {the Most High God gave} See <2:37> and <4:36>.
+
+\ww {Nebuchadnezzar, your father} % BBE
+ {Nebuchadnezzar thy father} % Jubilee2000
+ {your father Nebuchadnezzar} % NETfree
+ {Nebuchadnezzar your father} % UKJV
+ {Nebuchadnezzar thy father} % RNKJV
+ {Nebuchadnezzar thy father} % Webster
+\Note 5:18 {your father Nebuchadnezzar} See <"note on verse" 2>n.
+
+\Note 5:20-21 {} See <4:31-33>.
+
+\ww {the Most High is ruler} % BBE
+ {the most high God takes rule} % Jubilee2000
+ {the most high God rules} % NETfree
+ {the most high God ruled} % UKJV
+ {the most high Elohim ruled} % RNKJV
+ {the most high God ruleth} % Webster
+\Note 5:21 {Most High God is sovereign} This statement summarizes
+the book's theology (see \"Introduction: Purpose and Distinctives").
+
+\ww {you, his son} % BBE
+ {thou his son} % Jubilee2000
+ {you, his son} % NETfree
+ {you his son} % UKJV
+ {thou his son} % RNKJV
+ {thou his son} % Webster
+\Note 5:22 {But you his son} See <"note on verse" 2>n.
+
+\ww {though you had knowledge of all this} % BBE
+ {though thou knewest all this} % Jubilee2000
+ {although you knew all this} % NETfree
+ {though you knew all this} % UKJV
+ {though thou knewest all this} % RNKJV
+ {though thou knewest all this} % Webster
+\Note 5:22 {though you knew all this} Because the king was without excuse—even more so than his
+father—the time of mercy had passed (see <1Ti 1:13>). See WLC 151.
+
+\Note 5:23 {} See WLC 105.
+
+\ww {Then} % BBE
+ {Then} % Jubilee2000
+ {Therefore} % NETfree
+ {Then} % UKJV
+ {Then} % RNKJV
+ {Then} % Webster
+\Note 5:24 {Therefore} The writing on the wall was God's answer to the
+arrogant challenge presented by Belshazzar's pride and defiance of
+the God who had demonstrated his existence and sovereignty in
+the time of Nebuchadnezzar.
+
+\ww {Mene, tekel, peres} % BBE
+ {MENE, MENE, TEKEL, UPHARSIN} % Jubilee2000
+ {MENE, MENE, TEQEL, and PHARSIN} % NETfree
+ {MENE, MENE, TEKEL, UPHARSIN} % UKJV
+ {MENE, MENE, TEKEL, UPHARSIN} % RNKJV
+ {MENE, MENE, TEKEL, UPHARSIN} % Webster
+\Note 5:25 {MENE, MENE, TEKEL, PARSIN} Literally, \"numbered, numbered,
+weighed, divided" or \"mina [a unit of weight], mina, shekel, half
+shekel."
+
+\ww {Mene} % BBE
+ {MENE} % Jubilee2000
+ {mene} % NETfree
+ {MENE} % UKJV
+ {MENE} % RNKJV
+ {MENE} % Webster
+\Note 5:26 {Mene} %See NIV text note.
+The original script for this word
+could be understood as either a verb or a noun. Daniel read it as a
+verb meaning \"numbered" or \"counted" and interpreted it as signifying that the days and years of Belshazzar's reign had been determined by God and were about to end.
+
+\ww {Tekel} % BBE
+ {TEKEL} % Jubilee2000
+ {teqel} % NETfree
+ {TEKEL} % UKJV
+ {TEKEL} % RNKJV
+ {TEKEL} % Webster
+\Note 5:27 {Tekel} %See NIV text note.
+This word could also be understood as either a verb or a noun. Daniel
+read it as a verb meaning
+ \"weighed" and interpreted it as signifying that Belshazzar failed to
+measure up to God's standards of righteousness.
+
+\ww {Peres} % BBE
+ {PERES} % Jubilee2000
+ {peres} % NETfree
+ {PERES} % UKJV
+ {PERES} % RNKJV
+ {PERES} % Webster
+\Note 5:28 {Peres} %See NIV text note.
+Daniel construed this word as a
+verb meaning \"divided" and interpreted it to signify that Belshazzar's kingdom would be taken from
+him and given to the Medes
+and Persians. If, as is likely, those present at the banquet understood the three terms as nouns
+that simply indicated various monetary weights (mene, a weight equivalent to 60 Babylonian shekels:
+tekel, the shekel: peres, a half shekel), then it is not surprising that
+they failed to comprehend the significance of the inscription.
+Medes and Persians. See \"Introduction: Purpose and Distinctives." See also BC 36.
+
+\ww {by the order of Belshazzar} % BBE
+ {Belshazzar commanded} % Jubilee2000
+ {on Belshazzar's orders} % NETfree
+ {commanded Belshazzar} % UKJV
+ {commanded Belshazza} % RNKJV
+ {commanded Belshazza} % Webster
+\Note 5:29 {Belshazzar's command} Like Nebuchadnezzar Belshazzar
+honored Daniel (<2:48>), but unlike Nebuchadnezzar he did not honor Daniel's God (<2:46-47>). The honor
+that Daniel and his companions had repeatedly received because of their faithfulness to God
+had established Daniel's credibility as a prophet. He was not a
+compromiser; he was faithful to God. Therefore his later prophecies ("chs. 7-12"_7:1>) could be fully
+trusted.
+
+\ww {Belshazzar}={Belshazzar ... was put to death} % BBE
+ {Belshazzar}={Belshazzar ...was slain} % Jubilee2000
+ {Belshazzar}={Belshazzar ... was killed} % NETfree
+ {Belshazzar}={was Belshazzar ... slain} % UKJV
+ {Belshazzar}={was Belshazzar ... slain} % RNKJV
+ {Belshazzar}={was Belshazzar ... slain} % Webster
+\Note 5:30 {Belshazzar ... was slain} Ancient Near Eastern texts and
+the Greek historians Herodotus and Xenophon record that Babylon was taken in a surprise attack by
+the Persians while the Babylonians were engaged in reveling and dancing.
+
+\ww {Darius the Mede} % BBE
+ {Darius the Median} % Jubilee2000
+ {Darius the Mede} % NETfree
+ {Darius the Median} % UKJV
+ {Darius the Median} % RNKJV
+ {Darius the Median} % Webster
+\Note 5:31 {Darius the Mede} It has long been alleged that this and other references to \"Darius the Mede"
+in the book of Daniel (<6:1>, <6>, <9>, <25>, <28>; <9:1>; <11:1>) are historical errors. See <"note on" 6:1>n.
+
+\Note 5:32 {} See WCF 19.2.
+
+\Note 6:1-28 {} {\it Deliverance From the Den of Lions.\/} The prophet recounted his treatment under Darius the Mede,
+who succeeded Belshazzar. During his reign Daniel was thrown into a lions' den, and only
+through faith did he emerge unscathed.
+
+%\ww {} % BBE
+% {} % Jubilee2000
+% {} % NETfree
+% {} % UKJV
+% {} % RNKJV
+% {} % Webster
+\Note 6:1 {Darius} See <"note on" 5:31>n. While it is true that Darius the Mede
+is not referred to in extant historical sources outside the Scripture
+and that there was no interval between Belshazzar/Nabonidus (see
+<"note on" 5:1>N) and the accession of Cyrus of Persia, this does not necessarily mean that the book of
+Daniel is in error. Most likely \"Darius the Mede" was a throne name for Cyrus, the founder of the Persian
+Empire (see <"note on v." 28>N). It is also possible, but not as likely, that it
+was a designation for Gubaru, a general who defected from Nebuchadnezzar to Cyrus, led the Persian
+conquest of Babylon and was made governor by Cyrus over the territories the Persians had taken from the Babylonians.
+
+\ww {special spirit} % BBE
+ {over abundance}={over abundance of the Spirit} % Jubilee2000
+ {extraordinary spirit} % NETfree
+ {excellent spirit} % UKJV
+ {excellent spirit} % RNKJV
+ {excellent spirit} % Webster
+\Note 6:3 {his exceptional qualities} See <1:17>; <4:8> and <5:12>.
+
+\ww {the law of his God} % BBE
+ {the law of his God} % Jubilee2000
+ {the law of his God} % NETfree
+ {the law of his God} % UKJV
+ {the law of his Elohim} % RNKJV
+ {the law of his God} % Webster
+\Note 6:5 {the law of his God} Daniel's adversaries affirmed not only his
+moral integrity but also the visible nature of his piety and commitment to the God of Israel. Thus
+the book's major theme of Daniel's holiness and reliability is affirmed once again.
+
+\ww {All}={All ... have made a common decision} % BBE
+ {All}={All ... have agreed in common accord} % Jubilee2000
+ {To all}={To all ... it seemed like a good idea} % NETfree
+ {All}={All ... have consulted together} % UKJV
+ {All}={All ... have consulted together} % RNKJV
+ {All}={All ... have consulted together} % Webster
+\Note 6:7 {have all agreed} The false implication was that Daniel had
+concurred with the proposal. These officials were hypocritical in
+their seeming devotion to Darius. Their scheme was an attempt to
+manipulate him into securing their own designs.
+
+
+\ww {whoever makes any request to any god or man but you}={whoever makes any request to any god ... but you} % BBE
+ {whoever shall ask a petition of any God}={whoever shall ask a petition of any God ... except of thee} % Jubilee2000
+ {anyone who prays to any god}={anyone who prays to any god ... other than you} % NETfree
+ {whosoever shall ask a petition of any God}={whosoever shall ask a petition of any God ... save of you} % UKJV
+ {whosoever shall ask a petition of any Elohim}={whosoever shall ask a petition of any Elohim ... } % RNKJV
+ {whoever shall ask a petition of any God}={whoever shall ask a petition of any God ... except of thee} % Webster
+\Note 6:7 {who prays to any god or man ... except to you} The proposal would have seemed
+to Darius to be more political than religious and would have served
+to consolidate his authority over newly conquered territories.
+
+\ww {the law of the Medes and Persians} % BBE
+ {the law of Media and of Persia} % Jubilee2000
+ {the law of the Medes and Persians} % NETfree
+ {the law of the Medes and Persians} % UKJV
+ {the law of the Medes and Persians} % RNKJV
+ {the law of the Medes and Persians} % Webster
+\Note 6:8 {the laws of the Medes and Persians, which cannot be repealed} See <Est 1:19> and <8:8>. The
+irrevocable nature of Persian law is also attested in extra-Biblical writings. The effect of the
+decree was to create a conflict for Daniel between allegiance to the Lord and obedience to human government.
+
+\ww {opening in the direction of Jerusalem} % BBE
+ {open toward Jerusalem} % Jubilee2000
+ {opened toward Jerusalem} % NETfree
+ {windows being open in his chamber toward Jerusalem} % UKJV
+ {windows being open in his chamber toward Jerusalem} % RNKJV
+ {windows being open in his chamber towards Jerusalem} % Webster
+\Note 6:10 {opened toward Jerusalem} See <1Ki 8:44> and <48>, as well as <Ps 5:7> and <138:2>.
+
+\ww {three times a day} % BBE
+ {three times a day} % Jubilee2000
+ {Three times daily} % NETfree
+ {three times a day} % UKJV
+ {three times a day} % RNKJV
+ {three times a day} % Webster
+\Note 6:10 {Three times a day} See <Ps 55:17-18>.
+
+\ww {down on his knees} % BBE
+ {knelt} % Jubilee2000
+ {he was kneeling} % NETfree
+ {kneeled upon his knees} % UKJV
+ {kneeled upon his knees} % RNKJV
+ {kneeled upon his knees} % Webster
+\Note 6:10 {down on his knees} Standing may have been a regular posture in
+prayer (<1Ch 23:30>; <"Ne 9"_Ne 9:1>). While kneeling in prostration marked a lowering of oneself, appropriate in
+circumstances of particular solemnity (<1Ki 8:54>; <Ezr 9:5>; see also <Ps 95:6>; <Lk 22:41>; <Ac 7:60>;
+<9:40>).
+
+\ww {as he had done before} % BBE
+ {as he was used to doing before} % Jubilee2000
+ {as he had been accustomed to do previously} % NETfree
+ {as he did in old times} % UKJV
+ {as he did aforetime} % RNKJV
+ {as he did before} % Webster
+\Note 6:10 {just as he had done before} Evidently Daniel's prayer habits were public knowledge, a mark of
+his genuine piety.
+
+\ww {one of the prisoners of Judah} % BBE
+ {of the sons of the captivity of the Jews} % Jubilee2000
+ {one of the captives from Judah} % NETfree
+ {of the children of the captivity of Judah} % UKJV
+ {of the children of the captivity of Judah} % RNKJV
+ {of the children of the captivity of Judah} % Webster
+\Note 6:13 {who is one of the exiles from Judah} This ethnic identification of Daniel is perhaps indicative
+of prejudice toward the Jews on the part of the other officials (cf. <3:8>). That Daniel's ethnic
+identity was widely known reveals that he had not compromised his
+heritage in favor of success in captivity—an important lesson to
+the readers.
+
+\ww {his heart was fixed on keeping Daniel safe} % BBE
+ {heart on Daniel to deliver him}={he set his heart on Daniel to deliver him} % Jubilee2000
+ {began thinking about how he might rescue Daniel} % NETfree
+ {set his heart on Daniel to deliver him} % UKJV
+ {set his heart on Daniel to deliver him} % RNKJV
+ {heart on Daniel to deliver him}={set his heart on Daniel to deliver him} % Webster
+\Note 6:14 {he was determined to rescue Daniel} Darius immediately
+perceived that he had been victimized by the intrigue of his own
+officials in order to trap Daniel. His appreciation for Daniel remained unshaken.
+
+\ww {Your God}={Your God ... will keep you safe} % BBE
+ {Thy God}={Thy God ... may he deliver thee} % Jubilee2000
+ {Your God}={Your God ... will rescue you} % NETfree
+ {Your God}={Your God ... will deliver you} % UKJV
+ {Thy Elohim}={Thy Elohim ... will deliver thee} % RNKJV
+ {Thy God}={Thy God ... he will deliver thee} % Webster
+\Note 6:16 {May your God ... rescue you!} Against his own will Darius
+was forced to comply with the decree. Nevertheless, he hoped
+that Daniel's God would intervene on behalf of his faithful servant.
+
+\ww {it was stamped with the king's stamp and with the stamp of the lords} % BBE
+ {sealed it with his own signet}={sealed it with his own signet ring and with the signet ring of his princes} % Jubilee2000
+ {sealed it with his signet ring and with those of his nobles} % NETfree
+ {sealed it with his own signet, and with the signet of his lords} % UKJV
+ {sealed it with his own signet, and with the signet of his masters} % RNKJV
+ {sealed it with his own signet, and with the signet of his lords} % Webster
+\Note 6:17 {sealed it with his own signet ring and with the rings of
+his nobles} Signet rings and cylinder seals were commonly used by
+the Assyrians, Babylonians and Persians. The ring or cylinder was
+rolled across impressionable clay to leave the personal mark of the
+owner of the seal. Breaking open whatever was sealed in this way
+would be a violation of the law.
+
+\ww {My God has sent his angel} % BBE
+ {My God has sent his angel} % Jubilee2000
+ {My God sent his angel} % NETfree
+ {My God has sent his angel} % UKJV
+ {My Elohim hath sent his angel} % RNKJV
+ {My God hath sent his angel} % Webster
+\Note 6:22 {My God sent his angel} Likely the angel of the Lord (see <"note on" 3:28>n).
+
+\ww {gave orders for them to take Daniel up out of the hole} % BBE
+ {commanded that they should take Daniel up out of the den} % Jubilee2000
+ {gave an order to haul Daniel up from the den} % NETfree
+ {commanded that they should take Daniel up out of the den} % UKJV
+ {commanded that they should take Daniel up out of the den} % RNKJV
+ {commanded that they should take Daniel out of the den} % Webster
+\Note 6:23 {gave orders to lift Daniel out of the den} Darius could do
+this without violating the initial decree, since its demands had already been fulfilled.
+
+\Note 6:26-27 {} See <2:47>; <3:17-18> and <28-29>; <4:2-3> and <28-37> and <5:18-29>.
+As in the previous narratives the
+Lord revealed himself to be greater than human rulers or kingdoms, for his sovereignty extends over
+nature and history. But this decree went far beyond those earlier confessions in acknowledging God
+as a living, enduring and saving deity, whose kingdom is eternal and secure.
+
+\ww {order} % BBE
+ {statute} % Jubilee2000
+ {edict} % NETfree
+ {decree} % UKJV
+ {decree} % RNKJV
+ {decree} % Webster
+\Note 6:26 {decree} Darius's
+decree does not imply that he actually converted from pagan polytheism to faith in Daniel's God
+alone any more than did Cyrus's proclamation that God had instructed him to send the Jews home (<Ezr
+1:3-4>; <Isa 44:28>; <45:4>).
+
+\ww {Daniel did well} % BBE
+ {Daniel was prospered} % Jubilee2000
+ {Daniel prospered} % NETfree
+ {Daniel prospered} % UKJV
+ {Daniel prospered} % RNKJV
+ {Daniel prospered} % Webster
+\Note 6:28 {Daniel prospered} The major theme of God's blessing toward Daniel
+appears again. Daniel remained faithful, refusing to compromise. For this reason he rose in
+prominence under both Babylonian and Persian kings. This fact exalted Daniel as a faithful Israelite
+whose prophecies could be trusted. the reign of Darius and the reign of Cyrus.
+%See NIV text note.
+The wording may be understood in two ways: (1) Daniel prospered under the rule of Gubaru (see
+<"note on v." 1>n) as well as under Cyrus; or (2) Daniel prospered under the reign of Darius, even in the
+reign of Cyrus. In the latter case, Darius the Mede and Cyrus are understood to be two names for the
+same ruler (see <"note on v." 1>n).
+
+\Note 7:1-12:13 {} {\it The Visions.\/} In these chapters Daniel turned from
+historical narrative to reports of visions. These visions depend on the two main themes set forth
+in the first six chapters of the book: Israel's God was in control of all nations, and Daniel could
+be trusted as God's uncompromising prophet. These chapters prepared an exiled Israel for the long
+delay of the restoration and the trials to come under the control of foreign powers. They also
+encouraged the people of God not to give up hope that God's kingdom would come at the end of these
+trials. Daniel touched on four main topics: the four beasts (<7:1-28>), the ram and the goat (<8:1-27>),
+the \"seventy weeks" (<9:1-27>) and the future of God's people (<10:1-12:13>).
+
+
+\Note 7:1-28 {} {\it Vision of the Four Beasts.\/} Daniel reported his dream of four beasts. The dream traces
+the history of foreign kingdoms oppressing Israel until their earthly dominion was given to the \"one
+like a son of man" and to the saints.
+
+\ww {the first year of Belshazzar} % BBE
+ {the first year of Belshazzar} % Jubilee2000
+ {first year of King Belshazzar} % NETfree
+ {the first year of Belshazzar} % UKJV
+ {the first year of Belshazzar} % RNKJV
+ {the first year of Belshazzar} % Webster
+\Note 7:1 {the first year of Belshazzar} See <"note on" 5:1>n. It is not known whether
+Belshazzar's coregency with Nabonidus began at the same time as the accession of Nabonidus (556
+B.C.) or a few years later. In any case, the events of this chapter (and <"ch. 8"_8:1>) are lobe placed
+chronologically between those of chapters 4 and 5.
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%???? lobe
+
+%\ww {} % BBE
+% {} % Jubilee2000
+% {} % NETfree
+% {} % UKJV
+% {} % RNKJV
+% {} % Webster
+\Note 7:2 {great sea} Whether or not this is a reference
+to the Mediterranean Sea is immaterial. What is clear is that the sea is symbolical the chaotic
+restlessness that characterized the sinful nations oppressing Israel. See the interpretation given
+in <"verse" 17> and in <Isa 17:12-13> and <57:20>.
+
+\ww {four great beasts} % BBE
+ {four great beasts} % Jubilee2000
+ {four large beasts} % NETfree
+ {four great beasts} % UKJV
+ {four great beasts} % RNKJV
+ {four great beasts} % Webster
+\Note 7:3 {Four great beasts} These four beasts represent
+four kingdoms (<"vv." 17>, <23>). It is clear that there is a close correspondence between the four
+kingdoms of Nebuchadnezzar's vision of the image in chapter 2 and those symbolized by the beasts in
+this chapter. For identification of the four kingdoms, see chart, \"Visions in Daniel," at Da 2.
+
+\Note 7:4 {a lion}={a lion ... eagle's wings} The lion with eagle's wings is an
+appropriate symbol for the Babylonian Empire (cf. <Jer 50:44>; <Eze 17:3>). Winged lions were common
+Babylonian art forms often placed at the entrances of important public buildings.
+
+\ww {wings were pulled off}={wings were pulled off ... a man's heart was given to it} % BBE
+ {wings were plucked off}={wings were plucked off ... a man’s heart was given to it} % Jubilee2000
+ {wings were pulled off}={wings were pulled off ... a human mind was given to it} % NETfree
+ {the wings thereof were plucked}={the wings thereof were plucked ...a man's heart was given to it} % UKJV
+ {the wings thereof were plucked}={the wings thereof were plucked ... a man's heart was given to it} % RNKJV
+ {wings were plucked}={wings were plucked ... a man's heart was given to it} % Webster
+\Note 7:4 {wings were torn off ... and the heart of man was given to it}
+Perhaps this is a reference to Nebuchadnezzar's
+humiliation and later restoration following a seven-year period of insanity (<4:1-37>).
+
+\ww {another beast, like a bear} % BBE
+ {the second beast}={the second beast, like unto a bear} % Jubilee2000
+ {a second beast}={a second beast ... like a bear} % NETfree
+ {another beast}={another beast ... like to a bear} % UKJV
+ {another beast}={another beast ... like to a bear} % RNKJV
+ {another beast}={another beast ... like a bear} % Webster
+\Note 7:5 {a second beast ... like a bear ... raised up on one of ib sides, and it had three ribs in
+its mouth}
+The Medo-Persian kingdom is symbolized by a beast with a voracious appetite. The raised side may
+represent the superior status of Persia, and the three ribs likely point to Persia's conquests over
+Lydia (546 B.C.), Babylon (539 B.C.) and Egypt (525 B.C.). See <"note on" 8:3>n.
+
+\ww {another beast, like a leopard} % BBE
+ {another, like a tiger} % Jubilee2000
+ {another beast like a leopard} % NETfree
+ {another, like a leopard} % UKJV
+ {another, like a leopard} % RNKJV
+ {another, like a leopard} % Webster
+\Note 7:6 {another beast ... like a leopard ... it had four wings... four heads}
+The Greek Empire is symbolized by a leopard,
+which is known for its speed. Alexander the Great (356-323 B.C.) conquered the Persian Empire with
+great rapidity. He encountered the Persians in three major battles: (1) At the Granicus River (334
+B.C.)he gained entry into Asia Minor. (2) At Issus (333 B.C.). he was enabled to occupy Syria,
+Canaan and Egypt. (3) At Arbela (331 B.C.) he destroyed the last Persian army and pushed onward
+toward India. See also <8:5-8>. Shortly after his premature death at age thirty-three the empire he had
+established divided into four parts: Macedonia under Cassander, Thrace and Asia Minor under
+Lysimachus, Syria under Seleucus and Egypt under Ptolemy.
+
+
+\ww {a fourth beast}={a fourth beast ... causing fear and very troubling, full of power and very strong} % BBE
+ {the fourth beast}={the fourth beast ... dreadful and terrible, and exceedingly strong} % Jubilee2000
+ {a fourth beast}={a fourth beast ... dreadful, terrible, and very strong} % NETfree
+ {a fourth beast}={a fourth beast ... dreadful and terrible, and strong exceedingly} % UKJV
+ {a fourth beast}={a fourth beast ... dreadful and terrible, and strong exceedingly} % RNKJV
+ {a fourth beast}={a fourth beast ... dreadful and terrible, and strong exceedingly} % Webster
+\Note 7:7 {a fourth beast—terrifying and frightening and very powerful}
+History has revealed that this
+unidentified beast represents Rome, the kingdom that ultimately assimilated the various parts of
+the divided Greek kingdom.
+
+%\ww {} % BBE
+% {} % Jubilee2000
+% {} % NETfree
+% {} % UKJV
+% {} % RNKJV
+% {} % Webster
+\Note 7:7 {it had ten horns} The ten horns symbolize ten kings or kingdoms arising
+from the Roman kingdom (<"v." 24>). It is not clear whether these horns are successive or
+contemporaneous. Some suggest that they represent a second phase of
+thefourth kingdom, \"a revived Roman Empire" of the last days, but
+there is no evidence of such a distinction.
+
+\ww {a little one, before which three of the first horns were pulled up by the roots} % BBE
+ {another little horn, before whom three of the first horns were plucked up}={another little horn, before whom three of the first horns were plucked up by the roots} % Jubilee2000
+ {a small one - came up between them, and three of the former horns were torn out by the roots} % NETfree
+ {another little horn, before whom there were three of the first horns plucked up by the roots} % UKJV
+ {another little horn, before whom there were three of the first horns plucked up by the roots} % RNKJV
+ {another little horn, before whom there were three of the first horns plucked up by the roots:} % Webster
+\Note 7:8 {another horn, a little one ... three of the first horns were
+uprooted before it} The ten horns are prior in time to the \"little horn" which uproots three of them. Here is another phase of the
+fourth kingdom. Many interpreters have suggested that the little
+horn symbolizes the rise of the antichrist (<2Th 2:3-4>, <8>). If so, this is
+the first Scriptural reference to the antichrist.
+
+\ww {eyes like a man's eyes in this horn, and a mouth saying great things} % BBE
+ {eyes like the eyes of man, and a mouth speaking grand things} % Jubilee2000
+ {eyes resembling human eyes and a mouth speaking arrogant things} % NETfree
+ {eyes like the eyes of man, and a mouth speaking great things} % UKJV
+ {eyes like the eyes of man, and a mouth speaking great thing} % RNKJV
+ {eyes like the eyes of a man, and a mouth speaking great things} % Webster
+\Note 7:8 {eyes like the eyes of a man and a mouth that spoke boastfully} The imagery suggests
+that this horn represents an individual rather than a kingdom.
+
+\ww {a very old man took his seat} % BBE
+ {an Elder of great age did sit} % Jubilee2000
+ {the Ancient of Days took his seat} % NETfree
+ {the Ancient of days did sit} % UKJV
+ {the Ancient of days did sit} % RNKJV
+ {the Ancient of days did sit} % Webster
+\Note 7:9 {the Ancient of Days took his seat} The title \"Ancient of Days" occurs in the Bible only in this chapter (<"vv." 13>, <22>). A similar
+expression appears in Ugaritic texts to designate the great God El.
+It is clearly used as a designation for God, who is sitting to judge,
+and it implies that God is eternal or that he has ruled from ancient
+times.
+
+\ww {clothing}={clothing ...hair } % BBE
+ {garment}={garment ...hair } % Jubilee2000
+ {attire}={attire ...hair } % NETfree
+ {garment}={garment ... hair} % UKJV
+ {garment}={garment ... hair} % RNKJV
+ {garment}={garment ... hair} % Webster
+\Note 7:9 {clothing ... hair} Although God appeared in magnificent
+glory to Daniel, he still revealed himself in a recognizably human
+form so that Daniel could grasp what he saw.
+
+\ww {his sea}={his seat ... its wheels} % BBE
+ {his throne}={his throne ... his wheels} % Jubilee2000
+ {His throne}={His throne ... its wheels} % NETfree
+ {his throne}={his throne ... his wheels} % UKJV
+ {his throne}={his throne ... his wheels} % RNKJV
+ {his throne}={his throne ... his wheels} % Webster
+\Note 7:9 {His throne ... and its wheels} The depiction of God's throne resembles that of Ezekiel's
+vision (<Eze 1:15-28>). As in other parts of the ancient world the
+divine throne is depicted as having wheels, like a mobile chariot throne used most notably in
+battle. Similar motifs lie behind the pillar of fire that led Israel during the Exodus (<Ex 13:21-22>).
+
+\ww {the books were open} % BBE
+ {the books were opened} % Jubilee2000
+ {the books were opened} % NETfree
+ {the books were opened} % UKJV
+ {the books were opened} % RNKJV
+ {the books were opened} % Webster
+\Note 7:10 {the books were opened} See <12:1> (see also <Ex 32:32>; <Ps 149:9>; <Isa 4:3>; <65:6>;
+<Mal 3:16>; <Lk 10:20>; <Rev 5:1-5>; <6:12-16>; <20:12>). See BC 37.
+
+%\ww {} % BBE
+% {} % Jubilee2000
+% {} % NETfree
+%% {} % UKJV
+% {} % RNKJV
+% {} % Webster
+\Note 7:11-12 {} A contrast is drawn between the complete
+destruction of the fourth kingdom and the measure of continuance granted the preceding kingdoms as
+their people and customs were absorbed into the succeeding kingdoms.
+
+\ww {one like a man} % BBE
+ {like a Son of man} % Jubilee2000
+ {one like a son of man} % NETfree
+ {one like the Son of man} % UKJV
+ {one like the Son of man} % RNKJV
+ {the son of man}={one like the son of man} % Webster
+\Note 7:13 {one like a son of man} The
+term \"son of man" may mean simply \"a man." The Hebrew equivalent is used for Daniel in <8:17> and is
+used many times of Daniel's contemporary Ezekiel (e.g., <Eze 2:1>, <3>, <6>).
+In contrast to the beasts who
+misruled the earth, this \"one" will preside over creation as God had intended before the fall; he
+will have dominion over the beasts (<Ge 1:26-28>; <Ps 8>). Daniel may have been the earliest witness to
+this special use of \"son of man." Later Jewish apocalyptic literature written between the Old and
+New Testaments draws upon this passage and speaks of the \"son of man" as a supernatural human being
+who brings the power of heaven to Earth. Daniel saw someone like a man; i.e., someone who was to
+be compared with a man yet was somehow qualitatively different (<"v." 14>). The expression \"son of man"
+is used 69 times in the Synoptic Gospels and 12 times in John's Gospel to refer to Christ. It is in
+fact the most common title Jesus used of himself.
+
+\ww {coming with the clouds of heaven} % BBE
+ {in the clouds of heaven} % Jubilee2000
+ { with the clouds of the sky} % NETfree
+ {came with the clouds of heaven} % UKJV
+ {with the clouds of heaven} % RNKJV
+ {with the clouds of heaven} % Webster
+\Note 7:13 {coming with the clouds of heaven} Elsewhere in
+the Old Testament only God is said to appear on clouds (<Ps 104:3>; <Isa 19:1>). The One like a man
+originates in heaven and comes by divine initiative. He is the same as the rock cut out of the
+mountain, but not by human hands (<2:45>; see <"note on" 7:14>n).
+
+\ww {to him was given authority} % BBE
+ {he gave him dominion} % Jubilee2000
+ {To him was given ruling authority} % NETfree
+ {there was given him dominion} % UKJV
+ {there was given him dominion} % RNKJV
+ {there was given him dominion} % Webster
+\Note 7:14 {He was given authority} God gives
+him vice-regency over all the nations. He fulfills the symbolic rule of the rock cut out of a
+mountain (<2:44-45>).
+
+
+\ww {all peoples}={all peoples ... were his servants ... his kingdom is one which will not come to destruction} % BBE
+ {all the peoples}={all the peoples ... served him ... his kingdom such that it shall never be corrupted} % Jubilee2000
+ {All peoples}={All peoples ... were serving him ... His kingdom will not be destroyed} % NETfree
+ {all people}={all people ... should serve him ... his kingdom that which shall not be destroyed} % UKJV
+ {all people}={all people ... should serve him ... his kingdom that which shall not be destroyed} % RNKJV
+ {all people}={all people ... should serve him ... his kingdom that which shall not be destroyed} % Webster
+\Note 7:14 {all peoples ... worshiped him ... his kingdom is one that will never be
+destroyed} The \"son of man" whom Daniel envisioned was none other than the great son of David, the
+Messiah. Isaiah also spoke of his kingdom as never ending (<Isa 9:7>).
+Jesus clearly confirmed this Messianic connection by an
+allusion to this passage. For this he was accused by the religious
+leaders of his day of blasphemy (<Mt 26:64-65>; <Mk 14:62-64>). In
+serving him, people serve God.
+
+\ww {spirit was pained}={spirit was pained ...were troubling} % BBE
+ {spirit was troubled}={spirit was troubled ... astonished} % Jubilee2000
+ {spirit was distressed}={spirit was distressed ...were alarming } % NETfree
+ {was grieved in my spirit}={was grieved in my spirit ...troubled me } % UKJV
+ {was grieved in my spirit}={was grieved in my spirit ... troubled me} % RNKJV
+ {was grieved in my spirit}={was grieved in my spirit ... troubled me} % Webster
+\Note 7:15 {troubled in spirit ... was deeply troubled} Daniel was
+horrified by what he saw and asked an angel to elucidate the vision.
+
+\ww {the saints of the Most High} % BBE
+ {they} % Jubilee2000
+ {The holy ones of the Most High} % NETfree
+ {the saints of the most High} % UKJV
+ {the saints of the most High} % RNKJV
+ {the saints of the most High} % Webster
+\Note 7:18 {the saints of the Most High} See <"verses" 21-22>, <25> and <27>.
+Not angels but true believers who will share responsibility in the
+administration of the kingdom (<1Co 6:1-11>; <2Ti 2:12>; <Rev 22:5>).
+
+\ww {will take the kingdom} % BBE
+ {shall take the kingdom}={they shall take the kingdom} % Jubilee2000
+ {will receive the kingdom} % NETfree
+ {shall take the kingdom} % UKJV
+ {shall take the kingdom} % RNKJV
+ {shall take the kingdom} % Webster
+\Note 7:18 {will receive the kingdom} There is close identification between
+the \"son of man" as King (<"vv." 13-14>) and the \"saints of the Most
+High" as those who participate in his kingdom (see \"\x/took the kingdom/" at <"v." 22>; see also
+<"v." 27>).
+
+\ww {for ever} % BBE
+ {until the age} % Jubilee2000
+ {forever} % NETfree
+ {for ever} % UKJV
+ {for ever} % RNKJV
+ {for ever} % Webster
+\Note 7:18 {forever} See <6:26>, <7:14> and <"their"_6:26>n <"notes"_7:14>n.
+
+\ww {that horn made war on the saints and overcame them} % BBE
+ {this horn made war against the saints and overcame them} % Jubilee2000
+ {that horn began to wage war against the holy ones and was defeating them} % NETfree
+ {the same horn made war with the saints, and prevailed against them} % UKJV
+ {the same horn made war with the saints, and prevailed against them} % RNKJV
+ {the same horn made war with the saints, and prevailed against them} % Webster
+\Note 7:21 {this horn was waging war against the saints and defeating them} Daniel recounted additional
+information about the hostility of the little horn (<"v." 8>) toward the people of God (cf. <Rev 13:7>).
+
+\ww {Till he came, who was very old} % BBE
+ {until such time as the Elder of great age came} % Jubilee2000
+ {until the Ancient of Days arrived} % NETfree
+ {Until the Ancient of days came} % UKJV
+ {Until the Ancient of days came} % RNKJV
+ {Until the Ancient of days came} % Webster
+\Note 7:22 {until the Ancient of Days came} Although the little horn
+(<"v." 8>) would prevail for a time against God's people, in the end he
+would fall under the judgment of God (cf. <Zec 14:1-4>; <Rev 13:7-17>;
+<19:20>).
+
+
+\ww {took the kingdom} % BBE
+ {possessed the Kingdom} % Jubilee2000
+ {take possession of the kingdom} % NETfree
+ {possessed the kingdom} % UKJV
+ {possessed the kingdom} % RNKJV
+ {possessed the kingdom} % Webster
+\Note 7:22 {possessed the kingdom} God's intervention in history will
+lead to what the New Testament calls \"the kingdom of God" (see
+theological article \"The Kingdom of God" at <Mt 4>).
+
+%\ww {} % BBE
+% {} % Jubilee2000
+% {} % NETfree
+% {} % UKJV
+% {} % RNKJV
+% {} % Webster
+\Note 7:24 {three kings} A few of the ten, but an indefinite number.
+
+\ww {he will say words against the Most High} % BBE
+ {he shall speak}={he shall speak great words against the most High} % Jubilee2000
+ {He will speak words against the Most High} % NETfree
+ {he shall speak great words against the most High} % UKJV
+ {he shall speak great words against the most High} % RNKJV
+ {words against the most High}={he shall speak great words against the most High} % Webster
+\Note 7:25 {He will speak against the Most High} More details are given of the activities of the little
+horn (<"v." 8>) as a ruler who opposes God.
+
+
+\ww {put an end to the saints} % BBE
+ {break down the saints} % Jubilee2000
+ {harass the holy ones} % NETfree
+ {wear out the saints} % UKJV
+ {wear out the saints} % RNKJV
+ {wear out the saints} % Webster
+\Note 7:25 {oppress his saints} He will persecute God's people.
+
+\ww {for a time and times and half a time} % BBE
+ {time and times and the half}={until a time and times and the half or dividing of a time} % Jubilee2000
+ {For a time, times, and half a time} % NETfree
+ {until a time and times and the dividing of time} % UKJV
+ {until a time and times and the dividing of time} % RNKJV
+ {until a time and times and the dividing of time} % Webster
+\Note 7:25 {for a time, times and half a time} The word \"time" is the same word
+used in <4:16> and <4:23> and, as there (see <"note on" 4:16>n), may be understood as representing a period
+of one year (cf. <Rev 12:14>). It is
+best understood as symbolic of a period of time that will be shortened when God suddenly
+intervenes.
+
+\ww {the judge} % BBE
+ {the Judge} % Jubilee2000
+ {the court} % NETfree
+ {the judgment} % UKJV
+ {the judgment} % RNKJV
+ {the judgment} % Webster
+\Note 7:26 {the court} The court of heaven (see <"v." 10>).
+
+\ww {will be given to the people of the saints} % BBE
+ {be given to the holy people} % Jubilee2000
+ {will be delivered to the people of the holy ones} % NETfree
+ {shall be given to the people of the saints} % UKJV
+ {shall be given to the people of the saints} % RNKJV
+ {shall be given to the people of the saints} % Webster
+\Note 7:27 {will be handed over to the saints} After God's people face
+the trials of oppressive kingdoms they will rule over all forever. See
+<"note on" 7:18>n.
+
+\ww {greatly troubled by my thoughts, and the colour went from my face} % BBE
+ {very troubled in my thoughts, and my countenance changed in me} % Jubilee2000
+ {troubled me greatly, and the color drained from my face} % NETfree
+ {much troubled me, and my countenance changed in me} % UKJV
+ {much troubled me, and my countenance changed in me} % RNKJV
+ {much troubled me, and my countenance changed in me} % Webster
+\Note 7:28 {deeply troubled ... turned pale} Thoughts of Israel falling
+under repeated and prolonged oppression from foreign powers still
+troubled Daniel, even though the ultimate outcome would be divine intervention resulting in victory
+for God's people. See also <"v." 15> and its <"note"_7:15>n.
+
+\ww {kept the thing in my heart} % BBE
+ {kept the word in my heart} % Jubilee2000
+ {kept the matter to myself} % NETfree
+ {kept the matter in my heart} % UKJV
+ {kept the matter in my heart} % RNKJV
+ {kept the matter in my heart} % Webster
+\Note 7:28 {kept the matter to myself}
+Daniel mentioned this to inform his readers
+that he did not delight in the prospect of such a future for God's
+people. Despite his authority in the Gentile courts of Babylon and
+Persia, no one could rightly accuse him of betraying his loyalty to
+God's people. He spoke of these future events with regret.
+
+\Note 8:1-12:13 {} Daniel resumed use of the Hebrew language in the
+book's last five chapters. He had written <2:4-7:28> in Aramaic (see
+<"note on" 2:4>n).
+
+\Note 8:1-27 {} {\it Vision of the Ram and the Goat.}\/ The prophet recorded a
+vision concerning the treatment of God's people under the Medo-Persians and Greeks.
+
+\ww {In the third year of the rule of Belshazzar the king} % BBE
+ {In the third year of the reign of king Belshazzar} % Jubilee2000
+ {In the third year of King Belshazzar's reign} % NETfree
+ {In the third year of the reign of king Belshazzar} % UKJV
+ {In the third year of the reign of king Belshazzar} % RNKJV
+ {In the third year of the reign of king Belshazzar} % Webster
+\Note 8:1 {In the third year of King Belshazzar's reign} That is, two
+years after Daniel's dream in chapter 7 (see <"note on" 7:1>n).
+
+\ww {when I saw it, I was} % BBE
+ {I saw it, that I}={I saw it, that I was} % Jubilee2000
+ {I saw myself} % NETfree
+ {I saw, that I was} % UKJV
+ {I saw, that I was} % RNKJV
+ {I saw, that I}={I saw, that I was} % Webster
+\Note 8:2 {I saw myself} Daniel experienced a visionary journey like that
+of Ezekiel (<Eze 3:10-15>).
+
+\ww {the strong town Shushan, which is in the country of Elam} % BBE
+ {Shushan}={Shushan, which is the head of the kingdom in the province of Persia} % Jubilee2000
+ {Susa the citadel, which is located in the province of Elam} % NETfree
+ {Shushan in the palace, which is in the province of Elam} % UKJV
+ {Shushan in the palace, which is in the province of Elam} % RNKJV
+ {in the province of Elam}={Shushan in the palace, which is in the province of Elam} % Webster
+\Note 8:2 {the citadel of Susa in the province of Elam}
+In Daniel's time \x/Shushan/ was the capital of Elam, about 230
+miles east of Babylon. It is unclear whether Elam was then independent or aligned with either
+Babylon or Media. Later, however, as one of three royal cities, \x/Shushan/ became the diplomatic and
+administrative capital of the Persian Empire (cf. <Est 1:2>; <Ne 1:1>).
+
+\ww {water-door of the Ulai} % BBE
+ {river of Ulai} % Jubilee2000
+ {Ulai Canal} % NETfree
+ {river of Ulai} % UKJV
+ {river of Ulai} % RNKJV
+ {river Ulai} % Webster
+\Note 8:2 {Ulai Canal} This canal near \x/Shushan/ connected two rivers that flowed into
+the Persian Gulf.
+
+
+\ww {a male sheep with two horns} % BBE
+ {a ram was standing before the river, which had two horns} % Jubilee2000
+ {a ram with two horns} % NETfree
+ {a ram which had two horns} % UKJV
+ {a ram which had two horns} % RNKJV
+ {a ram which had}={a ram which had two horns} % Webster
+\Note 8:3 {a ram with two horns} Verse 20 identifies the ram and its horns as a symbol for the kings of the
+Medo-Persian Empire. One of the horns was longer than the other but grew up later. Medo-Persian
+history clarifies the symbolism here. The Medes became strong and independent of Assyria after 631
+B.C. The Persians began as an insignificant segment of the Median kingdom but eventually rose to
+control it when Cyrus (reigned 559-530 B.C.) of Anshan (in Elam) brought Media under his control
+(550 B.C.). Cyrus added to his list of titles \"King of the Medes." Thus both horns
+were long but the one representing Persia longer because it was
+superior in might, and later in growing because it came to power
+after the other.
+
+\ww {pushing to the west and to the north and to the south} % BBE
+ {smote with the horns to the west, to the north, and to the south} % Jubilee2000
+ {butting westward, northward, and southward} % NETfree
+ {pushing westward, and northward, and southward} % UKJV
+ {pushing westward, and northward, and southward} % RNKJV
+ {pushing westward, and northward, and southward} % Webster
+\Note 8:4 {he charged toward the west and the north and the south}
+Cyrus initially took Asia Minor; afterward, both northern and
+southern Mesopotamia. Subsequent rulers extended Medo-Persian control far to the East.
+
+\ww {made himself great} % BBE
+ {made himself great} % Jubilee2000
+ {acted arrogantly} % NETfree
+ {became great} % UKJV
+ {became great} % RNKJV
+ {became great} % Webster
+\Note 8:4 {became great} The Persian Empire became larger and more powerful than any previous empire
+in ancient Near Eastern history.
+
+\ww {the he-goat had a great horn between his eyes} % BBE
+ {the goat}={the goat had a notable horn between his eyes} % Jubilee2000
+ {This goat had a conspicuous horn between its eyes} % NETfree
+ {the goat had a notable horn between his eyes} % UKJV
+ {the goat had a notable horn between his eyes} % RNKJV
+ {a notable horn between his eyes}={the goat had a notable horn between his eyes} % Webster
+\Note 8:5 {a goat with a prominent horn between his eyes came from the west}
+<"Verse" 21> identifies the goat as Greece and the
+large horn between his eyes as its first king. The symbolism is a
+clear depiction of the rise of the Greek Empire under the leadership of Alexander the Great (356-323 B.C.).
+
+\ww {over the face of all the earth without touching the earth} % BBE
+ {upon the face of the whole earth and did not touch the earth} % Jubilee2000
+ {over the surface of all the land without touching the ground} % NETfree
+ {on the face of the whole earth, and touched not the ground} % UKJV
+ {on the face of the whole earth, and touched not the ground} % RNKJV
+ {on the face of the whole earth, and touched not the ground} % Webster
+\Note 8:5 {crossing the whole earth without touching the ground} This depicts the amazing
+rapidity of Alexander's conquests (see <"note on" 7:6>n). In only three
+years he was able to defeat the powerful Persian Empire.
+
+\ww {the he-goat became very great} % BBE
+ {the he goat made himself very great} % Jubilee2000
+ {The male goat acted even more arrogantly} % NETfree
+ {the he goat waxed very great} % UKJV
+ {the he goat waxed very great} % RNKJV
+ {the he-goat became very great} % Webster
+\Note 8:8 {The goat became very great} Alexander's empire quickly
+exceeded the Persian Empire in size. By 327 B.C. Alexander had
+moved eastward into what is today Afghanistan and then on to the
+Indus Valley.
+
+
+\ww {when he was strong, the great horn was broken} % BBE
+ {when he was at his greatest strength, that great horn was broken} % Jubilee2000
+ {no sooner had the large horn become strong than it was broken} % NETfree
+ {when he was strong, the great horn was broken} % UKJV
+ {when he was strong, the great horn was broken} % RNKJV
+ {when he was strong, the great horn was broken} % Webster
+\Note 8:8 {but at the height of his power his large horn was broken off}
+When his own troops refused to advance farther eastward Alexander returned to Babylon,
+where he died at the age of thirty-two, most probably of typhoid fever.
+
+\ww {in its place came up four other horns} % BBE
+ {in its place came up another four marvellous ones} % Jubilee2000
+ {there arose four conspicuous horns in its place} % NETfree
+ {for it came up four notable ones} % UKJV
+ {for it came up four notable ones} % RNKJV
+ {in its stead came up four notable ones} % Webster
+\Note 8:8 {in its place four prominent horns grew up} <"Verse" 22>
+indicates that these horns symbolize four kingdoms that
+emerged from Alexander's empire but were inferior in strength to
+its original domain. Historical records indicate that after a time of
+internal struggle four of Alexander's generals were able to secure
+portions of the former Greek Empire as their own kingdoms. See
+<"note on" 7:6>n.
+
+\ww {another horn, a little one} % BBE
+ {a little horn} % Jubilee2000
+ {a small horn} % NETfree
+ {a little horn} % UKJV
+ {a little horn} % RNKJV
+ {a little horn} % Webster
+\Note 8:9 {another horn, which started small} <"Verse" 23> indicates that
+this horn symbolizes a wicked ruler who would arise in one of the
+four Greek kingdoms after an extended interval of time ( \"in the latter part of their reign"). The
+descriptions of the actions of this ruler (<"vv." 9-14>, <23-25>) identify
+him as Antiochus IV Epiphanes, the ruler of the Seleucid kingdom from 175 to 164 B.C. This horn is
+not to be identified with the \"little horn" of <7:8>, which would arise during the Roman rather than
+the Greek period.
+
+\ww {to the beautiful land} % BBE
+ {toward the desirable}={toward the desirable land} % Jubilee2000
+ {toward the beautiful land} % NETfree
+ {toward the pleasant land} % UKJV
+ {toward the pleasant land} % RNKJV
+ {towards the pleasant}={toward the pleasant land} % Webster
+\Note 8:9 {toward the Beautiful Land} Daniel showed his love for the promised land by this
+expression.
+
+\ww {the army of heaven} % BBE
+ {the host of heaven} % Jubilee2000
+ {the army of heaven} % NETfree
+ {the host of heaven} % UKJV
+ {the host of heaven} % RNKJV
+ {the host of heaven} % Webster
+\Note 8:10 {the host of the heavens} Or the stars (cf. <Jer 33:22>), symbolizing the people of
+God (cf. <12:3>; <Ge 12:3>; <15:5>; <Ex 12:41>) and/or a
+heavenly army (<Isa 14:13>; also see 2 Maccabees 9:10). Antiochus's coins picture a star above his head. Epiphanes
+means \"God manifest." The attack against the people of God amounted to an attack against heaven itself.
+
+\ww {pulling down some of the army, even of the stars, to the earth and crushing them under its feet} % BBE
+ {cast down}={cast down part of the host and of the stars to the ground and trod them under} % Jubilee2000
+ {brought about the fall of some of the army and some of the stars to the ground, where it trampled them} % NETfree
+ {cast down some of the host and of the stars to the ground, and stamped upon them} % UKJV
+ {cast down some of the host and of the stars to the ground, and stamped upon them} % RNKJV
+ {of the host and of the stars to the ground, and stamped upon them}={cast down some of the host and of the stars to the ground, and stamped upon them} % Webster
+\Note 8:10 {threw some of the starry host down to the earth and trampled on them}
+This is a symbolic depiction of the severe persecution of God's people under
+Antiochus IV Epiphanes, who attempted to abolish Israel's traditional worship and way of life (see
+ \"Introduction: Purpose and Distinctives": cf. <11:21-35>; 1 Maccabees 1:10-64).
+
+
+
+\ww {as great as the lord of the army} % BBE
+ {the prince of the host did he magnify himself}={against the prince of the host did he magnify himself} % Jubilee2000
+ {acted arrogantly against the Prince of the army} % NETfree
+ {magnified himself even to the prince of the host} % UKJV
+ {magnified himself even to the prince of the host} % RNKJV
+ {even to the prince of the host}={magnified himself even to the prince of the host} % Webster
+\Note 8:11 {as great as the Prince of the host} The \"Prince" is to be understood as God. the Lord of hosts. See <"verse" 25>, where the designation is \"Prince of
+princes." Antiochus IV took the name Epiphanes ( \"God manifest") and viewed himself as the incarnate manifestation of Zeus (the chief god of the Greek pantheon).
+
+\ww {the regular burned offering was taken away} % BBE
+ {the daily}={the daily sacrifice was taken away} % Jubilee2000
+ {the daily sacrifice was removed} % NETfree
+ {the daily sacrifice was taken away} % UKJV
+ {the daily sacrifice was taken away} % RNKJV
+ {the daily}={the daily sacrifice was taken away} % Webster
+\Note 8:11 {took away the daily sacrifice from him} See <"verses" 12-13> and <11:31>.
+Antiochus IV ordered the cessation of all ceremonial observances related to the worship of the Lord at the Jerusalem temple and in
+the cities of Judah. the place of his sanctuary was brought low. Antiochus IV not only entered the Most Holy Place and plundered
+the silver and gold vessels, but he also erected an altar to Zeus on top of the altar of the Lord in the temple court and offered swine
+upon it (see <"note on" 11:31>n).
+
+\ww {against} % BBE
+ {the host was given over by reason of the prevarication upon the daily}={the host was given over by reason of the prevarication upon the daily sacrifice} % Jubilee2000
+ {The army was given over, along with the daily sacrifice} % NETfree
+ {an host was given him against the daily sacrifice} % UKJV
+ {an host was given him against the daily sacrifice} % RNKJV
+ {against the daily}={an host was given him against the daily sacrifice} % Webster
+\Note 8:12 {the host of the saints and the daily sacrifice were given over to it} God's people were subjected to the power of the horn
+that started small (<"v." 9>), Antiochus IV. This entailed the cessation of regular temple observances.
+
+\ww {things went well for it} % BBE
+ {prospered} % Jubilee2000
+ {enjoyed success} % NETfree
+ {prospered} % UKJV
+ {prospered} % RNKJV
+ {prospered} % Webster
+\Note 8:12 {It prospered in everything it did}
+The vision depicts the apparent success of the wicked acts of Antiochus IV (the horn that started
+small). That success included the destruction of copies of the Hebrew Scripture (cf. 1 Maccabees
+1:56-57).
+
+\ww {For two thousand, three hundred evenings and mornings} % BBE
+ {Unto two thousand and three hundred}={Unto two thousand and three hundred days of evening and morning} % Jubilee2000
+ {To 2,300 evenings and mornings} % NETfree
+ {Unto two thousand and three hundred days} % UKJV
+ {Unto two thousand and three hundred days} % RNKJV
+ {Until two thousand and three hundred days} % Webster
+\Note 8:14 {It will take 2,300 evenings and mornings} The phrase
+ \"evenings and mornings" occurs in the Old Testament only here
+and in <"verse" 26>. Some understand it as a reference to the evening
+and morning sacrifices (cf. <Ex 29:38-42>). On that basis it would represent 1,150 days. Others view
+it as simply an expression for 2,300 days. Since the beginning of the persecutions of Antiochus IV
+could be linked with any one of a number of incidents beginning early as 171 B.C., it is difficult to determine which understanding of
+the phrase is to be preferred. The number 23 may be symbolic of a fixed period, as in apocalyptic literature outside the Bible.
+
+\ww {the holy place will be made clean} % BBE
+ {then shall the sanctuary be justified} % Jubilee2000
+ {hen the sanctuary will be put right again} % NETfree
+ {then shall the sanctuary be cleansed} % UKJV
+ {then shall the sanctuary be cleansed} % RNKJV
+ {then shall the sanctuary be cleansed} % Webster
+\Note 8:14 {the sanctuary will be reconsecrated} The temple was cleansed
+and rededicated under the leadership of Judas Maccabeus on December 25, 165 B.C. (see <"note on" 11:34>n;
+cf. <Zec 9:13-17>).
+
+\Note 8:16 {Gabriel} This angel is mentioned four times in Scripture
+(<9:21>; <Lk 1:11>, <19>, <26>). The name denotes one who is strong in the
+Lord (Gabriel means \"strength of God") because of a relationship
+with him.
+
+\Note 8:17 {son of man} See <"note on" 7:13>n. The \"strong man of God" (see \<"note on v." 16>n), the angel Gabriel, was speaking to this exalted mortal.
+
+
+\ww {the vision has to do with the time of the end} % BBE
+ {at the time appointed}={at the time appointed by God the vision shall be fulfilled} % Jubilee2000
+ {the vision pertains to the time of the end} % NETfree
+ {at the time of the end shall be the vision} % UKJV
+ {at the time of the end shall be the vision} % RNKJV
+ {at the time of the end}={at the time of the end shall be the vision} % Webster
+\Note 8:17 {the vision concerns the time of the end} See also <"verse" 19>
+( \"the appointed time of the end"). This expression does not necessarily have to do with the absolute
+end of history. It occurs in <11:27> and <35> in contexts that probably refer to the end of the persecutions under Antiochus IV.
+
+\ww {what is to come in the later time of the wrath} % BBE
+ {is to come in the last end of the wrath}={that which is to come in the last end of the wrath} % Jubilee2000
+ {what will happen in the latter time of wrath} % NETfree
+ {what shall be in the last end of the indignation} % UKJV
+ {what shall be in the last end of the indignation} % RNKJV
+ {what shall be in the last end of the indignation} % Webster
+\Note 8:19 {what will happen later in the time of wrath} The \"timed wrath" may here refer to the time of God's judgment on his people
+Israel during the period of their subjection to the Babylonians, Persians and Greeks.
+
+\ww {The sheep} % BBE
+ {The ram} % Jubilee2000
+ {The ram} % NETfree
+ {The ram} % UKJV
+ {The ram} % RNKJV
+ {The ram} % Webster
+\Note 8:20 {ram} See <"notes on verses" 3>n--<4>n.
+%dopkumentace, musíte rozumět TeXu
+
+
+\ww {he-goat}={he-goat ... horn} % BBE
+ {he goat}={he goat ...horn } % Jubilee2000
+ {male goat}={male goat ... horn} % NETfree
+ {rough goat}={rough goat ... horn} % UKJV
+ {rough goat}={rough goat ... horn} % RNKJV
+ {rough goat}={rough goat ... horn} % Webster
+\Note 8:21 {goat ... horn} See <"notes on verses" 5>n and <8>n.
+
+%\ww {xfour} % BBE
+% {the law of the Medes and Persians} % Jubilee2000
+% {the law of the Medes and Persians} % NETfree
+% {the law of the Medes and Persians} % UKJV
+% {the law of the Medes and Persians} % RNKJV
+% {the law of the Medes and Persians} % Webster
+\Note 8:22 {four} See <"note on verse" 8>n.
+
+%\ww {} % BBE
+% {} % Jubilee2000
+% {} % NETfree
+% {} % UKJV
+% {} % RNKJV
+% {} % Webster
+\Note 8:23-25 {} See <"notes on verses" 9-14>n. Some interpreters have found a picture of the antichrist in the descriptions of the horn of this
+chapter (<"v." 8>) by viewing Antiochus IV as a type of any powerful opponent of God's people in the future.
+
+\ww {numbers} % BBE
+ {many} % Jubilee2000
+ {many} % NETfree
+ {many} % UKJV
+ {many} % RNKJV
+ {many} % Webster
+\Note 8:25 {mighty ... many} The faithful Jews, as well as \"the mighty" or \"the strong ones" of the <"verse" 24>.
+
+\ww {prince of princes} % BBE
+ {Prince of princes} % Jubilee2000
+ {Prince of princes} % NETfree
+ {Prince of princes} % UKJV
+ {Prince of princes} % RNKJV
+ {Prince of princes} % Webster
+\Note 8:25 {Prince of princes} A reference to God.
+
+
+\ww {he will be broken, though not by men's hands} % BBE
+ {without hand he shall be broken} % Jubilee2000
+ {he will be broken apart - but not by human agency} % NETfree
+ {he shall be broken without hand} % UKJV
+ {he shall be broken without hand} % RNKJV
+ {he shall be broken without hand} % Webster
+\Note 8:25 {he will be destroyed, but not by human power} Antiochus IV was not assassinated, nor did he die in battle.
+His death in 164 B.C. resulted from a physical or nervous disorder. For variant accounts of his death see 1 Maccabees 6:1-16 and 2 Maccabees 9:1-28.
+
+
+\ww {keep the vision secret} % BBE
+ {shut thou up the vision} % Jubilee2000
+ {seal up the vision} % NETfree
+ {shut you up the vision} % UKJV
+ {shut thou up the vision} % RNKJV
+ {shut thou up the vision} % Webster
+\Note 8:26 {seal up the vision} A \"seal" was used either to authenticate
+or certify something or to close up or secure something for confidentiality or safekeeping. The
+second sense seems most fitting in this context (see <"note on" 6:17>n).
+
+
+\ww {for it has to do with the far-off future} % BBE
+ {for many days}={for it shall be for many days} % Jubilee2000
+ {for it refers to a time many days from now} % NETfree
+ {for it shall be for many days} % UKJV
+ {for it shall be for many days} % RNKJV
+ {for many days}={for it shall be for many days} % Webster
+\Note 8:26 {for it concerns the distant future} Literally, \"[the vision]
+pertains to many days." The conquests of Alexander (333-323 B.C.) occurred nearly two centuries after
+Daniel's vision (c. 550 B.C.), while Antiochus IV was active about a century and a half after Alexander (171-164 B.C.).
+
+
+%%
+
+
+%\ww {} % BBE
+% {} % Jubilee2000
+% {} % NETfree
+% {} % UKJV
+% {} % RNKJV
+% {} % Webster
+\Note 9:1-27 {} {\it Vision of the Seventy Weeks.}\/ Daniel recorded an account of a revelation he received concerning Jeremiah's prophecy about
+the 70 years of Jerusalem's desolation. The vision followed Daniel's prayer in which he confessed the justice of Jerusalem's desolation
+and sought the favor of God for the restoration of the city and the temple.
+This vision revealed that the time of Judah's exile was extended because the people of God had not yet repented of the sins that had brought exile upon them.
+
+\ww {the first year of Darius, the son of Ahasuerus} % BBE
+ {the first year of Darius the son of Ahasuerus} % Jubilee2000
+ {In the first year of Darius son of Ahasuerus} % NETfree
+ {In the first year of Darius the son of Ahasuerus} % UKJV
+ {In the first year of Darius the son of Ahasuerus} % RNKJV
+ {In the first year of Darius the son of Ahasuerus} % Webster
+\Note 9:1 {the first year of Darius son of Xerxes.} See <"notes on" 5:30-31>n
+and <6:1>n. The term \"Xerxes" (not the same person mentioned in <Est 1:1>) may be a royal title rather than a personal name. The first year
+of Darius's reign was 539 B.C.
+
+\ww {saw clearly from the books}={saw clearly from the books ... the word of the Lord to the prophet Jeremiah ... waste of Jerusalem was to be complete, that is, seventy years} % BBE
+ {saw diligently in the books}={saw diligently in the books ... the LORD spoke unto Jeremiah the prophet ... the desolation of Jerusalem in seventy years} % Jubilee2000
+ {understand from the sacred books}={understand from the sacred books ... the word of the LORD disclosed to the prophet Jeremiah, the years for the fulfilling of the desolation of Jerusalem were seventy in number} % NETfree
+ {understood by books}={understood by books ... the word of the LORD came to Jeremiah the prophet ... accomplish seventy years in the desolations of Jerusalem} % UKJV
+ {understood by books}={understood by books ... came to Jeremiah the prophet ... accomplish seventy years in the desolations of Jerusalem} % RNKJV
+ {understood by books}={understood by books ... came to Jeremiah the prophet ... accomplish seventy years in the desolations of Jerusalem} % Webster
+\Note 9:2 {understood from the Scriptures ... given to Jeremiah ... that the desolation of Jerusalem would last seventy years} See <Jer 25:11-12> and <29:10>. Daniel was concerned because the 70 years of exile had nearly come to an end but the Israelites were not ready to return to the land. Interpreters differ on the dates of the beginning and ending of the 70-year period and on whether it is to be understood as a round number, suggesting a human lifetime,
+or an exact time period. Some date the period from 586 B.C. (the destruction of Jerusalem by Nebuchadnezzar) to 515 B.C., when the restoration of the temple was completed under Zerubbabel (<Ezr 6:13-18>; <Zec 4:9>). %Not 1:12
+Others date the beginning of the period to the year of Daniel's own captivity (604 B.C.: see <"note on" 1:1>n). Daniel was
+also undoubtedly aware that Isaiah had prophesied Israel's release
+from exile under the Persian ruler Cyrus (<Isa 44:28>; <45:1-13>). As Daniel apparently did here, the writer of Chronicles cited Cyrus's release of the exiles as having taken place in 539 B.C. as the fulfillment of Jeremiah's prophecy (<2Ch 36:21>). In the literature of the ancient Near East 70 years was a standard time period during which a god would punish his people for disloyalty. This period could be lengthened or shortened by the reactions of the people. For this reason it is not surprising that there would be some flexibility in the ways different Biblical writers applied the number to Israel's history.
+
+%\ww {} % BBE
+% {} % Jubilee2000
+% {} % NETfree
+% {} % UKJV
+% {} % RNKJV
+% {} % Webster
+\Note 9:4-19 {} Daniel's prayer is rooted in a covenantal understanding of the Lord's relation to his people (blessing for obedience and cursing for disobedience; see especially <"vv." 5>, <7>, <11-12>, <14>; <Lev 26:14-45>; <Dt 28:15-68>; <30:1-5>). For a similar prayer see <Ne 9>. The prayer contains four parts: (1) worship (<"v." 4>); (2) a confession of sin (<"vv." 5-11a>); (3) recognition of the justice of God in his judgment on sin
+(<"vv." 11b-14>); %je to možné?
+and (4) a plea for God's mercy based on concern for his name, kingdom and will (<"vv." 15-19>). The prayer is grounded
+in God's promises (<"v." 2>), was voiced in a spirit of contrition and humility (<"v." 3>) and provides a model for appropriate elements of effective prayer.
+
+\ww {Gabriel, whom I had seen in the vision at first} % BBE
+ {Gabriel, whom I had seen in the vision at the beginning} % Jubilee2000
+ {the man Gabriel, whom I had seen previously in a vision} % NETfree
+ {the man Gabriel, whom I had seen in the vision at the beginning} % UKJV
+ {the man Gabriel, whom I had seen in the vision at the beginning} % RNKJV
+ {the man Gabriel, whom I had seen in the vision at the beginning} % Webster
+\Note 9:21 {Gabriel, the man I had seen in the earlier vision} See <"note on" 8:16>n.
+
+\Note 9:24 {Seventy weeks} The "seventy 'sevens'" (lit., \"seventy
+weeks") represent 490 years (see <"note on" 9:24-27>n). The 70 years of
+exile (v. 2) are multiplied seven times in accordance with the pattern of covenantal curses
+(<Lev 26:14>, <21>, <24>, <28>). God extended the exile because of Israel's continuing sinfulness. Just as the 70 years
+of exile predicted by Jeremiah may have followed a standard formula (see <"note on v." 2>n), the period
+of 490 years probably represented a standard formula as well. For instance, the intertestamental,
+non-canonical book Jubilees structures the whole of history
+into periods of 490 years. It is likely, therefore, that Daniel had in
+mind not a precise calculation of years but broadly defined segments of time. This extension of time
+was not absolute; it could be lengthened if the people continued to rebel or shortened if they
+repented.
+
+\ww {have been fixed}={have been fixed ... to} % BBE
+ {are determined}={are determined ... to} % Jubilee2000
+ {have been determined}={have been determined ... to} % NETfree
+ {are determined}={are determined ... to} % UKJV
+ {are determined}={are determined ... to} % RNKJV
+ {are determined}={are determined ... to} % Webster
+\Note 9:24 {are decreed ... to} Six things were to be
+accomplished during the period of \"seventy `sevens.'\thinspace"
+As with all Old Testament prophecies about the restoration from exile in the latter days, these six items
+are fulfilled in the work of Christ in bringing the kingdom of God (see theological articles \"The Kingdom of God" at <Mt 4> and \"The Plan of the Ages" at Heb 7). The New Testament teaches that the kingdom was inaugurated in the first coming of Christ, continues now and will reach its consummation at Christ's return. Therefore, some aspects of these predictions are more closely related to
+Christ's first coming, others to his second coming and still others are fulfilled by both his first and second comings.
+
+%\ww {} % BBE
+% {} % Jubilee2000
+% {} % NETfree
+% {} % UKJV
+% {} % RNKJV
+% {} % Webster
+\Note 9:25-27 {} The \"seventy weeks" of years are divided into three subunits of 49 years (seven \"sevens";
+<"v." 25>), 434 years (sixty-two \"sevens"; <"v." 26>) and seven years (one \"seven"; <"v." 27>).
+Interpreters differ over whether these subunits are to be viewed as a continuous sequence or as subunits
+separated by time intervals. Many attempts have been made to understand this chronology as precise numbers of years, but all attempts fall short of completeness due to the fact that these numbers were intended as round figures of representative periods of time. Although Daniel's calculations are not to be taken as precise. the basic pattern of his prediction may be discerned without falling into speculation. The order to rebuild Jerusalem (<"v." 25>) was followed by seven \"'sevens" or 49 years (<"v." 25>), at which time the rebuilding of Jerusalem was completed (see Ezra and Nehemiah). This was followed by sixty-two \"sevens" or 434 years
+(<"v." 25>), at which time the Messiah was cut off (<"v." 26>: see <"note"_26>n). The single \"seven" was fulfilled during or near the time of
+Christ's earthly ministry (<"v." 27>).
+
+\ww {a prince, on whom the holy oil has been put} % BBE
+ {Anointed} % Jubilee2000
+ {anointed one, a prince} % NETfree
+ {Messiah the Prince} % UKJV
+ {Messiah the Prince} % RNKJV
+ {Messiah the Prince} % Webster
+\Note 9:25 {Anointed One, the ruler} Two interpretations of this figure are possible: (1) He is the Messiah, the Christ. (2) He is a king
+whom God has anointed as his instrument in accomplishing his will (cf. <Isa 45:1>). While most interpreters take the anointed one and
+the ruler in verse <25> to be the same person, there is some disagreement as to whether or not this
+figure is identical to the person or persons referred to as \"anointed one" and \"ruler" in verse
+<26>. In verse <26> the ruler appears to act against God. If the same ruler is intended in both verses, he is most likely not to be equated
+with the Messiah.
+
+\ww {one on whom the holy oil has been put will be cut off} % BBE
+ {the Anointed}={the Anointed One shall be killed} % Jubilee2000
+ {an anointed one will be cut off} % NETfree
+ {shall Messiah be cut off} % UKJV
+ {shall Messiah be cut off} % RNKJV
+ {shall Messiah be cut off} % Webster
+\Note 9:26 {the Anointed One will be cut off} This is either a reference to the crucifixion of Christ or to judgment that God would bring against a king who had overstepped his bounds as God's instrument of judgment (see <"note on v." 25>n).
+
+\ww {the town and the holy place will be made waste together with a prince} % BBE
+ {the ruling people that shall come shall destroy the city and the sanctuary} % Jubilee2000
+ {As for the city and the sanctuary, the people of the coming prince will destroy them} % NETfree
+ {the people of the prince that shall come shall destroy the city and the sanctuary} % UKJV
+ {the people of the prince that shall come shall destroy the city and the sanctuary} % RNKJV
+ {the people of the prince that shall come shall destroy the city and the sanctuary} % Webster
+\Note 9:26 {The people of the ruler who will come will destroy the city and the sanctuary} A reference either to the Greek Antiochus IV Epiphanes as a precursor
+to the Roman general Titus (see \"Introduction: Purpose and Distinctives") or directly to Titus and/or his armies, who destroyed Jerusalem in A.D. 70.
+
+\ww {a strong order will be sent out against the great number for one week} % BBE
+ {In one week (they are now seventy) he shall confirm the covenant by many} % Jubilee2000
+ {He will confirm a covenant with many for one week} % NETfree
+ {he shall confirm the covenant with many for one week} % UKJV
+ {he shall confirm the covenant with many for one week} % RNKJV
+ {he shall confirm the covenant with many for one week} % Webster
+\Note 9:27 {He will confirm a covenant with many for one \"seven."}
+The most likely antecedent of \"he" is \"the Anointed One" or the ruler" (<"v." 26>). It is popular to interpret this statement as descriptive
+of an agreement that the antichrist will establish with Jewish people who have re-gathered in the land of Israel during the \"tribulation" period, but this outlook is less likely. In the middle of the `seven' he will put an end to sacrifice and offering. This may be a reference to the termination of the Old Testament sacrificial system by the atoning death of Christ. It is also possible that it refers to the desecration of the temple by Antiochus IV Epiphanes
+or Titus (see note on v. 26). Some interpreters take the less likely view that this is a reference to the antichrist's prohibition of
+ \"sacrifice and offering" (perhaps standing for religious practice in general) by the re-gathered Jewish people after three and a half years
+(<Rev 11:2>; <12:6>, <14>) of the \"tribulation" period. And on a wing of
+the temple he will set up an abomination that causes desolation. Daniel most likely described the
+destruction of the temple under either Antiochus IV Epiphanes or Titus (see <"note on v." 26>n
+and \"Introduction: Purpose and Distinctives"), rather than actions of a future antichrist. Phrases similar to \"an abomination that
+causes desolation" occur in <8:13>, <11:31> and <12:11> (<"see"_8:13>n <"their"_11:31>n <"notes"_12:11>n),
+as well as in 1 Maccabees 1:54. Daniel <8:13> and 1 Maccabees 1:54 refer to the activities of Antiochus IV. Daniel
+used the same language to describe one who would defile the temple in the time near that of the
+Messiah. Jesus alluded to this abomination in <Matt 24:15> and <Mk 13:14>.
+
+\Note 10:1-12:13 {} {\it Vision of the Future of God's People.}\/
+The prophet turned his attention to a final, lengthy vision that focused on the reign of Antiochus IV Epiphanes (see \"Introduction: Purpose and
+Distinctives") and looked beyond that reign as well. This material divides into four main sections: the angel's announcement to Daniel (<10:1-11:1>), events from Daniel until Antiochus IV Epiphanes (<11:2-20>), the reign of Antiochus IV Epiphanes (<11:21-12:3>) and a final message to Daniel (<12:4-13>).
+
+\Note 10:1-11:1 {} {\it The Angel's Message to Daniel.}\/
+Daniel was prepared by an angelic being to receive a revelation pertaining to \"a time yet to come" (<10:14>).
+
+\ww {In the third year of Cyrus, king of Persia} % BBE
+ {In the third year of Cyrus king of Persia} % Jubilee2000
+ {In the third year of King Cyrus of Persia} % NETfree
+ {In the third year of Cyrus king of Persia} % UKJV
+ {In the third year of Cyrus king of Persia} % RNKJV
+ {In the third year of Cyrus king of Persia} % Webster
+\Note 10:1 {In the third year of Cyrus king of Persia} In 537 B.C. See <"notes on" 1:21>n, <5:30>n, <6:1>n and <9:1>n. The repatriated exiles were at this
+time back in the land to rebuild the temple (<Ezr 1:1-4>; <3:8>), but they would soon have to give up the rebuilding (<Ezr 4:24>).
+
+\ww {grief} % BBE
+ {was mourning} % Jubilee2000
+ {was mourning} % NETfree
+ {was mourning} % UKJV
+ {was mourning} % RNKJV
+ {was mourning} % Webster
+\Note 10:2 {mourned} Daniel probably mourned because of the state of Jerusalem (<Ne 1:4>; <Isa 61:3-4>; <64:8-12>; <66:10>).
+
+\ww {a man clothed in a linen robe} % BBE
+ {a man clothed in linens} % Jubilee2000
+ {man clothed in linen} % NETfree
+ {man clothed in linen} % UKJV
+ {man clothed in linen} % RNKJV
+ {man clothed in linen} % Webster
+\Note 10:5 {man clothed in linen} Verses <5>--<6> give a detailed description of an angel, perhaps Gabriel (<9:21>) or the one who spoke to Gabriel (<8:16>).
+His appearance was similar to that of the glory of the Lord (<Eze 1:26-28>; <Rev 1:12-16>). For other references to angels see <Jdg 13:6>, <Eze 9:2-3>; <10:2> and <Lk 24:4>.
+
+\ww {great shaking} % BBE
+ {great fear} % Jubilee2000
+ {overcome with fright} % NETfree
+ {great quaking} % UKJV
+ {great quaking} % RNKJV
+ {great quaking} % Webster
+\Note 10:7 {terror overwhelmed} See <Isa 6:5> and <Lk 5:8>.
+
+\ww {your words have come to his ears: and I have come because of your words} % BBE
+ {thy words were heard, and I am come because of thy words} % Jubilee2000
+ {your words were heard. I have come in response to your words} % NETfree
+ {your words were heard, and I am come for your words} % UKJV
+ {thy words were heard, and I am come for thy words} % RNKJV
+ {thy words were heard, and I am come for thy words} % Webster
+\Note 10:12 {your words were heard, and I have come in response to them}
+The vision and revelation that Daniel received came as a direct response to his prayers.
+
+\ww {But the angel of the kingdom of Persia put himself against me} % BBE
+ {But the prince of the kingdom of Persia} % Jubilee2000
+ {However, the prince of the kingdom of Persia} % NETfree
+ {But the prince of the kingdom of Persia} % UKJV
+ {But the prince of the kingdom of Persia} % RNKJV
+ {But the prince of the kingdom of Persia} % Webster
+\Note 10:13 {But the prince of the Persian kingdom resisted me}
+In the context it is apparent that this prince refers to an evil, but powerful, spiritual being (cf. <Job 1:6-12>; <Ps 82>; <Isa 24:21>; <Lk 11:14-26>)
+assigned by Satan to activity pertaining to Persian rule.
+Similarly, the archangel Michael is called \"the great prince who protects" Israel (<12:1>).
+The host of heaven are said to fight for Israel elsewhere in the Old Testament (<Jdg 5:20>; <2Ki 6:15-18>; <Ps 103:20-21>).
+
+
+\ww {Michael, one of the chief angels, came to my help} % BBE
+ {Michael, one of the chief princes, came to help me} % Jubilee2000
+ {Michael, one of the leading princes, came to help me} % NETfree
+ {Michael, one of the chief princes, came to help me} % UKJV
+ {Michael, one of the chief princes, came to help me} % RNKJV
+ {Michael, one of the chief princes, came to help me} % Webster
+\Note 10:13 {Then Michael, one of the chief princes, came to help me}
+Michael is depicted as the commander of the holy angels in <Jude 9> and <Rev 12:7>.
+Here a glimpse is given into the spiritual battles waged in the heavenly realms that affect events on Earth (cf. <Eph 6:12>; <Rev 12:7-9>).
+
+
+
+
+\renum Dan 10:20 = Jubilee2000 10:21-21
+\renum Dan 10:20 = NETfree 10:21-21
+\renum Dan 10:20 = UKJV 10:21-21
+\renum Dan 10:20 = RNKJV 10:21-21
+\renum Dan 10:20 = Webster 10:21-21
+\ww {true writings} % BBE
+ {the scripture of truth} % Jubilee2000
+ {a dependable book} % NETfree
+ {the scripture of truth} % UKJV
+ {the scripture of truth} % RNKJV
+ {the scripture of truth} % Webster
+\Note 10:20 {the Book of Truth} A metaphor for God's knowledge and control over all of history.
+
+
+
+\renum Dan 10:21 = Jubilee2000 10:20-20
+\renum Dan 10:21 = NETfree 10:20-20
+\renum Dan 10:21 = UKJV 10:20-20
+\renum Dan 10:21 = RNKJV 10:20-20
+\renum Dan 10:21 = Webster 10:20-20
+\ww {I am going back to make war with the angel of Persia} % BBE
+ {I must return to fight with the prince of the Persians} % Jubilee2000
+ {I am about to return to engage in battle with the prince of Persia} % NETfree
+ {will I return to fight with the prince of Persia} % UKJV
+ {will I return to fight with the prince of Persia} % RNKJV
+ {will I return to fight with the prince of Persia} % Webster
+\Note 10:21 {I will return to fight against the prince of Persia} See <"note on verse" 13>n.
+
+
+\renum Dan 10:21 = Jubilee2000 10:20-20
+\renum Dan 10:21 = NETfree 10:20-20
+\renum Dan 10:21 = UKJV 10:20-20
+\renum Dan 10:21 = RNKJV 10:20-20
+\renum Dan 10:21 = Webster 10:20-20
+\ww {the angel of Greece} % BBE
+ {the prince of Grecia} % Jubilee2000
+ {the prince of Greece} % NETfree
+ {the prince of Grecia} % UKJV
+ {the prince of Grecia} % RNKJV
+ {the prince of Grecia} % Webster
+\Note 10:21 {the prince of Greece} This is a fallen angel or demonic power assigned by Satan to participate in the affairs of
+the Greek kingdom (see <"note on v." 13>n; see <Jn 14:30>; <Eph 6:12>). Although both Persia and Greece would
+conquer God's people, Daniel was to understand that their power would be limited by the power of God, whose purposes always prevail.
+
+
+\renum Dan 10:21 = Jubilee2000 10:21-21
+\renum Dan 10:21 = NETfree 10:21-21
+\renum Dan 10:21 = UKJV 10:21-21
+\renum Dan 10:21 = RNKJV 10:21-21
+\renum Dan 10:21 = Webster 10:21-21
+\ww {no one}={no one ... but Michael} % BBE
+ {no one}={no one ... but Michael} % Jubilee2000
+ {no one}={no one ... except Michael} % NETfree
+ {none}={none ... but Michael} % UKJV
+ {none}={none ... but Michael} % RNKJV
+ {none}={none ... but Michael} % Webster
+\Note 10:21 {No one ... except Michael} Michael's
+interest in protecting Israel (see <"note on v." 13>n; cf. <12:1>) corresponded with that of the messenger,
+who was directly concerned about God's purposes.
+
+%\ww {} % BBE
+% {} % Jubilee2000
+% {} % NETfree
+% {} % UKJV
+% {} % RNKJV
+% {} % Webster
+\Note 11:1 {in the first year of Darius the Mede} Earlier the angel who
+was speaking to Daniel had given assistance to Michael (see <"note on" 10:13>n), perhaps in connection with the Persian decree to permit
+the Jews to return to their homeland.
+
+\Note 11:2-20 {} {\it From Daniel Until Antiochus IV Epiphanes.}\/
+The revelation given to Daniel in 11:2-20 concerned ancient Near Eastern history from the time of Daniel until the time of Antiochus IV Epiphanes.
+The prophet's vision was unusually detailed, describing intricate interconnections among events far beyond that normally given to an Israelite prophet.
+Such details drew the attention of early readers of this book and demonstrated Daniel's reliability.
+
+\ww {three kings to come in Persia} % BBE
+ {there shall yet be three kings in Persia} % Jubilee2000
+ {Three more kings will arise for Persia} % NETfree
+ {three kings in Persia} % UKJV
+ {three kings in Persia} % RNKJV
+ {three kings in Persia} % Webster
+\Note 11:2 {Three more kings will appear in Persia} Cambyses
+(529-523 B.C.), Pseudo-Smerdis or Gaumata (523-2 B.C.) and Darius I (522-486 B.C.).
+
+\ww {the fourth} % BBE
+ {the fourth} % Jubilee2000
+ {a fourth} % NETfree
+ {the fourth} % UKJV
+ {the fourth} % RNKJV
+ {the fourth} % Webster
+\Note 11:2 {a fourth} Xerxes I (485-464 B.C.).
+
+\ww {wealth} % BBE
+ {riches} % Jubilee2000
+ {unusually rich} % NETfree
+ {his riches} % UKJV
+ {richer} % RNKJV
+ {his riches} % Webster
+\Note 11:2 {his wealth} See <Est 1:4>.
+
+\ww {he will put his forces in motion against all the kingdoms of Greece} % BBE
+ {he shall stir up all against the realm of Grecia} % Jubilee2000
+ {he will stir up everyone against the kingdom of Greece} % NETfree
+ {he shall stir up all against the realm of Grecia} % UKJV
+ {he shall stir up all against the realm of Grecia} % RNKJV
+ {he shall stir up all against the realm of Grecia} % Webster
+\Note 11:2 {he will stir up everyone against the kingdom of Greece} Xerxes waged a number of campaigns against Greece, beginning in 480 B.C.
+
+\ww {a strong king will come to power} % BBE
+ {a valiant king shall stand up} % Jubilee2000
+ {a powerful king will arise} % NETfree
+ {a mighty king shall stand up} % UKJV
+ {a mighty king shall stand up} % RNKJV
+ {a mighty king shall stand up} % Webster
+\Note 11:3 {a mighty king will appear} Alexander the Great (336-323 B.C. ). See <"notes on" 7:6>n and <8:5>n and <8>n.
+
+\ww {his kingdom will be broken}={his kingdom will be broken ... to the four winds of heaven} % BBE
+ {his kingdom shall be broken}={his kingdom shall be broken ... divided by the four winds of heaven} % Jubilee2000
+ {his kingdom will be broken}={his kingdom will be broken up ... toward the four winds of the sky} % NETfree
+ {his kingdom shall be broken}={his kingdom shall be broken ... toward the four winds of heaven} % UKJV
+ {his kingdom shall be broken}={his kingdom shall be broken ... toward the four winds of heaven} % RNKJV
+ {his kingdom shall be broken}={his kingdom shall be broken ... toward the four winds of heaven} % Webster
+\Note 11:4 {his empire will be broken up ... toward the four winds of heaven} See <"notes on" 7:6>n and <8:8>n.
+
+%\ww {} % BBE
+% {} % Jubilee2000
+% {} % NETfree
+% {} % UKJV
+% {} % RNKJV
+% {} % Webster
+\Note 11:5 {the king of the south} Ptolemy I Soter (323-285 B.C.).
+
+\ww {one of his captains will be stronger than he} % BBE
+ {of his principalities, shall make himself strong} % Jubilee2000
+ {one of his subordinates will grow strong} % NETfree
+ {one of his princes; and he shall be strong above him} % UKJV
+ {one of his princes; and he shall be strong above him} % RNKJV
+ {of his princes; and he shall be strong above him}={one of his princes; and he shall be strong above him} % Webster
+\Note 11:5 {one of his commanders will become even stronger}
+Seleucus I Nicator (311-280 B.C.). Seleucus broke with Ptolemy, became king of
+Babylon and controlled territories from the Indus River in the east, to Syria in the west.
+
+%\ww {} % BBE
+% {} % Jubilee2000
+% {} % NETfree
+% {} % UKJV
+% {} % RNKJV
+% {} % Webster
+\Note 11:6-20 {} Verses 6-20 contain detailed predictions of relations between the king of the North (the Seleucid kingdom) and the king
+of the South (the Ptolemaic kingdom). This section may be divided into three parts: (1) events concerning Laodice and Berenice (<"vv." 6-9>), (2) the career of Antiochus III (<"vv." 10-19>) and (3) the reign of Seleucus IV (<"v." 20>).
+
+\ww {the daughter of the king of the south} % BBE
+ {the king's daughter of the south} % Jubilee2000
+ {the daughter of the king of the south} % NETfree
+ {the king's daughter of the south} % UKJV
+ {the king's daughter of the south} % RNKJV
+ {the king's daughter of the south} % Webster
+\Note 11:6 {The daughter of the king of the South} Berenice, the
+daughter of Ptolemy ll Philadelphus (285-246 B.C.).
+
+\Note 11:6 {to make an agreement}
+Refers to a marriage alliance (c. 250 B.C.) between Antiochus II Theos (261-246 B.C.) of Syria and Ptolemy II of Egypt.
+
+\ww {she will not keep the strength of her arm; and his offspring will not keep their place} % BBE
+ {she shall not retain the power of the arm; neither shall he stand, nor his arm} % Jubilee2000
+ {she will not retain her power, nor will he continue in his strength} % NETfree
+ {she shall not retain the power of the arm; neither shall he stand, nor his arm} % UKJV
+ {she shall not retain the power of the arm; neither shall he stand, nor his arm} % RNKJV
+ {she shall not retain the power of the arm; neither shall he stand, nor his arm} % Webster
+\Note 11:6 {she will not retain her power, and he and his power will not last}
+Laodice, the former wife of Antiochus, instigated a conspiracy that resulted in the poisoning deaths of Berenice, Antiochus II and their infant son.
+
+\ww {a branch from her roots} % BBE
+ {the new shoot from her roots} % Jubilee2000
+ {one from her family line} % NETfree
+ {out of a branch of her roots} % UKJV
+ {out of a branch of her roots} % RNKJV
+ {out of a branch of her roots} % Webster
+\Note 11:7 {One from her family line will arise} Ptolemy III Euergetes (246-221 B.C.), the brother of Berenice (see <"note on v." 6>n).
+
+\ww {forcing his way into the strong place of the king of the north} % BBE
+ {shall enter into the fortress of the king of the north} % Jubilee2000
+ {will enter the stronghold of the king of the north} % NETfree
+ {shall enter into the fortress of the king of the north} % UKJV
+ {shall enter into the fortress of the king of the north} % RNKJV
+ {shall enter into the fortress of the king of the north} % Webster
+\Note 11:7 {He will attack the forces of the king of the North} Ptolemy III attacked the Seleucid kingdom, had Laodice (see <"note on v." 6>n) put to death
+and returned to Egypt with considerable booty.
+
+\ww {he will come into the kingdom of the king of the south, but he will go back to his land} % BBE
+ {shall the king of the south enter into the kingdom and return to his own land} % Jubilee2000
+ {the king of the north will advance against the empire of the king of the south, but will withdraw to his own land} % NETfree
+ {the king of the south shall come into his kingdom, and shall return into his own land} % UKJV
+ {the king of the south shall come into his kingdom, and shall return into his own land} % RNKJV
+ {kingdom, and shall return into his own land}={the king of the south shall come into his kingdom, and shall return into his own land} % Webster
+\Note 11:9 {the king of the North will invade the realm of the king of the South} This refers to the unsuccessful campaign of Seleucus II Callinicus (246-226 B.C.), the son of Laodice, against the Ptolemaic kingdom in 240 B.C.
+
+\ww {his son} % BBE
+ {the sons of that one} % Jubilee2000
+ {His sons} % NETfree
+ {his sons} % UKJV
+ {his sons} % RNKJV
+ {his sons} % Webster
+\Note 11:10 {His sons} Seleucus III Ceraunus (226-223 B.C.) and Antiochus III the Great (223-187 B.C.).
+
+\ww {will make war, and will get together an army of great forces} % BBE
+ {shall be stirred up and shall assemble a multitude of great armies} % Jubilee2000
+ {will wage war, mustering a large army} % NETfree
+ {shall be stirred up, and shall assemble a multitude of great forces} % UKJV
+ {shall be stirred up, and shall assemble a multitude of great forces} % RNKJV
+ {shall be stirred up, and shall assemble a multitude of great forces} % Webster
+\Note 11:10 {will prepare for war and assemble a great army} Antiochus III fought with the Ptolemies from 222-187 B.C. and for a time gained control of Canaan, as well as western Syria.
+
+\ww {his strong place} % BBE
+ {his fortress} % Jubilee2000
+ {the enemy's fortress} % NETfree
+ {his fortress} % UKJV
+ {his fortress} % RNKJV
+ {his fortress} % Webster
+\Note 11:10 {his fortress} This probably refers to Raphia, a Ptolemaic fortress in southern Canaan. A major battle was fought there in 217 B.C.
+
+\Note 11:11 {the king of the south} Ptolemy IV Philopator (221-203 B.C.).
+
+\ww {make war on him, on this same king of the north} % BBE
+ {with the king of the north}={fight with him even with the king of the north} % Jubilee2000
+ {fight against the king of the north} % NETfree
+ {fight with him, even with the king of the north} % UKJV
+ {fight with him, even with the king of the north} % RNKJV
+ {fight with him}={fight with him, even with the king of the north} % Webster
+\Note 11:11 {fight against the king of the North} Antiochus III. He suffered great losses (over 14,000 men) at the battle of Raphia in 217 B.C.
+
+\ww {the king of the north will get together an army greater than the first} % BBE
+ {the king of the north shall put another multitude greater than the former} % Jubilee2000
+ {the king of the north will again muster an army, one larger than before} % NETfree
+ {shall set forth a multitude greater than the former} % UKJV
+ {shall set forth a multitude greater than the former} % RNKJV
+ {shall set forth a multitude greater than the former} % Webster
+\Note 11:13 {the king of the North will muster another army}
+In alliance with Philip V of Macedon, he raised an even larger army to
+invade the Ptolemaic kingdom. Ptolemy IV died in mysterious circumstances and was succeeded by
+Ptolemy V Epiphanes (203-181 B.C.), his four-year-old son.
+
+\ww {the king of the north will come, and put up earthworks and take a well-armed town} % BBE
+ {he king of the north shall come and cast up a mount and shall take the strong cities} % Jubilee2000
+ {the king of the north will advance and will build siege mounds and capture a well-fortified city} % NETfree
+ {the king of the north shall come, and cast up a mount, and take the most fenced cities} % UKJV
+ {the king of the north shall come, and cast up a mount, and take the most fenced cities} % RNKJV
+ {the king of the north shall come, and cast up a mount, and take the most fortified cities} % Webster
+\Note 11:15 {the king of the North will come and build up siege ramps and will capture a fortified city}
+This refers to the victory of Antiochus III at Sidon over the Egyptian general Scopas in 198 B.C.
+It marked the end of Ptolemaic rule in the area only much later referred to as Palestine.
+
+\ww {the beautiful land} % BBE
+ {the glorious land} % Jubilee2000
+ {the beautiful land} % NETfree
+ {the glorious land} % UKJV
+ {the glorious land} % RNKJV
+ {the glorious land} % Webster
+\Note 11:16 {the Beautiful Land} The promised land (see <"vv." 41>, <45>; <8:9>).
+
+%\ww {} % BBE
+% {} % Jubilee2000
+% {} % NETfree
+% {} % UKJV
+% {} % RNKJV
+% {} % Webster
+%\Note 11:17-19 {} See WSC 105.
+
+\ww {he will make an agreement with him; and he will give him the daughter} % BBE
+ {shall do upright things with him, and he shall give him a daughter} % Jubilee2000
+ {he will form alliances. He will give the king of the south a daughter in marriage} % NETfree
+ {upright ones with him; thus shall he do: and he shall give him the daughter} % UKJV
+ {upright ones with him; thus shall he do: and he shall give him the daughter} % RNKJV
+ {upright ones with him; thus shall he do: and he shall give him the daughter} % Webster
+\Note 11:17 {He ... will make an alliance with the king of the South. And he will give him a daughter in marriage}
+Cleopatra, the daughter of Antiochus III, was given in marriage to the boy king Ptolemy V.
+
+\ww {this will not take place} % BBE
+ {she shall not stand} % Jubilee2000
+ {it will not turn out to his advantage} % NETfree
+ {she shall not stand on his side} % UKJV
+ {she shall not stand on his side} % RNKJV
+ {she shall not stand}={she shall not stand on his side} % Webster
+\Note 11:17 {his plans will not succeed or help him}
+Cleopatra aligned herself with the Egyptians rather than with her father.
+She sought Roman help against the attempt of Antiochus III to take coastal cities in Asia Minor controlled by the Egyptians.
+
+\ww {a chief, by his destruction, will put an end to the shame offered by him} % BBE
+ {a prince shall cause him to cease his affront} % Jubilee2000
+ {a commander will bring his shameful conduct to a halt} % NETfree
+ {a prince for his own behalf shall cause the reproach offered by him to cease} % UKJV
+ {a prince for his own behalf shall cause the reproach offered by him to cease} % RNKJV
+ {a prince for his own behalf shall cause the reproach offered by him to cease} % Webster
+\Note 11:18 {a commander will put an end to his insolence} The Roman general Lucius Cornelius Scipio
+defeated Antiochus III in several battles and forced him to cede Asia Minor to Roman control (the Peace of Apamea; 188 B.C.).
+At this time the second son of Antiochus III, later to be known as Antiochus IV Epiphanes, was taken hostage to Rome.
+
+\ww {his place will be taken by one} % BBE
+ {Then shall succeed in his throne} % Jubilee2000
+ {after him one} % NETfree
+ {Then shall stand up in his estate} % UKJV
+ {Then shall stand up in his estate} % RNKJV
+ {Then shall stand up in his estate} % Webster
+\Note 11:20 {His successor} Seleucus IV Philopator (187-175 B.C.), the elder son of Antiochus III.
+
+\ww {a man with the glory of a king to get wealth together} % BBE
+ {a taker of taxes} % Jubilee2000
+ {an exactor} % NETfree
+ {a raiser of taxes} % UKJV
+ {a raiser of taxes} % RNKJV
+ {a raiser of taxes} % Webster
+\Note 11:20 {a tax collector} Heliodorus (see 2 Maccabees 3:7-40).
+
+\Note 11:21-12:3 {} {\it The Rule of Antiochus IV Epiphanes.}\/ Daniel turned
+to the most important character in the history outlined thus far: the great Antiochus IV, who persecuted the Jews and defiled the temple.
+The prophet concentrated on his accession and character (<11:21-24>), his career (<11:25-31>), the conditions of God's people
+during his reign (<11:32-35>), a summary of his religious attitudes (<11:36-39>), his heart's ambition (<11:40-45>) and a description of his defeat (<12:1-3>).
+
+\ww {a low person, to whom the honour of the kingdom had not been given} % BBE
+ {shall succeed in his place, to whom they shall not give the honour of the Kingdom}={a vile person shall succeed in his place, to whom they shall not give the honour of the Kingdom} % Jubilee2000
+ {a despicable person to whom the royal honor has not been rightfully conferred} % NETfree
+ {a vile person, to whom they shall not give the honour of the kingdom} % UKJV
+ {a vile person, to whom they shall not give the honour of the kingdom} % RNKJV
+ {a vile person, to whom they shall not give the honor of the kingdom} % Webster
+\Note 11:21 {a contemptible person ... not ... given the honor of royalty} This is the infamous Antiochus IV Epiphanes (175-164 B.C.),
+brother of Seleucus IV but not his legitimate successor, since Seleucus IV had a son, Demetrius Soter, also known as Demetrius I.
+See <"verses" 23-24> and <"notes on" 8:9-14>n.
+
+\ww {the ruler of the agreement will have the same fate} % BBE
+ {shall be broken; yea, also the prince of the covenant} % Jubilee2000
+ {a covenant leader will be destroyed} % NETfree
+ {shall be broken; yea, also the prince of the covenant} % UKJV
+ {shall be broken; yea, also the prince of the covenant} % RNKJV
+ {shall be broken; yes, also the prince of the covenant} % Webster
+\Note 11:22 {a prince of the covenant will be destroyed} Perhaps this is a reference to the assassination of the high priest Onias III by the
+supporters of Antiochus IV (175-163 B.C.) in Jerusalem in 171 B.C. (cf. 2 Maccabees 4:32-43 [an Apocryphal book]).
+
+\Note 11:25 {the king of the south} Ptolemy VI Philometor (181-146 B.C.), son of Ptolemy V and Cleopatra and nephew of Antiochus (see <"note on v." 17>n).
+
+\ww {he will be forced to give way} % BBE
+ {he shall not prevail} % Jubilee2000
+ {he will not be able to prevail} % NETfree
+ {he shall not stand} % UKJV
+ {he shall not stand} % RNKJV
+ {he shall not stand} % Webster
+\Note 11:25 {he will not be able to stand} Antiochus IV defeated Ptolemy VI at Pelusium, located on the border of Egypt (cf. 1 Maccabees 1:16-19).
+
+\ww {he will go back to his land with great wealth; and his heart will be against the holy agreement} % BBE
+ {he shall return into his land with great riches; and his heart}={he shall return into his land with great riches; and his heart shall be against the holy covenant} % Jubilee2000
+ {the king of the north will return to his own land with much property. His mind will be set against the holy covenant} % NETfree
+ {shall he return into his land with great riches; and his heart shall be against the holy covenant} % UKJV
+ {shall he return into his land with great riches; and his heart shall be against the holy covenant} % RNKJV
+ {shall he return into his land with great riches}={shall he return into his land with great riches; and his heart shall be against the holy covenant} % Webster
+\Note 11:28 {The king of the North will return ... but his heart will be set against the holy covenant.}
+As a result of intrigues in Jerusalem against his supporters, Antiochus IV plundered the temple on his return from Egypt to Antioch in Syria (cf. 1 Maccabees 1:20-28).
+
+\ww {he will come back and come into the south} % BBE
+ {he shall turn toward the south} % Jubilee2000
+ {he will again invade the south} % NETfree
+ {he shall return, and come toward the south} % UKJV
+ {he shall return, and come toward the south} % RNKJV
+ {he shall return, and come towards the south} % Webster
+\Note 11:29 {he will invade the South again} Antiochus IV invaded Egypt again in 168 B.C.
+
+\ww {those who go out from the west will come against him} % BBE
+ {the ships of Chittim shall come against him} % Jubilee2000
+ {The ships of Kittim will come against him} % NETfree
+ {the ships of Chittim shall come against him} % UKJV
+ {the ships of Chittim shall come against him} % RNKJV
+ {the ships of Chittim shall come against him} % Webster
+\Note 11:30 {Ships of the western coastlands will oppose him} Roman armies under Gaius Popilius Laenas
+forced Antiochus IV to retreat from Egypt.
+
+\ww {full of wrath against the holy agreement} % BBE
+ {indignation against the holy covenant} % Jubilee2000
+ {indignation against the holy covenant} % NETfree
+ {indignation against the holy covenant} % UKJV
+ {indignation against the holy covenant} % RNKJV
+ {indignation against the holy covenant} % Webster
+\Note 11:30 {vent his fury against the holy covenant} Antiochus determined to exterminate Jewish religion.
+
+\ww {take away the regular burned offering}={take away the regular burned offering ... an unclean thing causing fear} % BBE
+ {take away the daily}={take away the daily sacrifice ... abomination that makes desolate} % Jubilee2000
+ {stopping the daily sacrifice}={stopping the daily sacrifice ... the abomination that causes desolation} % NETfree
+ {take away the daily sacrifice}={take away the daily sacrifice ... abomination that makes desolate} % UKJV
+ {take away the daily sacrifice}={take away the daily sacrifice ... abomination that maketh desolate} % RNKJV
+ {take away the daily}={take away the daily sacrifice ... abomination that maketh desolate} % Webster
+\Note 11:31 {abolish the daily sacrifice ... set up the abomination
+that causes desolation} The desecration of the temple in December 168 B.C. by Antiochus IV (cf. 1
+Maccabees 1:54,59; 2 Maccabees 6:2 [Apocryphal books]; see <"notes on" 8:11>n; <9:27>n; <12:11>n).
+
+\ww {the people who have knowledge of their God will be strong} % BBE
+ {the people that do know their God shall be strong} % Jubilee2000
+ {the people who are loyal to their God will act valiantly} % NETfree
+ {the people that do know their God shall be strong} % UKJV
+ {the people that do know their Elohim shall be strong} % RNKJV
+ {the people that know their God shall be strong} % Webster
+\Note 11:32 {the people who know their God will firmly resist him}
+Refers to those who opposed Antiochus IV and remained faithful to the Lord even unto death (1
+Maccabees 1:61-63 [an Apocryphal book]).
+
+\ww {they will have a little help} % BBE
+ {they shall be helped with a little help} % Jubilee2000
+ {they will be granted some help} % NETfree
+ {they shall be helped with a little help} % UKJV
+ {they shall be helped with a little help} % RNKJV
+ {they shall be assisted with a little help} % Webster
+\Note 11:34 {they will receive a little help} Possibly this is a reference
+to Mattathias, an elderly priest, and his five sons (John, Simon, Judas, Eleazar and Jonathan), who waged a guerrilla war against Antiochus IV.
+Mattathias died in 166 B.C. His sons carried on the struggle and became known as the Maccabees. Victory was achieved under Judas Maccabeus in December 165 B.C., when the temple was cleansed and the daily sacrifices restored (cf. 1 Maccabees 4:36-39).
+
+\ww {the time of the end}={the time of the end ... the fixed time} % BBE
+ {the time of the end}={the time of the end ... time appointed} % Jubilee2000
+ {the time of the end}={the time of the end ... the appointed time} % NETfree
+ {the time of the end}={the time of the end ... a time appointed} % UKJV
+ {the time of the end}={the time of the end ... a time appointed} % RNKJV
+ {the time of the end}={the time of the end ... a time appointed} % Webster
+\Note 11:35 {the time of the end ... the appointed time} See <"note on" 8:17>n.
+
+\Note 11:36-12:3 {} {At his proudest moment this king will be destroyed right at Mount Zion in the heart of the Holy Land} (vv. 44-45).
+His defeat in <12:1-3> is described in terms of the absolute end of history. Because these prophesies have
+not found a historical fulfillment, it is difficult to discern how literal or metaphorical they are,
+and our interpretation must be guarded. Certain details in <11:36-12:3> cannot be easily harmonized
+with the time of Antiochus IV. For this reason many evangelical interpreters understand these
+verses to be descriptive of the antichrist who will persecute God's people just prior to the second advent of Christ (cf. <12:1-3>). Yet
+this understanding requires the assumption of an extended time interval between the events depicted in <11:21-35> and those in
+<11:36-12:3>, which the text does not communicate. It is possible that these prophesied events were averted, altered or delayed (see
+ \"Introduction to the Prophetic Books").
+
+ \Note 11:36-39 {} {\it This king \"will do as he pleases ... [and] magnify himself above every god".}\/ (v. <36>). He
+will \"show no regard for the gods of his fathers" (v. <37>) but will \"greatly honor those who acknowledge him" (v. <39>).
+%predelat na \vdef
+
+
+
+\ww {till the wrath is complete} % BBE
+ {until the indignation is accomplished} % Jubilee2000
+ {until the time of wrath is completed} % NETfree
+ {till the indignation be accomplished} % UKJV
+ {till the indignation be accomplished} % RNKJV
+ {till the indignation be accomplished} % Webster
+\Note 11:36 {until the time of wrath is completed} Just as in <8:17> and <11:35>, the time of persecution is subject to God's control.
+
+
+\ww {at the time of the end} % BBE
+ {at the end of the time} % Jubilee2000
+ {At the time of the end} % NETfree
+ {at the time of the end} % UKJV
+ {at the time of the end} % RNKJV
+ {at the time of the end} % Webster
+\Note 11:40 {At the time of the end} See <"note on" 8:17>n.
+
+\ww {beautiful land} % BBE
+ {glorious land} % Jubilee2000
+ {beautiful land} % NETfree
+ {glorious land} % UKJV
+ {glorious land} % RNKJV
+ {glorious land} % Webster
+\Note 11:41 {Beautiful Land} Canaan (see <"vv." 16>, <45>; <8:9>).
+
+\ww {he will come to his end with no helper} % BBE
+ {he shall come to his end, and shall have no one to help him} % Jubilee2000
+ {he will come to his end, with no one to help him} % NETfree
+ {he shall come to his end, and none shall help him} % UKJV
+ {he shall come to his end, and none shall help him} % RNKJV
+ {he shall come to his end, and none shall help him} % Webster
+\Note 11:45 {Yet he will come to his end, and no one will help him} See <Joel 3> (see also <Zec 14:1-4>;
+ <2Th 2:8>; <Rev 16:13-16>; <19:11-21>).
+
+\ww {at that time} % BBE
+ {at that time} % Jubilee2000
+ {At that time} % NETfree
+ {at that time} % UKJV
+ {at that time} % RNKJV
+ {at that time} % Webster
+\Note 12:1 {At that time} Michael, the angelic protector of Israel, will
+ not permit God's people to be persecuted forever. He will judge those who oppress his
+ people. Michael, the great prince who protects your people. See <"note on" 10:13>n.
+
+\ww {a time of trouble} % BBE
+ {a time of trouble} % Jubilee2000
+ {a time of distress} % NETfree
+ {a time of trouble} % UKJV
+ {a time of trouble} % RNKJV
+ {a time of trouble} % Webster
+\Note 12:1 {a time of distress}
+See <Matt 24:21> and <Mk 13:19>, where Jesus drew upon these prophecies about Antiochus IV to describe the time of the Roman siege against Jerusalem in
+ A.D. 70.
+
+ \ww {your people will be kept safe} % BBE
+ {thy people shall escape} % Jubilee2000
+ {escape}={your own people ... will escape} % NETfree
+ {your people shall be delivered} % UKJV
+ {thy people shall be delivered} % RNKJV
+ {thy people shall be delivered} % Webster
+\Note 12:1 {your people ... will be delivered}
+ This deliverance is not necessarily from martyrdom (\<"v." 2>) but from the power of Satan (cf. <Mt 6:13>; <2Ti 4:18>).
+As such the verse assures God's people that he will deliver them from Satan's temptation to apostatize during the time of distress.
+
+\ww {will come out of their sleep, some to eternal life and some to eternal shame} % BBE
+ {everlasting confusion}={shall be awakened, some for eternal life, and some for shame and everlasting confusion} % Jubilee2000
+ {will awake - some to everlasting life, and others to shame and everlasting abhorrence} % NETfree
+ {shall awake, some to everlasting life, and some to shame and everlasting contempt} % UKJV
+ {shall awake, some to everlasting life, and some to shame and everlasting contempt} % RNKJV
+ {shall awake, some to everlasting life, and some to shame}={shall awake, some to everlasting life, and some to shame and everlasting contempt} % Webster
+\Note 12:2 {will awake ... to everlasting life ... and everlasting
+contempt} This is a prediction of the bodily resurrection of the
+godly and ungodly prior to a final judgment (<Mt 25:46>; <Jn 5:28-29>).
+
+\Note 12:4-13 {} {\it A Final Message to Daniel.}\/ The book concludes by setting out a future course of events and by promising Daniel rest in the eternal state.
+
+\ww {let the words be kept secret} % BBE
+ {shut up the words} % Jubilee2000
+ {close up these words} % NETfree
+ {shut up the words} % UKJV
+ {shut up the words} % RNKJV
+ {shut up the words} % Webster
+\Note 12:4 {seal the words of the scroll} The act of sealing was understood as giving something a mark of
+authentication (see <"note on" 8:26>n).
+
+\ww {a time, times, and a half} % BBE
+ {time, times, and a half}={a time, times, and a half} % Jubilee2000
+ {a time, times, and half a time} % NETfree
+ {a time, times, and an half} % UKJV
+ {a time, times, and an half} % RNKJV
+ {a time, times, and a half} % Webster
+\Note 12:7 {a time, times and half a time} See <"note on" 7:25>n.
+
+\ww {the sense of them was not clear to me} % BBE
+ {I did not understand} % Jubilee2000
+ {I did not understand} % NETfree
+ {I understood not} % UKJV
+ {I understood not} % RNKJV
+ {I understood not} % Webster
+\Note 12:8 {I did not understand} Daniel did not comprehend the angel's response (<"v." 7>) to his initial inquiry (<"v." 6>), so he rephrased the question.
+
+\ww {the regular burned offering is taken away, and an unclean thing causing fear is put up} % BBE
+ {the daily}={the daily sacrifice is taken away until the abomination of desolation} % Jubilee2000
+ {the daily sacrifice is removed and the abomination that causes desolation is set in place} % NETfree
+ {the daily sacrifice shall be taken away, and the abomination that makes desolate set up} % UKJV
+ {the daily sacrifice shall be taken away, and the abomination that maketh desolate set up} % RNKJV
+ {shall be taken away, and the abomination that maketh desolate set up}={the daily sacrifice shall be taken away, and the abomination that maketh desolate set up} % Webster
+\Note 12:11 {The daily sacrifice is abolished and the abomination that causes desolation is set up}
+See <"note on" 9:27>. The simile activity of Antiochus IV prefigured this activity of the Roman Titus in A.D. 70.
+
+\ww {thousand, three hundred and thirty-five days}={1,290 days ... 1,335 days} % BBE
+ {one thousand three hundred and thirty-five days}={1,290 days ... 1,335 days} % Jubilee2000
+ {1,335 days}={1,290 days ... 1,335 days} % NETfree
+ {thousand three hundred and five and thirty days}={1,290 days ... 1,335 days} % UKJV
+ {thousand three hundred and five and thirty days}={1,290 days ... 1,335 days} % RNKJV
+ {thousand three hundred and five and thirty days}={1,290 days ... 1,335 days} % Webster
+\Note 12:12 {1,290 days ... 1,335 days} The angel clarified his previous answer (<"v." 7>; see <"note on
+v." 8>n). The significance of these time frames is obscure.
+%not 6
+
+
+
+
+\putBot 2:1 {Daniel's Visions of the Four Kingdoms} [danielovyvize] () {
+\medskip
+\hrule
+\vskip1cm
+ \Heros \cond \setfontsize{at 10pt}\rm
+ \picw=0.9\hsize
+ \inspic{Nabuko-English-blank-crop.pdf}
+%\medskip
+%\hrule
+%\vskip1cm
+\bigskip
+ \puttext 15mm 130mm {\bf Identification of the Four Kingdoms}
+%\medskip
+%\hrule
+%%\vskip1cm
+%\bigskip
+ \puttext 110mm 130mm {\bf Chronology of the Empires}
+ \puttext 13mm 120mm {Vision in chap. 2}
+ \puttext 45mm 120mm {Vision in chap. 7}
+ \puttext 67mm 120mm {Vision in chap. 8}
+ \puttext 91mm 120mm {Identification}
+ \puttext 134mm 113mm {600}
+ \puttext 134mm 99.5mm {500}
+ \puttext 134mm 84.5mm {400}
+ \puttext 134mm 70mm {300}
+ \puttext 134mm 55mm {200}
+ \puttext 145mm 50.5mm {167 B.C.}
+ \puttext 135mm 47mm {Maccabees and}
+ \puttext 140mm 43.5mm { Hasmoneans}
+ \puttext 134mm 41mm {100}
+ \puttext 134mm 26mm {\bf 0}
+ \puttext 134mm 11mm {100}
+ \puttext 145mm 16mm {70 A.D.}
+ \puttext 140mm 12.5mm {Fall of Jerusalem}
+\bf
+ \puttext 142mm 117.5mm {626 B.C.}
+ \puttext 142mm 104.5mm {539 B.C.}
+ \puttext 142mm 74mm {330 B.C.}
+ \puttext 142mm 36mm {63 B.C.}
+\puttext 15mm 100mm {Head of gold}
+ \puttext 48mm 100mm {Lion}
+ \puttext 91mm 100mm {Babylon (<2:37-38>)}
+\puttext 12mm 75mm {\x/Breast and arms/}
+\puttext 17mm 71mm {of siver}
+ \puttext 48mm 75mm {Bear}
+ \puttext 70mm 75mm {\x/Male sheep/}
+ \puttext 91mm 75mm {Medo-Persia (<8:20>)}
+\puttext 12mm 46mm {\x/Middle and sides/}
+\puttext 20mm 42mm {of \x/brass/}
+ \puttext 48mm 44mm {\x/Leopard/}
+ \puttext 70mm 44mm {\x/He-goat/}
+ \puttext 91mm 44mm {\x/Greece/ (<8:21>)}
+\puttext 20mm 28mm {Legs of}
+\puttext 22mm 24mm {iron}
+ \puttext 46mm 28mm {Terrifying and}
+ \puttext 48mm 24mm {frightening}
+ \puttext 52mm 20mm {beast}
+ \puttext 91mm 26mm {Rome}
+\puttext 15mm 2mm {\x/Feet of iron/}
+\puttext 15mm -2mm {\x/and potter's earth/}
+}
+
+\putArticle 5:20 {Who was Darius the Mede?} [6] ()
+
+
+
+
+\putCite 1:8 {%Druhořadých věcí nedosáhneme tím, že je prohlásíme za prvořadé.
+%Druhořadých věcí dosáhneme pouze tehdy, budou-li na prvním místě věci první.
+You can’t get second things by putting them first.
+You get second things only by putting first things first.
+\quotedby{C. S. Lewis}}
+
+\putCite 3:30 {%Odvaha není jen jednou ze ctností, ale je formou každé ctnosti v bodě zkoušky, tedy v bodě nejvypjatější skutečnosti.
+Courage is not simply one of the virtues but the form of every virtue at the testing point, which means at the point of highest reality.
+\quotedby{C.S.Lewis}}
+
+\putCite 5:4 {%Moc korumpuje, a absolutní moc korumpuje absolutně.
+Power tends to corrupt; absolute power corrupts absolutely
+\quotedby {Lord Acton}}
+
+
+\putCite 6:11 {%Život křesťana je život na území okupovaném nepřáteli.
+Enemy-occupied territory---that is what this world is. Christianity is the story of how the rightful king has landed, you might say landed in disguise, and is calling us to take part in a great campaign of sabotage.
+\quotedby{C.S.Lewis}}
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+\endinput
+
+\variants 6 {BBE} {Jubilee2000} {NETfree} {UKJV} {RNKJV} {Webster}
+
+\ww {} % BBE
+ {} % Jubilee2000
+ {} % NETfree
+ {} % UKJV
+ {} % RNKJV
+ {} % Webster
+
+\ww {}={} % BBE
+ {}={} % Jubilee2000
+ {}={} % NETfree
+ {}={} % UKJV
+ {}={} % RNKJV
+ {}={} % Webster
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+4:3 How great ... Nebuchadnezzar's confession in this verse
+and in verses 34-35 communicates one of the central themes of
+the book of Daniel; namely, the absolute sovereignty of the God of
+Israel over the kingdoms of the earth and their rulers.
+
+4:6-7 See notes on 1:20 and 2:2.
+
+4:8 Belteshazzar. See note on 1:7.
+
+4:9 spirit of the holy gods. Although he spoke in pagan terms
+Nebuchadnezzar stated an important truth. The presence of God's
+Spirit in an individual has remarkable effects. Here his ability to
+give extraordinary insight into God's mystery, such as was later given to Paul and the church (1Co
+2:6-16), is in view. no mystery is too difficult for you. See 2:47 and note on 2:19.
+
+4:10-12 before me stood a tree. See Ezekiel 31 for an extensive
+description of a nation (Assyria), using the imagery of a tree. Similar imagery is found in Psalms
+1:3, 37:35, 52:8, 92:12, Jeremiah 11:16-17 and 17:8 (see also Mt 13:32). its top touched the sky.
+The term \"sky" may also be translated \"heaven," a key term in this
+chapter. The tree represented Nebuchadnezzar's kingdom reaching from Earth to heaven (vv. 11,20,22)
+and protecting birds, which defy the separation of the two spheres (vv. 12,21). In truth the king
+was not only subject to the judgment of heaven for his pride (w.
+13,23,31) but also dependent on the God of heaven for his existence (vv. 15,22,25,33) and sanity
+(v. 34).
+
diff --git a/macros/luatex/generic/opbible/examples/english/txs/BBE-Dan.txs b/macros/luatex/generic/opbible/examples/english/txs/BBE-Dan.txs
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..96db5abdd2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/luatex/generic/opbible/examples/english/txs/BBE-Dan.txs
@@ -0,0 +1,358 @@
+% Daniel
+#1:1 In the third year of the rule of Jehoiakim, king of Judah, Nebuchadnezzar, king of Babylon, came to Jerusalem, shutting it in with his forces.
+#1:2 And the Lord gave into his hands Jehoiakim, king of Judah, with some of the vessels of the house of God; and he took them away into the land of Shinar to the house of his god; and he put the vessels into the store-house of his god.
+#1:3 And the king gave orders to Ashpenaz, the captain of his unsexed servants, to take in some of the children of Israel, certain of the king's family, and those of high birth;
+#1:4 Young men who were strong and healthy, good-looking, and trained in all wisdom, having a good education and much knowledge, and able to take positions in the king's house; and to have them trained in the writing and language of the Chaldaeans.
+#1:5 And a regular amount of food and wine every day from the king's table was ordered for them by the king; and they were to be cared for for three years so that at the end of that time they might take their places before the king.
+#1:6 And among these there were, of the children of Judah, Daniel, Hananiah, Mishael, and Azariah.
+#1:7 And the captain of the unsexed servants gave them names; to Daniel he gave the name of Belteshazzar, to Hananiah the name of Shadrach, to Mishael the name of Meshach, and to Azariah the name of Abed-nego.
+#1:8 And Daniel had come to the decision that he would not make himself unclean with the king's food or wine; so he made a request to the captain of the unsexed servants that he might not make himself unclean.
+#1:9 And God put into the heart of the captain of the unsexed servants kind feelings and pity for Daniel.
+#1:10 And the captain of the unsexed servants said to Daniel, I am in fear of my lord the king, who has given orders about your food and your drink; what if he sees you looking less happy than the other young men of your generation? then you would have put my head in danger from the king.
+#1:11 Then Daniel said to the keeper in whose care the captain of the unsexed servants had put Daniel, Hananiah, Mishael, and Azariah:
+#1:12 Put your servants to the test for ten days; let them give us grain for our food and water for our drink.
+#1:13 Then take a look at our faces and the faces of the young men who have food from the king's table; and, having seen them, do to your servants as it seems right to you.
+#1:14 So he gave ear to them in this thing and put them to the test for ten days.
+#1:15 And at the end of ten days their faces seemed fairer and they were fatter in flesh than all the young men who had their food from the king's table.
+#1:16 So the keeper regularly took away their meat and the wine which was to have been their drink, and gave them grain.
+#1:17 Now as for these four young men, God gave them knowledge and made them expert in all book-learning and wisdom: and Daniel was wise in all visions and dreams.
+#1:18 Now at the end of the time fixed by the king for them to go in, the captain of the unsexed servants took them in to Nebuchadnezzar.
+#1:19 And the king had talk with them; and among them all there was no one like Daniel, Hananiah, Mishael, and Azariah; so they were given places before the king.
+#1:20 And in any business needing wisdom and good sense, about which the king put questions to them, he saw that they were ten times better than all the wonder-workers and users of secret arts in all his kingdom.
+#1:21 And Daniel went on till the first year of King Cyrus.
+#2:1 In the second year of the rule of Nebuchadnezzar, Nebuchadnezzar had dreams; and his spirit was troubled and his sleep went from him.
+#2:2 Then the king gave orders that the wonder-workers, and the users of secret arts, and those who made use of evil powers, and the Chaldaeans, were to be sent for to make clear to the king his dreams. So they came and took their places before the king.
+#2:3 And the king said to them, I have had a dream, and my spirit is troubled by the desire to have the dream made clear to me.
+#2:4 Then the Chaldaeans said to the king in the Aramaean language, O King, have life for ever: give your servants an account of your dream, and we will make clear to you the sense of it.
+#2:5 The king made answer and said to the Chaldaeans, This is my decision: if you do not make clear to me the dream and the sense of it, you will be cut in bits and your houses made waste.
+#2:6 But if you make clear the dream and the sense of it, you will have from me offerings and rewards and great honour: so make clear to me the dream and the sense of it.
+#2:7 A second time they said in answer, Let the king give his servants an account of his dream, and we will make clear the sense.
+#2:8 The king made answer and said, I am certain that you are attempting to get more time, because you see that my decision is fixed;
+#2:9 That if you do not make my dream clear to me there is only one fate for you: for you have made ready false and evil words to say before me till the times are changed: so give me an account of the dream, and I will be certain that you are able to make the sense of it clear.
+#2:10 Then the Chaldaeans said to the king in answer, There is not a man on earth able to make clear the king's business; for no king, however great his power, has ever made such a request to any wonder-worker or user of secret arts or Chaldaean.
+#2:11 The king's request is a very hard one, and there is no other who is able to make it clear to the king, but the gods, whose living-place is not with flesh.
+#2:12 Because of this the king was angry and full of wrath, and gave orders for the destruction of all the wise men of Babylon.
+#2:13 So the order went out that the wise men were to be put to death; and they were looking for Daniel and his friends to put them to death.
+#2:14 Then Daniel gave an answer with wisdom and good sense to Arioch, the captain of the king's armed men, who had gone out to put to death the wise men of Babylon;
+#2:15 He made answer and said to Arioch, O captain of the king, why is the king's order so cruel? Then Arioch gave Daniel an account of the business.
+#2:16 And Daniel went in and made a request to the king to give him time and he would make clear the sense of his dream to the king.
+#2:17 And Daniel went to his house and gave his friends Hananiah, Mishael, and Azariah the news:
+#2:18 So that they might make a request for the mercy of the God of heaven in the question of this secret; so that Daniel and his friends might not come to destruction with the rest of the wise men of Babylon.
+#2:19 Then the secret was made clear to Daniel in a vision of the night. And Daniel gave blessing to the God of heaven.
+#2:20 And Daniel said in answer, May the name of God be praised for ever and ever: for wisdom and strength are his:
+#2:21 By him times and years are changed: by him kings are taken away and kings are lifted up: he gives wisdom to the wise, and knowledge to those whose minds are awake:
+#2:22 He is the unveiler of deep and secret things: he has knowledge of what is in the dark, and the light has its living-place with him.
+#2:23 I give you praise and worship, O God of my fathers, who have given me wisdom and strength, and have now made clear to me what we were requesting from you: for you have given us knowledge of the king's business.
+#2:24 For this reason Daniel went to Arioch, to whom the king had given orders for the destruction of the wise men of Babylon, and said to him, Do not put to death the wise men of Babylon: take me in before the king and I will make clear to him the sense of the dream.
+#2:25 Then Arioch quickly took Daniel in before the king, and said to him, Here is a man from among the prisoners of Judah, who will make clear to the king the sense of the dream.
+#2:26 The king made answer and said to Daniel, whose name was Belteshazzar, Are you able to make clear to me the dream which I saw and its sense?
+#2:27 Then Daniel said in answer to the king, No wise men, or users of secret arts, or wonder-workers, or readers of signs, are able to make clear to the king the secret he is searching for;
+#2:28 But there is a God in heaven, the unveiler of secrets, and he has given to King Nebuchadnezzar knowledge of what will take place in the last days. Your dreams and the visions of your head on your bed are these:
+#2:29 As for you, O King, the thoughts which came to you on your bed were of what will come about after this: and the unveiler of secrets has made clear to you what is to come.
+#2:30 As for me, this secret is not made clear to me because of any wisdom which I have more than any living man, but in order that the sense of the dream may be made clear to the king, and that you may have knowledge of the thoughts of your heart.
+#2:31 You, O King, were looking, and a great image was there. This image, which was very great, and whose glory was very bright, was placed before you: its form sent fear into the heart.
+#2:32 As for this image, its head was made of the best gold, its breast and its arms were of silver, its middle and its sides were of brass,
+#2:33 Its legs of iron, its feet were in part of iron and in part of potter's earth.
+#2:34 While you were looking at it, a stone was cut out, but not by hands, and it gave the image a blow on its feet, which were of iron and earth, and they were broken in bits.
+#2:35 Then the iron and the earth, the brass and the silver and the gold, were smashed together, and became like the dust on the floors where grain is crushed in summer; and the wind took them away so that no sign of them was to be seen: and the stone which gave the image a blow became a great mountain, covering all the earth.
+#2:36 This is the dream; and we will make clear to the king the sense of it.
+#2:37 You, O King, king of kings, to whom the God of heaven has given the kingdom, the power, and the strength, and the glory,
+#2:38 Wherever the children of men are living; into whose hands he has given the beasts of the field and the birds of heaven, and has made you ruler over them all, you are the head of gold.
+#2:39 And after you another kingdom, lower than you, will come to power; and a third kingdom, of brass, ruling over all the earth.
+#2:40 And the fourth kingdom will be strong as iron: because, as all things are broken and overcome by iron, so it will have the power of crushing and smashing down all the earth.
+#2:41 And as you saw the feet and toes, part of potter's work and part of iron, there will be a division in the kingdom; but there will be some of the strength of iron in it, because you saw the iron mixed with the potter's earth.
+#2:42 And as the toes of the feet were in part of iron and in part of earth, so part of the kingdom will be strong and part of it will readily be broken.
+#2:43 And as you saw the iron mixed with earth, they will give their daughters to one another as wives: but they will not be united one with another, even as iron is not mixed with earth.
+#2:44 And in the days of those kings, the God of heaven will put up a kingdom which will never come to destruction, and its power will never be given into the hands of another people, and all these kingdoms will be broken and overcome by it, but it will keep its place for ever.
+#2:45 Because you saw that a stone was cut out of the mountain without hands, and that by it the iron and the brass and the earth and the silver and the gold were broken to bits, a great God has given the king knowledge of what is to take place in the future: the dream is fixed, and its sense is certain.
+#2:46 Then King Nebuchadnezzar, falling down on his face, gave worship to Daniel, and gave orders for an offering and spices to be given to him;
+#2:47 And the king made answer to Daniel and said, Truly, your God is a God of gods and a Lord of kings, and an unveiler of secrets, for you have been able to make this secret clear.
+#2:48 Then the king made Daniel great, and gave him offerings in great number, and made him ruler over all the land of Babylon, and chief over all the wise men of Babylon.
+#2:49 And at Daniel's request, the king gave Shadrach, Meshach, and Abed-nego authority over the business of the land of Babylon: but Daniel was kept near the king's person.
+#3:1 Nebuchadnezzar the king made an image of gold, sixty cubits high and six cubits wide: he put it up in the valley of Dura, in the land of Babylon.
+#3:2 And Nebuchadnezzar the king sent to get together all the captains, the chiefs, the rulers, the wise men, the keepers of public money, the judges, the overseers, and all the rulers of the divisions of the country, to come to see the unveiling of the image which Nebuchadnezzar the king had put up.
+#3:3 Then the captains, the chiefs, the rulers, the wise men, the keepers of public money, the judges, the overseers, and all the rulers of the divisions of the country, came together to see the unveiling of the image which Nebuchadnezzar the king had put up; and they took their places before the image which Nebuchadnezzar had put up.
+#3:4 Then one of the king's criers said in a loud voice, To you the order is given, O peoples, nations, and languages,
+#3:5 That when the sound of the horn, pipe, harp, trigon, psaltery, bagpipe, and all sorts of instruments, comes to your ears, you are to go down on your faces in worship before the image of gold which Nebuchadnezzar the king has put up:
+#3:6 And anyone not falling down and worshipping will that same hour be put into a burning and flaming fire.
+#3:7 So at that time, all the people, when the sound of the horn, pipe, harp, trigon, psaltery, and all sorts of instruments, came to their ears, went down on their faces in worship before the image of gold which Nebuchadnezzar the king had put up.
+#3:8 At that time certain Chaldaeans came near and made a statement against the Jews.
+#3:9 They made answer and said to Nebuchadnezzar the king, O King, have life for ever.
+#3:10 You, O King, have given an order that every man, when the sound of the horn, pipe, harp, trigon, psaltery, bagpipe, and all sorts of instruments, comes to his ears, is to go down on his face in worship before the image of gold:
+#3:11 And anyone not falling down and worshipping is to be put into a burning and flaming fire.
+#3:12 There are certain Jews whom you have put over the business of the land of Babylon, Shadrach, Meshach, and Abed-nego; these men have not given attention to you, O King: they are not servants of your gods or worshippers of the gold image which you have put up.
+#3:13 Then Nebuchadnezzar in his wrath and passion gave orders for Shadrach, Meshach, and Abed-nego to be sent for. Then they made these men come in before the king.
+#3:14 Nebuchadnezzar made answer and said to them, Is it true, O Shadrach, Meshach, and Abed-nego, that you will not be servants of my god or give worship to the image of gold which I have put up?
+#3:15 Now if you are ready, on hearing the sound of the horn, pipe, harp, trigon, psaltery, bagpipe, and all sorts of instruments, to go down on your faces in worship before the image which I have made, it is well: but if you will not give worship, that same hour you will be put into a burning and flaming fire; and what god is there who will be able to take you out of my hands?
+#3:16 Shadrach, Meshach, and Abed-nego, answering Nebuchadnezzar the king, said, There is no need for us to give you an answer to this question.
+#3:17 If our God, whose servants we are, is able to keep us safe from the burning and flaming fire, and from your hands, O King, he will keep us safe.
+#3:18 But if not, be certain, O King, that we will not be the servants of your gods, or give worship to the image of gold which you have put up.
+#3:19 Then Nebuchadnezzar was full of wrath, and the form of his face was changed against Shadrach, Meshach, and Abed-nego: and he gave orders that the fire was to be heated up seven times more than it was generally heated.
+#3:20 And he gave orders to certain strong men in his army to put cords on Shadrach, Meshach and Abed-nego and put them into the burning and flaming fire.
+#3:21 Then these men had cords put round them as they were, in their coats, their trousers, their hats, and their clothing, and were dropped into the burning and flaming fire.
+#3:22 And because the king's order was not to be put on one side, and the heat of the fire was so great, the men who took up Shadrach, Meshach, and Abed-nego were burned to death by the flame of the fire.
+#3:23 And these three men, Shadrach, Meshach, and Abed-nego, with the cords about them, went down into the burning and flaming fire.
+#3:24 Then King Nebuchadnezzar, full of fear and wonder, got up quickly, and said to his wise men, Did we not put three men in cords into the fire? and they made answer and said to the king, True, O King.
+#3:25 He made answer and said, Look! I see four men loose, walking in the middle of the fire, and they are not damaged; and the form of the fourth is like a son of the gods.
+#3:26 Then Nebuchadnezzar came near the door of the burning and flaming fire: he made answer and said, Shadrach, Meshach, and Abed-nego, you servants of the Most High God, come out and come here. Then Shadrach, Meshach, and Abed-nego came out of the fire.
+#3:27 And the captains, the chiefs, and the rulers, and the king's wise men who had come together, saw these men, over whose bodies the fire had no power, and not a hair of their heads was burned, and their coats were not changed, and there was no smell of fire about them.
+#3:28 Nebuchadnezzar made answer and said, Praise be to the God of Shadrach, Meshach, and Abed-nego, who has sent his angel and kept his servants safe who had faith in him, and who put the king's word on one side and gave up their bodies to the fire, so that they might not be servants or worshippers of any other god but their God.
+#3:29 And it is my decision that any people, nation, or language saying evil against the God of Shadrach, Meshach, and Abed-nego, will be cut to bits and their houses made waste: because there is no other god who is able to give salvation such as this.
+#3:30 Then the king gave Shadrach, Meshach, and Abed-nego even greater authority in the land of Babylon.
+#4:1 Nebuchadnezzar the king, to all the peoples, nations, and languages living in all the earth: May your peace be increased.
+#4:2 It has seemed good to me to make clear the signs and wonders which the Most High God has done with me.
+#4:3 How great are his signs! and how full of power are his wonders! his kingdom is an eternal kingdom and his rule goes on from generation to generation.
+#4:4 I, Nebuchadnezzar, was at rest in my place, and all things were going well for me in my great house:
+#4:5 I saw a dream which was a cause of great fear to me; I was troubled by the images of my mind on my bed, and by the visions of my head.
+#4:6 And I gave orders for all the wise men of Babylon to come in before me so that they might make clear to me the sense of my dream.
+#4:7 Then the wonder-workers, the users of secret arts, the Chaldaeans, and the readers of signs came in to me: and I put the dream before them but they did not make clear the sense of it to me.
+#4:8 But at last Daniel came in before me, he whose name was Belteshazzar, after the name of my god, and in whom is the spirit of the holy gods: and I put the dream before him, saying,
+#4:9 O Belteshazzar, master of the wonder-workers, because I am certain that the spirit of the holy gods is in you, and you are troubled by no secret; this is the dream which I saw: make clear to me its sense.
+#4:10 On my bed I saw a vision: there was a tree in the middle of the earth, and it was very high.
+#4:11 And the tree became tall and strong, stretching up to heaven, and to be seen from the ends of the earth:
+#4:12 Its leaves were fair and it had much fruit, and in it was food enough for all: the beasts of the field had shade under it, and the birds of heaven were resting in its branches, and it gave food to all living things.
+#4:13 In the visions of my head on my bed I saw a watcher, a holy one, coming down from heaven,
+#4:14 Crying out with a loud voice; and this is what he said: Let the tree be cut down and its branches broken off; let its leaves be taken off and its fruit sent in every direction: let the beasts get away from under it and the birds from its branches:
+#4:15 But keep its broken end and its roots still in the earth, even with a band of iron and brass; let him have the young grass of the field for food, and let him be wet with the dew of heaven, and let his part be with the beasts.
+#4:16 Let his heart be changed from that of a man, and the heart of a beast be given to him; and let seven times go by him.
+#4:17 This order is fixed by the watchers, and the decision is by the word of the holy ones: so that the living may be certain that the Most High is ruler over the kingdom of men, and gives it to any man at his pleasure, lifting up over it the lowest of men.
+#4:18 This dream I, King Nebuchadnezzar, saw; and do you, O Belteshazzar, make clear the sense of it, for all the wise men of my kingdom are unable to make the sense of it clear to me; but you are able, for the spirit of the holy gods is in you.
+#4:19 Then Daniel, whose name was Belteshazzar, was at a loss for a time, his thoughts troubling him. The king made answer and said, Belteshazzar, do not be troubled by the dream or by the sense of it. Belteshazzar, answering, said, My lord, may the dream be about your haters, and its sense about those who are against you.
+#4:20 The tree which you saw, which became tall and strong, stretching up to heaven and seen from the ends of the earth;
+#4:21 Which had fair leaves and much fruit, and had in it food for all; under which the beasts of the field were living, and in the branches of which the birds of heaven had their resting-places:
+#4:22 It is you, O King, who have become great and strong: for your power is increased and stretching up to heaven, and your rule to the end of the earth.
+#4:23 And as for the vision which the king saw of a watcher, a holy one, coming down from heaven, saying, Let the tree be cut down and given to destruction;
+#4:24 This is the sense of it, O King, and it is the decision of the Most High which has come on my lord the king:
+#4:25 That they will send you out from among men, to be with the beasts of the field; they will give you grass for your food like the oxen, and you will be wet with the dew of heaven, and seven times will go by you, till you are certain that the Most High is ruler in the kingdom of men, and gives it to any man at his pleasure.
+#4:26 And as they gave orders to let the broken end and the roots of the tree be, so your kingdom will be safe for you after it is clear to you that the heavens are ruling.
+#4:27 For this cause, O King, let my suggestion be pleasing to you, and let your sins be covered by righteousness and your evil-doing by mercy to the poor, so that the time of your well-being may be longer.
+#4:28 All this came to King Nebuchadnezzar.
+#4:29 At the end of twelve months he was walking on the roof of his great house in Babylon.
+#4:30 The king made answer and said, Is this not great Babylon, which I have made for the living-place of kings, by the strength of my power and for the glory of my honour?
+#4:31 While the word was still in the king's mouth, a voice came down from heaven, saying, O King Nebuchadnezzar, to you it is said: The kingdom has gone from you:
+#4:32 And they will send you out from among men, to be with the beasts of the field; they will give you grass for your food like the oxen, and seven times will go by you, till you are certain that the Most High is ruler in the kingdom of men, and gives it to any man at his pleasure.
+#4:33 That very hour the order about Nebuchadnezzar was put into effect: and he was sent out from among men, and had grass for his food like the oxen, and his body was wet with the dew of heaven, till his hair became long as eagles' feathers and his nails like those of birds.
+#4:34 And at the end of the days, I, Nebuchadnezzar, lifting up my eyes to heaven, got back my reason, and, blessing the Most High, I gave praise and honour to him who is living for ever, whose rule is an eternal rule and whose kingdom goes on from generation to generation.
+#4:35 And all the people of the earth are as nothing: he does his pleasure in the army of heaven and among the people of the earth: and no one is able to keep back his hand, or say to him, What are you doing?
+#4:36 At the same time my reason came back to me; and for the glory of my kingdom, my honour and my great name came back to me; and my wise men and my lords were turned to me again; and I was made safe in my kingdom and had more power than before.
+#4:37 Now I, Nebuchadnezzar, give worship and praise and honour to the King of heaven; for all his works are true and his ways are right: and those who go in pride he is able to make low.
+#5:1 Belshazzar the king made a great feast for a thousand of his lords, drinking wine before the thousand.
+#5:2 Belshazzar, while he was overcome with wine, gave orders for them to put before him the gold and silver vessels which Nebuchadnezzar, his father, had taken from the Temple in Jerusalem; so that the king and his lords, his wives and his other women, might take their drink from them.
+#5:3 Then they took in the gold and silver vessels which had been in the Temple of the house of God at Jerusalem; and the king and his lords, his wives and his other women, took wine from them.
+#5:4 They took their wine and gave praise to the gods of gold and silver, of brass and iron and wood and stone.
+#5:5 In that very hour the fingers of a man's hand were seen, writing opposite the support for the light on the white wall of the king's house, and the king saw the part of the hand which was writing.
+#5:6 Then the colour went from the king's face, and he was troubled by his thoughts; strength went from his body, and his knees were shaking.
+#5:7 The king, crying out with a loud voice, said that the users of secret arts, the Chaldaeans, and the readers of signs, were to be sent for. The king made answer and said to the wise men of Babylon, Whoever is able to make out this writing, and make clear to me the sense of it, will be clothed in purple and have a chain of gold round his neck, and will be a ruler of high authority in the kingdom.
+#5:8 Then all the king's wise men came in: but they were not able to make out the writing or give the sense of it to the king.
+#5:9 Then King Belshazzar was greatly troubled and the colour went from his face, and his lords were at a loss.
+#5:10 The queen, because of the words of the king and his lords, came into the house of the feast: the queen made answer and said, O King, have life for ever; do not be troubled by your thoughts or let the colour go from your face:
+#5:11 There is a man in your kingdom in whom is the spirit of the holy gods; and in the days of your father, light and reason like the wisdom of the gods were seen in him: and King Nebuchadnezzar, your father, made him master of the wonder-workers, and the users of secret arts, and the Chaldaeans, and the readers of signs;
+#5:12 Because a most special spirit, and knowledge and reason and the power of reading dreams and unfolding dark sayings and answering hard questions, were seen to be in him, even in Daniel (named Belteshazzar by the king): now let Daniel be sent for, and he will make clear the sense of the writing.
+#5:13 Then they took Daniel in before the king; the king made answer and said to Daniel, So you are that Daniel, of the prisoners of Judah, whom my father took out of Judah.
+#5:14 And I have had news of you, that the spirit of the gods is in you, and that light and reason and special wisdom have been seen in you.
+#5:15 And now the wise men, the users of secret arts, have been sent in before me for the purpose of reading this writing and making clear to me the sense of it: but they are not able to make clear the sense of the thing:
+#5:16 And I have had news of you, that you have the power of making things clear, and of answering hard questions: now if you are able to make out the writing and give me the sense of it, you will be clothed in purple and have a gold chain round your neck and be a ruler of high authority in the kingdom.
+#5:17 Then Daniel made answer and said to the king, Keep your offerings for yourself, and give your rewards to another; but I, after reading the writing to the king, will give him the sense of it.
+#5:18 As for you, O King, the Most High God gave to Nebuchadnezzar, your father, the kingdom and great power and glory and honour:
+#5:19 And because of the great power he gave him, all peoples and nations and languages were shaking in fear before him: some he put to death and others he kept living, at his pleasure, lifting up some and putting others down as it pleased him.
+#5:20 But when his heart was lifted up and his spirit became hard with pride, he was put down from his place as king, and they took his glory from him:
+#5:21 And he was sent out from among the sons of men; and his heart was made like the beasts', and he was living with the asses of the fields; he had grass for his food like the oxen, and his body was wet with the dew of heaven, till he was certain that the Most High is ruler in the kingdom of men, and gives power over it to anyone at his pleasure.
+#5:22 And you, his son, O Belshazzar, have not kept your heart free from pride, though you had knowledge of all this;
+#5:23 But you have been lifting yourself up against the Lord of heaven, and they have put the vessels of his house before you, and you and your lords, your wives and your women, have taken wine in them; and you have given praise to gods of silver and gold, of brass and iron and wood and stone, who are without the power of seeing or hearing, and without knowledge: and to the God in whose hand your breath is, and whose are all your ways, you have not given glory;
+#5:24 Then the part of the hand was sent out from before him, and this writing was recorded.
+#5:25 And this is the writing which was recorded, Mene, tekel, peres.
+#5:26 This is the sense of the words: Mene; your kingdom has been numbered by God and ended.
+#5:27 Tekel; you have been put in the scales and seen to be under weight.
+#5:28 Peres; your kingdom has been cut up and given to the Medes and Persians.
+#5:29 Then, by the order of Belshazzar, they put a purple robe on Daniel, and a gold chain round his neck, and a public statement was made that he was to be a ruler of high authority in the kingdom.
+#5:30 That very night Belshazzar, the king of the Chaldaeans, was put to death.
+#5:31 And Darius the Mede took the kingdom, being then about sixty-two years old.
+#6:1 Darius was pleased to put over the kingdom a hundred and twenty captains, who were to be all through the kingdom;
+#6:2 And over them were three chief rulers, of whom Daniel was one; and the captains were to be responsible to the chief rulers, so that the king might undergo no loss.
+#6:3 Then this Daniel did his work better than the chief rulers and the captains, because there was a special spirit in him; and it was the king's purpose to put him over all the kingdom.
+#6:4 Then the chief rulers and the captains were looking for some cause for putting Daniel in the wrong in connection with the kingdom, but they were unable to put forward any wrongdoing or error against him; because he was true, and no error or wrong was to be seen in him.
+#6:5 Then these men said, We will only get a reason for attacking Daniel in connection with the law of his God.
+#6:6 Then these chief rulers and the captains came to the king and said to him, O King Darius, have life for ever.
+#6:7 All the chief rulers of the kingdom, the chiefs and the captains, the wise men and the rulers, have made a common decision to put in force a law having the king's authority, and to give a strong order, that whoever makes any request to any god or man but you, O King, for thirty days, is to be put into the lions' hole.
+#6:8 Now, O King, put the order in force, signing the writing so that it may not be changed, like the law of the Medes and Persians which may not come to an end.
+#6:9 For this reason King Darius put his name on the writing and the order.
+#6:10 And Daniel, on hearing that the writing had been signed, went into his house; (now he had windows in his room on the roof opening in the direction of Jerusalem;) and three times a day he went down on his knees in prayer and praise before his God, as he had done before.
+#6:11 Then these men were watching and saw Daniel making prayers and requesting grace before his God.
+#6:12 Then they came near before the king and said, O King, have you not put your name to an order that any man who makes a request to any god or man but you, O King, for thirty days, is to be put into the lions' hole? The king made answer and said, The thing is fixed by the law of the Medes and Persians which may not come to an end.
+#6:13 Then they made answer and said before the king, Daniel, one of the prisoners of Judah, has no respect for you, O King, or for the order signed by you, but three times a day he makes his prayer to God.
+#6:14 When this thing came to the king's ears, it was very evil to him, and his heart was fixed on keeping Daniel safe, and till the going down of the sun he was doing everything in his power to get him free.
+#6:15 Then these men said to the king, Be certain, O King, that by the law of the Medes and Persians no order or law which the king has put into force may be changed.
+#6:16 Then the king gave the order, and they took Daniel and put him into the lions' hole. The king made answer and said to Daniel, Your God, whose servant you are at all times, will keep you safe.
+#6:17 Then they got a stone and put it over the mouth of the hole, and it was stamped with the king's stamp and with the stamp of the lords, so that the decision about Daniel might not be changed.
+#6:18 Then the king went to his great house, and took no food that night, and no ... were placed before him, and his sleep went from him.
+#6:19 Then very early in the morning the king got up and went quickly to the lions' hole.
+#6:20 And when he came near the hole where Daniel was, he gave a loud cry of grief; the king made answer and said to Daniel, O Daniel, servant of the living God, is your God, whose servant you are at all times, able to keep you safe from the lions?
+#6:21 Then Daniel said to the king, O King, have life for ever.
+#6:22 My God has sent his angel to keep the lions' mouths shut, and they have done me no damage: because I was seen to be without sin before him; and further, before you, O King, I have done no wrong.
+#6:23 Then the king was very glad, and gave orders for them to take Daniel up out of the hole. So Daniel was taken up out of the hole and he was seen to be untouched, because he had faith in his God.
+#6:24 And at the king's order, they took those men who had said evil against Daniel, and put them in the lions' hole, with their wives and their children; and they had not got to the floor of the hole before the lions overcame them and all their bones were broken.
+#6:25 Then King Darius sent a letter to all the peoples, nations, and languages, living in all the earth: May your peace be increased.
+#6:26 It is my order that in all the kingdom of which I am ruler, men are to be shaking with fear before the God of Daniel: for he is the living God, unchanging for ever, and his kingdom is one which will never come to destruction, his rule will go on to the end.
+#6:27 He gives salvation and makes men free from danger, and does signs and wonders in heaven and earth, who has kept Daniel safe from the power of the lions.
+#6:28 So this Daniel did well in the kingdom of Darius and in the kingdom of Cyrus the Persian.
+#7:1 In the first year of Belshazzar, king of Babylon, Daniel saw a dream, and visions came into his head on his bed: then he put the dream in writing.
+#7:2 I had a vision by night, and saw the four winds of heaven violently moving the great sea.
+#7:3 And four great beasts came up from the sea, different one from another.
+#7:4 The first was like a lion and had eagle's wings; while I was watching its wings were pulled off, and it was lifted up from the earth and placed on two feet like a man, and a man's heart was given to it.
+#7:5 And I saw another beast, like a bear, and it was lifted up on one side, and three side-bones were in its mouth, between its teeth: and they said to it, Up! take much flesh.
+#7:6 After this I saw another beast, like a leopard, which had on its back four wings like those of a bird; and the beast had four heads, and the power of a ruler was given to it.
+#7:7 After this, in my vision of the night, I saw a fourth beast, a thing causing fear and very troubling, full of power and very strong; and it had great iron teeth: it took its food, crushing some of it to bits and stamping down the rest with its feet: it was different from all the beasts before it; and it had ten horns.
+#7:8 I was watching the horns with care, and I saw another coming up among them, a little one, before which three of the first horns were pulled up by the roots: and there were eyes like a man's eyes in this horn, and a mouth saying great things.
+#7:9 I went on looking till the seats of kings were placed, and one like a very old man took his seat: his clothing was white as snow, and the hair of his head was like clean wool; his seat was flames of fire and its wheels burning fire.
+#7:10 A stream of fire was flowing and coming out from before him: a thousand thousands were his servants, and ten thousand times ten thousand were in their places before him: the judge was seated and the books were open.
+#7:11 Then I saw--because of the voice of the great words which the horn said--I saw till the beast was put to death, and its body was given to destruction, and the beast was given to the burning of fire.
+#7:12 As for the rest of the beasts, their authority was taken away: but they let them go on living for a measure of time.
+#7:13 I saw in visions of the night, and there was coming with the clouds of heaven one like a man, and he came to the one who was very old, and they took him near before him.
+#7:14 And to him was given authority and glory and a kingdom; and all peoples, nations, and languages were his servants: his authority is an eternal authority which will not come to an end, and his kingdom is one which will not come to destruction.
+#7:15 As for me, Daniel, my spirit was pained because of this, and the visions of my head were troubling me.
+#7:16 I came near to one of those who were waiting there, questioning him about what all this was. And he said to me that he would make clear to me the sense of these things.
+#7:17 These great beasts are four kings who will be cut off from the earth.
+#7:18 But the saints of the Most High will take the kingdom, and it will be theirs for ever, even for ever and ever.
+#7:19 Then it was my desire to have certain knowledge about the fourth beast, which was different from all the others, a cause of great fear, whose teeth were of iron and his nails of brass; who took his food, crushing some of it to bits and stamping on the rest with his feet;
+#7:20 And about the ten horns on his head and the other which came up, causing the fall of three; that horn which had eyes, and a mouth saying great things, which seemed to be greater than the other horns.
+#7:21 And I saw how that horn made war on the saints and overcame them,
+#7:22 Till he came, who was very old, and the decision was made and the authority was given to the saints of the Most High; and the time came when the saints took the kingdom.
+#7:23 This is what he said: The fourth beast is a fourth kingdom which will come on earth, different from all the kingdoms, and it will overcome all the earth, crushing it down and smashing it.
+#7:24 And as for the ten horns, out of this kingdom ten kings will come to power; and after them another will come up: he will be different from the first ones and will put down three kings.
+#7:25 And he will say words against the Most High, attempting to put an end to the saints of the Most High; and he will have the idea of changing times and law; and the saints will be given into his hands for a time and times and half a time.
+#7:26 But the judge will be seated, and they will put an end to his authority, to overcome it and send complete destruction on it.
+#7:27 And the kingdom and the authority and the power of the kingdoms under all the heaven will be given to the people of the saints of the Most High: his kingdom is an eternal kingdom, and all powers will be his servants and do his pleasure.
+#7:28 Here is the end of the account. As for me, Daniel, I was greatly troubled by my thoughts, and the colour went from my face: but I kept the thing in my heart.
+#8:1 In the third year of the rule of Belshazzar the king, a vision was seen by me, Daniel, after the one I saw at first.
+#8:2 And I saw in the vision; and when I saw it, I was in the strong town Shushan, which is in the country of Elam; and in the vision I was by the water-door of the Ulai.
+#8:3 And lifting up my eyes, I saw, there before the stream, a male sheep with two horns: and the two horns were high, but one was higher than the other, the higher one coming up last.
+#8:4 I saw the sheep pushing to the west and to the north and to the south; and no beasts were able to keep their place before him, and no one was able to get people out of his power; but he did whatever his pleasure was and made himself great.
+#8:5 And while I was giving thought to this, I saw a he-goat coming from the west over the face of all the earth without touching the earth: and the he-goat had a great horn between his eyes.
+#8:6 And he came to the two-horned sheep which I saw before the stream, rushing at him in the heat of his power.
+#8:7 And I saw him come right up to the sheep, and he was moved with wrath against him, attacking the sheep so that his two horns were broken; and the sheep had not strength to keep his place before him, but was pushed down on the earth and crushed under his feet: and there was no one to get the sheep out of his power.
+#8:8 And the he-goat became very great: and when he was strong, the great horn was broken, and in its place came up four other horns turned to the four winds of heaven.
+#8:9 And out of one of them came another horn, a little one, which became very great, stretching to the south and to the east and to the beautiful land.
+#8:10 And it became great, even as high as the army of heaven, pulling down some of the army, even of the stars, to the earth and crushing them under its feet.
+#8:11 It made itself great, even as great as the lord of the army; and by it the regular burned offering was taken away, and the place overturned and the holy place made waste.
+#8:12 ... against the regular burned offering; and ... crushed down to the earth, and it did its pleasure and things went well for it.
+#8:13 Then there came to my ears the voice of a holy one talking; and another holy one said to that certain one who was talking, How long will the vision be while the regular burned offering is taken away, and the unclean thing causing fear is put up, and the holy place crushed under foot?
+#8:14 And he said to him, For two thousand, three hundred evenings and mornings; then the holy place will be made clean.
+#8:15 And it came about that when I, Daniel, had seen this vision, I had a desire for the sense of it to be unfolded; and I saw one before me in the form of a man.
+#8:16 And the voice of a man came to my ears between the sides of the Ulai, crying out and saying, Gabriel, make the vision clear to this man.
+#8:17 So he came and took his place near where I was; and when he came, I was full of fear and went down on my face: but he said to me, Let it be clear to you, O son of man; for the vision has to do with the time of the end.
+#8:18 Now while he was talking to me, I went into a deep sleep with my face to the earth: but touching me, he put me on my feet where I had been.
+#8:19 And he said, See, I will make clear to you what is to come in the later time of the wrath: for it has to do with the fixed time of the end.
+#8:20 The sheep which you saw with two horns, they are the kings of Media and Persia.
+#8:21 And the he-goat is the king of Greece: and the great horn between his eyes is the first king.
+#8:22 And as for that which was broken, in place of which four came up, four kingdoms will come up from his nation, but not with his power.
+#8:23 And in the later years of their kingdom, when their evil doings have become complete, there will come up a king full of pride and expert in dark sayings.
+#8:24 And his power will be great, and he will be purposing strange things. And all will go well for him and he will do his pleasure; and he will send destruction on the strong ones.
+#8:25 And his designs will be turned against the holy people, causing deceit to do well in his hand; in his heart he will make himself great, and send destruction on numbers who are living unconscious of their danger; and he will put himself up against the prince of princes; but he will be broken, though not by men's hands.
+#8:26 And the vision of evenings and mornings which has been talked of is true: and keep the vision secret; for it has to do with the far-off future.
+#8:27 And I, Daniel, was ill for some days; then I got up and did the king's business: and I was full of wonder at the vision, but no one was able to give the sense of it.
+#9:1 In the first year of Darius, the son of Ahasuerus, of the seed of the Medes, who was made king over the kingdom of the Chaldaeans;
+#9:2 In the first year of his rule, I, Daniel, saw clearly from the books the number of years given by the word of the Lord to the prophet Jeremiah, in which the making waste of Jerusalem was to be complete, that is, seventy years.
+#9:3 And turning my face to the Lord God, I gave myself up to prayer, requesting his grace, going without food, in haircloth and dust.
+#9:4 And I made prayer to the Lord my God, putting our sins before him, and said, O Lord, the great God, greatly to be feared. keeping your agreement and mercy with those who have love for you and do your orders;
+#9:5 We are sinners, acting wrongly and doing evil; we have gone against you, turning away from your orders and from your laws:
+#9:6 We have not given ear to your servants the prophets, who said words in your name to our kings and our rulers and our fathers and all the people of the land.
+#9:7 O Lord, righteousness is yours, but shame is on us, even to this day; and on the men of Judah and the people of Jerusalem, and on all Israel, those who are near and those who are far off, in all the countries where you have sent them because of the sin which they have done against you.
+#9:8 O Lord, shame is on us, on our kings and our rulers and our fathers, because of our sin against you.
+#9:9 With the Lord our God are mercies and forgiveness, for we have gone against him;
+#9:10 And have not given ear to the voice of the Lord our God to go in the way of his laws which he put before us by the mouth of his servants the prophets.
+#9:11 And all Israel have been sinners against your law, turning away so as not to give ear to your voice: and the curse has been let loose on us, and the oath recorded in the law of Moses, the servant of God, for we have done evil against him.
+#9:12 And he has given effect to his words which he said against us and against those who were our judges, by sending a great evil on us: for under all heaven there has not been done what has been done to Jerusalem.
+#9:13 As it was recorded in the law of Moses, all this evil has come on us: but we have made no prayer for grace from the Lord our God that we might be turned from our evil doings and come to true wisdom.
+#9:14 So the Lord has been watching over this evil and has made it come on us: for the Lord our God is upright in all his acts which he has done, and we have not given ear to his voice.
+#9:15 And now, O Lord our God, who took your people out of the land of Egypt with a strong hand and made a great name for yourself even to this day; we are sinners, we have done evil.
+#9:16 O Lord, because of your righteousness, let your wrath and your passion be turned away from your town Jerusalem, your holy mountain: because, through our sins and the evil-doing of our fathers, Jerusalem and your people have become a cause of shame to all who are round about us.
+#9:17 And now, give ear, O our God, to the prayer of your servant and to his request for grace, and let your face be shining on your holy place which is made waste, because of your servants, O Lord.
+#9:18 O my God, let your ear be turned and give hearing; let your eyes be open and see how we have been made waste and the town which is named by your name: for we are not offering our prayers before you because of our righteousness, but because of your great mercies.
+#9:19 O Lord, give ear; O Lord, have forgiveness; O Lord, take note and do; let there be no more waiting; for the honour of your name, O my God, because your town and your people are named by your name.
+#9:20 And while I was still saying these words in prayer, and putting my sins and the sins of my people Israel before the Lord, and requesting grace from the Lord my God for the holy mountain of my God;
+#9:21 Even while I was still in prayer, the man Gabriel, whom I had seen in the vision at first when my weariness was great, put his hand on me about the time of the evening offering.
+#9:22 And teaching me and talking to me he said, O Daniel, I have come now to give you wisdom.
+#9:23 At the first word of your prayer a word went out, and I have come to give you knowledge; for you are a man dearly loved: so give thought to the word and let the vision be clear to you.
+#9:24 Seventy weeks have been fixed for your people and your holy town, to let wrongdoing be complete and sin come to its full limit, and for the clearing away of evil-doing and the coming in of eternal righteousness: so that the vision and the word of the prophet may be stamped as true, and to put the holy oil on a most holy place.
+#9:25 Have then the certain knowledge that from the going out of the word for the building again of Jerusalem till the coming of a prince, on whom the holy oil has been put, will be seven weeks: in sixty-two weeks its building will be complete, with square and earthwork.
+#9:26 And at the end of the times, even after the sixty-two weeks, one on whom the holy oil has been put will be cut off and have no ...; and the town and the holy place will be made waste together with a prince; and the end will come with an overflowing of waters, and even to the end there will be war; the making waste which has been fixed.
+#9:27 And a strong order will be sent out against the great number for one week; and so for half of the week the offering and the meal offering will come to an end; and in its place will be an unclean thing causing fear; till the destruction which has been fixed is let loose on him who has made waste.
+#10:1 In the third year of Cyrus, king of Persia, a secret was unfolded to Daniel, whose name was Belteshazzar; and the thing was true, even a hard work: and he had knowledge of it, and the vision was clear to him.
+#10:2 In those days I, Daniel, gave myself up to grief for three full weeks.
+#10:3 I had no pleasing food, no meat or wine came into my mouth, and I put no oil on my body till three full weeks were ended.
+#10:4 And on the twenty-fourth day of the first month I was by the side of the great river;
+#10:5 And lifting up my eyes I saw the form of a man clothed in a linen robe, and round him there was a band of gold, of the best gold:
+#10:6 And his body was like the beryl, and his face had the look of a thunder-flame, and his eyes were like burning lights, and his arms and feet like the colour of polished brass, and the sound of his voice was like the sound of an army.
+#10:7 And I, Daniel, was the only one who saw the vision, for the men who were with me did not see it; but a great shaking came on them and they went in flight to take cover.
+#10:8 So I was by myself, and I saw this great vision, and all my strength went from me; and the colour went from my face.
+#10:9 But the sound of his words came to my ears, and on hearing his voice I went into a deep sleep with my face to the earth.
+#10:10 Then a hand gave me a touch, awaking me, and putting me on my knees and my hands.
+#10:11 And he said to me, O Daniel, you man dearly loved, take in the sense of the words I say to you and get up on to your feet: for to you I am now sent; and when he had said this to me I got on to my feet, shaking with fear.
+#10:12 Then he said to me, Have no fear, Daniel; for from the first day when you gave your heart to getting wisdom and making yourself poor in spirit before your God, your words have come to his ears: and I have come because of your words.
+#10:13 But the angel of the kingdom of Persia put himself against me for twenty-one days; but Michael, one of the chief angels, came to my help; and when I came he was still there with the angel of the kings of Persia.
+#10:14 Now I have come to give you knowledge of the fate of your people in the later days; for there is still a vision for the days.
+#10:15 And after he had said these words to me, I kept my face turned to the earth and was unable to say anything.
+#10:16 Then one whose form was like the sons of men put his finger on my lips; and opening my mouth, I said to him who was before me, O my lord, because of the vision my pains have come on me, and I have no more strength.
+#10:17 For how may this servant of my lord have talk with my lord? for, as for me, straight away my strength went from me and there was no breath in my body.
+#10:18 Then again one having the form of a man put his hand on me and gave me strength.
+#10:19 And he said to me, O man greatly loved, have no fear: peace be with you, be strong and let your heart be lifted up. And at his words I became strong, and said, Let my lord say on, for you have given me strength.
+#10:20 Then he said, It is clear to you why I have come to you. And now I will give you an account of what is recorded in the true writings:
+#10:21 But I am going back to make war with the angel of Persia, and when I am gone, the angel of Greece will come. And there is no one on my side against these, but Michael, your angel.
+#11:1 And as for me, in the first year of Darius the Mede I was on his side to make his position safe and make him strong.
+#11:2 And now I will make clear to you what is true. There are still three kings to come in Persia, and the fourth will have much greater wealth than all of them: and when he has become strong through his wealth, he will put his forces in motion against all the kingdoms of Greece.
+#11:3 And a strong king will come to power, ruling with great authority and doing whatever is his pleasure.
+#11:4 And when he has become strong, his kingdom will be broken and parted to the four winds of heaven; but not to his offspring, for it will be uprooted; and his kingdom will be for the others and not for these: but not with the same authority as his.
+#11:5 And the king of the south will be strong, but one of his captains will be stronger than he and will be ruler; and his rule will be a great rule.
+#11:6 And at the end of years they will be joined together; and the daughter of the king of the south will come to the king of the north to make an agreement: but she will not keep the strength of her arm; and his offspring will not keep their place; but she will be uprooted, with those who were the cause of her coming, and her son, and he who took her in those times.
+#11:7 But out of a branch from her roots one will come up to take his place, who will come against the army, forcing his way into the strong place of the king of the north, and he will take them in hand and overcome them:
+#11:8 And their gods and their metal images and their fair vessels of silver and gold he will take away into the south; and for some years he will keep away from the king of the north.
+#11:9 And he will come into the kingdom of the king of the south, but he will go back to his land.
+#11:10 And his son will make war, and will get together an army of great forces, and he will make an attack on him, overflowing and going past: and he will again take the war even to his strong place.
+#11:11 And the king of the south will be moved with wrath, and will come out and make war on him, on this same king of the north: and he will get together a great army, but the army will be given into his hand.
+#11:12 And the army will be taken away, and his heart will be uplifted: he will be the cause of the downfall of tens of thousands, but he will not be strong.
+#11:13 And again the king of the north will get together an army greater than the first; and he will make an attack on him at the end of years, with a great army and much wealth.
+#11:14 In those times, a number will take up arms against the king of the south: and the children of the violent among your people will be lifting themselves up to make the vision come true; but it will be their downfall.
+#11:15 So the king of the north will come, and put up earthworks and take a well-armed town: and the forces of the king of the south will make an attempt to keep their position, even the best of his army, but they will not have strength to do so.
+#11:16 And he who comes against him will do his pleasure, and no one will be able to keep his place before him: he will take up his position in the beautiful land and in his hand there will be destruction.
+#11:17 And it will be his purpose to come with the strength of all his kingdom, but in place of this he will make an agreement with him; and he will give him the daughter of women to send destruction on it; but this will not take place or come about.
+#11:18 After this, his face will be turned to the islands, and he will take a number of them: but a chief, by his destruction, will put an end to the shame offered by him; and more than this, he will make his shame come back on him.
+#11:19 Then his face will be turned to the strong places of his land: but his way will be stopped, causing his downfall, and he will not be seen again.
+#11:20 Then his place will be taken by one who will send out a man with the glory of a king to get wealth together; but after a short time destruction will overtake him, but not in wrath or in the fight.
+#11:21 And his place will be taken by a low person, to whom the honour of the kingdom had not been given: but he will come in time of peace and will get the kingdom by fair words.
+#11:22 And his forces will be completely taken away from before him and broken; and even the ruler of the agreement will have the same fate.
+#11:23 And from the time when they make an agreement with him, he will be working falsely: for he will take up arms suddenly with a small force,
+#11:24 Against fertile places, and will make waste a part of the country; and he will do what his fathers have not done, or his fathers' fathers; he will make distribution among them of goods taken in war and by force, and of property: he will even make designs against the strong places for a time.
+#11:25 And he will put in motion his power and his strength against the king of the south with a great army; and the king of the south will go to war with a very great and strong army: but he will be forced to give way, because of their designs against him;
+#11:26 And his fears will overcome him and be the cause of his downfall, and his army will come to complete destruction, and a great number will be put to the sword.
+#11:27 And as for these two kings, their hearts will be fixed on doing evil and they will say false words at one table; but it will come to nothing: for the end will be at the time fixed.
+#11:28 And he will go back to his land with great wealth; and his heart will be against the holy agreement; and he will do his pleasure and go back to his land.
+#11:29 At the time fixed he will come back and come into the south; but in the later time it will not be as it was before.
+#11:30 For those who go out from the west will come against him, and he will be in fear and will go back, full of wrath against the holy agreement; and he will do his pleasure: and he will go back and be united with those who have given up the holy agreement.
+#11:31 And armies sent by him will take up their position and they will make unclean the holy place, even the strong place, and take away the regular burned offering and put in its place an unclean thing causing fear.
+#11:32 And those who do evil against the agreement will be turned to sin by his fair words: but the people who have knowledge of their God will be strong and do well.
+#11:33 And those who are wise among the people will be the teachers of the mass of the people: but they will come to their downfall by the sword and by the flame, being made prisoners and undergoing loss for a long time.
+#11:34 Now at the time of their downfall they will have a little help, but numbers will be joined to them in the town, and in their separate heritages.
+#11:35 And some of those who are wise will have wisdom in testing themselves and making themselves clean, till the time of the end: for it is still for the fixed time.
+#11:36 And the king will do his pleasure; he will put himself on high, lifting himself over every god, and saying things to be wondered at against the God of gods; and all will be well for him till the wrath is complete; for what has been purposed will be done.
+#11:37 He will have no respect for the gods of his fathers or for the god desired by women; he will have no respect for any god: for he will put himself on high over all.
+#11:38 But in place of this he will give honour to the god of armed places, and to a god of whom his fathers had no knowledge he will give honour with gold and silver and jewels and things to be desired.
+#11:39 And he will make use of the people of a strange god to keep his strongest places; to those whom he takes note of he will give high honour: and he will make them rulers over the mass of the people, and will make division of the land for a price.
+#11:40 And at the time of the end, the king of the south will make an attack on him: and the king of the north will come against him like a storm-wind, with war-carriages and horsemen and numbers of ships; and he will go through many lands like overflowing waters.
+#11:41 And he will come into the beautiful land, and tens of thousands will be overcome: but these will be kept from falling into his hands: Edom and Moab and the chief of the children of Ammon.
+#11:42 And his hand will be stretched out on the countries: and the land of the south will not be safe from him.
+#11:43 But he will have power over the stores of gold and silver, and over all the valued things of the south: and the Libyans and the Ethiopians will be at his steps.
+#11:44 But he will be troubled by news from the east and from the north; and he will go out in great wrath, to send destruction on, and put an end to, great numbers.
+#11:45 He will put the tents of his great house between the sea and the beautiful holy mountain: but he will come to his end with no helper.
+#12:1 And at that time Michael will take up his place, the great angel, who is the supporter of the children of your people: and there will be a time of trouble, such as there never was from the time there was a nation even till that same time: and at that time your people will be kept safe, everyone who is recorded in the book.
+#12:2 And a number of those who are sleeping in the dust of the earth will come out of their sleep, some to eternal life and some to eternal shame.
+#12:3 And those who are wise will be shining like the light of the outstretched sky; and those by whom numbers have been turned to righteousness will be like the stars for ever and ever.
+#12:4 But as for you, O Daniel, let the words be kept secret and the book rolled up and kept shut till the time of the end: numbers will be going out of the way and troubles will be increased.
+#12:5 Then I, Daniel, looking, saw two others, one at the edge of the river on this side and one at the edge of the river on that side.
+#12:6 And I said to the man clothed in linen, who was over the waters of the river, How long will it be to the end of these wonders?
+#12:7 Then in my hearing the man clothed in linen, who was over the river, lifting up his right hand and his left hand to heaven, took an oath by him who is living for ever that it would be a time, times, and a half; and when the power of the crusher of the holy people comes to an end, all these things will be ended.
+#12:8 And the words came to my ears, but the sense of them was not clear to me: then I said, O my lord, what is the sense of these things?
+#12:9 And he said, Go on your way, Daniel: for the words are secret and shut up till the time of the end;
+#12:10 Till a number are tested and make themselves clean; and the evil-doers will do evil; for not one of the evil-doers will have knowledge; but all will be made clear to those who are wise.
+#12:11 And from the time when the regular burned offering is taken away, and an unclean thing causing fear is put up, there will be a thousand, two hundred and ninety days.
+#12:12 A blessing will be on the man who goes on waiting, and comes to the thousand, three hundred and thirty-five days.
+#12:13 But you, go on your way and take your rest: for you will be in your place at the end of the days.
diff --git a/macros/luatex/generic/opbible/examples/english/txs/Jubilee2000-Dan.txs b/macros/luatex/generic/opbible/examples/english/txs/Jubilee2000-Dan.txs
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..3fb998281a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/luatex/generic/opbible/examples/english/txs/Jubilee2000-Dan.txs
@@ -0,0 +1,358 @@
+% Daniel
+#1:1 In the third year of the reign of Jehoiakim king of Judah Nebuchadnezzar king of Babylon came unto Jerusalem and besieged it.
+#1:2 And the Lord gave Jehoiakim king of Judah into his hand with part of the vessels of the house of God which he carried into the land of Shinar to the house of his god, and he brought the vessels into the treasure house of his god.
+#1:3 And the king spoke unto Ashpenaz the prince of his eunuchs, that he should bring [certain] of the sons of Israel of the royal lineage of the princes,
+#1:4 young men in whom [there was] no blemish whatsoever but [who were] good looking and taught in all wisdom and wise in knowledge and of good understanding, and that [had] strength in them to stand in the king's palace, that they might be taught the letters and speech of the Chaldeans.
+#1:5 And the king appointed them a daily provision of the king's food and of the wine which he drank, so nourishing them three years, that at the end thereof they might stand before the king.
+#1:6 Now among these of the sons of Judah were Daniel, Hananiah, Mishael, and Azariah:
+#1:7 unto whom the prince of the eunuchs gave names: for he gave unto Daniel [the name] of Belteshazzar; and to Hananiah, of Shadrach; and to Mishael, of Meshach; and to Azariah, of Abednego.
+#1:8 And Daniel purposed in his heart that he would not defile himself with the portion of the king's food, nor with the wine which he drank; therefore he requested of the prince of the eunuchs that he might not defile himself.
+#1:9 (And God brought Daniel into grace and mercy with the prince of the eunuchs.)
+#1:10 And the prince of the eunuchs said unto Daniel, I fear my lord the king, who has appointed your food and your drink; for when he shall see your faces more downcast than the [other] young men who [are] like unto you, then ye shall condemn my head before the king.
+#1:11 Then Daniel said to Melzar, whom the prince of the eunuchs had set over Daniel, Hananiah, Mishael, and Azariah,
+#1:12 Prove, now, with thy servants ten days, and let them give us vegetables to eat and water to drink.
+#1:13 Then let our countenances be looked upon before thee, and the countenances of the young men that eat of the portion of the king's food; and as thou seest, deal with thy servants.
+#1:14 So he consented to them in this matter and proved them ten days.
+#1:15 And at the end of ten days their countenances appeared fairer and fatter in flesh than the young men who ate the portion of the king's food.
+#1:16 Thus Melzar took the portion of their food and the wine that they should drink and gave them vegetables.
+#1:17 And unto these four young men, God gave them knowledge and intelligence in all letters and science; furthermore Daniel had understanding in all visions and dreams.
+#1:18 Now at the end of the days after which the king had said he should bring them in, the prince of the eunuchs brought them in before Nebuchadnezzar.
+#1:19 And the king communed with them, and none among them all was found like Daniel, Hananiah, Mishael, and Azariah; and [therefore] they stood before the king.
+#1:20 And in all matters of wisdom [and] intelligence, that the king enquired of them, he found them ten times better than all the magicians [and] astrologers that [were] in all his realm.
+#1:21 And Daniel continued [even] unto the first year of king Cyrus.:
+#2:1 And in the second year of the reign of Nebuchadnezzar, Nebuchadnezzar dreamed dreams, with which his spirit was troubled, and his sleep fled from him.
+#2:2 Then the king commanded to call magicians, astrologers, enchanters, and Chaldeans, that they might show the king his dreams. So they came and presented themselves before the king.
+#2:3 And the king said unto them, I have dreamed [a] dream, and my spirit was troubled to know the dream.
+#2:4 Then the Chaldeans spoke to the king in Syriack, O king, live for ever; tell thy servants the dream, and we will show the interpretation.
+#2:5 The king answered and said to the Chaldeans, The thing is gone from my [memory]; if ye will not make known unto me the dream with its interpretation, ye shall be cut in pieces, and your houses shall be made a dunghill.
+#2:6 But if ye show the dream and its interpretation, ye shall receive of me gifts and rewards and great honour: therefore show me the dream, and its interpretation.
+#2:7 They answered the second time and said, Let the king tell his servants the dream, and we will show the interpretation of it.
+#2:8 The king answered and said, I know of certainty that ye would gain time because ye see the thing is gone from my memory.
+#2:9 But if ye will not make known unto me the dream, [there is but] one decree for you for ye certainly prepare lying and corrupt words to speak before me, until the time is changed; therefore tell me the dream, and I shall know that ye can show me its interpretation.
+#2:10 The Chaldeans answered before the king, and said, There is not a man upon the earth that can show the king's matter; furthermore [there is] no king, prince, nor lord [that] asked such a thing of any magician or astrologer or Chaldean.
+#2:11 Finally, the thing that the king requires is singular, and there is no one that can show it before the king except the angels [of God], whose dwelling is not with flesh.
+#2:12 For this cause the king was angry and very furious and commanded to destroy all the wise [men] of Babylon.
+#2:13 And the decree went forth, and the wise [men] were taken to be slain, and they sought Daniel and his fellows to kill them.
+#2:14 Then Daniel spoke with counsel and wisdom to Arioch the captain of the king's guard, who was gone forth to slay the wise [men] of Babylon.
+#2:15 He spoke and said to Arioch the king's captain, What is the reason for which this decree has gone forth from the king with such haste? Then Arioch made the thing known to Daniel.
+#2:16 And Daniel went in, and asked the king that he give him time and that he would show the king the interpretation.
+#2:17 Then Daniel went to his house and made the thing known to Hananiah, Mishael, and Azariah, his companions,
+#2:18 to petition mercies of the God of heaven concerning this mystery and that Daniel and his fellows should not perish with the rest of the wise [men]of Babylon.
+#2:19 Then the mystery was revealed unto Daniel in a night vision for which Daniel blessed the God of heaven.
+#2:20 And Daniel spoke and said, Blessed be the name of God from age to age for wisdom and might are his;
+#2:21 and it is he that changes the times and the opportunities; he removes kings and sets up kings; he gives wisdom unto the wise and knowledge unto those that know understanding:
+#2:22 He reveals that which is deep and hidden; he knows what [is] in darkness, and the light dwells with him.
+#2:23 Unto thee, O God of my fathers, do I confess and give thee praise that thou hast given me wisdom and might and now hast shown me what we asked of thee, for thou hast shown us the king's matter.
+#2:24 After this Daniel went in unto Arioch, whom the king had ordained to destroy the wise [men] of Babylon; he went and said thus unto him, Do not destroy the wise [men] of Babylon; bring me in before the king, and I will show unto the king the interpretation.
+#2:25 Then Arioch brought Daniel in before the king in haste and said thus unto him, I have found a man of the captives of Judah that will make known unto the king the interpretation.
+#2:26 The king answered and said to Daniel, whose name [was] Belteshazzar, Art thou able to make me understand the dream which I have seen and its interpretation?
+#2:27 Daniel answered in the presence of the king and said, The mystery which the king demands cannot be shown unto the king by wise [men], astrologers, magicians, nor fortune-tellers.
+#2:28 But there is [a] God in the heavens who reveals the mysteries, and he has made known to the king Nebuchadnezzar what shall happen at the end of days. Thy dream, and the visions of thy head upon thy bed, is this:
+#2:29 Thou, O king, in thy bed, thy thoughts rose up to know what should come to pass in the future; and he that reveals the mysteries showed thee what shall come to pass.
+#2:30 And unto me this mystery has been revealed, not for [any] wisdom that is in me more than in all those living but that I notify the interpretation to the king and that thou might understand the thoughts of thy heart.
+#2:31 Thou, O king, didst see and behold a great image. This image, which was very large and whose glory was very sublime, stood before thee, and its form [was] terrible.
+#2:32 The head of this image [was] of fine gold, its breasts and its arms of silver, its belly and its thighs of brass,
+#2:33 its legs of iron, its feet part of iron and part of baked clay.
+#2:34 Thou didst see until a stone was cut out, not with hands, which smote the image upon its feet [that were] of iron and baked clay and broke them to pieces.
+#2:35 Then was the iron, the baked clay, the brass, the silver, and the gold broken to pieces together and became like the chaff of the summer threshingfloors; and the wind carried them away that no place was found for them again; and the stone that smote the image was made into a great mountain that filled the whole earth.
+#2:36 This [is] the dream, and we will tell its interpretation before the king.
+#2:37 Thou, O king, [art] king of kings, for the God of heaven has given thee the kingdom, the power, and the strength, and the majesty.
+#2:38 And everything that is inhabited by children of men, beasts of the field, and fowls of the heaven, [he] has given into thine hand, and has made thee ruler over them all. Thou [art] this head of gold.
+#2:39 And after thee shall arise another kingdom inferior to thee, and another third kingdom of brass, which shall bear rule over all the land.
+#2:40 And the fourth kingdom shall be strong as iron; and as iron breaks in pieces and subdues all [things], and as iron that breaks all these things, it shall break in pieces and bruise.
+#2:41 And whereas thou didst see the feet and toes, part of baked potters' clay and part of iron, the kingdom shall be divisive; but there shall be in it [some] of the strength of the iron, such as thou didst see the iron mixed with baked clay.
+#2:42 And [as] the toes of the feet [were] part of iron and part of baked clay, [so] the kingdom shall be partly strong, and partly fragile.
+#2:43 Concerning that which thou didst see, the iron mixed with baked clay, they shall mingle themselves with the seed of men, but they shall not cleave one to another, even as iron does not mix with clay.
+#2:44 And in the days of those kings the God of heaven shall raise up a kingdom which eternally shall never become corrupted, and this kingdom shall not be left to another people, [but] it shall break in pieces and consume all these kingdoms, and it shall stand for ever.
+#2:45 In the manner which thou didst see that out of the mountain was cut one stone, not with hands, and that it broke in pieces the iron, the brass, the clay, the silver, and the gold; the great God has shown the king what shall come to pass hereafter; and the dream is true, and its interpretation sure.
+#2:46 Then the king Nebuchadnezzar fell upon his face and humbled himself before Daniel and commanded that they should sacrifice presents and sweet odours unto him.
+#2:47 The king answered unto Daniel and said, Certainly the God [that is] your God [is] God of gods and the Lord of the kings and the revealer of the mysteries, seeing thou could reveal this mystery.
+#2:48 Then the king magnified Daniel and gave him many and great gifts and made him governor over the whole province of Babylon and prince of the governors over all the wise [men] of Babylon.
+#2:49 And Daniel requested of the king, and he set Shadrach, Meshach, and Abednego, over the affairs of the province of Babylon; but Daniel [was] at the gate of the king.:
+#3:1 Nebuchadnezzar the king made a statue of gold, whose height [was] sixty cubits [and] its breadth six cubits; he set it up in the plain of Dura, in the province of Babylon.
+#3:2 Then Nebuchadnezzar the king sent to gather together the great [ones], the assistants and captains, the judges, the treasurers, those of the council, presidents, and all the governors of the provinces, to come to the dedication of the statue which Nebuchadnezzar the king had raised up.
+#3:3 Then the great [ones], the assistants and captains, the judges, the treasurers, those of the council, presidents, and all the governors of the provinces, were gathered together unto the dedication of the statue that Nebuchadnezzar the king had raised up; and they stood before the statue that Nebuchadnezzar the king had raised up.
+#3:4 Then a herald cried aloud, To you it is commanded, O people, nations, and languages,
+#3:5 [that] when ye hear the sound of the cornet, flute, harp, sackbut, psaltery, dulcimer, and of every musical instrument, ye [are to] fall down and worship the statue of gold that Nebuchadnezzar the king has raised up:
+#3:6 and whoever does not fall down and worship shall the same hour be cast into the midst of a burning fiery furnace.
+#3:7 Therefore, when all the peoples heard the sound of the cornet, flute, harp, sackbut, psaltery, and every musical instrument, all the peoples, nations, and languages, fell down [and] worshipped the statue of gold that Nebuchadnezzar the king had raised up.
+#3:8 Therefore at that time certain Chaldeans came near, and accused the Jews.
+#3:9 They spoke and said to the king Nebuchadnezzar, O king, live for ever.
+#3:10 Thou, O king, hast made a law that every man upon hearing the sound of the cornet, flute, harp, sackbut, psaltery, and dulcimer, and every musical instrument, shall fall down and worship the statue of gold;
+#3:11 and whoever does not fall down and worship [that] he should be cast into the midst of a burning fiery furnace.
+#3:12 There are certain Jews whom thou hast set over the affairs of the province of Babylon, Shadrach, Meshach, and Abednego; these men, O king, have not regarded thee; they do not worship thy gods, nor [do they] worship the statue of gold which thou hast raised up.
+#3:13 Then Nebuchadnezzar in [his] rage and fury commanded to bring Shadrach, Meshach, and Abednego. Then they brought these men before the king.
+#3:14 Nebuchadnezzar spoke and said unto them, [Is it] true, O Shadrach, Meshach, and Abednego, that ye do not honour my gods, nor worship the statue of gold which I have set up?
+#3:15 Now, are ye ready when ye hear the sound of the cornet, flute, harp, sackbut, psaltery, and dulcimer, and of every musical instrument to fall down and worship the statue which I made? For if ye do not worship, ye shall be cast the same hour into the midst of a burning fiery furnace; and who [is] that god that shall deliver you out of my hands?
+#3:16 Shadrach, Meshach, and Abednego, answered and said to king Nebuchadnezzar, We [are] not careful to answer thee in this matter.
+#3:17 Behold, our God whom we serve is able to deliver us from the burning fiery furnace, and he will deliver [us] out of thine hand, O king.
+#3:18 But if not, be it known unto thee, O king, that we will not worship thy god, nor honour the statue which thou hast raised up.
+#3:19 Then Nebuchadnezzar was full of fury, and the form of his visage was changed against Shadrach, Meshach, and Abednego; [therefore] he spoke, and commanded that they should heat the furnace seven times more than it was customary to be heated.
+#3:20 And he commanded the most mighty men that [were] in his army to bind Shadrach, Meshach, and Abednego [and] to cast [them] into the burning fiery furnace.
+#3:21 Then these men were bound in their coats, their undergarments, and their hats, and their [other] garments, and were cast into the midst of the burning fiery furnace.
+#3:22 Therefore because the king's commandment was urgent and the furnace exceeding hot, the flame of the fire slew those men that took up Shadrach, Meshach, and Abednego.
+#3:23 And these three men, Shadrach, Meshach, and Abednego, fell down bound into the midst of the burning fiery furnace.
+#3:24 Then Nebuchadnezzar the king was astonished, and rose up in haste [and] spoke and said unto his counsellors, Did we not cast three men bound into the midst of the fire? They answered and said unto the king, True, O king.
+#3:25 He answered and said, Behold, I see four men loose, walking in the midst of the fire, and they have no hurt; and the form of the fourth is like the Son of God.
+#3:26 Then Nebuchadnezzar came near to the mouth of the burning fiery furnace [and] spoke and said, Shadrach, Meshach, and Abednego, ye servants of the most high God, come forth and come [here]. Then Shadrach, Meshach, and Abednego, came forth of the midst of the fire.
+#3:27 And the great ones, the governors and the captains and the king's counsellors gathered together to see these men upon whose bodies the fire had no power, nor was a hair of their head singed, neither were their coats changed, nor the smell of fire had passed on them.
+#3:28 [Then] Nebuchadnezzar spoke and said, Blessed [be] the God of these, of Shadrach, Meshach, and Abednego, who has sent his angel and delivered his servants that trusted in him and have changed the king's word and yielded their bodies that they might not serve nor worship any god, except their own God
+#3:29 Therefore I make a decree, That every people, nation, or language which speak blasphemy against the God of Shadrach, Meshach, and Abednego shall be cut in pieces, and their houses shall be made a dunghill because there is no other god that can deliver after this sort.
+#3:30 Then the king promoted Shadrach, Meshach, and Abednego, in the province of Babylon.:
+#4:1 King Nebuchadnezzar, to all the peoples, nations, and languages that dwell in all the earth; Peace be multiplied unto you.
+#4:2 The signs and wonders that the high God has wrought with me are such that I must publish them.
+#4:3 How great [are] his signs! and how mighty [are] his wonders! His kingdom [is] an everlasting kingdom, and his dominion [is] from generation to generation.
+#4:4 I Nebuchadnezzar was quiet in my house and flourishing in my palace;
+#4:5 I saw a dream which made me afraid, and the imaginations and visions of my head troubled me in my bed.
+#4:6 Therefore I made a decree to bring in all the wise [men] of Babylon before me that they might show me the interpretation of the dream.
+#4:7 Then the magicians, the astrologers, the Chaldeans, and the fortune-tellers came in and I told the dream before them; but they never showed me its interpretation.
+#4:8 But at the last Daniel came in before me, whose name is Belteshazzar, who when I name him it seems to me that I name my god, and in whom [is] the spirit of the holy God; and before him I told the dream, [saying],
+#4:9 Belteshazzar, prince of the wise [men], [now that] I have understood that the spirit of the holy God is in thee, and that no mystery is hidden from thee, tell me the visions of my dream that I have seen and its interpretation.
+#4:10 Thus [were] the visions of my head in my bed: It seemed that I saw a tree in the midst of the earth, and its height was great.
+#4:11 The tree grew and made itself strong, and its height reached unto heaven, and its sight to the end of all the earth:
+#4:12 His leaves [were] fair, and his fruit abundant, and in him [was] food for all; underneath him the beasts of the field lay down in his shadow, and in his branches dwelt the fowls of the heaven, and all flesh was fed of him.
+#4:13 I saw in the visions of my head upon my bed, and, behold, one who was a watchman and holy descended from heaven;
+#4:14 he cried aloud and said thus, Hew down the tree, and cut off his branches, shake off his leaves, and scatter his fruit; let the beasts get away from under him and the fowls from his branches:
+#4:15 nevertheless leave the stump of his roots in the earth, even with a band of iron and of brass shall he be bound in the green grass of the field; and let him be wet with the dew of heaven, and [let] his portion [be] with the beasts in the grass of the earth:
+#4:16 let his heart be changed from a man's heart, and let a beast's heart be given unto him; and let seven times pass over him.
+#4:17 By sentence of the watchmen is the matter [resolved], and the case by the word of the holy ones to the intent that the living may know that the most High takes rule over the kingdom of men and gives it to whoever he will and sets up over it the man who is the lowest.
+#4:18 I, king Nebuchadnezzar, saw this dream. Now thou, O Belteshazzar, shall declare its interpretation, forasmuch as all the wise [men] of my kingdom could never show me its interpretation; but thou [art] able, for the spirit of the holy God in thee.
+#4:19 Then Daniel, whose name [was] Belteshazzar, was silent for almost one hour, and his thoughts troubled him. [Then] the king spoke and said, Belteshazzar, do not let the dream or its interpretation trouble thee. Belteshazzar answered and said, My lord, [let] the dream [be] to thine enemies, and its interpretation to those that wish thee evil.
+#4:20 The tree that thou didst see, which grew and made himself strong, whose height reached unto the heaven and the sight thereof to all the earth;
+#4:21 whose leaves [were] fair and his fruit abundant and in him [was] food for all, under whom the beasts of the field dwelt, and in whose branches the fowls of the heaven dwelt:
+#4:22 it [is] thou, O king, that grew and made thyself strong; for thy greatness has grown and has reached unto heaven, and thy dominion to the end of the earth.
+#4:23 And regarding that which the king saw, one who was a watchman and holy who came down from heaven and said, Hew the tree down and destroy it; yet leave the stump of its roots in the earth, and with a band of iron and of brass [let it remain bound] in the green grass of the field, and let it be wet with the dew of heaven, and [let] his portion [be] with the beasts of the field until seven times pass over him:
+#4:24 this [is] the interpretation, O king, and this [is] the decree of the most High, which is come upon my lord the king:
+#4:25 that they shall drive thee from among men, and thy dwelling shall be with the beasts of the field, and they shall feed thee with grass of the field as the oxen, and with the dew of heaven shalt thou be bathed, and seven times shall pass over thee, until thou shalt understand that the most High takes rule over the kingdom of men and that he shall give it to whoever he will.
+#4:26 And whereas they commanded to leave the stump of the tree roots in the earth; thy kingdom shall remain sure unto thee, that thou shalt understand that the rule [is] in the heavens.
+#4:27 Therefore, O king, approve my counsel and redeem thy sins with righteousness and thine iniquities with mercies unto the poor: behold the medicine for thy sin.
+#4:28 All this came upon the king Nebuchadnezzar.
+#4:29 At the end of twelve months as he was walking upon the palace of the kingdom of Babylon,
+#4:30 the king spoke and said, Is this not the great Babylon that I have built for [the] house of the kingdom by the might of my power and for the glory of my greatness?
+#4:31 The word was yet in the king's mouth when there fell a voice from heaven, [saying], O king Nebuchadnezzar, to thee it is spoken; The kingdom is departed from thee;
+#4:32 and they drive thee from among men, and thy dwelling [shall be] with the beasts of the field; and they shall feed thee as the oxen, and seven times shall pass over thee until thou know that the most High takes rule in the kingdom of men and gives it to whoever he will.
+#4:33 The same hour the word was fulfilled upon Nebuchadnezzar: and he was driven from among men and ate grass as the oxen, and his body was bathed with the dew of heaven until his hair grew like eagles' [feathers] and his nails like birds' [claws].
+#4:34 But at the end of the time I Nebuchadnezzar lifted up my eyes unto heaven, and my understanding was returned unto me, and I blessed the most High, and I praised and glorified him that lives for ever, whose dominion [is] an everlasting dominion, and his kingdom [is] through all ages:
+#4:35 and all the inhabitants of the earth [are] counted as nothing; and in the army of heaven and in the inhabitants of the earth, he does according to his will; nor is there anyone who can interfere with his hand and say unto him, What doest thou?
+#4:36 In the same time my reason was returned unto me, and I [turned] to the majesty of my kingdom; my dignity and greatness returned unto me; and my governors and my great [ones] sought me; and I was restored in my kingdom, and more [excellent] greatness was added unto me.
+#4:37 Now I, Nebuchadnezzar, praise and build up and glorify the King of heaven because all his works [are] truth, and his ways judgment: and he is able to humble those that walk with arrogance.:
+#5:1 Belshazzar the king made a great banquet to a thousand of his lords, and against the thousand he drank wine.
+#5:2 Belshazzar, under the influence of the wine, commanded that they bring the vessels of gold and of silver which Nebuchadnezzar his father had brought from the Temple of Jerusalem; that the king and his princes, his wives and his concubines, might drink with them.
+#5:3 Then they brought the vessels of gold that they had brought from the Temple of the House of God which [was] in Jerusalem; and the king and his princes, his wives, and his concubines, drank with them.
+#5:4 They drank wine and praised the gods of gold and of silver, of brass, of iron, of wood, and of stone.
+#5:5 In that same hour some fingers of [a] man's hand came forth and wrote in front of the candlestick upon the plaster of the wall of the king's palace: and the king saw the palm of the hand that wrote.
+#5:6 Then the king became pale, and his thoughts troubled him, and the girdings of his loins were unloosed, and his knees smote one against another.
+#5:7 The king cried in [a] loud voice that they bring in the magicians, the Chaldeans, and the fortune-tellers. The king spoke and said to the wise [men] of Babylon, Whoever shall read this writing and show me its interpretation, shall be clothed with purple and [have] a chain of gold about his neck and shall be the third ruler in the kingdom.
+#5:8 Then all the king's wise [men] came in, but they could not read the writing, nor make known to the king its interpretation.
+#5:9 Then king Belshazzar was greatly troubled, and his colour was changed, and his princes were upset.
+#5:10 [Now] the queen, by reason of the words of the king and of his princes, came into the banquet room. The queen spoke and said, O king, live for ever: let not thy thoughts trouble thee, nor let thy [countenance] be pale.
+#5:11 There is a man in thy kingdom, in whom [lives] the spirit of the holy God; and in the days of thy father light and intelligence and wisdom, like the knowledge of God, was found in him; whom the king Nebuchadnezzar, thy father, made prince over all the magicians, astrologers, Chaldeans, [and] fortune-tellers; [thus did] thy father, the king,
+#5:12 because Daniel, whom the king named Beltechazzar, was found to have a more excellent spirit and greater knowledge and understanding interpreting dreams, unraveling questions, and dissolving doubts. Now let Daniel be called, and he will show [thee] the interpretation.
+#5:13 Then Daniel was brought in before the king. [And] the king spoke and said unto Daniel, [Art] thou that Daniel, who [art] of the sons of the captivity of Judah, whom my father brought out of Judea?
+#5:14 I have heard of thee, that the spirit of the holy God is in thee and [that] light and understanding and greater wisdom was found in thee.
+#5:15 And now the wise [men], the astrologers, have been brought in before me that they should read this writing and make known unto me its interpretation, but they could not show the interpretation of the thing:
+#5:16 And I have heard of thee, that thou canst declare that which is in doubt and unravel difficulties: now if thou canst read this writing and show me its interpretation, thou shalt be clothed with purple and [have] a chain of gold about thy neck and shalt be the third ruler in the kingdom.
+#5:17 Then Daniel answered and said before the king, Let thy gifts be for thyself and give thy rewards to another; yet I will read the writing unto the king and show him the interpretation.
+#5:18 O thou king, the most high God gave Nebuchadnezzar thy father the kingdom and the greatness and the glory and the magnificence:
+#5:19 and by the greatness that he gave him, all the peoples, nations, and languages, trembled and feared before him; whom he would he slew; and whom he would he kept alive; and whom he would he set up; and whom he would he humbled.
+#5:20 But when his heart made itself arrogant, and his spirit hardened itself in pride, he was deposed from the throne of his kingdom, and they took his glory from him:
+#5:21 and he was driven from among the sons of men; and his heart was put with the beasts, and his dwelling [was] with the wild asses: they made him eat grass like an ox, and his body was bathed with the dew of heaven until he understood that the most high God takes rule of the kingdom of men and [that] he appoints over it whoever he will.
+#5:22 And thou his son, O Belshazzar, hast not humbled thine heart, though thou knewest all this;
+#5:23 but hast lifted up thyself against the Lord of heaven; and they have brought the vessels of his house before thee, and thou and thy princes, thy wives and thy concubines, have drunk wine in them; furthermore, thou hast praised gods of silver and of gold, of brass, of iron, of wood, and of stone, which do not see, nor hear, nor know; and the God in whose hand [is] thy soul and whose [are] all thy ways, thou hast never honoured.
+#5:24 Then from his presence was sent the palm of the hand that sculpted this writing.
+#5:25 And the writing that he sculpted is, MENE, MENE, TEKEL, UPHARSIN.
+#5:26 This [is] the interpretation of the thing: MENE; God has audited thy kingdom and finished it.
+#5:27 TEKEL; Thou art weighed in the balances and art found wanting.
+#5:28 PERES; Thy kingdom has been broken and is given to the Medes and Persians.
+#5:29 Then Belshazzar commanded, and they clothed Daniel with purple and [put] a chain of gold about his neck and made a proclamation concerning him, that he should be the third ruler in the kingdom.
+#5:30 That same night Belshazzar the king of the Chaldeans was slain.
+#5:31 And Darius the Median took the kingdom, being sixty-two years old.:
+#6:1 It pleased Darius to set over the kingdom one hundred and twenty governors who should be in all the kingdom;
+#6:2 and over these three presidents, of whom Daniel [was] first, that the governors might give accounts unto them, and the king should not be bothered.
+#6:3 Then this Daniel was preferred above these governors and presidents because an over abundance of [the] Spirit [was] in him; and the king thought to set him over the whole kingdom.
+#6:4 Then the presidents and governors looked for occasions against Daniel on behalf of the kingdom, but they could find no occasion or fault because he was faithful, and no vice nor fault was found in him.
+#6:5 Then these men said, We shall never find any occasion against this Daniel except we find [it] against him in the law of his God.
+#6:6 Then these governors and presidents assembled together before the king and said thus unto him, King Darius, live for ever.
+#6:7 All the presidents of the kingdom, magistrates, governors, great [ones], and captains have agreed in common accord to promote a royal decree and to confirm it that whoever shall ask a petition of any God or man for thirty days, except of thee, O king, he shall be cast into the den of lions.
+#6:8 Now, O king, confirm the decree and sign the writing that it not be moved, according to the law of Media and of Persia, which does not change.
+#6:9 Therefore king Darius signed the writing and the decree.
+#6:10 Now when Daniel knew that the writing was signed, he entered into his house; and with the windows open toward Jerusalem in his dining chamber, he knelt three times a day and prayed and gave thanks before his God as he was used to doing before.
+#6:11 Then these men assembled and found Daniel praying and making supplication before his God.
+#6:12 Then they went and spoke before the king concerning the royal decree; Hast thou not confirmed a decree that whoever shall ask [a petition] of any God or man within thirty days save of thee, O king, shall be cast into the den of lions? The king answered and said, The thing [is] true, according to the law of the Media and Persia, which does not change.
+#6:13 Then they answered and said before the king, That Daniel, which [is] of the sons of the captivity of the Jews, has not regarded thee, O king, nor the decree that thou hast confirmed, but makes his petition three times a day.
+#6:14 When the king, heard the matter, it weighed very heavy upon him, and [he] set [his] heart on Daniel to deliver him: and he laboured until the going down of the sun to deliver him.
+#6:15 Then those men assembled near the king, and said unto the king, Know, O king, that this is the law of Media and of Persia: No decree nor statute which the king has confirmed may be moved.
+#6:16 Then the king commanded, and they brought Daniel, and cast [him] into the den of lions. [Now] the king, speaking unto Daniel, said, Thy God whom thou servest continually, [may] he deliver thee.
+#6:17 And a stone was brought and laid upon the mouth of the den; and the king sealed it with his own signet [ring] and with the signet [ring] of his princes that the agreement concerning Daniel might not be changed.
+#6:18 Then the king went to his palace and lay down without eating; neither were instruments of music brought before him, and his sleep fled from him.
+#6:19 Therefore, the king arose very early in the morning at dawn and went in haste unto the den of lions.
+#6:20 And when he came to the den, he cried loudly with a sad voice unto Daniel; [and] the king, in speaking to Daniel said, Daniel, servant of the living God, has thy God, whom thou servest continually, been able to deliver thee from the lions?
+#6:21 Then Daniel said unto the king, O king, live for ever.
+#6:22 My God has sent his angel, who shut the lions' mouths, that they do me no evil because before him righteousness was found in me; and even before thee, O king, I have done no corruption.
+#6:23 Then the king was exceeding glad because of him and commanded that they should take Daniel up out of the den. So Daniel was taken up out of the den, and no injury was found upon him because he believed in his God.
+#6:24 And the king commanded, and they brought those men who had accused Daniel, and they cast [them] into the den of lions, them, their children, and their wives; and even before they reached the bottom of the den, the lions had the mastery of them, and broke all their bones in pieces.
+#6:25 Then king Darius wrote unto all the peoples, nations, and tongues, that dwell in all the earth: Peace be multiplied unto you.
+#6:26 On my behalf a statute is put into effect, That in all the dominion of my kingdom everyone tremble at the presence of the God of Daniel for he [is] the Living God and endures for all ages, and his kingdom [is such] that it shall never come apart, and his dominion [shall be even] unto the end:
+#6:27 that saves and frees, and makes signs and wonders in heaven and in earth, who delivered Daniel from the power of the lions.
+#6:28 So this Daniel was prospered during the reign of Darius and during the reign of Cyrus, [the] Persian.:
+#7:1 In the first year of Belshazzar king of Babylon, Daniel saw a dream and visions of his head upon his bed: then he wrote the dream [and] penned the sum of the matters.
+#7:2 Daniel spoke and said, I saw in my vision by night, and, behold, the four winds of the heaven fought the great sea.
+#7:3 And four great beasts came up from the sea, different one from another.
+#7:4 The first [was] like a lion, and had eagle's wings; I beheld until the its wings were plucked off, and it was removed from the earth, and it stood up on its feet as a man, and a man's heart was given to it.
+#7:5 And behold the second beast, like unto a bear, which went off to one side, and [it had] three ribs between its teeth; and thus was said unto it, Arise, devour much flesh.
+#7:6 After this I beheld, and behold another, like a tiger, which had upon the back of it four wings of a fowl; this beast also had four heads; and power was given to it.
+#7:7 After this I saw in the night visions, and behold the fourth beast, dreadful and terrible, and exceedingly strong; and it had great iron teeth; it devoured and broke in pieces and trod down that which was left with its feet; and it was very different from all the beasts that had been before her; and it had ten horns.
+#7:8 As I was considering the horns, behold, there came up among them another little horn, before whom three of the first horns were plucked up [by the roots]; and, behold, in this horn were eyes like the eyes of man, and a mouth speaking grand things.
+#7:9 I beheld until thrones were placed, and an Elder of great age did sit, whose garment [was] white as snow, and the hair of his head like pure wool: his throne [a] flame of fire, his wheels burning fire.
+#7:10 A river of fire issued and came forth from before him; thousands of thousands served him, and ten thousands of ten thousands stood before him; the Judge sat down, and the books were opened.
+#7:11 I beheld then because of the voice of the great words which the horn spoke; I beheld [even] until the beast was slain and its body was undone and given over to be burned in the fire.
+#7:12 They had also taken from the other beasts their rule because their lives had been prolonged until a certain time.
+#7:13 I saw in the vision of the night, and, behold, in the clouds of heaven like a Son of man that came and drew near unto the Elder of great age, and they brought him near before him.
+#7:14 And he gave him dominion and glory and kingdom; and all the peoples, nations, and tongues served him: his dominion [is] an eternal dominion, which shall not pass away, and his Kingdom such that it shall never be corrupted.
+#7:15 My spirit was troubled, I Daniel, in the midst of my body, and the visions of my head astonished me.
+#7:16 I came near unto one of those that stood by and asked him the truth of all this. So he told me and made me know the interpretation of the things.
+#7:17 These great beasts, which are four, [are] four kings, [which] shall arise in the earth.
+#7:18 And they shall take the kingdom of the Holy [One who is] most High and possess the kingdom until the age and until the age of the ages.
+#7:19 Then I had the desire to know the truth regarding the fourth beast, which was so different from all the others, exceeding dreadful, whose teeth were of iron, and its nails of brass; [which] devoured and broke in pieces and trod down that which was left with its feet;
+#7:20 also regarding the ten horns that [were] in its head, and [of] the other which came up, and before whom three fell; and that same horn had eyes and [a] mouth that spoke very grand things, whose appearance was greater than his fellows.
+#7:21 I saw that this horn made war against the saints and overcame them;
+#7:22 until such time as the Elder of great age came, and the judgment was given unto the saints of the most High; and the time came, and the saints possessed the Kingdom.
+#7:23 Thus he said, The fourth beast shall be a fourth king in earth, which shall be greater than all the other kingdoms and shall devour the whole earth and shall tread it down, and break it in pieces.
+#7:24 And the ten horns [signify] that of this kingdom ten kings shall arise; and another shall rise after them; and he shall be greater than the first [kings], and he shall bring down three kings.
+#7:25 And he shall speak [great] words against the most High and shall break down the saints of the most High and think to move the times and the law; and they shall be given into his hand until [a] time and times and the half [or dividing] of a time.
+#7:26 And the Judge shall sit, and they shall take away his dominion to destroy and to cast out unto the end;
+#7:27 and that the kingdom and the dominion, and the majesty of the kingdoms under the whole heaven, be given to the holy people of the most High, His Kingdom [shall be] an eternal Kingdom, and all the dominions shall serve him and hear [him].
+#7:28 Up unto here was the end of the word. I, Daniel, was very troubled in my thoughts, and my countenance changed in me: but I kept the word in my heart.:
+#8:1 In the third year of the reign of king Belshazzar a vision appeared unto me, Daniel, after that [vision] which had appeared unto me before.
+#8:2 And I saw in [the] vision; (and it came to pass, when I saw it, that I [was] at Shushan, which is [the] head of the kingdom in the province of Persia); so that I saw in that vision, being by the river of Ulai,
+#8:3 and I lifted up my eyes and saw, and, behold, a ram was standing before the river, which had two horns; and even though they were high, the one [was] higher than the other, and the higher one came up last.
+#8:4 I saw that the ram smote with the horns to the west, to the north, and to the south and that no beast could stand before him, nor could anyone escape from his hand; but he did according to his will and made himself great.
+#8:5 And as I was considering, behold, a he goat came from the west upon the face of the whole earth and did not touch the earth: and the goat [had] a notable horn between his eyes.
+#8:6 And he came to the ram that had the two horns, which [I]had seen standing before the river and ran against him in the fury of his power.
+#8:7 And I saw him come close unto the ram, and he rose up against him and smote him, and broke his two horns: because the ram did not have the strength to stand before him; therefore he cast him down to the ground and trod him under; and there was no one to deliver the ram out of his hand.
+#8:8 And the he goat made himself very great, and when he was at his greatest strength, that great horn was broken; and in its place came up another four marvellous ones toward the four winds of heaven.
+#8:9 And out of the first of them came forth a little horn, which grew much toward the south and toward the east and toward the desirable [land].
+#8:10 And it magnified itself unto the host of heaven, and it cast down [part] of the host and of the stars to the ground and trod them under.
+#8:11 Even [against] the prince of the host did he magnify himself, and by him the daily [sacrifice] was taken away, and the place of his sanctuary was cast to [the] earth.
+#8:12 And the host was given over by reason of the prevarication upon the daily [sacrifice]; and he cast the truth to the ground; and he did [whatever he would] and prospered.
+#8:13 Then I heard one saint speaking, and another saint said unto the one which spoke, How long [shall] the vision of the daily [sacrifice last] and the prevarication of desolation that places [both] the sanctuary and the host to be trodden under foot?
+#8:14 And he said unto me, Unto two thousand and three hundred [days of] evening and morning; then shall the sanctuary be justified.
+#8:15 And it came to pass, as I, Daniel, was considering the vision and seeking to understand it, behold, there stood before me the likeness of a man.
+#8:16 And I heard a man's voice between [the banks of the] Ulai, which called and said, Gabriel, teach this [man] the vision.
+#8:17 So he came near where I stood, and with his coming, I was afraid and fell upon my face; and he said unto me, Understand, O son of man: for at the time appointed [by God] the vision shall be fulfilled.
+#8:18 Now as he was speaking with me, I fell into a [deep] sleep on the ground upon my face; and he touched me and changed my state.
+#8:19 And he said, Behold, I will show thee that [which] is to come in the last end of the wrath; for at the time appointed [this] shall be fulfilled.
+#8:20 The ram which thou didst see having [two] horns [are] the kings of Media and Persia.
+#8:21 And the he goat [is] the king of Grecia, and the great horn that he [had] between his eyes [is] the first king.
+#8:22 Now that being broken, whereas four stood up in its place, [means that] four kingdoms shall stand up out of the nation, but not in his strength.
+#8:23 And at the end of their empire, when the prevaricators are come to the full, a king of arrogant countenance and expert in enigmas shall raise [himself] up.
+#8:24 And his power shall be strengthened, but not by his own power; and he shall destroy marvellously and shall prosper and do [according to his will] and shall destroy the mighty and the people of the saints.
+#8:25 And with his understanding he shall cause the deceit in his hand to prosper, and he shall magnify [himself] in his heart, and by peace he shall destroy many; he shall also stand up against the Prince of princes, and without hand he shall be broken.
+#8:26 And the vision of the evening and the morning which was told [is] true; therefore shut thou up the vision; for it [shall be] for many days.
+#8:27 And I Daniel was broken and was sick [certain] days; and after I rose up, I did the king's business; but I was astonished at the vision, and there was no one who could understand it.:
+#9:1 In the first year of Darius the son of Ahasuerus, of the seed of the Medes, who was made king over the realm of the Chaldeans;
+#9:2 in the first year of his reign, I Daniel saw diligently in the books the number of the years, of which the LORD spoke unto Jeremiah the prophet, which would conclude the desolation of Jerusalem in seventy years.
+#9:3 And I turned my face unto the Lord God, seeking him in prayer and supplication, in fasting and sackcloth, and ashes:
+#9:4 and I prayed unto the LORD my God and made my confession and said, Now O Lord, [thou] great God who is worthy to be feared, who keeps the covenant and the mercy with those that love thee and keep thy commandments;
+#9:5 we have sinned, we have committed iniquity, we have done wickedly, and we have been rebels, and we have departed from thy commandments and from thy judgments.
+#9:6 We have not hearkened unto thy servants the prophets, who spoke in thy name to our kings and to our princes, to our fathers, and to all the people of the land.
+#9:7 O Lord, the righteousness [belongs] unto thee, but unto us the confusion of face, as at this day; to the men of Judah and to the inhabitants of Jerusalem, and unto all Israel, [that are] near and [that are] far off through all the lands where thou hast driven them because of their rebellion with which they have rebelled against thee.
+#9:8 O Lord, to us [belongs] confusion of face, to our kings, to our princes, and to our fathers, because we have sinned against thee.
+#9:9 Of the Lord our God is [the ability] to have mercy and to forgive, even though [we] have rebelled against him
+#9:10 and have not listened to the voice of the LORD our God to walk by his laws, which he set before us by the hand of his servants the prophets.
+#9:11 And all Israel transposed thy law, departing by not hearing thy voice; by which the curse has fallen upon us and the oath that [is] written in the law of Moses, the servant of God, because we have sinned against him.
+#9:12 And he has confirmed his words, which he spoke over us and over our judges that governed us, by bringing upon us such a great evil: that [such] has never been done under the whole heaven as has been done upon Jerusalem.
+#9:13 As [it is] written in the law of Moses, all this evil is come upon us, and we never sought the face of the LORD our God, that we might be converted from our iniquities, and understand thy truth.
+#9:14 And the LORD hastened upon the chastisement and brought it upon us: for the LORD our God [is] just in all his works which he has done, for we did not listen to his voice.
+#9:15 And now, O Lord our God, who hast brought thy people forth out of the land of Egypt with a mighty hand and hast won for thyself a very clear name as appears unto this day; we have sinned, we have done wickedly.
+#9:16 O Lord, according to all thy righteousness, let thine anger and thy fury be turned away from thy city Jerusalem, thy holy mountain: because for our sins and for the iniquities of our fathers, Jerusalem and all thy people is given in reproach to all [that are] about us.
+#9:17 Now therefore, O our God, hear the prayer of thy servant and his supplications and cause thy face to shine upon thy sanctuary that is made desolate, by the Lord.
+#9:18 O my God, incline thine ear and hear; open thine eyes, and behold our desolations, and the city which is called by thy name: for we do not present our supplications before thee [confiding] in our righteousnesses, but in thy many mercies.
+#9:19 O Lord, hear; O Lord, forgive; O Lord, hearken and do; defer not, for thine own sake, O my God: for thy city and thy people are called by thy name.
+#9:20 And whiles I [was] speaking and praying, and confessing my sin and the sin of my people Israel and presenting my supplication before the LORD my God for the holy mountain of my God;
+#9:21 I [was] even yet speaking in prayer, and that man Gabriel, whom I had seen in the vision at the beginning, flying swiftly, touched me about the time of the evening sacrifice.
+#9:22 And he caused me to understand and spoke with me and said, O Daniel, I am now come forth to cause thee to understand the interpretation.
+#9:23 At the beginning of thy supplications, the word went forth, and I have come to teach it unto thee; for thou [art a man] greatly beloved: therefore understand the word, and understand the vision.
+#9:24 Seventy weeks are determined upon thy people and upon thy holy city to finish the prevarication and to conclude the sin and to make reconciliation for iniquity and to bring in everlasting righteousness and seal the vision and the prophecy, and to anoint the Holy of Holies.
+#9:25 Know therefore and understand [that] from the going forth of the word to cause [the people] to return and to build Jerusalem unto the Anointed Prince, [there shall be] seven weeks, and sixty-two weeks, [while] the street shall be built again and the wall, [even] in troublous times.
+#9:26 And after the sixty-two weeks the Anointed [One] shall be killed and shall have nothing: (and the ruling people that shall come shall destroy the city and the sanctuary; whose end [shall be as] a flood, until at the end of the war it shall be cut off [with] desolation.)
+#9:27 In one week (they are now seventy) he shall confirm the covenant by many: and at the midst of the week he shall cause the sacrifice and the oblation to cease, and because of the many abominations, desolation shall come, even until complete destruction shall be poured out upon the abominable [people].:
+#10:1 In the third year of Cyrus king of Persia the Word was revealed unto Daniel, whose name [was called] Belteshazzar; and the Word [was] true, but the time appointed [was] long: and he understood the word, and had intelligence in the vision.
+#10:2 In those days I, Daniel, was mourning three weeks of days.
+#10:3 I ate no pleasant bread, neither did flesh nor wine come into my mouth, neither did I anoint myself at all until the three weeks of days were fulfilled.
+#10:4 And in the twenty-fourth day of the first month as I was by the side of the great river, which [is] Hiddekel;
+#10:5 and lifting up my eyes, I saw, and behold a man clothed in linens, whose loins [were] girded with very pure gold:
+#10:6 his body [was] like the [stone of] Tarsis [turquoise], and his face as a [bolt of] lightning, and his eyes as lamps of fire, and his arms and his feet like in colour to brilliant brass, and the voice of his words like the voice of [an] army.
+#10:7 And only I, Daniel, saw that vision: for the men that were with me did not see the vision; but a great fear fell upon them, and they fled and hid themselves.
+#10:8 Therefore I was left alone and saw this great vision, and there remained no strength in me, for my strength was turned into dismay, and I retained no strength.
+#10:9 Yet I heard the voice of his words, and when I heard the voice of his words, then was I placed into a deep sleep on my face, and my face [was] toward the ground.
+#10:10 And, behold, a hand touched me and caused me to move upon my knees and [upon] the palms of my hands.
+#10:11 And he said unto me, Daniel, O man greatly beloved, pay attention to the words that I shall speak unto thee, and stand up upon thy feet: for I am sent now unto thee. And as he was speaking this with me, I was trembling.
+#10:12 And he said unto me, Fear not, Daniel: for from the first day that thou didst give thy heart to understand and to afflict thy soul before thy God, thy words were heard, and I am come because of thy words.
+#10:13 But the prince of the kingdom of Persia withstood me twenty-one days: and behold, Michael, one of the chief princes, came to help me; and I remained there with the kings of Persia.
+#10:14 Now I am come to make thee know what shall befall thy people in the latter days, for there shall still [be] vision for [several] days.
+#10:15 And as he was speaking such words unto me, I looked toward the ground and became dumb.
+#10:16 And, behold, [one] like the similitude of [the] son of man touched my lips; then I opened my mouth and spoke and said unto him that stood before me, O my Lord, by the vision my sorrows are turned upon me, and I have retained no strength.
+#10:17 For how can the servant of my Lord talk with my Lord? for as for me, for in that instant I had no more strength in me, neither was there any breath left in me.
+#10:18 Then there came again and touched me [one] like the appearance of a man, and he comforted me,
+#10:19 and said, O man greatly beloved, fear not: peace [be] unto thee, be of good cheer, and be well. And as he spoke unto me, I was strengthened and said, Let my Lord speak; for thou hast strengthened me.
+#10:20 Then said he, Knowest thou why I have come unto thee? Because now I must return to fight with the prince of the Persians; and when I am gone forth, next the prince of Grecia shall come.
+#10:21 But I will interpret unto thee that which is written in the scripture of truth: and [there is] no one that holds with me in these [things], but Michael your prince.:
+#11:1 And in the first year of Darius the Mede, I stood to encourage and to strengthen him.
+#11:2 And now will I show thee the truth. Behold, there shall yet be three kings in Persia, and the fourth shall obtain far greater riches than [they] all; and by his strengthening himself with his riches he shall stir up all against the realm of Grecia.
+#11:3 And a valiant king shall stand up, that shall rule over [a] great dominion and do according to his will.
+#11:4 But when he is reigning, his kingdom shall be broken and shall be divided by the four winds of heaven, and not to his posterity, nor according to his dominion by which he ruled; for his kingdom shall be plucked up, even for others beside those.
+#11:5 And the king of the south, and of his principalities, shall make himself strong; and he shall exceed him and make himself powerful; his dominion [shall be] a great dominion.
+#11:6 But at the end of [some] years they shall join themselves together; for the king's daughter of the south shall come to the king of the north to make an agreement, but she shall not retain the power of the arm; neither shall he stand, nor his arm; for she shall be given up and those that brought her and he that begat her, and those that were for her in [this] time.
+#11:7 But of the new shoot from her roots shall [one] stand up upon his throne and shall come unto the army and shall enter into the fortress of the king of the north and do in them [according to his will] and shall prevail:
+#11:8 and even their gods, with their princes, with their precious vessels of silver and of gold, shall be taken captive in Egypt; and for [some] years he shall maintain himself against the king of the north.
+#11:9 Thus shall the king of the south enter into the kingdom and return to his own land.
+#11:10 But the sons of that one shall be stirred up and shall assemble a multitude of great armies and shall come in great haste, and overflow and pass through and turn and come with wrath unto his fortress.
+#11:11 Therefore the king of the south shall become furious and shall come forth and fight with him [even] with the king of the north; and he shall put a great multitude into [the] field, but all that multitude shall be given into his hand.
+#11:12 Therefore the multitude shall be filled with pride, his heart shall be lifted up, and he shall cast down many thousands, but he shall not prevail.
+#11:13 And the king of the north shall put another multitude greater than the former in [the] field and at the end of a time of some years shall come in great haste with a great army and with much riches.
+#11:14 But in those times many shall stand up against the king of the south, and sons of robbers of thy people shall raise themselves up to establish the vision, but they shall fall.
+#11:15 So the king of the north shall come and cast up a mount and shall take the strong cities, and the arms of the south shall not withstand, neither his chosen people, neither shall there be [any] fortress that can withstand.
+#11:16 And he that comes against him shall do according to his own will, and there shall be no one that can stand before him, and he shall stand in the glorious land, which by his hand shall be consumed.
+#11:17 He shall then set his face to come with the strength of his whole kingdom and shall do upright things with him, and he shall give him a daughter of [his] women to persuade her, but she shall not stand, neither be for him.
+#11:18 After this he shall turn his face unto the isles and shall take many, but a prince shall cause him to cease his affront and shall even turn his reproach upon him.
+#11:19 Then he shall turn his face toward the fortresses of his own land, but he shall stumble and fall and not appear again.
+#11:20 Then shall succeed in his throne a taker of taxes [who shall be the] Glory of the Kingdom, but within few days he shall be broken, neither in anger, nor in battle.
+#11:21 And a vile [person] shall succeed in his place, to whom they shall not give the honour of the Kingdom: nevertheless he shall come in with peace and obtain the kingdom by flatteries.
+#11:22 And with the arms they shall be overflown of a flood before him and shall be broken; yea, also the prince of the covenant.
+#11:23 And after the union [made] with him he shall work deceit and shall rise and shall overcome with few people.
+#11:24 With the province in peace and in abundance, he shall enter and do [that] which his fathers have never done, nor his fathers' fathers; he shall distribute prey and spoil and riches to his soldiers; and against the fortresses he shall forecast his devices, even for [a] time.
+#11:25 And he shall stir up his forces and his heart against the king of the south with a great army; and the king of the south shall move to the war with a great and mighty army, but he shall not prevail, for they shall betray him.
+#11:26 Even those that ate his bread shall break him, and his army shall be destroyed; and many shall fall down slain.
+#11:27 And the heart of both these kings [shall be] to do evil, and at the same table they shall speak lies; but it shall not prosper, for the time appointed is not yet come.
+#11:28 Then he shall return into his land with great riches; and his heart [shall be] against the holy covenant; and he shall do [exploits] and return to his own land.
+#11:29 At the time appointed he shall turn toward the south, but the latter [coming] shall not be as the former.
+#11:30 For the ships of Chittim shall come against him; therefore he shall be grieved and return and have indignation against the holy covenant: so shall he do; he shall even return and have [an] understanding with those that have forsaken the holy covenant.
+#11:31 And arms shall be placed on his behalf, and they shall pollute the sanctuary of strength and shall take away the daily [sacrifice], and they shall place the abomination that makes desolate.
+#11:32 And with flatteries he shall cause to sin those that violate the covenant, but the people that do know their God shall be strong, and do [exploits].
+#11:33 And the wise among the people shall give wisdom to many, yet they shall fall by the sword, and by fire, by captivity, and by spoil, for [some] days.
+#11:34 And in their fall, they shall be helped with a little help, but many shall cleave to them with flatteries.
+#11:35 And [some] of the wise shall fall to be purged and cleaned and made white, [even] to the time of the end because even for this [there is] time appointed.
+#11:36 And the king shall do according to his will, and he shall exalt himself and magnify himself above every god and shall speak marvels against the God of gods and shall prosper until the indignation is accomplished, for the determination has been made.
+#11:37 Neither shall he care for the God of his fathers, nor the love of women, nor care for any god, for he shall magnify himself above all.
+#11:38 But in his place shall he honour the god of fortresses, [a] god whom his fathers did not know; he shall honour it with gold and silver and precious stones and with things of great price.
+#11:39 And with the [people of] the strange god that he shall know, he shall make strong fortresses, increase their glory; and cause them to rule over many, and shall divide the land for gain.
+#11:40 But at the end of the time the king of the south shall lock horns with him, and the king of the north shall raise up a storm against him with chariots and with horsemen and with many ships, and he shall enter into the lands and shall overflow and pass over.
+#11:41 He shall come to the glorious land, and many [provinces] shall fall, but these shall escape out of his hand, [even] Edom and Moab and the first of the sons of Ammon.
+#11:42 He shall stretch forth his hand to the lands, and the land of Egypt shall not escape.
+#11:43 And he shall take over the treasures of gold and of silver and of all the precious things of Egypt, of Libya, and Ethiopia where he passes.
+#11:44 But tidings out of the east and out of the north shall trouble him; therefore he shall go forth with great fury to destroy and to kill many.
+#11:45 And he shall plant the tents of his palace between the seas, in the desirable mountain of the Sanctuary; and he shall come to his end, and shall have no one to help him.:
+#12:1 And at that time shall Michael stand up, the great prince who is for the sons of thy people, and it shall be a time of trouble, such as never was since there were people until now, but in that time thy people shall escape, all those that are found written in the book.
+#12:2 And many of those that sleep in the dust of the earth shall be awakened, some for eternal life, and some for shame [and] everlasting confusion.
+#12:3 And those that understand shall shine as the brightness of the firmament; and those that teach righteousness [to] the multitude as the stars in perpetual eternity.
+#12:4 But thou, O Daniel, shut up the words, and seal the book until the time of the end: many shall pass by, and knowledge shall be multiplied.
+#12:5 Then I Daniel looked, and, behold, another two who stood, one on this side of the bank of the river, and the other on that side of the bank of the river.
+#12:6 And [one] said to the Man clothed in linens, who [was] upon the waters of the river, When [shall be] the end of these wonders?
+#12:7 And I heard the Man clothed in linens, who [was] upon the waters of the river, who raised his right hand and his left hand unto heaven, and swore by the Living one in the ages that [it shall be] for [a] time, times, and a half; and when the scattering of the power of the holy people shall be finished, all these [things] shall be fulfilled.
+#12:8 And I heard, but I did not understand; then I said, O my Lord, what [is] the fulfillment of these things?
+#12:9 And he said, Go thy way, Daniel, for these words [are] closed up and sealed until the time of the fulfillment.
+#12:10 Many shall be purified and made white and purged, but [the] wicked shall get worse; and none of the wicked shall understand, but the wise shall understand.
+#12:11 And from the time [that] the daily [sacrifice] is taken away until the abomination of desolation, [there shall be] a thousand two hundred and ninety days.
+#12:12 Blessed [is] he that waits and comes unto one thousand three hundred and thirty-five days.
+#12:13 And thou shall go to the end and shalt rest, and thou shalt raise up in thy lot at the end of the days.
diff --git a/macros/luatex/generic/opbible/examples/english/txs/NETfree-Dan.txs b/macros/luatex/generic/opbible/examples/english/txs/NETfree-Dan.txs
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..17871eb4c8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/luatex/generic/opbible/examples/english/txs/NETfree-Dan.txs
@@ -0,0 +1,358 @@
+% Daniel
+#1:1 In the third year of the reign of King Jehoiakim of Judah, King Nebuchadnezzar of Babylon advanced against Jerusalem and laid it under siege.
+#1:2 Now the Lord delivered King Jehoiakim of Judah into his power, along with some of the vessels of the temple of God. He brought them to the land of Babylonia to the temple of his god and put the vessels in the treasury of his god.
+#1:3 The king commanded Ashpenaz, who was in charge of his court officials, to choose some of the Israelites who were of royal and noble descent -
+#1:4 young men in whom there was no physical defect and who were handsome, well versed in all kinds of wisdom, well educated and having keen insight, and who were capable of entering the king's royal service - and to teach them the literature and language of the Babylonians.
+#1:5 So the king assigned them a daily ration from his royal delicacies and from the wine he himself drank. They were to be trained for the next three years. At the end of that time they were to enter the king's service.
+#1:6 As it turned out, among these young men were some from Judah: Daniel, Hananiah, Mishael, and Azariah.
+#1:7 But the overseer of the court officials renamed them. He gave Daniel the name Belteshazzar, Hananiah he named Shadrach, Mishael he named Meshach, and Azariah he named Abednego.
+#1:8 But Daniel made up his mind that he would not defile himself with the royal delicacies or the royal wine. He therefore asked the overseer of the court officials for permission not to defile himself.
+#1:9 Then God made the overseer of the court officials sympathetic to Daniel.
+#1:10 But he responded to Daniel, "I fear my master the king. He is the one who has decided your food and drink. What would happen if he saw that you looked malnourished in comparison to the other young men your age? If that happened, you would endanger my life with the king!"
+#1:11 Daniel then spoke to the warden whom the overseer of the court officials had appointed over Daniel, Hananiah, Mishael, and Azariah:
+#1:12 "Please test your servants for ten days by providing us with some vegetables to eat and water to drink.
+#1:13 Then compare our appearance with that of the young men who are eating the royal delicacies; deal with us in light of what you see."
+#1:14 So the warden agreed to their proposal and tested them for ten days.
+#1:15 At the end of the ten days their appearance was better and their bodies were healthier than all the young men who had been eating the royal delicacies.
+#1:16 So the warden removed the delicacies and the wine from their diet and gave them a diet of vegetables instead.
+#1:17 Now as for these four young men, God endowed them with knowledge and skill in all sorts of literature and wisdom - and Daniel had insight into all kinds of visions and dreams.
+#1:18 When the time appointed by the king arrived, the overseer of the court officials brought them into Nebuchadnezzar's presence.
+#1:19 When the king spoke with them, he did not find among the entire group anyone like Daniel, Hananiah, Mishael, or Azariah. So they entered the king's service.
+#1:20 In every matter of wisdom and insight the king asked them about, he found them to be ten times better than any of the magicians and astrologers that were in his entire empire.
+#1:21 Now Daniel lived on until the first year of Cyrus the king.
+#2:1 In the second year of his reign Nebuchadnezzar had many dreams. His mind was disturbed and he suffered from insomnia.
+#2:2 The king issued an order to summon the magicians, astrologers, sorcerers, and wise men in order to explain his dreams to him. So they came and awaited the king's instructions.
+#2:3 The king told them, "I have had a dream, and I am anxious to understand the dream."
+#2:4 The wise men replied to the king: [What follows is in Aramaic ] "O king, live forever! Tell your servants the dream, and we will disclose its interpretation."
+#2:5 The king replied to the wise men, "My decision is firm. If you do not inform me of both the dream and its interpretation, you will be dismembered and your homes reduced to rubble!
+#2:6 But if you can disclose the dream and its interpretation, you will receive from me gifts, a reward, and considerable honor. So disclose to me the dream and its interpretation!"
+#2:7 They again replied, "Let the king inform us of the dream; then we will disclose its interpretation."
+#2:8 The king replied, "I know for sure that you are attempting to gain time, because you see that my decision is firm.
+#2:9 If you don't inform me of the dream, there is only one thing that is going to happen to you. For you have agreed among yourselves to report to me something false and deceitful until such time as things might change. So tell me the dream, and I will have confidence that you can disclose its interpretation."
+#2:10 The wise men replied to the king, "There is no man on earth who is able to disclose the king's secret, for no king, regardless of his position and power, has ever requested such a thing from any magician, astrologer, or wise man.
+#2:11 What the king is asking is too difficult, and no one exists who can disclose it to the king, except for the gods - but they don't live among mortals!"
+#2:12 Because of this the king got furiously angry and gave orders to destroy all the wise men of Babylon.
+#2:13 So a decree went out, and the wise men were about to be executed. They also sought Daniel and his friends so that they could be executed.
+#2:14 Then Daniel spoke with prudent counsel to Arioch, who was in charge of the king's executioners and who had gone out to execute the wise men of Babylon.
+#2:15 He inquired of Arioch the king's deputy, "Why is the decree from the king so urgent?" Then Arioch informed Daniel about the matter.
+#2:16 So Daniel went in and requested the king to grant him time, that he might disclose the interpretation to the king.
+#2:17 Then Daniel went to his home and informed his friends Hananiah, Mishael, and Azariah of the matter.
+#2:18 He asked them to pray for mercy from the God of heaven concerning this mystery so that he and his friends would not be destroyed along with the rest of the wise men of Babylon.
+#2:19 Then in a night vision the mystery was revealed to Daniel. So Daniel praised the God of heaven,
+#2:20 saying, "Let the name of God be praised forever and ever, for wisdom and power belong to him.
+#2:21 He changes times and seasons, deposing some kings and establishing others. He gives wisdom to the wise; he imparts knowledge to those with understanding;
+#2:22 he reveals deep and hidden things. He knows what is in the darkness, and light resides with him.
+#2:23 O God of my fathers, I acknowledge and glorify you, for you have bestowed wisdom and power on me. Now you have enabled me to understand what I requested from you. For you have enabled me to understand the king's dilemma."
+#2:24 Then Daniel went in to see Arioch (whom the king had appointed to destroy the wise men of Babylon). He came and said to him, "Don't destroy the wise men of Babylon! Escort me to the king, and I will disclose the interpretation to him!"
+#2:25 So Arioch quickly ushered Daniel into the king's presence, saying to him, "I have found a man from the captives of Judah who can make known the interpretation to the king."
+#2:26 The king then asked Daniel (whose name was also Belteshazzar), "Are you able to make known to me the dream that I saw, as well as its interpretation?"
+#2:27 Daniel replied to the king, "The mystery that the king is asking about is such that no wise men, astrologers, magicians, or diviners can possibly disclose it to the king.
+#2:28 However, there is a God in heaven who reveals mysteries, and he has made known to King Nebuchadnezzar what will happen in the times to come. The dream and the visions you had while lying on your bed are as follows.
+#2:29 "As for you, O king, while you were in your bed your thoughts turned to future things. The revealer of mysteries has made known to you what will take place.
+#2:30 As for me, this mystery was revealed to me not because I possess more wisdom than any other living person, but so that the king may understand the interpretation and comprehend the thoughts of your mind.
+#2:31 "You, O king, were watching as a great statue - one of impressive size and extraordinary brightness - was standing before you. Its appearance caused alarm.
+#2:32 As for that statue, its head was of fine gold, its chest and arms were of silver, its belly and thighs were of bronze.
+#2:33 Its legs were of iron; its feet were partly of iron and partly of clay.
+#2:34 You were watching as a stone was cut out, but not by human hands. It struck the statue on its iron and clay feet, breaking them in pieces.
+#2:35 Then the iron, clay, bronze, silver, and gold were broken in pieces without distinction and became like chaff from the summer threshing floors that the wind carries away. Not a trace of them could be found. But the stone that struck the statue became a large mountain that filled the entire earth.
+#2:36 This was the dream. Now we will set forth before the king its interpretation.
+#2:37 "You, O king, are the king of kings. The God of heaven has granted you sovereignty, power, strength, and honor.
+#2:38 Wherever human beings, wild animals, and birds of the sky live - he has given them into your power. He has given you authority over them all. You are the head of gold.
+#2:39 Now after you another kingdom will arise, one inferior to yours. Then a third kingdom, one of bronze, will rule in all the earth.
+#2:40 Then there will be a fourth kingdom, one strong like iron. Just like iron breaks in pieces and shatters everything, and as iron breaks in pieces all of these metals, so it will break in pieces and crush the others.
+#2:41 In that you were seeing feet and toes partly of wet clay and partly of iron, so this will be a divided kingdom. Some of the strength of iron will be in it, for you saw iron mixed with wet clay.
+#2:42 In that the toes of the feet were partly of iron and partly of clay, the latter stages of this kingdom will be partly strong and partly fragile.
+#2:43 And in that you saw iron mixed with wet clay, so people will be mixed with one another without adhering to one another, just as iron does not mix with clay.
+#2:44 In the days of those kings the God of heaven will raise up an everlasting kingdom that will not be destroyed and a kingdom that will not be left to another people. It will break in pieces and bring about the demise of all these kingdoms. But it will stand forever.
+#2:45 You saw that a stone was cut from a mountain, but not by human hands; it smashed the iron, bronze, clay, silver, and gold into pieces. The great God has made known to the king what will occur in the future. The dream is certain, and its interpretation is reliable."
+#2:46 Then King Nebuchadnezzar bowed down with his face to the ground and paid homage to Daniel. He gave orders to offer sacrifice and incense to him.
+#2:47 The king replied to Daniel, "Certainly your God is a God of gods and Lord of kings and revealer of mysteries, for you were able to reveal this mystery!"
+#2:48 Then the king elevated Daniel to high position and bestowed on him many marvelous gifts. He granted him authority over the entire province of Babylon and made him the main prefect over all the wise men of Babylon.
+#2:49 And at Daniel's request, the king appointed Shadrach, Meshach, and Abednego over the administration of the province of Babylon. Daniel himself served in the king's court.
+#3:1 King Nebuchadnezzar had a golden statue made. It was ninety feet tall and nine feet wide. He erected it on the plain of Dura in the province of Babylon.
+#3:2 Then King Nebuchadnezzar sent out a summons to assemble the satraps, prefects, governors, counselors, treasurers, judges, magistrates, and all the other authorities of the province to attend the dedication of the statue that he had erected.
+#3:3 So the satraps, prefects, governors, counselors, treasurers, judges, magistrates, and all the other provincial authorities assembled for the dedication of the statue that King Nebuchadnezzar had erected. They were standing in front of the statue that Nebuchadnezzar had erected.
+#3:4 Then the herald made a loud proclamation: "To you, O peoples, nations, and language groups, the following command is given:
+#3:5 When you hear the sound of the horn, flute, zither, trigon, harp, pipes, and all kinds of music, you must bow down and pay homage to the golden statue that King Nebuchadnezzar has erected.
+#3:6 Whoever does not bow down and pay homage will immediately be thrown into the midst of a furnace of blazing fire!"
+#3:7 Therefore when they all heard the sound of the horn, flute, zither, trigon, harp, pipes, and all kinds of music, all the peoples, nations, and language groups began bowing down and paying homage to the golden statue that King Nebuchadnezzar had erected.
+#3:8 Now at that time certain Chaldeans came forward and brought malicious accusations against the Jews.
+#3:9 They said to King Nebuchadnezzar, "O king, live forever!
+#3:10 You have issued an edict, O king, that everyone must bow down and pay homage to the golden statue when they hear the sound of the horn, flute, zither, trigon, harp, pipes, and all kinds of music.
+#3:11 And whoever does not bow down and pay homage must be thrown into the midst of a furnace of blazing fire.
+#3:12 But there are Jewish men whom you appointed over the administration of the province of Babylon - Shadrach, Meshach, and Abednego - and these men have not shown proper respect to you, O king. They don't serve your gods and they don't pay homage to the golden statue that you have erected."
+#3:13 Then Nebuchadnezzar in a fit of rage demanded that they bring Shadrach, Meshach, and Abednego before him. So they brought them before the king.
+#3:14 Nebuchadnezzar said to them, "Is it true, Shadrach, Meshach, and Abednego, that you don't serve my gods and that you don't pay homage to the golden statue that I erected?
+#3:15 Now if you are ready, when you hear the sound of the horn, flute, zither, trigon, harp, pipes, and all kinds of music, you must bow down and pay homage to the statue that I had made. If you don't pay homage to it, you will immediately be thrown into the midst of the furnace of blazing fire. Now, who is that god who can rescue you from my power?"
+#3:16 Shadrach, Meshach, and Abednego replied to King Nebuchadnezzar, "We do not need to give you a reply concerning this.
+#3:17 If our God whom we are serving exists, he is able to rescue us from the furnace of blazing fire, and he will rescue us, O king, from your power as well.
+#3:18 But if not, let it be known to you, O king, that we don't serve your gods, and we will not pay homage to the golden statue that you have erected."
+#3:19 Then Nebuchadnezzar was filled with rage, and his disposition changed toward Shadrach, Meshach, and Abednego. He gave orders to heat the furnace seven times hotter than it was normally heated.
+#3:20 He ordered strong soldiers in his army to tie up Shadrach, Meshach, and Abednego and to throw them into the furnace of blazing fire.
+#3:21 So those men were tied up while still wearing their cloaks, trousers, turbans, and other clothes, and were thrown into the furnace of blazing fire.
+#3:22 But since the king's command was so urgent, and the furnace was so excessively hot, the men who escorted Shadrach, Meshach, and Abednego were killed by the leaping flames.
+#3:23 But those three men, Shadrach, Meshach, and Abednego, fell into the furnace of blazing fire while still securely bound.
+#3:24 Then King Nebuchadnezzar was startled and quickly got up. He said to his ministers, "Wasn't it three men that we tied up and threw into the fire?" They replied to the king, "For sure, O king."
+#3:25 He answered, "But I see four men, untied and walking around in the midst of the fire! No harm has come to them! And the appearance of the fourth is like that of a god!"
+#3:26 Then Nebuchadnezzar approached the door of the furnace of blazing fire. He called out, "Shadrach, Meshach, and Abednego, servants of the most high God, come out! Come here!"Then Shadrach, Meshach, and Abednego emerged from the fire.
+#3:27 Once the satraps, prefects, governors, and ministers of the king had gathered around, they saw that those men were physically unharmed by the fire. The hair of their heads was not singed, nor were their trousers damaged. Not even the smell of fire was to be found on them!
+#3:28 Nebuchadnezzar exclaimed, "Praised be the God of Shadrach, Meshach, and Abednego, who has sent forth his angel and has rescued his servants who trusted in him, ignoring the edict of the king and giving up their bodies rather than serve or pay homage to any god other than their God!
+#3:29 I hereby decree that any people, nation, or language group that blasphemes the god of Shadrach, Meshach, or Abednego will be dismembered and his home reduced to rubble! For there exists no other god who can deliver in this way."
+#3:30 Then Nebuchadnezzar promoted Shadrach, Meshach, and Abednego in the province of Babylon.
+#4:1 "King Nebuchadnezzar, to all peoples, nations, and language groups that live in all the land: Peace and prosperity!
+#4:2 I am delighted to tell you about the signs and wonders that the most high God has done for me.
+#4:3 "How great are his signs! How mighty are his wonders! His kingdom will last forever, and his authority continues from one generation to the next."
+#4:4 I, Nebuchadnezzar, was relaxing in my home, living luxuriously in my palace.
+#4:5 I saw a dream that frightened me badly. The things I imagined while lying on my bed - these visions of my mind - were terrifying me.
+#4:6 So I issued an order for all the wise men of Babylon to be brought before me so that they could make known to me the interpretation of the dream.
+#4:7 When the magicians, astrologers, wise men, and diviners entered, I recounted the dream for them. But they were unable to make known its interpretation to me.
+#4:8 Later Daniel entered (whose name is Belteshazzar after the name of my god, and in whom there is a spirit of the holy gods). I recounted the dream for him as well,
+#4:9 saying, "Belteshazzar, chief of the magicians, in whom I know there to be a spirit of the holy gods and whom no mystery baffles, consider my dream that I saw and set forth its interpretation!
+#4:10 Here are the visions of my mind while I was on my bed.While I was watching, there was a tree in the middle of the land. It was enormously tall.
+#4:11 The tree grew large and strong. Its top reached far into the sky; it could be seen from the borders of all the land.
+#4:12 Its foliage was attractive and its fruit plentiful; on it there was food enough for all. Under it the wild animals used to seek shade, and in its branches the birds of the sky used to nest. All creatures used to feed themselves from it.
+#4:13 While I was watching in my mind's visions on my bed, a holy sentinel came down from heaven.
+#4:14 He called out loudly as follows: 'Chop down the tree and lop off its branches! Strip off its foliage and scatter its fruit! Let the animals flee from under it and the birds from its branches!
+#4:15 But leave its taproot in the ground, with a band of iron and bronze around it surrounded by the grass of the field. Let it become damp with the dew of the sky, and let it live with the animals in the grass of the land.
+#4:16 Let his mind be altered from that of a human being, and let an animal's mind be given to him, and let seven periods of time go by for him.
+#4:17 This announcement is by the decree of the sentinels; this decision is by the pronouncement of the holy ones, so that those who are alive may understand that the Most High has authority over human kingdoms, and he bestows them on whomever he wishes. He establishes over them even the lowliest of human beings.'
+#4:18 "This is the dream that I, King Nebuchadnezzar, saw. Now you, Belteshazzar, declare its interpretation, for none of the wise men in my kingdom are able to make known to me the interpretation. But you can do so, for a spirit of the holy gods is in you."
+#4:19 Then Daniel (whose name is also Belteshazzar) was upset for a brief time; his thoughts were alarming him. The king said, "Belteshazzar, don't let the dream and its interpretation alarm you." But Belteshazzar replied, "Sir, if only the dream were for your enemies and its interpretation applied to your adversaries!
+#4:20 The tree that you saw that grew large and strong, whose top reached to the sky, and which could be seen in all the land,
+#4:21 whose foliage was attractive and its fruit plentiful, and from which there was food available for all, under whose branches wild animals used to live, and in whose branches birds of the sky used to nest -
+#4:22 it is you, O king! For you have become great and strong. Your greatness is such that it reaches to heaven, and your authority to the ends of the earth.
+#4:23 As for the king seeing a holy sentinel coming down from heaven and saying, 'Chop down the tree and destroy it, but leave its taproot in the ground, with a band of iron and bronze around it, surrounded by the grass of the field. Let it become damp with the dew of the sky, and let it live with the wild animals, until seven periods of time go by for him' -
+#4:24 this is the interpretation, O king! It is the decision of the Most High that this has happened to my lord the king.
+#4:25 You will be driven from human society, and you will live with the wild animals. You will be fed grass like oxen, and you will become damp with the dew of the sky. Seven periods of time will pass by for you, before you understand that the Most High is ruler over human kingdoms and gives them to whomever he wishes.
+#4:26 They said to leave the taproot of the tree, for your kingdom will be restored to you when you come to understand that heaven rules.
+#4:27 Therefore, O king, may my advice be pleasing to you. Break away from your sins by doing what is right, and from your iniquities by showing mercy to the poor. Perhaps your prosperity will be prolonged."
+#4:28 Now all of this happened to King Nebuchadnezzar.
+#4:29 After twelve months, he happened to be walking around on the battlements of the royal palace of Babylon.
+#4:30 The king uttered these words: "Is this not the great Babylon that I have built for a royal residence by my own mighty strength and for my majestic honor?"
+#4:31 While these words were still on the king's lips, a voice came down from heaven: "It is hereby announced to you, King Nebuchadnezzar, that your kingdom has been removed from you!
+#4:32 You will be driven from human society, and you will live with the wild animals. You will be fed grass like oxen, and seven periods of time will pass by for you before you understand that the Most High is ruler over human kingdoms and gives them to whomever he wishes."
+#4:33 Now in that very moment this pronouncement about Nebuchadnezzar came true. He was driven from human society, he ate grass like oxen, and his body became damp with the dew of the sky, until his hair became long like an eagle's feathers, and his nails like a bird's claws.
+#4:34 But at the end of the appointed time I, Nebuchadnezzar, looked up toward heaven, and my sanity returned to me.I extolled the Most High, and I praised and glorified the one who lives forever. For his authority is an everlasting authority, and his kingdom extends from one generation to the next.
+#4:35 All the inhabitants of the earth are regarded as nothing. He does as he wishes with the army of heaven and with those who inhabit the earth. No one slaps his hand and says to him, 'What have you done?'
+#4:36 At that time my sanity returned to me. I was restored to the honor of my kingdom, and my splendor returned to me. My ministers and my nobles were seeking me out, and I was reinstated over my kingdom. I became even greater than before.
+#4:37 Now I, Nebuchadnezzar, praise and exalt and glorify the King of heaven, for all his deeds are right and his ways are just. He is able to bring down those who live in pride.
+#5:1 King Belshazzar prepared a great banquet for a thousand of his nobles, and he was drinking wine in front of them all.
+#5:2 While under the influence of the wine, Belshazzar issued an order to bring in the gold and silver vessels - the ones that Nebuchadnezzar his father had confiscated from the temple in Jerusalem - so that the king and his nobles, together with his wives and his concubines, could drink from them.
+#5:3 So they brought the gold and silver vessels that had been confiscated from the temple, the house of God in Jerusalem, and the king and his nobles, together with his wives and concubines, drank from them.
+#5:4 As they drank wine, they praised the gods of gold and silver, bronze, iron, wood, and stone.
+#5:5 At that very moment the fingers of a human hand appeared and wrote on the plaster of the royal palace wall, opposite the lampstand. The king was watching the back of the hand that was writing.
+#5:6 Then all the color drained from the king's face and he became alarmed. The joints of his hips gave way, and his knees began knocking together.
+#5:7 The king called out loudly to summon the astrologers, wise men, and diviners. The king proclaimed to the wise men of Babylon that anyone who could read this inscription and disclose its interpretation would be clothed in purple and have a golden collar placed on his neck and be third ruler in the kingdom.
+#5:8 So all the king's wise men came in, but they were unable to read the writing or to make known its interpretation to the king.
+#5:9 Then King Belshazzar was very terrified, and he was visibly shaken. His nobles were completely dumbfounded.
+#5:10 Due to the noise caused by the king and his nobles, the queen mother then entered the banquet room. She said, "O king, live forever! Don't be alarmed! Don't be shaken!
+#5:11 There is a man in your kingdom who has within him a spirit of the holy gods. In the days of your father, he proved to have insight, discernment, and wisdom like that of the gods. King Nebuchadnezzar your father appointed him chief of the magicians, astrologers, wise men, and diviners.
+#5:12 Thus there was found in this man Daniel, whom the king renamed Belteshazzar, an extraordinary spirit, knowledge, and skill to interpret dreams, solve riddles, and decipher knotty problems. Now summon Daniel, and he will disclose the interpretation."
+#5:13 So Daniel was brought in before the king. The king said to Daniel, "Are you that Daniel who is one of the captives of Judah, whom my father the king brought from Judah?
+#5:14 I have heard about you, how there is a spirit of the gods in you, and how you have insight, discernment, and extraordinary wisdom.
+#5:15 Now the wise men and astrologers were brought before me to read this writing and make known to me its interpretation. But they were unable to disclose the interpretation of the message.
+#5:16 However, I have heard that you are able to provide interpretations and to decipher knotty problems. Now if you are able to read this writing and make known to me its interpretation, you will wear purple and have a golden collar around your neck and be third ruler in the kingdom."
+#5:17 But Daniel replied to the king, "Keep your gifts, and give your rewards to someone else! However, I will read the writing for the king and make known its interpretation.
+#5:18 As for you, O king, the most high God bestowed on your father Nebuchadnezzar a kingdom, greatness, honor, and majesty.
+#5:19 Due to the greatness that he bestowed on him, all peoples, nations, and language groups were trembling with fear before him. He killed whom he wished, he spared whom he wished, he exalted whom he wished, and he brought low whom he wished.
+#5:20 And when his mind became arrogant and his spirit filled with pride, he was deposed from his royal throne and his honor was removed from him.
+#5:21 He was driven from human society, his mind was changed to that of an animal, he lived with the wild donkeys, he was fed grass like oxen, and his body became damp with the dew of the sky, until he came to understand that the most high God rules over human kingdoms, and he appoints over them whomever he wishes.
+#5:22 "But you, his son Belshazzar, have not humbled yourself, although you knew all this.
+#5:23 Instead, you have exalted yourself against the Lord of heaven. You brought before you the vessels from his temple, and you and your nobles, together with your wives and concubines, drank wine from them. You praised the gods of silver, gold, bronze, iron, wood, and stone - gods that cannot see or hear or comprehend! But you have not glorified the God who has in his control your very breath and all your ways!
+#5:24 Therefore the palm of a hand was sent from him, and this writing was inscribed.
+#5:25 "This is the writing that was inscribed: MENE, MENE, TEQEL, and PHARSIN .
+#5:26 This is the interpretation of the words: As for mene - God has numbered your kingdom's days and brought it to an end.
+#5:27 As for teqel - you are weighed on the balances and found to be lacking.
+#5:28 As for peres - your kingdom is divided and given over to the Medes and Persians."
+#5:29 Then, on Belshazzar's orders, Daniel was clothed in purple, a golden collar was placed around his neck, and he was proclaimed third ruler in the kingdom.
+#5:30 And in that very night Belshazzar, the Babylonian king, was killed.
+#5:31 So Darius the Mede took control of the kingdom when he was about sixty-two years old.
+#6:1 It seemed like a good idea to Darius to appoint over the kingdom 120 satraps who would be in charge of the entire kingdom.
+#6:2 Over them would be three supervisors, one of whom was Daniel. These satraps were accountable to them, so that the king's interests might not incur damage.
+#6:3 Now this Daniel was distinguishing himself above the other supervisors and the satraps, for he had an extraordinary spirit. In fact, the king intended to appoint him over the entire kingdom.
+#6:4 Consequently the supervisors and satraps were trying to find some pretext against Daniel in connection with administrative matters. But they were unable to find any such damaging evidence, because he was trustworthy and guilty of no negligence or corruption.
+#6:5 So these men concluded, "We won't find any pretext against this man Daniel unless it is in connection with the law of his God."
+#6:6 So these supervisors and satraps came by collusion to the king and said to him, "O King Darius, live forever!
+#6:7 To all the supervisors of the kingdom, the prefects, satraps, counselors, and governors it seemed like a good idea for a royal edict to be issued and an interdict to be enforced. For the next thirty days anyone who prays to any god or human other than you, O king, should be thrown into a den of lions.
+#6:8 Now let the king issue a written interdict so that it cannot be altered, according to the law of the Medes and Persians, which cannot be changed.
+#6:9 So King Darius issued the written interdict.
+#6:10 When Daniel realized that a written decree had been issued, he entered his home, where the windows in his upper room opened toward Jerusalem. Three times daily he was kneeling and offering prayers and thanks to his God just as he had been accustomed to do previously.
+#6:11 Then those officials who had gone to the king came by collusion and found Daniel praying and asking for help before his God.
+#6:12 So they approached the king and said to him, "Did you not issue an edict to the effect that for the next thirty days anyone who prays to any god or human other than to you, O king, would be thrown into a den of lions?" The king replied, "That is correct, according to the law of the Medes and Persians, which cannot be changed."
+#6:13 Then they said to the king, "Daniel, who is one of the captives from Judah, pays no attention to you, O king, or to the edict that you issued. Three times daily he offers his prayer."
+#6:14 When the king heard this, he was very upset and began thinking about how he might rescue Daniel. Until late afternoon he was struggling to find a way to rescue him.
+#6:15 Then those men came by collusion to the king and said to him, "Recall, O king, that it is a law of the Medes and Persians that no edict or decree that the king issues can be changed."
+#6:16 So the king gave the order, and Daniel was brought and thrown into a den of lions. The king consoled Daniel by saying, "Your God whom you continually serve will rescue you!"
+#6:17 Then a stone was brought and placed over the opening to the den. The king sealed it with his signet ring and with those of his nobles so that nothing could be changed with regard to Daniel.
+#6:18 Then the king departed to his palace. But he spent the night without eating, and no diversions were brought to him. He was unable to sleep.
+#6:19 In the morning, at the earliest sign of daylight, the king got up and rushed to the lions' den.
+#6:20 As he approached the den, he called out to Daniel in a worried voice, "Daniel, servant of the living God, was your God whom you continually serve able to rescue you from the lions?"
+#6:21 Then Daniel spoke to the king, "O king, live forever!
+#6:22 My God sent his angel and closed the lions' mouths so that they have not harmed me, because I was found to be innocent before him. Nor have I done any harm to you, O king."
+#6:23 Then the king was delighted and gave an order to haul Daniel up from the den. So Daniel was hauled up out of the den. He had no injury of any kind, because he had trusted in his God.
+#6:24 The king gave another order, and those men who had maliciously accused Daniel were brought and thrown into the lions' den - they, their children, and their wives. They did not even reach the bottom of the den before the lions overpowered them and crushed all their bones.
+#6:25 Then King Darius wrote to all the peoples, nations, and language groups who were living in all the land: "Peace and prosperity!
+#6:26 I have issued an edict that throughout all the dominion of my kingdom people are to revere and fear the God of Daniel."For he is the living God; he endures forever. His kingdom will not be destroyed; his authority is forever.
+#6:27 He rescues and delivers and performs signs and wonders in the heavens and on the earth. He has rescued Daniel from the power of the lions!"
+#6:28 So this Daniel prospered during the reign of Darius and the reign of Cyrus the Persian.
+#7:1 In the first year of King Belshazzar of Babylon, Daniel had a dream filled with visions while he was lying on his bed. Then he wrote down the dream in summary fashion.
+#7:2 Daniel explained: "I was watching in my vision during the night as the four winds of the sky were stirring up the great sea.
+#7:3 Then four large beasts came up from the sea; they were different from one another.
+#7:4 "The first one was like a lion with eagles' wings. As I watched, its wings were pulled off and it was lifted up from the ground. It was made to stand on two feet like a human being, and a human mind was given to it.
+#7:5 "Then a second beast appeared, like a bear. It was raised up on one side, and there were three ribs in its mouth between its teeth. It was told, 'Get up and devour much flesh!'
+#7:6 "After these things, as I was watching, another beast like a leopard appeared, with four bird-like wings on its back. This beast had four heads, and ruling authority was given to it.
+#7:7 "After these things, as I was watching in the night visions a fourth beast appeared - one dreadful, terrible, and very strong. It had two large rows of iron teeth. It devoured and crushed, and anything that was left it trampled with its feet. It was different from all the beasts that came before it, and it had ten horns.
+#7:8 "As I was contemplating the horns, another horn - a small one - came up between them, and three of the former horns were torn out by the roots to make room for it. This horn had eyes resembling human eyes and a mouth speaking arrogant things.
+#7:9 "While I was watching,thrones were set up, and the Ancient of Days took his seat. His attire was white like snow; the hair of his head was like lamb's wool. His throne was ablaze with fire and its wheels were all aflame.
+#7:10 A river of fire was streaming forth and proceeding from his presence. Many thousands were ministering to him; Many tens of thousands stood ready to serve him. The court convened and the books were opened.
+#7:11 "Then I kept on watching because of the arrogant words of the horn that was speaking. I was watching until the beast was killed and its body destroyed and thrown into the flaming fire.
+#7:12 As for the rest of the beasts, their ruling authority had already been removed, though they were permitted to go on living for a time and a season.
+#7:13 I was watching in the night visions,"And with the clouds of the sky one like a son of man was approaching. He went up to the Ancient of Days and was escorted before him.
+#7:14 To him was given ruling authority, honor, and sovereignty. All peoples, nations, and language groups were serving him. His authority is eternal and will not pass away. His kingdom will not be destroyed.
+#7:15 "As for me, Daniel, my spirit was distressed, and the visions of my mind were alarming me.
+#7:16 I approached one of those standing nearby and asked him about the meaning of all this. So he spoke with me and revealed to me the interpretation of the vision:
+#7:17 'These large beasts, which are four in number, represent four kings who will arise from the earth.
+#7:18 The holy ones of the Most High will receive the kingdom and will take possession of the kingdom forever and ever.'
+#7:19 "Then I wanted to know the meaning of the fourth beast, which was different from all the others. It was very dreadful, with two rows of iron teeth and bronze claws, and it devoured, crushed, and trampled anything that was left with its feet.
+#7:20 I also wanted to know the meaning of the ten horns on its head, and of that other horn which came up and before which three others fell. This was the horn that had eyes and a mouth speaking arrogant things, whose appearance was more formidable than the others.
+#7:21 While I was watching, that horn began to wage war against the holy ones and was defeating them,
+#7:22 until the Ancient of Days arrived and judgment was rendered in favor of the holy ones of the Most High. Then the time came for the holy ones to take possession of the kingdom.
+#7:23 "This is what he told me: 'The fourth beast means that there will be a fourth kingdom on earth that will differ from all the other kingdoms. It will devour all the earth and will trample and crush it.
+#7:24 The ten horns mean that ten kings will arise from that kingdom. Another king will arise after them, but he will be different from the earlier ones. He will humiliate three kings.
+#7:25 He will speak words against the Most High. He will harass the holy ones of the Most High continually. His intention will be to change times established by law. They will be delivered into his hand For a time, times, and half a time.
+#7:26 But the court will convene, and his ruling authority will be removed - destroyed and abolished forever!
+#7:27 Then the kingdom, authority, and greatness of the kingdoms under all of heaven will be delivered to the people of the holy ones of the Most High. His kingdom is an eternal kingdom; all authorities will serve him and obey him.'
+#7:28 "This is the conclusion of the matter. As for me, Daniel, my thoughts troubled me greatly, and the color drained from my face. But I kept the matter to myself."
+#8:1 In the third year of King Belshazzar's reign, a vision appeared to me, Daniel, after the one that had appeared to me previously.
+#8:2 In this vision I saw myself in Susa the citadel, which is located in the province of Elam. In the vision I saw myself at the Ulai Canal.
+#8:3 I looked up and saw a ram with two horns standing at the canal. Its two horns were both long, but one was longer than the other. The longer one was coming up after the shorter one.
+#8:4 I saw that the ram was butting westward, northward, and southward. No animal was able to stand before it, and there was none who could deliver from its power. It did as it pleased and acted arrogantly.
+#8:5 While I was contemplating all this, a male goat was coming from the west over the surface of all the land without touching the ground. This goat had a conspicuous horn between its eyes.
+#8:6 It came to the two-horned ram that I had seen standing beside the canal and rushed against it with raging strength.
+#8:7 I saw it approaching the ram. It went into a fit of rage against the ram and struck it and broke off its two horns. The ram had no ability to resist it. The goat hurled the ram to the ground and trampled it. No one could deliver the ram from its power.
+#8:8 The male goat acted even more arrogantly. But no sooner had the large horn become strong than it was broken, and there arose four conspicuous horns in its place, extending toward the four winds of the sky.
+#8:9 From one of them came a small horn. But it grew to be very big, toward the south and the east and toward the beautiful land.
+#8:10 It grew so big it reached the army of heaven, and it brought about the fall of some of the army and some of the stars to the ground, where it trampled them.
+#8:11 It also acted arrogantly against the Prince of the army, from whom the daily sacrifice was removed and whose sanctuary was thrown down.
+#8:12 The army was given over, along with the daily sacrifice, in the course of his sinful rebellion. It hurled truth to the ground and enjoyed success.
+#8:13 Then I heard a holy one speaking. Another holy one said to the one who was speaking, "To what period of time does the vision pertain - this vision concerning the daily sacrifice and the destructive act of rebellion and the giving over of both the sanctuary and army to be trampled?"
+#8:14 He said to me, "To 2,300 evenings and mornings; then the sanctuary will be put right again."
+#8:15 While I, Daniel, was watching the vision, I sought to understand it. Now one who appeared to be a man was standing before me.
+#8:16 Then I heard a human voice coming from between the banks of the Ulai. It called out, "Gabriel, enable this person to understand the vision."
+#8:17 So he approached the place where I was standing. As he came, I felt terrified and fell flat on the ground. Then he said to me, "Understand, son of man, that the vision pertains to the time of the end."
+#8:18 As he spoke with me, I fell into a trance with my face to the ground. But he touched me and stood me upright.
+#8:19 Then he said, "I am going to inform you about what will happen in the latter time of wrath, for the vision pertains to the appointed time of the end.
+#8:20 The ram that you saw with the two horns stands for the kings of Media and Persia.
+#8:21 The male goat is the king of Greece, and the large horn between its eyes is the first king.
+#8:22 The horn that was broken and in whose place there arose four others stands for four kingdoms that will arise from his nation, though they will not have his strength.
+#8:23 Toward the end of their rule, when rebellious acts are complete, a rash and deceitful king will arise.
+#8:24 His power will be great, but it will not be by his strength alone. He will cause terrible destruction. He will be successful in what he undertakes. He will destroy powerful people and the people of the holy ones.
+#8:25 By his treachery he will succeed through deceit. He will have an arrogant attitude, and he will destroy many who are unaware of his schemes. He will rise up against the Prince of princes, yet he will be broken apart - but not by human agency.
+#8:26 The vision of the evenings and mornings that was told to you is correct. But you should seal up the vision, for it refers to a time many days from now."
+#8:27 I, Daniel, was exhausted and sick for days. Then I got up and again carried out the king's business. But I was astonished at the vision, and there was no one to explain it.
+#9:1 In the first year of Darius son of Ahasuerus, who was of Median descent and who had been appointed king over the Babylonian empire -
+#9:2 in the first year of his reign I, Daniel, came to understand from the sacred books that, according to the word of the LORD disclosed to the prophet Jeremiah, the years for the fulfilling of the desolation of Jerusalem were seventy in number.
+#9:3 So I turned my attention to the Lord God to implore him by prayer and requests, with fasting, sackcloth, and ashes.
+#9:4 I prayed to the LORD my God, confessing in this way:"O Lord, great and awesome God who is faithful to his covenant with those who love him and keep his commandments,
+#9:5 we have sinned! We have done what is wrong and wicked; we have rebelled by turning away from your commandments and standards.
+#9:6 We have not paid attention to your servants the prophets, who spoke by your authority to our kings, our leaders, and our ancestors, and to all the inhabitants of the land as well.
+#9:7 "You are righteous, O Lord, but we are humiliated this day - the people of Judah and the inhabitants of Jerusalem and all Israel, both near and far away in all the countries in which you have scattered them, because they have behaved unfaithfully toward you.
+#9:8 O LORD, we have been humiliated - our kings, our leaders, and our ancestors - because we have sinned against you.
+#9:9 Yet the Lord our God is compassionate and forgiving, even though we have rebelled against him.
+#9:10 We have not obeyed the LORD our God by living according to his laws that he set before us through his servants the prophets.
+#9:11 "All Israel has broken your law and turned away by not obeying you. Therefore you have poured out on us the judgment solemnly threatened in the law of Moses the servant of God, for we have sinned against you.
+#9:12 He has carried out his threats against us and our rulers who were over us by bringing great calamity on us - what has happened to Jerusalem has never been equaled under all heaven!
+#9:13 Just as it is written in the law of Moses, so all this calamity has come on us. Still we have not tried to pacify the LORD our God by turning back from our sin and by seeking wisdom from your reliable moral standards.
+#9:14 The LORD was mindful of the calamity, and he brought it on us. For the LORD our God is just in all he has done, and we have not obeyed him.
+#9:15 "Now, O Lord our God, who brought your people out of the land of Egypt with great power and made a name for yourself that is remembered to this day - we have sinned and behaved wickedly.
+#9:16 O Lord, according to all your justice, please turn your raging anger away from your city Jerusalem, your holy mountain. For due to our sins and the iniquities of our ancestors, Jerusalem and your people are mocked by all our neighbors.
+#9:17 "So now, our God, accept the prayer and requests of your servant, and show favor to your devastated sanctuary for your own sake.
+#9:18 Listen attentively, my God, and hear! Open your eyes and look on our desolated ruins and the city called by your name. For it is not because of our own righteous deeds that we are praying to you, but because your compassion is abundant.
+#9:19 O Lord, hear! O Lord, forgive! O Lord, pay attention, and act! Don't delay, for your own sake, O my God! For your city and your people are called by your name."
+#9:20 While I was still speaking and praying, confessing my sin and the sin of my people Israel and presenting my request before the LORD my God concerning his holy mountain -
+#9:21 yes, while I was still praying, the man Gabriel, whom I had seen previously in a vision, was approaching me in my state of extreme weariness, around the time of the evening offering.
+#9:22 He spoke with me, instructing me as follows: "Daniel, I have now come to impart understanding to you.
+#9:23 At the beginning of your requests a message went out, and I have come to convey it to you, for you are of great value in God's sight. Therefore consider the message and understand the vision:
+#9:24 "Seventy weeks have been determined concerning your people and your holy city to put an end to rebellion, to bring sin to completion, to atone for iniquity, to bring in perpetual righteousness, to seal up the prophetic vision, and to anoint a most holy place.
+#9:25 So know and understand: From the issuing of the command to restore and rebuild Jerusalem until an anointed one, a prince arrives, there will be a period of seven weeks and sixty-two weeks. It will again be built, with plaza and moat, but in distressful times.
+#9:26 Now after the sixty-two weeks, an anointed one will be cut off and have nothing. As for the city and the sanctuary, the people of the coming prince will destroy them. But his end will come speedily like a flood. Until the end of the war that has been decreed there will be destruction.
+#9:27 He will confirm a covenant with many for one week. But in the middle of that week he will bring sacrifices and offerings to a halt. On the wing of abominations will come one who destroys, until the decreed end is poured out on the one who destroys."
+#10:1 In the third year of King Cyrus of Persia a message was revealed to Daniel (who was also called Belteshazzar). This message was true and concerned a great war. He understood the message and gained insight by the vision.
+#10:2 In those days I, Daniel, was mourning for three whole weeks.
+#10:3 I ate no choice food; no meat or wine came to my lips, nor did I anoint myself with oil until the end of those three weeks.
+#10:4 On the twenty-fourth day of the first month I was beside the great river, the Tigris.
+#10:5 I looked up and saw a man clothed in linen; around his waist was a belt made of gold from Upaz.
+#10:6 His body resembled yellow jasper, and his face had an appearance like lightning. His eyes were like blazing torches; his arms and feet had the gleam of polished bronze. His voice thundered forth like the sound of a large crowd.
+#10:7 Only I, Daniel, saw the vision; the men who were with me did not see it. On the contrary, they were overcome with fright and ran away to hide.
+#10:8 I alone was left to see this great vision. My strength drained from me, and my vigor disappeared; I was without energy.
+#10:9 I listened to his voice, and as I did so I fell into a trance-like sleep with my face to the ground.
+#10:10 Then a hand touched me and set me on my hands and knees.
+#10:11 He said to me, "Daniel, you are of great value. Understand the words that I am about to speak to you. So stand up, for I have now been sent to you." When he said this to me, I stood up shaking.
+#10:12 Then he said to me, "Don't be afraid, Daniel, for from the very first day you applied your mind to understand and to humble yourself before your God, your words were heard. I have come in response to your words.
+#10:13 However, the prince of the kingdom of Persia was opposing me for twenty-one days. But Michael, one of the leading princes, came to help me, because I was left there with the kings of Persia.
+#10:14 Now I have come to help you understand what will happen to your people in the latter days, for the vision pertains to future days."
+#10:15 While he was saying this to me, I was flat on the ground and unable to speak.
+#10:16 Then one who appeared to be a human being was touching my lips. I opened my mouth and started to speak, saying to the one who was standing before me, "Sir, due to the vision, anxiety has gripped me and I have no strength.
+#10:17 How, sir, am I able to speak with you? My strength is gone, and I am breathless."
+#10:18 Then the one who appeared to be a human being touched me again and strengthened me.
+#10:19 He said to me, "Don't be afraid, you who are valued. Peace be to you! Be strong! Be really strong!" When he spoke to me, I was strengthened. I said, "Sir, you may speak now, for you have given me strength."
+#10:20 He said, "Do you know why I have come to you? Now I am about to return to engage in battle with the prince of Persia. When I go, the prince of Greece is coming.
+#10:21 However, I will first tell you what is written in a dependable book. (There is no one who strengthens me against these princes, except Michael your prince.
+#11:1 And in the first year of Darius the Mede, I stood to strengthen him and to provide protection for him.)
+#11:2 Now I will tell you the truth."Three more kings will arise for Persia. Then a fourth king will be unusually rich, more so than all who preceded him. When he has amassed power through his riches, he will stir up everyone against the kingdom of Greece.
+#11:3 Then a powerful king will arise, exercising great authority and doing as he pleases.
+#11:4 Shortly after his rise to power, his kingdom will be broken up and distributed toward the four winds of the sky - but not to his posterity or with the authority he exercised, for his kingdom will be uprooted and distributed to others besides these.
+#11:5 "Then the king of the south and one of his subordinates will grow strong. His subordinate will resist him and will rule a kingdom greater than his.
+#11:6 After some years have passed, they will form an alliance. Then the daughter of the king of the south will come to the king of the north to make an agreement, but she will not retain her power, nor will he continue in his strength. She, together with the one who brought her, her child, and her benefactor will all be delivered over at that time.
+#11:7 "There will arise in his place one from her family line who will come against their army and will enter the stronghold of the king of the north and will move against them successfully.
+#11:8 He will also take their gods into captivity to Egypt, along with their cast images and prized utensils of silver and gold. Then he will withdraw for some years from the king of the north.
+#11:9 Then the king of the north will advance against the empire of the king of the south, but will withdraw to his own land.
+#11:10 His sons will wage war, mustering a large army which will advance like an overflowing river and carrying the battle all the way to the enemy's fortress.
+#11:11 "Then the king of the south will be enraged and will march out to fight against the king of the north, who will also muster a large army, but that army will be delivered into his hand.
+#11:12 When the army is taken away, the king of the south will become arrogant. He will be responsible for the death of thousands and thousands of people, but he will not continue to prevail.
+#11:13 For the king of the north will again muster an army, one larger than before. At the end of some years he will advance with a huge army and enormous supplies.
+#11:14 "In those times many will oppose the king of the south. Those who are violent among your own people will rise up in confirmation of the vision, but they will falter.
+#11:15 Then the king of the north will advance and will build siege mounds and capture a well-fortified city. The forces of the south will not prevail, not even his finest contingents. They will have no strength to prevail.
+#11:16 The one advancing against him will do as he pleases, and no one will be able to stand before him. He will prevail in the beautiful land, and its annihilation will be within his power.
+#11:17 His intention will be to come with the strength of his entire kingdom, and he will form alliances. He will give the king of the south a daughter in marriage in order to destroy the kingdom, but it will not turn out to his advantage.
+#11:18 Then he will turn his attention to the coastal regions and will capture many of them. But a commander will bring his shameful conduct to a halt; in addition, he will make him pay for his shameful conduct.
+#11:19 He will then turn his attention to the fortresses of his own land, but he will stumble and fall, not to be found again.
+#11:20 There will arise after him one who will send out an exactor of tribute to enhance the splendor of the kingdom, but after a few days he will be destroyed, though not in anger or battle.
+#11:21 "Then there will arise in his place a despicable person to whom the royal honor has not been rightfully conferred. He will come on the scene in a time of prosperity and will seize the kingdom through deceit.
+#11:22 Armies will be suddenly swept away in defeat before him; both they and a covenant leader will be destroyed.
+#11:23 After entering into an alliance with him, he will behave treacherously; he will ascend to power with only a small force.
+#11:24 In a time of prosperity for the most productive areas of the province he will come and accomplish what neither his fathers nor their fathers accomplished. He will distribute loot, spoils, and property to his followers, and he will devise plans against fortified cities, but not for long.
+#11:25 He will rouse his strength and enthusiasm against the king of the south with a large army. The king of the south will wage war with a large and very powerful army, but he will not be able to prevail because of the plans devised against him.
+#11:26 Those who share the king's fine food will attempt to destroy him, and his army will be swept away; many will be killed in battle.
+#11:27 These two kings, their minds filled with evil intentions, will trade lies with one another at the same table. But it will not succeed, for there is still an end at the appointed time.
+#11:28 Then the king of the north will return to his own land with much property. His mind will be set against the holy covenant. He will take action, and then return to his own land.
+#11:29 At an appointed time he will again invade the south, but this latter visit will not turn out the way the former one did.
+#11:30 The ships of Kittim will come against him, leaving him disheartened. He will turn back and direct his indignation against the holy covenant. He will return and honor those who forsake the holy covenant.
+#11:31 His forces will rise up and profane the fortified sanctuary, stopping the daily sacrifice. In its place they will set up the abomination that causes desolation.
+#11:32 Then with smooth words he will defile those who have rejected the covenant. But the people who are loyal to their God will act valiantly.
+#11:33 These who are wise among the people will teach the masses. However, they will fall by the sword and by the flame, and they will be imprisoned and plundered for some time.
+#11:34 When they stumble, they will be granted some help. But many will unite with them deceitfully.
+#11:35 Even some of the wise will stumble, resulting in their refinement, purification, and cleansing until the time of the end, for it is still for the appointed time.
+#11:36 "Then the king will do as he pleases. He will exalt and magnify himself above every deity and he will utter presumptuous things against the God of gods. He will succeed until the time of wrath is completed, for what has been decreed must occur.
+#11:37 He will not respect the gods of his fathers - not even the god loved by women. He will not respect any god; he will elevate himself above them all.
+#11:38 What he will honor is a god of fortresses - a god his fathers did not acknowledge he will honor with gold, silver, valuable stones, and treasured commodities.
+#11:39 He will attack mighty fortresses, aided by a foreign deity. To those who recognize him he will grant considerable honor. He will place them in authority over many people, and he will parcel out land for a price.
+#11:40 "At the time of the end the king of the south will attack him. Then the king of the north will storm against him with chariots, horsemen, and a large armada of ships. He will invade lands, passing through them like an overflowing river.
+#11:41 Then he will enter the beautiful land. Many will fall, but these will escape: Edom, Moab, and the Ammonite leadership.
+#11:42 He will extend his power against other lands; the land of Egypt will not escape.
+#11:43 He will have control over the hidden stores of gold and silver, as well as all the treasures of Egypt. Libyans and Ethiopians will submit to him.
+#11:44 But reports will trouble him from the east and north, and he will set out in a tremendous rage to destroy and wipe out many.
+#11:45 He will pitch his royal tents between the seas toward the beautiful holy mountain. But he will come to his end, with no one to help him.
+#12:1 "At that time Michael, the great prince who watches over your people, will arise. There will be a time of distress unlike any other from the nation's beginning up to that time. But at that time your own people, all those whose names are found written in the book, will escape.
+#12:2 Many of those who sleep in the dusty ground will awake - some to everlasting life, and others to shame and everlasting abhorrence.
+#12:3 But the wise will shine like the brightness of the heavenly expanse. And those bringing many to righteousness will be like the stars forever and ever.
+#12:4 "But you, Daniel, close up these words and seal the book until the time of the end. Many will dash about, and knowledge will increase."
+#12:5 I, Daniel, watched as two others stood there, one on each side of the river.
+#12:6 One said to the man clothed in linen who was above the waters of the river, "When will the end of these wondrous events occur?"
+#12:7 Then I heard the man clothed in linen who was over the waters of the river as he raised both his right and left hands to the sky and made an oath by the one who lives forever: "It is for a time, times, and half a time. Then, when the power of the one who shatters the holy people has been exhausted, all these things will be finished."
+#12:8 I heard, but I did not understand. So I said, "Sir, what will happen after these things?"
+#12:9 He said, "Go, Daniel. For these matters are closed and sealed until the time of the end.
+#12:10 Many will be purified, made clean, and refined, but the wicked will go on being wicked. None of the wicked will understand, though the wise will understand.
+#12:11 From the time that the daily sacrifice is removed and the abomination that causes desolation is set in place, there are 1,290 days.
+#12:12 Blessed is the one who waits and attains to the 1,335 days.
+#12:13 But you should go your way until the end. You will rest and then at the end of the days you will arise to receive what you have been allotted."
diff --git a/macros/luatex/generic/opbible/examples/english/txs/RNKJV-Dan.txs b/macros/luatex/generic/opbible/examples/english/txs/RNKJV-Dan.txs
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a273a0a469
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/luatex/generic/opbible/examples/english/txs/RNKJV-Dan.txs
@@ -0,0 +1,358 @@
+% Daniel הוהי
+#1:1 In the third year of the reign of Jehoiakim king of Judah came Nebuchadnezzar king of Babylon unto Jerusalem, and besieged it.
+#1:2 And הוהי gave Jehoiakim king of Judah into his hand, with part of the vessels of the house of Elohim: which he carried into the land of Shinar to the house of his elohim; and he brought the vessels into the treasure house of his elohim.
+#1:3 And the king spake unto Ashpenaz the master of his eunuchs, that he should bring certain of the children of Israel, and of the king's seed, and of the princes;
+#1:4 Children in whom was no blemish, but well favoured, and skilful in all wisdom, and cunning in knowledge, and understanding science, and such as had ability in them to stand in the king's palace, and whom they might teach the learning and the tongue of the Chaldeans.
+#1:5 And the king appointed them a daily provision of the king's meat, and of the wine which he drank: so nourishing them three years, that at the end thereof they might stand before the king.
+#1:6 Now among these were of the children of Judah, Daniel, Hananiah, Mishael, and Azariah:
+#1:7 Unto whom the prince of the eunuchs gave names: for he gave unto Daniel the name of Belteshazzar; and to Hananiah, of Shadrach; and to Mishael, of Meshach; and to Azariah, of Abed-nego.
+#1:8 But Daniel purposed in his heart that he would not defile himself with the portion of the king's meat, nor with the wine which he drank: therefore he requested of the prince of the eunuchs that he might not defile himself.
+#1:9 Now Elohim had brought Daniel into favour and tender love with the prince of the eunuchs.
+#1:10 And the prince of the eunuchs said unto Daniel, I fear my master the king, who hath appointed your meat and your drink: for why should he see your faces worse liking than the children which are of your sort? then shall ye make me endanger my head to the king.
+#1:11 Then said Daniel to Melzar, whom the prince of the eunuchs had set over Daniel, Hananiah, Mishael, and Azariah,
+#1:12 Prove thy servants, I beseech thee, ten days; and let them give us pulse to eat, and water to drink.
+#1:13 Then let our countenances be looked upon before thee, and the countenance of the children that eat of the portion of the king's meat: and as thou seest, deal with thy servants.
+#1:14 So he consented to them in this matter, and proved them ten days.
+#1:15 And at the end of ten days their countenances appeared fairer and fatter in flesh than all the children which did eat the portion of the king's meat.
+#1:16 Thus Melzar took away the portion of their meat, and the wine that they should drink; and gave them pulse.
+#1:17 As for these four children, Elohim gave them knowledge and skill in all learning and wisdom: and Daniel had understanding in all visions and dreams.
+#1:18 Now at the end of the days that the king had said he should bring them in, then the prince of the eunuchs brought them in before Nebuchadnezzar.
+#1:19 And the king communed with them; and among them all was found none like Daniel, Hananiah, Mishael, and Azariah: therefore stood they before the king.
+#1:20 And in all matters of wisdom and understanding, that the king inquired of them, he found them ten times better than all the magicians and astrologers that were in all his realm.
+#1:21 And Daniel continued even unto the first year of king Cyrus.
+#2:1 And in the second year of the reign of Nebuchadnezzar Nebuchadnezzar dreamed dreams, wherewith his spirit was troubled, and his sleep brake from him.
+#2:2 Then the king commanded to call the magicians, and the astrologers, and the sorcerers, and the Chaldeans, for to shew the king his dreams. So they came and stood before the king.
+#2:3 And the king said unto them, I have dreamed a dream, and my spirit was troubled to know the dream.
+#2:4 Then spake the Chaldeans to the king in Syriack, O king, live for ever: tell thy servants the dream, and we will shew the interpretation.
+#2:5 The king answered and said to the Chaldeans, The thing is gone from me: if ye will not make known unto me the dream, with the interpretation thereof, ye shall be cut in pieces, and your houses shall be made a dunghill.
+#2:6 But if ye shew the dream, and the interpretation thereof, ye shall receive of me gifts and rewards and great honour: therefore shew me the dream, and the interpretation thereof.
+#2:7 They answered again and said, Let the king tell his servants the dream, and we will shew the interpretation of it.
+#2:8 The king answered and said, I know of certainty that ye would gain the time, because ye see the thing is gone from me.
+#2:9 But if ye will not make known unto me the dream, there is but one decree for you: for ye have prepared lying and corrupt words to speak before me, till the time be changed: therefore tell me the dream, and I shall know that ye can shew me the interpretation thereof.
+#2:10 The Chaldeans answered before the king, and said, There is not a man upon the earth that can shew the king's matter: therefore there is no king, master, nor ruler, that asked such things at any magician, or astrologer, or Chaldean.
+#2:11 And it is a rare thing that the king requireth, and there is none other that can shew it before the king, except the elohim, whose dwelling is not with flesh.
+#2:12 For this cause the king was angry and very furious, and commanded to destroy all the wise men of Babylon.
+#2:13 And the decree went forth that the wise men should be slain; and they sought Daniel and his fellows to be slain.
+#2:14 Then Daniel answered with counsel and wisdom to Arioch the captain of the king's guard, which was gone forth to slay the wise men of Babylon:
+#2:15 He answered and said to Arioch the king's captain, Why is the decree so hasty from the king? Then Arioch made the thing known to Daniel.
+#2:16 Then Daniel went in, and desired of the king that he would give him time, and that he would shew the king the interpretation.
+#2:17 Then Daniel went to his house, and made the thing known to Hananiah, Mishael, and Azariah, his companions:
+#2:18 That they would desire mercies of the Elohim of heaven concerning this secret; that Daniel and his fellows should not perish with the rest of the wise men of Babylon.
+#2:19 Then was the secret revealed unto Daniel in a night vision. Then Daniel blessed the Elohim of heaven.
+#2:20 Daniel answered and said, Blessed be the name of Elohim for ever and ever: for wisdom and might are his:
+#2:21 And he changeth the times and the seasons: he removeth kings, and setteth up kings: he giveth wisdom unto the wise, and knowledge to them that know understanding:
+#2:22 He revealeth the deep and secret things: he knoweth what is in the darkness, and the light dwelleth with him.
+#2:23 I thank thee, and praise thee, O thou Elohim of my fathers, who hast given me wisdom and might, and hast made known unto me now what we desired of thee: for thou hast now made known unto us the king's matter.
+#2:24 Therefore Daniel went in unto Arioch, whom the king had ordained to destroy the wise men of Babylon: he went and said thus unto him; Destroy not the wise men of Babylon: bring me in before the king, and I will shew unto the king the interpretation.
+#2:25 Then Arioch brought in Daniel before the king in haste and said thus unto him, I have found a man of the captives of Judah, that will make known unto the king the interpretation.
+#2:26 The king answered and said to Daniel, whose name was Belteshazzar, Art thou able to make known unto me the dream which I have seen, and the interpretation thereof?
+#2:27 Daniel answered in the presence of the king, and said, The secret which the king hath demanded cannot the wise men, the astrologers, the magicians, the soothsayers, shew unto the king;
+#2:28 But there is an Elohim in heaven that revealeth secrets, and maketh known to the king Nebuchadnezzar what shall be in the latter days. Thy dream, and the visions of thy head upon thy bed, are these;
+#2:29 As for thee, O king, thy thoughts came into thy mind upon thy bed, what should come to pass hereafter: and he that revealeth secrets maketh known to thee what shall come to pass.
+#2:30 But as for me, this secret is not revealed to me for any wisdom that I have more than any living, but for their sakes that shall make known the interpretation to the king, and that thou mightest know the thoughts of thy heart.
+#2:31 Thou, O king, sawest, and behold a great image. This great image, whose brightness was excellent, stood before thee; and the form thereof was terrible.
+#2:32 This image's head was of fine gold, his breast and his arms of silver, his belly and his thighs of brass,
+#2:33 His legs of iron, his feet part of iron and part of clay.
+#2:34 Thou sawest till that a stone was cut out without hands, which smote the image upon his feet that were of iron and clay, and brake them to pieces.
+#2:35 Then was the iron, the clay, the brass, the silver, and the gold, broken to pieces together, and became like the chaff of the summer threshingfloors; and the wind carried them away, that no place was found for them: and the stone that smote the image became a great mountain, and filled the whole earth.
+#2:36 This is the dream; and we will tell the interpretation thereof before the king.
+#2:37 Thou, O king, art a king of kings: for the Elohim of heaven hath given thee a kingdom, power, and strength, and glory.
+#2:38 And wheresoever the children of men dwell, the beasts of the field and the fowls of the heaven hath he given into thine hand, and hath made thee ruler over them all. Thou art this head of gold.
+#2:39 And after thee shall arise another kingdom inferior to thee, and another third kingdom of brass, which shall bear rule over all the earth.
+#2:40 And the fourth kingdom shall be strong as iron: forasmuch as iron breaketh in pieces and subdueth all things: and as iron that breaketh all these, shall it break in pieces and bruise.
+#2:41 And whereas thou sawest the feet and toes, part of potters' clay, and part of iron, the kingdom shall be divided; but there shall be in it of the strength of the iron, forasmuch as thou sawest the iron mixed with miry clay.
+#2:42 And as the toes of the feet were part of iron, and part of clay, so the kingdom shall be partly strong, and partly broken.
+#2:43 And whereas thou sawest iron mixed with miry clay, they shall mingle themselves with the seed of men: but they shall not cleave one to another, even as iron is not mixed with clay.
+#2:44 And in the days of these kings shall the Elohim of heaven set up a kingdom, which shall never be destroyed: and the kingdom shall not be left to other people, but it shall break in pieces and consume all these kingdoms, and it shall stand for ever.
+#2:45 Forasmuch as thou sawest that the stone was cut out of the mountain without hands, and that it brake in pieces the iron, the brass, the clay, the silver, and the gold; the great Elohim hath made known to the king what shall come to pass hereafter: and the dream is certain, and the interpretation thereof sure.
+#2:46 Then the king Nebuchadnezzar fell upon his face, and worshipped Daniel, and commanded that they should offer an oblation and sweet odours unto him.
+#2:47 The king answered unto Daniel, and said, Of a truth it is, that your Elohim is an Elohim of elohim, and a master of kings, and a revealer of secrets, seeing thou couldest reveal this secret.
+#2:48 Then the king made Daniel a great man, and gave him many great gifts, and made him ruler over the whole province of Babylon, and chief of the governors over all the wise men of Babylon.
+#2:49 Then Daniel requested of the king, and he set Shadrach, Meshach, and Abed-nego, over the affairs of the province of Babylon: but Daniel sat in the gate of the king.
+#3:1 Nebuchadnezzar the king made an image of gold, whose height was threescore cubits, and the breadth thereof six cubits: he set it up in the plain of Dura, in the province of Babylon.
+#3:2 Then Nebuchadnezzar the king sent to gather together the princes, the governors, and the captains, the judges, the treasurers, the counsellers, the sheriffs, and all the rulers of the provinces, to come to the dedication of the image which Nebuchadnezzar the king had set up.
+#3:3 Then the princes, the governors, and captains, the judges, the treasurers, the counsellers, the sheriffs, and all the rulers of the provinces, were gathered together unto the dedication of the image that Nebuchadnezzar the king had set up; and they stood before the image that Nebuchadnezzar had set up.
+#3:4 Then an herald cried aloud, To you it is commanded, O people, nations, and languages,
+#3:5 That at what time ye hear the sound of the cornet, flute, harp, sackbut, psaltery, dulcimer, and all kinds of musick, ye fall down and worship the golden image that Nebuchadnezzar the king hath set up:
+#3:6 And whoso falleth not down and worshippeth shall the same hour be cast into the midst of a burning fiery furnace.
+#3:7 Therefore at that time, when all the people heard the sound of the cornet, flute, harp, sackbut, psaltery, and all kinds of musick, all the people, the nations, and the languages, fell down and worshipped the golden image that Nebuchadnezzar the king had set up.
+#3:8 Wherefore at that time certain Chaldeans came near, and accused the Jews.
+#3:9 They spake and said to the king Nebuchadnezzar, O king, live for ever.
+#3:10 Thou, O king, hast made a decree, that every man that shall hear the sound of the cornet, flute, harp, sackbut, psaltery, and dulcimer, and all kinds of musick, shall fall down and worship the golden image:
+#3:11 And whoso falleth not down and worshippeth, that he should be cast into the midst of a burning fiery furnace.
+#3:12 There are certain Jews whom thou hast set over the affairs of the province of Babylon, Shadrach, Meshach, and Abed-nego; these men, O king, have not regarded thee: they serve not thy elohim, nor worship the golden image which thou hast set up.
+#3:13 Then Nebuchadnezzar in his rage and fury commanded to bring Shadrach, Meshach, and Abed-nego. Then they brought these men before the king.
+#3:14 Nebuchadnezzar spake and said unto them, Is it true, O Shadrach, Meshach, and Abed-nego, do not ye serve my elohim, nor worship the golden image which I have set up?
+#3:15 Now if ye be ready that at what time ye hear the sound of the cornet, flute, harp, sackbut, psaltery, and dulcimer, and all kinds of musick, ye fall down and worship the image which I have made; well: but if ye worship not, ye shall be cast the same hour into the midst of a burning fiery furnace; and who is that Elohim that shall deliver you out of my hands?
+#3:16 Shadrach, Meshach, and Abed-nego, answered and said to the king, O Nebuchadnezzar, we are not careful to answer thee in this matter.
+#3:17 If it be so, our Elohim whom we serve is able to deliver us from the burning fiery furnace, and he will deliver us out of thine hand, O king.
+#3:18 But if not, be it known unto thee, O king, that we will not serve thy elohim, nor worship the golden image which thou hast set up.
+#3:19 Then was Nebuchadnezzar full of fury, and the form of his visage was changed against Shadrach, Meshach, and Abed-nego: therefore he spake, and commanded that they should heat the furnace one seven times more than it was wont to be heated.
+#3:20 And he commanded the most mighty men that were in his army to bind Shadrach, Meshach, and Abed-nego, and to cast them into the burning fiery furnace.
+#3:21 Then these men were bound in their coats, their hosen, and their hats, and their other garments, and were cast into the midst of the burning fiery furnace.
+#3:22 Therefore because the king's commandment was urgent, and the furnace exceeding hot, the flame of the fire slew those men that took up Shadrach, Meshach, and Abed-nego.
+#3:23 And these three men, Shadrach, Meshach, and Abed-nego, fell down bound into the midst of the burning fiery furnace.
+#3:24 Then Nebuchadnezzar the king was astonied, and rose up in haste, and spake, and said unto his counsellers, Did not we cast three men bound into the midst of the fire? They answered and said unto the king, True, O king.
+#3:25 He answered and said, Lo, I see four men loose, walking in the midst of the fire, and they have no hurt; and the form of the fourth is like the Son of Elohim.
+#3:26 Then Nebuchadnezzar came near to the mouth of the burning fiery furnace, and spake, and said, Shadrach, Meshach, and Abed-nego, ye servants of the most high Elohim, come forth, and come hither. Then Shadrach, Meshach, and Abed-nego, came forth of the midst of the fire.
+#3:27 And the princes, governors, and captains, and the king's counsellers, being gathered together, saw these men, upon whose bodies the fire had no power, nor was an hair of their head singed, neither were their coats changed, nor the smell of fire had passed on them.
+#3:28 Then Nebuchadnezzar spake, and said, Blessed be the Elohim of Shadrach, Meshach, and Abed-nego, who hath sent his angel, and delivered his servants that trusted in him, and have changed the king's word, and yielded their bodies, that they might not serve nor worship any elohim, except their own Elohim.
+#3:29 Therefore I make a decree, That every people, nation, and language, which speak any thing amiss against the Elohim of Shadrach, Meshach, and Abed-nego, shall be cut in pieces, and their houses shall be made a dunghill: because there is no other Elohim that can deliver after this sort.
+#3:30 Then the king promoted Shadrach, Meshach, and Abed-nego, in the province of Babylon.
+#4:1 Nebuchadnezzar the king, unto all people, nations, and languages, that dwell in all the earth; Peace be multiplied unto you.
+#4:2 I thought it good to shew the signs and wonders that the high Elohim hath wrought toward me.
+#4:3 How great are his signs! and how mighty are his wonders! his kingdom is an everlasting kingdom, and his dominion is from generation to generation.
+#4:4 I Nebuchadnezzar was at rest in mine house, and flourishing in my palace:
+#4:5 I saw a dream which made me afraid, and the thoughts upon my bed and the visions of my head troubled me.
+#4:6 Therefore made I a decree to bring in all the wise men of Babylon before me, that they might make known unto me the interpretation of the dream.
+#4:7 Then came in the magicians, the astrologers, the Chaldeans, and the soothsayers: and I told the dream before them; but they did not make known unto me the interpretation thereof.
+#4:8 But at the last Daniel came in before me, whose name was Belteshazzar, according to the name of my elohim, and in whom is the spirit of the holy elohim: and before him I told the dream, saying,
+#4:9 O Belteshazzar, master of the magicians, because I know that the spirit of the holy elohim is in thee, and no secret troubleth thee, tell me the visions of my dream that I have seen, and the interpretation thereof.
+#4:10 Thus were the visions of mine head in my bed; I saw, and behold a tree in the midst of the earth, and the height thereof was great.
+#4:11 The tree grew, and was strong, and the height thereof reached unto heaven, and the sight thereof to the end of all the earth:
+#4:12 The leaves thereof were fair, and the fruit thereof much, and in it was meat for all: the beasts of the field had shadow under it, and the fowls of the heaven dwelt in the boughs thereof, and all flesh was fed of it.
+#4:13 I saw in the visions of my head upon my bed, and, behold, a watcher and an holy one came down from heaven;
+#4:14 He cried aloud, and said thus, Hew down the tree, and cut off his branches, shake off his leaves, and scatter his fruit: let the beasts get away from under it, and the fowls from his branches:
+#4:15 Nevertheless leave the stump of his roots in the earth, even with a band of iron and brass, in the tender grass of the field; and let it be wet with the dew of heaven, and let his portion be with the beasts in the grass of the earth:
+#4:16 Let his heart be changed from man's, and let a beast's heart be given unto him; and let seven times pass over him.
+#4:17 This matter is by the decree of the watchers, and the demand by the word of the holy ones: to the intent that the living may know that the most High ruleth in the kingdom of men, and giveth it to whomsoever he will, and setteth up over it the basest of men.
+#4:18 This dream I king Nebuchadnezzar have seen. Now thou, O Belteshazzar, declare the interpretation thereof, forasmuch as all the wise men of my kingdom are not able to make known unto me the interpretation: but thou art able; for the spirit of the holy elohim is in thee.
+#4:19 Then Daniel, whose name was Belteshazzar, was astonied for one hour, and his thoughts troubled him. The king spake, and said, Belteshazzar, let not the dream, or the interpretation thereof, trouble thee. Belteshazzar answered and said, My master, the dream be to them that hate thee, and the interpretation thereof to thine enemies.
+#4:20 The tree that thou sawest, which grew, and was strong, whose height reached unto the heaven, and the sight thereof to all the earth;
+#4:21 Whose leaves were fair, and the fruit thereof much, and in it was meat for all; under which the beasts of the field dwelt, and upon whose branches the fowls of the heaven had their habitation:
+#4:22 It is thou, O king, that art grown and become strong: for thy greatness is grown, and reacheth unto heaven, and thy dominion to the end of the earth.
+#4:23 And whereas the king saw a watcher and an holy one coming down from heaven, and saying, Hew the tree down, and destroy it; yet leave the stump of the roots thereof in the earth, even with a band of iron and brass, in the tender grass of the field; and let it be wet with the dew of heaven, and let his portion be with the beasts of the field, till seven times pass over him;
+#4:24 This is the interpretation, O king, and this is the decree of the most High, which is come upon my master the king:
+#4:25 That they shall drive thee from men, and thy dwelling shall be with the beasts of the field, and they shall make thee to eat grass as oxen, and they shall wet thee with the dew of heaven, and seven times shall pass over thee, till thou know that the most High ruleth in the kingdom of men, and giveth it to whomsoever he will.
+#4:26 And whereas they commanded to leave the stump of the tree roots; thy kingdom shall be sure unto thee, after that thou shalt have known that the heavens do rule.
+#4:27 Wherefore, O king, let my counsel be acceptable unto thee, and break off thy sins by righteousness, and thine iniquities by shewing mercy to the poor; if it may be a lengthening of thy tranquillity.
+#4:28 All this came upon the king Nebuchadnezzar.
+#4:29 At the end of twelve months he walked in the palace of the kingdom of Babylon.
+#4:30 The king spake, and said, Is not this great Babylon, that I have built for the house of the kingdom by the might of my power, and for the honour of my majesty?
+#4:31 While the word was in the king's mouth, there fell a voice from heaven, saying, O king Nebuchadnezzar, to thee it is spoken; The kingdom is departed from thee.
+#4:32 And they shall drive thee from men, and thy dwelling shall be with the beasts of the field: they shall make thee to eat grass as oxen, and seven times shall pass over thee, until thou know that the most High ruleth in the kingdom of men, and giveth it to whomsoever he will.
+#4:33 The same hour was the thing fulfilled upon Nebuchadnezzar: and he was driven from men, and did eat grass as oxen, and his body was wet with the dew of heaven, till his hairs were grown like eagles' feathers, and his nails like birds' claws.
+#4:34 And at the end of the days I Nebuchadnezzar lifted up mine eyes unto heaven, and mine understanding returned unto me, and I blessed the most High, and I praised and honoured him that liveth for ever, whose dominion is an everlasting dominion, and his kingdom is from generation to generation:
+#4:35 And all the inhabitants of the earth are reputed as nothing: and he doeth according to his will in the army of heaven, and among the inhabitants of the earth: and none can stay his hand, or say unto him, What doest thou?
+#4:36 At the same time my reason returned unto me; and for the glory of my kingdom, mine honour and brightness returned unto me; and my counsellers and my masters sought unto me; and I was established in my kingdom, and excellent majesty was added unto me.
+#4:37 Now I Nebuchadnezzar praise and extol and honour the King of heaven, all whose works are truth, and his ways judgment: and those that walk in pride he is able to abase.
+#5:1 Belshazzar the king made a great feast to a thousand of his masters, and drank wine before the thousand.
+#5:2 Belshazzar, whiles he tasted the wine, commanded to bring the golden and silver vessels which his father Nebuchadnezzar had taken out of the temple which was in Jerusalem; that the king, and his princes, his wives, and his concubines, might drink therein.
+#5:3 Then they brought the golden vessels that were taken out of the temple of the house of Elohim which was at Jerusalem; and the king, and his princes, his wives, and his concubines, drank in them.
+#5:4 They drank wine, and praised the elohim of gold, and of silver, of brass, of iron, of wood, and of stone.
+#5:5 In the same hour came forth fingers of a man's hand, and wrote over against the candlestick upon the plaister of the wall of the king's palace: and the king saw the part of the hand that wrote.
+#5:6 Then the king's countenance was changed, and his thoughts troubled him, so that the joints of his loins were loosed, and his knees smote one against another.
+#5:7 The king cried aloud to bring in the astrologers, the Chaldeans, and the soothsayers. And the king spake, and said to the wise men of Babylon, Whosoever shall read this writing, and shew me the interpretation thereof, shall be clothed with scarlet, and have a chain of gold about his neck, and shall be the third ruler in the kingdom.
+#5:8 Then came in all the king's wise men: but they could not read the writing, nor make known to the king the interpretation thereof.
+#5:9 Then was king Belshazzar greatly troubled, and his countenance was changed in him, and his masters were astonied.
+#5:10 Now the queen, by reason of the words of the king and his masters, came into the banquet house: and the queen spake and said, O king, live for ever: let not thy thoughts trouble thee, nor let thy countenance be changed:
+#5:11 There is a man in thy kingdom, in whom is the spirit of the holy elohim; and in the days of thy father light and understanding and wisdom, like the wisdom of the elohim, was found in him; whom the king Nebuchadnezzar thy father, the king, I say, thy father, made master of the magicians, astrologers, Chaldeans, and soothsayers;
+#5:12 Forasmuch as an excellent spirit, and knowledge, and understanding, interpreting of dreams, and shewing of hard sentences, and dissolving of doubts, were found in the same Daniel, whom the king named Belteshazzar: now let Daniel be called, and he will shew the interpretation.
+#5:13 Then was Daniel brought in before the king. And the king spake and said unto Daniel, Art thou that Daniel, which art of the children of the captivity of Judah, whom the king my father brought out of Jewry?
+#5:14 I have even heard of thee, that the spirit of the elohim is in thee, and that light and understanding and excellent wisdom is found in thee.
+#5:15 And now the wise men, the astrologers, have been brought in before me, that they should read this writing, and make known unto me the interpretation thereof: but they could not shew the interpretation of the thing:
+#5:16 And I have heard of thee, that thou canst make interpretations, and dissolve doubts: now if thou canst read the writing, and make known to me the interpretation thereof, thou shalt be clothed with scarlet, and have a chain of gold about thy neck, and shalt be the third ruler in the kingdom.
+#5:17 Then Daniel answered and said before the king, Let thy gifts be to thyself, and give thy rewards to another; yet I will read the writing unto the king, and make known to him the interpretation.
+#5:18 O thou king, the most high Elohim gave Nebuchadnezzar thy father a kingdom, and majesty, and glory, and honour:
+#5:19 And for the majesty that he gave him, all people, nations, and languages, trembled and feared before him: whom he would he slew; and whom he would he kept alive; and whom he would he set up; and whom he would he put down.
+#5:20 But when his heart was lifted up, and his mind hardened in pride, he was deposed from his kingly throne, and they took his glory from him:
+#5:21 And he was driven from the sons of men; and his heart was made like the beasts, and his dwelling was with the wild asses: they fed him with grass like oxen, and his body was wet with the dew of heaven; till he knew that the most high Elohim ruled in the kingdom of men, and that he appointeth over it whomsoever he will.
+#5:22 And thou his son, O Belshazzar, hast not humbled thine heart, though thou knewest all this;
+#5:23 But hast lifted up thyself against the Master of heaven; and they have brought the vessels of his house before thee, and thou, and thy masters, thy wives, and thy concubines, have drunk wine in them; and thou hast praised the elohim of silver, and gold, of brass, iron, wood, and stone, which see not, nor hear, nor know: and the Elohim in whose hand thy breath is, and whose are all thy ways, hast thou not glorified:
+#5:24 Then was the part of the hand sent from him; and this writing was written.
+#5:25 And this is the writing that was written, MENE, MENE, TEKEL, UPHARSIN.
+#5:26 This is the interpretation of the thing: MENE; Elohim hath numbered thy kingdom, and finished it.
+#5:27 TEKEL; Thou art weighed in the balances, and art found wanting.
+#5:28 PERES; Thy kingdom is divided, and given to the Medes and Persians.
+#5:29 Then commanded Belshazzar, and they clothed Daniel with scarlet, and put a chain of gold about his neck, and made a proclamation concerning him, that he should be the third ruler in the kingdom.
+#5:30 In that night was Belshazzar the king of the Chaldeans slain.
+#5:31 And Darius the Median took the kingdom, being about threescore and two years old.
+#6:1 It pleased Darius to set over the kingdom an hundred and twenty princes, which should be over the whole kingdom;
+#6:2 And over these three presidents; of whom Daniel was first: that the princes might give accounts unto them, and the king should have no damage.
+#6:3 Then this Daniel was preferred above the presidents and princes, because an excellent spirit was in him; and the king thought to set him over the whole realm.
+#6:4 Then the presidents and princes sought to find occasion against Daniel concerning the kingdom; but they could find none occasion nor fault; forasmuch as he was faithful, neither was there any error or fault found in him.
+#6:5 Then said these men, We shall not find any occasion against this Daniel, except we find it against him concerning the law of his Elohim.
+#6:6 Then these presidents and princes assembled together to the king, and said thus unto him, King Darius, live for ever.
+#6:7 All the presidents of the kingdom, the governors, and the princes, the counsellers, and the captains, have consulted together to establish a royal statute, and to make a firm decree, that whosoever shall ask a petition of any Elohim or man for thirty days, save of thee, O king, he shall be cast into the den of lions.
+#6:8 Now, O king, establish the decree, and sign the writing, that it be not changed, according to the law of the Medes and Persians, which altereth not.
+#6:9 Wherefore king Darius signed the writing and the decree.
+#6:10 Now when Daniel knew that the writing was signed, he went into his house; and his windows being open in his chamber toward Jerusalem, he kneeled upon his knees three times a day, and prayed, and gave thanks before his Elohim, as he did aforetime.
+#6:11 Then these men assembled, and found Daniel praying and making supplication before his Elohim.
+#6:12 Then they came near, and spake before the king concerning the king's decree; Hast thou not signed a decree, that every man that shall ask a petition of any Elohim or man within thirty days, save of thee, O king, shall be cast into the den of lions? The king answered and said, The thing is true, according to the law of the Medes and Persians, which altereth not.
+#6:13 Then answered they and said before the king, That Daniel, which is of the children of the captivity of Judah, regardeth not thee, O king, nor the decree that thou hast signed, but maketh his petition three times a day.
+#6:14 Then the king, when he heard these words, was sore displeased with himself, and set his heart on Daniel to deliver him: and he laboured till the going down of the sun to deliver him.
+#6:15 Then these men assembled unto the king, and said unto the king, Know, O king, that the law of the Medes and Persians is, That no decree nor statute which the king establisheth may be changed.
+#6:16 Then the king commanded, and they brought Daniel, and cast him into the den of lions. Now the king spake and said unto Daniel, Thy Elohim whom thou servest continually, he will deliver thee.
+#6:17 And a stone was brought and laid upon the mouth of the den; and the king sealed it with his own signet, and with the signet of his masters; that the purpose might not be changed concerning Daniel.
+#6:18 Then the king went to his palace, and passed the night fasting: neither were instruments of musick brought before him: and his sleep went from him.
+#6:19 Then the king arose very early in the morning, and went in haste unto the den of lions.
+#6:20 And when he came to the den, he cried with a lamentable voice unto Daniel: and the king spake and said to Daniel, O Daniel, servant of the living Elohim, is thy Elohim, whom thou servest continually, able to deliver thee from the lions?
+#6:21 Then said Daniel unto the king, O king, live for ever.
+#6:22 My Elohim hath sent his angel, and hath shut the lions' mouths, that they have not hurt me: forasmuch as before him innocency was found in me; and also before thee, O king, have I done no hurt.
+#6:23 Then was the king exceeding glad for him, and commanded that they should take Daniel up out of the den. So Daniel was taken up out of the den, and no manner of hurt was found upon him, because he believed in his Elohim.
+#6:24 And the king commanded, and they brought those men which had accused Daniel, and they cast them into the den of lions, them, their children, and their wives; and the lions had the mastery of them, and brake all their bones in pieces or ever they came at the bottom of the den.
+#6:25 Then king Darius wrote unto all people, nations, and languages, that dwell in all the earth; Peace be multiplied unto you.
+#6:26 I make a decree, That in every dominion of my kingdom men tremble and fear before the Elohim of Daniel: for he is the living Elohim, and stedfast for ever, and his kingdom that which shall not be destroyed, and his dominion shall be even unto the end.
+#6:27 He delivereth and rescueth, and he worketh signs and wonders in heaven and in earth, who hath delivered Daniel from the power of the lions.
+#6:28 So this Daniel prospered in the reign of Darius, and in the reign of Cyrus the Persian.
+#7:1 In the first year of Belshazzar king of Babylon Daniel had a dream and visions of his head upon his bed: then he wrote the dream, and told the sum of the matters.
+#7:2 Daniel spake and said, I saw in my vision by night, and, behold, the four winds of the heaven strove upon the great sea.
+#7:3 And four great beasts came up from the sea, diverse one from another.
+#7:4 The first was like a lion, and had eagle's wings: I beheld till the wings thereof were plucked, and it was lifted up from the earth, and made stand upon the feet as a man, and a man's heart was given to it.
+#7:5 And behold another beast, a second, like to a bear, and it raised up itself on one side, and it had three ribs in the mouth of it between the teeth of it: and they said thus unto it, Arise, devour much flesh.
+#7:6 After this I beheld, and lo another, like a leopard, which had upon the back of it four wings of a fowl; the beast had also four heads; and dominion was given to it.
+#7:7 After this I saw in the night visions, and behold a fourth beast, dreadful and terrible, and strong exceedingly; and it had great iron teeth: it devoured and brake in pieces, and stamped the residue with the feet of it: and it was diverse from all the beasts that were before it; and it had ten horns.
+#7:8 I considered the horns, and, behold, there came up among them another little horn, before whom there were three of the first horns plucked up by the roots: and, behold, in this horn were eyes like the eyes of man, and a mouth speaking great thing.
+#7:9 I beheld till the thrones were cast down, and the Ancient of days did sit, whose garment was white as snow, and the hair of his head like the pure wool: his throne was like the fiery flame, and his wheels as burning fire.
+#7:10 A fiery stream issued and came forth from before him: thousand thousands ministered unto him, and ten thousand times ten thousand stood before him: the judgment was set, and the books were opened.
+#7:11 I beheld then because of the voice of the great words which the horn spake: I beheld even till the beast was slain, and his body destroyed, and given to the burning flame.
+#7:12 As concerning the rest of the beasts, they had their dominion taken away: yet their lives were prolonged for a season and time.
+#7:13 I saw in the night visions, and, behold, one like the Son of man came with the clouds of heaven, and came to the Ancient of days, and they brought him near before him.
+#7:14 And there was given him dominion, and glory, and a kingdom, that all people, nations, and languages, should serve him: his dominion is an everlasting dominion, which shall not pass away, and his kingdom that which shall not be destroyed.
+#7:15 I Daniel was grieved in my spirit in the midst of my body, and the visions of my head troubled me.
+#7:16 I came near unto one of them that stood by, and asked him the truth of all this. So he told me, and made me know the interpretation of the things.
+#7:17 These great beasts, which are four, are four kings, which shall arise out of the earth.
+#7:18 But the saints of the most High shall take the kingdom, and possess the kingdom for ever, even for ever and ever.
+#7:19 Then I would know the truth of the fourth beast, which was diverse from all the others, exceeding dreadful, whose teeth were of iron, and his nails of brass; which devoured, brake in pieces, and stamped the residue with his feet;
+#7:20 And of the ten horns that were in his head, and of the other which came up, and before whom three fell; even of that horn that had eyes, and a mouth that spake very great things, whose look was more stout than his fellows.
+#7:21 I beheld, and the same horn made war with the saints, and prevailed against them;
+#7:22 Until the Ancient of days came, and judgment was given to the saints of the most High; and the time came that the saints possessed the kingdom.
+#7:23 Thus he said, The fourth beast shall be the fourth kingdom upon earth, which shall be diverse from all kingdoms, and shall devour the whole earth, and shall tread it down, and break it in pieces.
+#7:24 And the ten horns out of this kingdom are ten kings that shall arise: and another shall rise after them; and he shall be diverse from the first, and he shall subdue three kings.
+#7:25 And he shall speak great words against the most High, and shall wear out the saints of the most High, and think to change times and laws: and they shall be given into his hand until a time and times and the dividing of time.
+#7:26 But the judgment shall sit, and they shall take away his dominion, to consume and to destroy it unto the end.
+#7:27 And the kingdom and dominion, and the greatness of the kingdom under the whole heaven, shall be given to the people of the saints of the most High, whose kingdom is an everlasting kingdom, and all dominions shall serve and obey him.
+#7:28 Hitherto is the end of the matter. As for me Daniel, my cogitations much troubled me, and my countenance changed in me: but I kept the matter in my heart.
+#8:1 In the third year of the reign of king Belshazzar a vision appeared unto me, even unto me Daniel, after that which appeared unto me at the first.
+#8:2 And I saw in a vision; and it came to pass, when I saw, that I was at Shushan in the palace, which is in the province of Elam; and I saw in a vision, and I was by the river of Ulai.
+#8:3 Then I lifted up mine eyes, and saw, and, behold, there stood before the river a ram which had two horns: and the two horns were high; but one was higher than the other, and the higher came up last.
+#8:4 I saw the ram pushing westward, and northward, and southward; so that no beasts might stand before him, neither was there any that could deliver out of his hand; but he did according to his will, and became great.
+#8:5 And as I was considering, behold, an he goat came from the west on the face of the whole earth, and touched not the ground: and the goat had a notable horn between his eyes.
+#8:6 And he came to the ram that had two horns, which I had there seen standing before the river, and ran unto him in the fury of his power.
+#8:7 And I saw him come close unto the ram, and he was moved with choler against him, and smote the ram, and brake his two horns: and there was no power in the ram to stand before him, but he cast him down to the ground, and stamped upon him: and there was none that could deliver the ram out of his hand.
+#8:8 Therefore the he goat waxed very great: and when he was strong, the great horn was broken; and for it came up four notable ones toward the four winds of heaven.
+#8:9 And out of one of them came forth a little horn, which waxed exceeding great, toward the south, and toward the east, and toward the pleasant land.
+#8:10 And it waxed great, even to the host of heaven; and it cast down some of the host and of the stars to the ground, and stamped upon them.
+#8:11 Yea, he magnified himself even to the prince of the host, and by him the daily sacrifice was taken away, and the place of his sanctuary was cast down.
+#8:12 And an host was given him against the daily sacrifice by reason of transgression, and it cast down the truth to the ground; and it practised, and prospered.
+#8:13 Then I heard one saint speaking, and another saint said unto that certain saint which spake, How long shall be the vision concerning the daily sacrifice, and the transgression of desolation, to give both the sanctuary and the host to be trodden under foot?
+#8:14 And he said unto me, Unto two thousand and three hundred days; then shall the sanctuary be cleansed.
+#8:15 And it came to pass, when I, even I Daniel, had seen the vision, and sought for the meaning, then, behold, there stood before me as the appearance of a man.
+#8:16 And I heard a man's voice between the banks of Ulai, which called, and said, Gabriel, make this man to understand the vision.
+#8:17 So he came near where I stood: and when he came, I was afraid, and fell upon my face: but he said unto me, Understand, O son of man: for at the time of the end shall be the vision.
+#8:18 Now as he was speaking with me, I was in a deep sleep on my face toward the ground: but he touched me, and set me upright.
+#8:19 And he said, Behold, I will make thee know what shall be in the last end of the indignation: for at the time appointed the end shall be.
+#8:20 The ram which thou sawest having two horns are the kings of Media and Persia.
+#8:21 And the rough goat is the king of Grecia: and the great horn that is between his eyes is the first king.
+#8:22 Now that being broken, whereas four stood up for it, four kingdoms shall stand up out of the nation, but not in his power.
+#8:23 And in the latter time of their kingdom, when the transgressors are come to the full, a king of fierce countenance, and understanding dark sentences, shall stand up.
+#8:24 And his power shall be mighty, but not by his own power: and he shall destroy wonderfully, and shall prosper, and practise, and shall destroy the mighty and the holy people.
+#8:25 And through his policy also he shall cause craft to prosper in his hand; and he shall magnify himself in his heart, and by peace shall destroy many: he shall also stand up against the Prince of princes; but he shall be broken without hand.
+#8:26 And the vision of the evening and the morning which was told is true: wherefore shut thou up the vision; for it shall be for many days.
+#8:27 And I Daniel fainted, and was sick certain days; afterward I rose up, and did the king's business; and I was astonished at the vision, but none understood it.
+#9:1 In the first year of Darius the son of Ahasuerus, of the seed of the Medes, which was made king over the realm of the Chaldeans;
+#9:2 In the first year of his reign I Daniel understood by books the number of the years, whereof the word of הוהי came to Jeremiah the prophet, that he would accomplish seventy years in the desolations of Jerusalem.
+#9:3 And I set my face unto הוהי Elohim, to seek by prayer and supplication, with fasting, and sackcloth, and ashes:
+#9:4 And I prayed unto הוהי my Elohim, and made my confession, and said, O הוהי, the great and dreadful El, keeping the covenant and mercy to them that love him, and to them that keep his commandments;
+#9:5 We have sinned, and have committed iniquity, and have done wickedly, and have rebelled, even by departing from thy precepts and from thy judgments:
+#9:6 Neither have we hearkened unto thy servants the prophets, which spake in thy name to our kings, our princes, and our fathers, and to all the people of the land.
+#9:7 O הוהי, righteousness belongeth unto thee, but unto us confusion of faces, as at this day; to the men of Judah, and to the inhabitants of Jerusalem, and unto all Israel, that are near, and that are far off, through all the countries whither thou hast driven them, because of their trespass that they have trespassed against thee.
+#9:8 O הוהי, to us belongeth confusion of face, to our kings, to our princes, and to our fathers, because we have sinned against thee.
+#9:9 To הוהי our Elohim belong mercies and forgivenesses, though we have rebelled against him;
+#9:10 Neither have we obeyed the voice of הוהי our Elohim, to walk in his laws, which he set before us by his servants the prophets.
+#9:11 Yea, all Israel have transgressed thy law, even by departing, that they might not obey thy voice; therefore the curse is poured upon us, and the oath that is written in the law of Moses the servant of Elohim, because we have sinned against him.
+#9:12 And he hath confirmed his words, which he spake against us, and against our judges that judged us, by bringing upon us a great evil: for under the whole heaven hath not been done as hath been done upon Jerusalem.
+#9:13 As it is written in the law of Moses, all this evil is come upon us: yet made we not our prayer before הוהי our Elohim, that we might turn from our iniquities, and understand thy truth.
+#9:14 Therefore hath הוהי watched upon the evil, and brought it upon us: for הוהי our Elohim is righteous in all his works which he doeth: for we obeyed not his voice.
+#9:15 And now, O הוהי our Elohim, that hast brought thy people forth out of the land of Egypt with a mighty hand, and hast gotten thee renown, as at this day; we have sinned, we have done wickedly.
+#9:16 O הוהי, according to all thy righteousness, I beseech thee, let thine anger and thy fury be turned away from thy city Jerusalem, thy holy mountain: because for our sins, and for the iniquities of our fathers, Jerusalem and thy people are become a reproach to all that are about us.
+#9:17 Now therefore, O our Elohim, hear the prayer of thy servant, and his supplications, and cause thy face to shine upon thy sanctuary that is desolate, for הוהי's sake.
+#9:18 O my Elohim, incline thine ear, and hear; open thine eyes, and behold our desolations, and the city which is called by thy name: for we do not present our supplications before thee for our righteousnesses, but for thy great mercies.
+#9:19 O הוהי, hear; O הוהי, forgive; O הוהי, hearken and do; defer not, for thine own sake, O my Elohim: for thy city and thy people are called by thy name.
+#9:20 And whiles I was speaking, and praying, and confessing my sin and the sin of my people Israel, and presenting my supplication before הוהי my Elohim for the holy mountain of my Elohim;
+#9:21 Yea, whiles I was speaking in prayer, even the man Gabriel, whom I had seen in the vision at the beginning, being caused to fly swiftly, touched me about the time of the evening oblation.
+#9:22 And he informed me, and talked with me, and said, O Daniel, I am now come forth to give thee skill and understanding.
+#9:23 At the beginning of thy supplications the commandment came forth, and I am come to shew thee; for thou art greatly beloved: therefore understand the matter, and consider the vision.
+#9:24 Seventy weeks are determined upon thy people and upon thy holy city, to finish the transgression, and to make an end of sins, and to make reconciliation for iniquity, and to bring in everlasting righteousness, and to seal up the vision and prophecy, and to anoint the most Holy.
+#9:25 Know therefore and understand, that from the going forth of the commandment to restore and to build Jerusalem unto the Messiah the Prince shall be seven weeks, and threescore and two weeks: the street shall be built again, and the wall, even in troublous times.
+#9:26 And after threescore and two weeks shall Messiah be cut off, but not for himself: and the people of the prince that shall come shall destroy the city and the sanctuary; and the end thereof shall be with a flood, and unto the end of the war desolations are determined.
+#9:27 And he shall confirm the covenant with many for one week: and in the midst of the week he shall cause the sacrifice and the oblation to cease, and for the overspreading of abominations he shall make it desolate, even until the consummation, and that determined shall be poured upon the desolator.
+#10:1 In the third year of Cyrus king of Persia a thing was revealed unto Daniel, whose name was called Belteshazzar; and the thing was true, but the time appointed was long: and he understood the thing, and had understanding of the vision.
+#10:2 In those days I Daniel was mourning three full weeks.
+#10:3 I ate no pleasant bread, neither came flesh nor wine in my mouth, neither did I anoint myself at all, till three whole weeks were fulfilled.
+#10:4 And in the four and twentieth day of the first month, as I was by the side of the great river, which is Hiddekel;
+#10:5 Then I lifted up mine eyes, and looked, and behold a certain man clothed in linen, whose loins were girded with fine gold of Uphaz:
+#10:6 His body also was like the beryl, and his face as the appearance of lightning, and his eyes as lamps of fire, and his arms and his feet like in colour to polished brass, and the voice of his words like the voice of a multitude.
+#10:7 And I Daniel alone saw the vision: for the men that were with me saw not the vision; but a great quaking fell upon them, so that they fled to hide themselves.
+#10:8 Therefore I was left alone, and saw this great vision, and there remained no strength in me: for my comeliness was turned in me into corruption, and I retained no strength.
+#10:9 Yet heard I the voice of his words: and when I heard the voice of his words, then was I in a deep sleep on my face, and my face toward the ground.
+#10:10 And, behold, an hand touched me, which set me upon my knees and upon the palms of my hands.
+#10:11 And he said unto me, O Daniel, a man greatly beloved, understand the words that I speak unto thee, and stand upright: for unto thee am I now sent. And when he had spoken this word unto me, I stood trembling.
+#10:12 Then said he unto me, Fear not, Daniel: for from the first day that thou didst set thine heart to understand, and to chasten thyself before thy Elohim, thy words were heard, and I am come for thy words.
+#10:13 But the prince of the kingdom of Persia withstood me one and twenty days: but, lo, Michael, one of the chief princes, came to help me; and I remained there with the kings of Persia.
+#10:14 Now I am come to make thee understand what shall befall thy people in the latter days: for yet the vision is for many days.
+#10:15 And when he had spoken such words unto me, I set my face toward the ground, and I became dumb.
+#10:16 And, behold, one like the similitude of the sons of men touched my lips: then I opened my mouth, and spake, and said unto him that stood before me, O my master, by the vision my sorrows are turned upon me, and I have retained no strength.
+#10:17 For how can the servant of this my master talk with this my master? for as for me, straightway there remained no strength in me, neither is there breath left in me.
+#10:18 Then there came again and touched me one like the appearance of a man, and he strengthened me,
+#10:19 And said, O man greatly beloved, fear not: peace be unto thee, be strong, yea, be strong. And when he had spoken unto me, I was strengthened, and said, Let my master speak; for thou hast strengthened me.
+#10:20 Then said he, Knowest thou wherefore I come unto thee? and now will I return to fight with the prince of Persia: and when I am gone forth, lo, the prince of Grecia shall come.
+#10:21 But I will shew thee that which is noted in the scripture of truth: and there is none that holdeth with me in these things, but Michael your prince.
+#11:1 Also I in the first year of Darius the Mede, even I, stood to confirm and to strengthen him.
+#11:2 And now will I shew thee the truth. Behold, there shall stand up yet three kings in Persia; and the fourth shall be far richer than they all: and by his strength through his riches he shall stir up all against the realm of Grecia.
+#11:3 And a mighty king shall stand up, that shall rule with great dominion, and do according to his will.
+#11:4 And when he shall stand up, his kingdom shall be broken, and shall be divided toward the four winds of heaven; and not to his posterity, nor according to his dominion which he ruled: for his kingdom shall be plucked up, even for others beside those.
+#11:5 And the king of the south shall be strong, and one of his princes; and he shall be strong above him, and have dominion; his dominion shall be a great dominion.
+#11:6 And in the end of years they shall join themselves together; for the king's daughter of the south shall come to the king of the north to make an agreement: but she shall not retain the power of the arm; neither shall he stand, nor his arm: but she shall be given up, and they that brought her, and he that begat her, and he that strengthened her in these times.
+#11:7 But out of a branch of her roots shall one stand up in his estate, which shall come with an army, and shall enter into the fortress of the king of the north, and shall deal against them, and shall prevail:
+#11:8 And shall also carry captives into Egypt their elohim, with their princes, and with their precious vessels of silver and of gold; and he shall continue more years than the king of the north.
+#11:9 So the king of the south shall come into his kingdom, and shall return into his own land.
+#11:10 But his sons shall be stirred up, and shall assemble a multitude of great forces: and one shall certainly come, and overflow, and pass through: then shall he return, and be stirred up, even to his fortress.
+#11:11 And the king of the south shall be moved with choler, and shall come forth and fight with him, even with the king of the north: and he shall set forth a great multitude; but the multitude shall be given into his hand.
+#11:12 And when he hath taken away the multitude, his heart shall be lifted up; and he shall cast down many ten thousands: but he shall not be strengthened by it.
+#11:13 For the king of the north shall return, and shall set forth a multitude greater than the former, and shall certainly come after certain years with a great army and with much riches.
+#11:14 And in those times there shall many stand up against the king of the south: also the robbers of thy people shall exalt themselves to establish the vision; but they shall fall.
+#11:15 So the king of the north shall come, and cast up a mount, and take the most fenced cities: and the arms of the south shall not withstand, neither his chosen people, neither shall there be any strength to withstand.
+#11:16 But he that cometh against him shall do according to his own will, and none shall stand before him: and he shall stand in the glorious land, which by his hand shall be consumed.
+#11:17 He shall also set his face to enter with the strength of his whole kingdom, and upright ones with him; thus shall he do: and he shall give him the daughter of women, corrupting her: but she shall not stand on his side, neither be for him.
+#11:18 After this shall he turn his face unto the isles, and shall take many: but a prince for his own behalf shall cause the reproach offered by him to cease; without his own reproach he shall cause it to turn upon him.
+#11:19 Then he shall turn his face toward the fort of his own land: but he shall stumble and fall, and not be found.
+#11:20 Then shall stand up in his estate a raiser of taxes in the glory of the kingdom: but within few days he shall be destroyed, neither in anger, nor in battle.
+#11:21 And in his estate shall stand up a vile person, to whom they shall not give the honour of the kingdom: but he shall come in peaceably, and obtain the kingdom by flatteries.
+#11:22 And with the arms of a flood shall they be overflown from before him, and shall be broken; yea, also the prince of the covenant.
+#11:23 And after the league made with him he shall work deceitfully: for he shall come up, and shall become strong with a small people.
+#11:24 He shall enter peaceably even upon the fattest places of the province; and he shall do that which his fathers have not done, nor his fathers' fathers; he shall scatter among them the prey, and spoil, and riches: yea, and he shall forecast his devices against the strong holds, even for a time.
+#11:25 And he shall stir up his power and his courage against the king of the south with a great army; and the king of the south shall be stirred up to battle with a very great and mighty army; but he shall not stand: for they shall forecast devices gainst him.
+#11:26 Yea, they that feed of the portion of his meat shall destroy him, and his army shall overflow: and many shall fall down slain.
+#11:27 And both these kings' hearts shall be to do mischief, and they shall speak lies at one table; but it shall not prosper: for yet the end shall be at the time appointed.
+#11:28 Then shall he return into his land with great riches; and his heart shall be against the holy covenant; and he shall do exploits, and return to his own land.
+#11:29 At the time appointed he shall return, and come toward the south; but it shall not be as the former, or as the latter.
+#11:30 For the ships of Chittim shall come against him: therefore he shall be grieved, and return, and have indignation against the holy covenant: so shall he do; he shall even return, and have intelligence with them that forsake the holy covenant.
+#11:31 And arms shall stand on his part, and they shall pollute the sanctuary of strength, and shall take away the daily sacrifice, and they shall place the abomination that maketh desolate.
+#11:32 And such as do wickedly against the covenant shall he corrupt by flatteries: but the people that do know their Elohim shall be strong, and do exploits.
+#11:33 And they that understand among the people shall instruct many: yet they shall fall by the sword, and by flame, by captivity, and by spoil, many days.
+#11:34 Now when they shall fall, they shall be helped with a little help: but many shall cleave to them with flatteries.
+#11:35 And some of them of understanding shall fall, to try them, and to purge, and to make them white, even to the time of the end: because it is yet for a time appointed.
+#11:36 And the king shall do according to his will; and he shall exalt himself, and magnify himself above every el, and shall speak marvellous things against the El of elohim, and shall prosper till the indignation be accomplished: for that that is determined shall be done.
+#11:37 Neither shall he regard the Elohim of his fathers, nor the desire of women, nor regard any eloah: for he shall magnify himself above all.
+#11:38 But in his estate shall he honour the eloah of forces: and an eloah whom his fathers knew not shall he honour with gold, and silver, and with precious stones, and pleasant things.
+#11:39 Thus shall he do in the most strong holds with a strange eloah, whom he shall acknowledge and increase with glory: and he shall cause them to rule over many, and shall divide the land for gain.
+#11:40 And at the time of the end shall the king of the south push at him: and the king of the north shall come against him like a whirlwind, with chariots, and with horsemen, and with many ships; and he shall enter into the countries, and shall overflow and pass over.
+#11:41 He shall enter also into the glorious land, and many countries shall be overthrown: but these shall escape out of his hand, even Edom, and Moab, and the chief of the children of Ammon.
+#11:42 He shall stretch forth his hand also upon the countries: and the land of Egypt shall not escape.
+#11:43 But he shall have power over the treasures of gold and of silver, and over all the precious things of Egypt: and the Libyans and the Ethiopians shall be at his steps.
+#11:44 But tidings out of the east and out of the north shall trouble him: therefore he shall go forth with great fury to destroy, and utterly to make away many.
+#11:45 And he shall plant the tabernacles of his palace between the seas in the glorious holy mountain; yet he shall come to his end, and none shall help him.
+#12:1 And at that time shall Michael stand up, the great prince which standeth for the children of thy people: and there shall be a time of trouble, such as never was since there was a nation even to that same time: and at that time thy people shall be delivered, every one that shall be found written in the book.
+#12:2 And many of them that sleep in the dust of the earth shall awake, some to everlasting life, and some to shame and everlasting contempt.
+#12:3 And they that be wise shall shine as the brightness of the firmament; and they that turn many to righteousness as the stars for ever and ever.
+#12:4 But thou, O Daniel, shut up the words, and seal the book, even to the time of the end: many shall run to and fro, and knowledge shall be increased.
+#12:5 Then I Daniel looked, and, behold, there stood other two, the one on this side of the bank of the river, and the other on that side of the bank of the river.
+#12:6 And one said to the man clothed in linen, which was upon the waters of the river, How long shall it be to the end of these wonders?
+#12:7 And I heard the man clothed in linen, which was upon the waters of the river, when he held up his right hand and his left hand unto heaven, and sware by him that liveth for ever that it shall be for a time, times, and an half; and when he shall have accomplished to scatter the power of the holy people, all these things shall be finished.
+#12:8 And I heard, but I understood not: then said I, O my master, what shall be the end of these things?
+#12:9 And he said, Go thy way, Daniel: for the words are closed up and sealed till the time of the end.
+#12:10 Many shall be purified, and made white, and tried; but the wicked shall do wickedly: and none of the wicked shall understand; but the wise shall understand.
+#12:11 And from the time that the daily sacrifice shall be taken away, and the abomination that maketh desolate set up, there shall be a thousand two hundred and ninety days.
+#12:12 Blessed is he that waiteth, and cometh to the thousand three hundred and five and thirty days.
+#12:13 But go thou thy way till the end be: for thou shalt rest, and stand in thy lot at the end of the days.
diff --git a/macros/luatex/generic/opbible/examples/english/txs/UKJV-Dan.txs b/macros/luatex/generic/opbible/examples/english/txs/UKJV-Dan.txs
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f13cc67ef2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/luatex/generic/opbible/examples/english/txs/UKJV-Dan.txs
@@ -0,0 +1,358 @@
+% Daniel
+#1:1 In the third year of the reign of Jehoiakim king of Judah came Nebuchadnezzar king of Babylon unto Jerusalem, and besieged it.
+#1:2 And the Lord gave Jehoiakim king of Judah into his hand, with part of the vessels of the house of God: which he carried into the land of Shinar to the house of his god; and he brought the vessels into the treasure house of his god.
+#1:3 And the king spoke unto Ashpenaz the master of his eunuchs, that he should bring certain of the children of Israel, and of the king's seed, and of the princes;
+#1:4 Children in whom was no blemish, but well favoured, and skilful in all wisdom, and cunning in knowledge, and understanding science, and such as had ability in them to stand in the king's palace, and whom they might teach the learning and the tongue of the Chaldeans.
+#1:5 And the king appointed them a daily provision of the king's food, and of the wine which he drank: so nourishing them three years, that at the end thereof they might stand before the king.
+#1:6 Now among these were of the children of Judah, Daniel, Hananiah, Mishael, and Azariah:
+#1:7 Unto whom the prince of the eunuchs gave names: for he gave unto Daniel the name of Belteshazzar; and to Hananiah, of Shadrach; and to Mishael, of Meshach; and to Azariah, of Abednego.
+#1:8 But Daniel purposed in his heart that he would not defile himself with the portion of the king's food, nor with the wine which he drank: therefore he requested of the prince of the eunuchs that he might not defile himself.
+#1:9 Now God had brought Daniel into favour and tender love with the prince of the eunuchs.
+#1:10 And the prince of the eunuchs said unto Daniel, I fear my lord the king, who has appointed your food and your drink: for why should he see your faces worse looking than the children which are of your sort? then shall all of you make me endanger my head to the king.
+#1:11 Then said Daniel to Melzar, whom the prince of the eunuchs had set over Daniel, Hananiah, Mishael, and Azariah,
+#1:12 Prove your servants, I plead to you, ten days; and let them give us vegetables to eat, and water to drink.
+#1:13 Then let our countenances be looked upon before you, and the countenance of the children that eat of the portion of the king's food: and as you see, deal with your servants.
+#1:14 So he consented to them in this matter, and proved them ten days.
+#1:15 And at the end of ten days their countenances appeared fairer and fatter in flesh than all the children which did eat the portion of the king's food.
+#1:16 Thus Melzar took away the portion of their food, and the wine that they should drink; and gave them vegetables.
+#1:17 As for these four children, God gave them knowledge and skill in all learning and wisdom: and Daniel had understanding in all visions and dreams.
+#1:18 Now at the end of the days that the king had said he should bring them in, then the prince of the eunuchs brought them in before Nebuchadnezzar.
+#1:19 And the king communed with them; and among them all was found none like Daniel, Hananiah, Mishael, and Azariah: therefore stood they before the king.
+#1:20 And in all matters of wisdom and understanding, that the king enquired of them, he found them ten times better than all the magicians and astrologers that were in all his realm.
+#1:21 And Daniel continued even unto the first year of king Cyrus.
+#2:1 And in the second year of the reign of Nebuchadnezzar Nebuchadnezzar dreamed dreams, wherewith his spirit was troubled, and his sleep brake from him.
+#2:2 Then the king commanded to call the magicians, and the astrologers, and the sorcerers, and the Chaldeans, in order to show the king his dreams. So they came and stood before the king.
+#2:3 And the king said unto them, I have dreamed a dream, and my spirit was troubled to know the dream.
+#2:4 Then spoke the Chaldeans to the king in Syriack, O king, live for ever: tell your servants the dream, and we will show the interpretation.
+#2:5 The king answered and said to the Chaldeans, The thing is gone from me: if all of you will not make known unto me the dream, with the interpretation thereof, all of you shall be cut in pieces, and your houses shall be made a dunghill.
+#2:6 But if all of you show the dream, and the interpretation thereof, all of you shall receive of me gifts and rewards and great honour: therefore show me the dream, and the interpretation thereof.
+#2:7 They answered again and said, Let the king tell his servants the dream, and we will show the interpretation of it.
+#2:8 The king answered and said, I know of certainty that all of you would gain the time, because all of you see the thing is gone from me.
+#2:9 But if all of you will not make known unto me the dream, there is but one decree for you: for all of you have prepared lying and corrupt words to speak before me, till the time be changed: therefore tell me the dream, and I shall know that all of you can show me the interpretation thereof.
+#2:10 The Chaldeans answered before the king, and said, There is not a man upon the earth that can show the king's matter: therefore there is no king, lord, nor ruler, that asked such things at any magician, or astrologer, or Chaldean.
+#2:11 And it is a rare thing that the king requires, and there is no other that can show it before the king, except the gods, whose dwelling is not with flesh.
+#2:12 For this cause the king was angry and very furious, and commanded to destroy all the wise men of Babylon.
+#2:13 And the decree went forth that the wise men should be slain; and they sought Daniel and his fellows to be slain.
+#2:14 Then Daniel answered with counsel and wisdom to Arioch the captain of the king's guard, which was gone forth to slay the wise men of Babylon:
+#2:15 He answered and said to Arioch the king's captain, Why is the decree so hasty from the king? Then Arioch made the thing known to Daniel.
+#2:16 Then Daniel went in, and desired of the king that he would give him time, and that he would show the king the interpretation.
+#2:17 Then Daniel went to his house, and made the thing known to Hananiah, Mishael, and Azariah, his companions:
+#2:18 That they would desire mercies of the God of heaven concerning this secret; that Daniel and his fellows should not perish with the rest of the wise men of Babylon.
+#2:19 Then was the secret revealed unto Daniel in a night vision. Then Daniel blessed the God of heaven.
+#2:20 Daniel answered and said, Blessed be the name of God for ever and ever: for wisdom and might are his:
+#2:21 And he changes the times and the seasons: he removes kings, and sets up kings: he gives wisdom unto the wise, and knowledge to them that know understanding:
+#2:22 He reveals the deep and secret things: he knows what is in the darkness, and the light dwells with him.
+#2:23 I thank you, and praise you, O you God of my fathers, who have given me wisdom and might, and have made known unto me now what we desired of you: for you have now made known unto us the king's matter.
+#2:24 Therefore Daniel went in unto Arioch, whom the king had ordained to destroy the wise men of Babylon: he went and said thus unto him; Destroy not the wise men of Babylon: bring me in before the king, and I will show unto the king the interpretation.
+#2:25 Then Arioch brought in Daniel before the king in haste, and said thus unto him, I have found a man of the captives of Judah, that will make known unto the king the interpretation.
+#2:26 The king answered and said to Daniel, whose name was Belteshazzar, Are you able to make known unto me the dream which I have seen, and the interpretation thereof?
+#2:27 Daniel answered in the presence of the king, and said, The secret which the king has demanded cannot the wise men, the astrologers, the magicians, the soothsayers, show unto the king;
+#2:28 But there is a God in heaven that reveals secrets, and makes known to the king Nebuchadnezzar what shall be in the latter days. Your dream, and the visions of your head upon your bed, are these;
+#2:29 As for you, O king, your thoughts came into your mind upon your bed, what should come to pass hereafter: and he that reveals secrets makes known to you what shall come to pass.
+#2:30 But as for me, this secret is not revealed to me for any wisdom that I have more than any living, but for their sakes that shall make known the interpretation to the king, and that you might know the thoughts of your heart.
+#2:31 You, O king, saw, and behold a great image. This great image, whose brightness was excellent, stood before you; and the form thereof was terrible.
+#2:32 This image's head was of fine gold, his breast and his arms of silver, his belly and his thighs of brass,
+#2:33 His legs of iron, his feet part of iron and part of clay.
+#2:34 You saw till that a stone was cut out without hands, which stroke the image upon his feet that were of iron and clay, and brake them to pieces.
+#2:35 Then was the iron, the clay, the brass, the silver, and the gold, broken to pieces together, and became like the chaff of the summer threshing floors; and the wind carried them away, that no place was found for them: and the stone that stroke the image became a great mountain, and filled the whole earth.
+#2:36 This is the dream; and we will tell the interpretation thereof before the king.
+#2:37 You, O king, are a king of kings: for the God of heaven has given you a kingdom, power, and strength, and glory.
+#2:38 And where ever the children of men dwell, the beasts of the field and the fowls of the heaven has he given into yours hand, and has made you ruler over them all. You are this head of gold.
+#2:39 And after you shall arise another kingdom inferior to you, and another third kingdom of brass, which shall bear rule over all the earth.
+#2:40 And the fourth kingdom shall be strong as iron: forasmuch as iron breaks in pieces and subdues all things: and as iron that breaks all these, shall it break in pieces and bruise.
+#2:41 And whereas you saw the feet and toes, part of potters' clay, and part of iron, the kingdom shall be divided; but there shall be in it of the strength of the iron, forasmuch as you saw the iron mixed with miry clay.
+#2:42 And as the toes of the feet were part of iron, and part of clay, so the kingdom shall be partly strong, and partly broken.
+#2:43 And whereas you saw iron mixed with miry clay, they shall mingle themselves with the seed of men: but they shall not cleave one to another, even as iron is not mixed with clay.
+#2:44 And in the days of these kings shall the God of heaven set up a kingdom, which shall never be destroyed: and the kingdom shall not be left to other people, but it shall break in pieces and consume all these kingdoms, and it shall stand for ever.
+#2:45 Forasmuch as you saw that the stone was cut out of the mountain without hands, and that it brake in pieces the iron, the brass, the clay, the silver, and the gold; the great God has made known to the king what shall come to pass hereafter: and the dream is certain, and the interpretation thereof sure.
+#2:46 Then the king Nebuchadnezzar fell upon his face, and worshipped Daniel, and commanded that they should offer an oblation and sweet odours unto him.
+#2:47 The king answered unto Daniel, and said, Truthfully it is, that your God is a God of gods, and a Lord of kings, and a revealer of secrets, seeing you could reveal this secret.
+#2:48 Then the king made Daniel a great man, and gave him many great gifts, and made him ruler over the whole province of Babylon, and chief of the governors over all the wise men of Babylon.
+#2:49 Then Daniel requested of the king, and he set Shadrach, Meshach, and Abednego, over the affairs of the province of Babylon: but Daniel sat in the gate of the king.
+#3:1 Nebuchadnezzar the king made an image of gold, whose height was threescore cubits, and the breadth thereof six cubits: he set it up in the plain of Dura, in the province of Babylon.
+#3:2 Then Nebuchadnezzar the king sent to gather together the princes, the governors, and the captains, the judges, the treasurers, the counsellors, the sheriffs, and all the rulers of the provinces, to come to the dedication of the image which Nebuchadnezzar the king had set up.
+#3:3 Then the princes, the governors, and captains, the judges, the treasurers, the counsellors, the sheriffs, and all the rulers of the provinces, were gathered together unto the dedication of the image that Nebuchadnezzar the king had set up; and they stood before the image that Nebuchadnezzar had set up.
+#3:4 Then an herald cried aloud, To you it is commanded, O people, nations, and languages,
+#3:5 That at what time all of you hear the sound of the cornet, flute, harp, sackbut, psaltery, dulcimer, and all kinds of music, all of you fall down and worship the golden image that Nebuchadnezzar the king has set up:
+#3:6 And whoso falls not down and worships shall the same hour be cast into the midst of a burning fiery furnace.
+#3:7 Therefore at that time, when all the people heard the sound of the cornet, flute, harp, sackbut, psaltery, and all kinds of music, all the people, the nations, and the languages, fell down and worshipped the golden image that Nebuchadnezzar the king had set up.
+#3:8 Wherefore at that time certain Chaldeans came near, and accused the Jews.
+#3:9 They spoke and said to the king Nebuchadnezzar, O king, live for ever.
+#3:10 You, O king, have made a decree, that every man that shall hear the sound of the cornet, flute, harp, sackbut, psaltery, and dulcimer, and all kinds of music, shall fall down and worship the golden image:
+#3:11 And whoso falls not down and worships, that he should be cast into the midst of a burning fiery furnace.
+#3:12 There are certain Jews whom you have set over the affairs of the province of Babylon, Shadrach, Meshach, and Abednego; these men, O king, have not regarded you: they serve not your gods, nor worship the golden image which you have set up.
+#3:13 Then Nebuchadnezzar in his rage and fury commanded to bring Shadrach, Meshach, and Abednego. Then they brought these men before the king.
+#3:14 Nebuchadnezzar spoke and said unto them, Is it true, O Shadrach, Meshach, and Abednego, do not all of you serve my gods, nor worship the golden image which I have set up?
+#3:15 Now if all of you be ready that at what time all of you hear the sound of the cornet, flute, harp, sackbut, psaltery, and dulcimer, and all kinds of music, all of you fall down and worship the image which I have made; well: but if all of you worship not, all of you shall be cast the same hour into the midst of a burning fiery furnace; and who is that God that shall deliver you out of my hands?
+#3:16 Shadrach, Meshach, and Abednego, answered and said to the king, O Nebuchadnezzar, we are not careful to answer you in this matter.
+#3:17 If it be so, our God whom we serve is able to deliver us from the burning fiery furnace, and he will deliver us out of yours hand, O king.
+#3:18 But if not, be it known unto you, O king, that we will not serve your gods, nor worship the golden image which you have set up.
+#3:19 Then was Nebuchadnezzar full of fury, and the form of his visage was changed against Shadrach, Meshach, and Abednego: therefore he spoke, and commanded that they should heat the furnace one seven times more than it was known to be heated.
+#3:20 And he commanded the most mighty men that were in his army to bind Shadrach, Meshach, and Abednego, and to cast them into the burning fiery furnace.
+#3:21 Then these men were bound in their coats, their upper garments, and their hats, and their other garments, and were cast into the midst of the burning fiery furnace.
+#3:22 Therefore because the king's commandment was urgent, and the furnace exceeding hot, the flames of the fire slew those men that took up Shadrach, Meshach, and Abednego.
+#3:23 And these three men, Shadrach, Meshach, and Abednego, fell down bound into the midst of the burning fiery furnace.
+#3:24 Then Nebuchadnezzar the king was astonished, and rose up in haste, and spoke, and said unto his counsellors, Did not we cast three men bound into the midst of the fire? They answered and said unto the king, True, O king.
+#3:25 He answered and said, Lo, I see four men loose, walking in the midst of the fire, and they have no hurt; and the form of the fourth is like the Son of God.
+#3:26 Then Nebuchadnezzar came near to the mouth of the burning fiery furnace, and spoke, and said, Shadrach, Meshach, and Abednego, all of you servants of the most high God, come forth, and come here. Then Shadrach, Meshach, and Abednego, came out of the midst of the fire.
+#3:27 And the princes, governors, and captains, and the king's counsellors, being gathered together, saw these men, upon whose bodies the fire had no power, nor was an hair of their head singed, neither were their coats changed, nor the smell of fire had passed on them.
+#3:28 Then Nebuchadnezzar spoke, and said, Blessed be the God of Shadrach, Meshach, and Abednego, who has sent his angel, and delivered his servants that trusted in him, and have changed the king's word, and yielded their bodies, that they might not serve nor worship any god, except their own God.
+#3:29 Therefore I make a decree, That every people, nation, and language, which speak any thing amiss against the God of Shadrach, Meshach, and Abednego, shall be cut in pieces, and their houses shall be made a dunghill: because there is no other God that can deliver after this sort.
+#3:30 Then the king promoted Shadrach, Meshach, and Abednego, in the province of Babylon.
+#4:1 Nebuchadnezzar the king, unto all people, nations, and languages, that dwell in all the earth; Peace be multiplied unto you.
+#4:2 I thought it good to show the signs and wonders that the high God has wrought toward me.
+#4:3 How great are his signs! and how mighty are his wonders! his kingdom is an everlasting kingdom, and his dominion is from generation to generation.
+#4:4 I Nebuchadnezzar was at rest in mine house, and flourishing in my palace:
+#4:5 I saw a dream which made me afraid, and the thoughts upon my bed and the visions of my head troubled me.
+#4:6 Therefore made I a decree to bring in all the wise men of Babylon before me, that they might make known unto me the interpretation of the dream.
+#4:7 Then came in the magicians, the astrologers, the Chaldeans, and the soothsayers: and I told the dream before them; but they did not make known unto me the interpretation thereof.
+#4:8 But at the last Daniel came in before me, whose name was Belteshazzar, according to the name of my God, and in whom is the spirit of the holy gods: and before him I told the dream, saying,
+#4:9 O Belteshazzar, master of the magicians, because I know that the spirit of the holy gods is in you, and no secret troubles you, tell me the visions of my dream that I have seen, and the interpretation thereof.
+#4:10 Thus were the visions of mine head in my bed; I saw, and behold a tree in the midst of the earth, and the height thereof was great.
+#4:11 The tree grew, and was strong, and the height thereof reached unto heaven, and the sight thereof to the end of all the earth:
+#4:12 The leaves thereof were fair, and the fruit thereof much, and in it was food for all: the beasts of the field had shadow under it, and the fowls of the heaven dwelt in the boughs thereof, and all flesh was fed of it.
+#4:13 I saw in the visions of my head upon my bed, and, behold, a watcher and an holy one came down from heaven;
+#4:14 He cried aloud, and said thus, Hew down the tree, and cut off his branches, shake off his leaves, and scatter his fruit: let the beasts get away from under it, and the fowls from his branches:
+#4:15 Nevertheless leave the stump of his roots in the earth, even with a band of iron and brass, in the tender grass of the field; and let it be wet with the dew of heaven, and let his portion be with the beasts in the grass of the earth:
+#4:16 Let his heart be changed from man's, and let a beast's heart be given unto him; and let seven times pass over him.
+#4:17 This matter is by the decree of the watchers, and the demand by the word of the holy ones: to the intent that the living may know that the most High rules in the kingdom of men, and gives it to whomsoever he will, and sets up over it the base of men.
+#4:18 This dream I king Nebuchadnezzar have seen. Now you, O Belteshazzar, declare the interpretation thereof, forasmuch as all the wise men of my kingdom are not able to make known unto me the interpretation: but you are able; for the spirit of the holy gods is in you.
+#4:19 Then Daniel, whose name was Belteshazzar, was astonished for one hour, and his thoughts troubled him. The king spoke, and said, Belteshazzar, let not the dream, or the interpretation thereof, trouble you. Belteshazzar answered and said, My lord, the dream be to them that hate you, and the interpretation thereof to yours enemies.
+#4:20 The tree that you saw, which grew, and was strong, whose height reached unto the heaven, and the sight thereof to all the earth;
+#4:21 Whose leaves were fair, and the fruit thereof much, and in it was food for all; under which the beasts of the field dwelt, and upon whose branches the fowls of the heaven had their habitation:
+#4:22 It is you, O king, that are grown and become strong: for your greatness is grown, and reachs unto heaven, and your dominion to the end of the earth.
+#4:23 And whereas the king saw a watcher and an holy one coming down from heaven, and saying, Hew the tree down, and destroy it; yet leave the stump of the roots thereof in the earth, even with a band of iron and brass, in the tender grass of the field; and let it be wet with the dew of heaven, and let his portion be with the beasts of the field, till seven times pass over him;
+#4:24 This is the interpretation, O king, and this is the decree of the most High, which has come upon my lord the king:
+#4:25 That they shall drive you from men, and your dwelling shall be with the beasts of the field, and they shall make you to eat grass as oxen, and they shall wet you with the dew of heaven, and seven times shall pass over you, till you know that the most High rules in the kingdom of men, and gives it to whomsoever he will.
+#4:26 And whereas they commanded to leave the stump of the tree roots; your kingdom shall be sure unto you, after that you shall have known that the heavens do rule.
+#4:27 Wherefore, O king, let my counsel be acceptable unto you, and break off your sins by righteousness, and yours iniquities by showing mercy to the poor; if it may be a lengthening of your tranquillity.
+#4:28 All this came upon the king Nebuchadnezzar.
+#4:29 At the end of twelve months he walked in the palace of the kingdom of Babylon.
+#4:30 The king spoke, and said, Is not this great Babylon, that I have built for the house of the kingdom by the might of my power, and for the honour of my majesty?
+#4:31 While the word was in the king's mouth, there fell a voice from heaven, saying, O king Nebuchadnezzar, to you it is spoken; The kingdom is departed from you.
+#4:32 And they shall drive you from men, and your dwelling shall be with the beasts of the field: they shall make you to eat grass as oxen, and seven times shall pass over you, until you know that the most High rules in the kingdom of men, and gives it to whomsoever he will.
+#4:33 The same hour was the thing fulfilled upon Nebuchadnezzar: and he was driven from men, and did eat grass as oxen, and his body was wet with the dew of heaven, till his hairs were grown like eagles' feathers, and his nails like birds' claws.
+#4:34 And at the end of the days I Nebuchadnezzar lifted up mine eyes unto heaven, and mine understanding returned unto me, and I blessed the most High, and I praised and honoured him that lives for ever, whose dominion is an everlasting dominion, and his kingdom is from generation to generation:
+#4:35 And all the inhabitants of the earth are reputed as nothing: and he does according to his will in the army of heaven, and among the inhabitants of the earth: and none can stay his hand, or say unto him, What do you?
+#4:36 At the same time my reason returned unto me; and for the glory of my kingdom, mine honour and brightness returned unto me; and my counsellors and my lords sought unto me; and I was established in my kingdom, and excellent majesty was added unto me.
+#4:37 Now I Nebuchadnezzar praise and extol and honour the King of heaven, all whose works are truth, and his ways judgment: and those that walk in pride he is able to bring low.
+#5:1 Belshazzar the king made a great feast to a thousand of his lords, and drank wine before the thousand.
+#5:2 Belshazzar, while he tasted the wine, commanded to bring the golden and silver vessels which his father Nebuchadnezzar had taken out of the temple which was in Jerusalem; that the king, and his princes, his wives, and his concubines, might drink therein.
+#5:3 Then they brought the golden vessels that were taken out of the temple of the house of God which was at Jerusalem; and the king, and his princes, his wives, and his concubines, drank in them.
+#5:4 They drank wine, and praised the gods of gold, and of silver, of brass, of iron, of wood, and of stone.
+#5:5 In the same hour came forth fingers of a man's hand, and wrote opposite to the candlestick upon the plaister of the wall of the king's palace: and the king saw the part of the hand that wrote.
+#5:6 Then the king's countenance was changed, and his thoughts troubled him, so that the joints of his loins were loosed, and his knees stroke one against another.
+#5:7 The king cried aloud to bring in the astrologers, the Chaldeans, and the soothsayers. And the king spoke, and said to the wise men of Babylon, Whosoever shall read this writing, and show me the interpretation thereof, shall be clothed with scarlet, and have a chain of gold about his neck, and shall be the third ruler in the kingdom.
+#5:8 Then came in all the king's wise men: but they could not read the writing, nor make known to the king the interpretation thereof.
+#5:9 Then was king Belshazzar greatly troubled, and his countenance was changed in him, and his lords were astonished.
+#5:10 Now the queen by reason of the words of the king and his lords came into the banquet house: and the queen spoke and said, O king, live for ever: let not your thoughts trouble you, nor let your countenance be changed:
+#5:11 There is a man in your kingdom, in whom is the spirit of the holy gods; and in the days of your father light and understanding and wisdom, like the wisdom of the gods, was found in him; whom the king Nebuchadnezzar your father, the king, I say, your father, made master of the magicians, astrologers, Chaldeans, and soothsayers;
+#5:12 Forasmuch as an excellent spirit, and knowledge, and understanding, interpreting of dreams, and showing of hard sentences, and dissolving of doubts, were found in the same Daniel, whom the king named Belteshazzar: now let Daniel be called, and he will show the interpretation.
+#5:13 Then was Daniel brought in before the king. And the king spoke and said unto Daniel, Are you that Daniel, which are of the children of the captivity of Judah, whom the king my father brought out of Jewry?
+#5:14 I have even heard of you, that the spirit of the gods is in you, and that light and understanding and excellent wisdom is found in you.
+#5:15 And now the wise men, the astrologers, have been brought in before me, that they should read this writing, and make known unto me the interpretation thereof: but they could not show the interpretation of the thing:
+#5:16 And I have heard of you, that you can make interpretations, and dissolve doubts: now if you can read the writing, and make known to me the interpretation thereof, you shall be clothed with scarlet, and have a chain of gold about your neck, and shall be the third ruler in the kingdom.
+#5:17 Then Daniel answered and said before the king, Let your gifts be to yourself, and give your rewards to another; yet I will read the writing unto the king, and make known to him the interpretation.
+#5:18 O you king, the most high God gave Nebuchadnezzar your father a kingdom, and majesty, and glory, and honour:
+#5:19 And for the majesty that he gave him, all people, nations, and languages, trembled and feared before him: whom he would he slew; and whom he would he kept alive; and whom he would he set up; and whom he would he put down.
+#5:20 But when his heart was lifted up, and his mind hardened in pride, he was deposed from his kingly throne, and they took his glory from him:
+#5:21 And he was driven from the sons of men; and his heart was made like the beasts, and his dwelling was with the wild asses: they fed him with grass like oxen, and his body was wet with the dew of heaven; till he knew that the most high God ruled in the kingdom of men, and that he appoints over it whomsoever he will.
+#5:22 And you his son, O Belshazzar, have not humbled yours heart, though you knew all this;
+#5:23 But have lifted up yourself against the Lord of heaven; and they have brought the vessels of his house before you, and you, and your lords, your wives, and your concubines, have drunk wine in them; and you have praised the gods of silver, and gold, of brass, iron, wood, and stone, which see not, nor hear, nor know: and the God in whose hand your breath is, and whose are all your ways, have you not glorified:
+#5:24 Then was the part of the hand sent from him; and this writing was written.
+#5:25 And this is the writing that was written, MENE, MENE, TEKEL, UPHARSIN.
+#5:26 This is the interpretation of the thing: MENE; God has numbered your kingdom, and finished it.
+#5:27 TEKEL; You are weighed in the balances, and are found lacking.
+#5:28 PERES; Your kingdom is divided, and given to the Medes and Persians.
+#5:29 Then commanded Belshazzar, and they clothed Daniel with scarlet, and put a chain of gold about his neck, and made a proclamation concerning him, that he should be the third ruler in the kingdom.
+#5:30 In that night was Belshazzar the king of the Chaldeans slain.
+#5:31 And Darius the Median took the kingdom, being about threescore and two years old.
+#6:1 It pleased Darius to set over the kingdom an hundred and twenty princes, which should be over the whole kingdom;
+#6:2 And over these three presidents; of whom Daniel was first: that the princes might give accounts unto them, and the king should have no damage.
+#6:3 Then this Daniel was preferred above the presidents and princes, because an excellent spirit was in him; and the king thought to set him over the whole realm.
+#6:4 Then the presidents and princes sought to find occasion against Daniel concerning the kingdom; but they could find none occasion nor fault; forasmuch as he was faithful, neither was there any error or fault found in him.
+#6:5 Then said these men, We shall not find any occasion against this Daniel, except we find it against him concerning the law of his God.
+#6:6 Then these presidents and princes assembled together to the king, and said thus unto him, King Darius, live for ever.
+#6:7 All the presidents of the kingdom, the governors, and the princes, the counsellors, and the captains, have consulted together to establish a royal statute, and to make a firm decree, that whosoever shall ask a petition of any God or man for thirty days, save of you, O king, he shall be cast into the den of lions.
+#6:8 Now, O king, establish the decree, and sign the writing, that it be not changed, according to the law of the Medes and Persians, which alters not.
+#6:9 Wherefore king Darius signed the writing and the decree.
+#6:10 Now when Daniel knew that the writing was signed, he went into his house; and his windows being open in his chamber toward Jerusalem, he kneeled upon his knees three times a day, and prayed, and gave thanks before his God, as he did in old times.
+#6:11 Then these men assembled, and found Daniel praying and making supplication before his God.
+#6:12 Then they came near, and spoke before the king concerning the king's decree; Have you not signed a decree, that every man that shall ask a petition of any God or man within thirty days, save of you, O king, shall be cast into the den of lions? The king answered and said, The thing is true, according to the law of the Medes and Persians, which alters not.
+#6:13 Then answered they and said before the king, That Daniel, which is of the children of the captivity of Judah, regards not you, O king, nor the decree that you have signed, but makes his petition three times a day.
+#6:14 Then the king, when he heard these words, was sore displeased with himself, and set his heart on Daniel to deliver him: and he laboured till the going down of the sun to deliver him.
+#6:15 Then these men assembled unto the king, and said unto the king, Know, O king, that the law of the Medes and Persians is, That no decree nor statute which the king establishes may be changed.
+#6:16 Then the king commanded, and they brought Daniel, and cast him into the den of lions. Now the king spoke and said unto Daniel, Your God whom you serve continually, he will deliver you.
+#6:17 And a stone was brought, and laid upon the mouth of the den; and the king sealed it with his own signet, and with the signet of his lords; that the purpose might not be changed concerning Daniel.
+#6:18 Then the king went to his palace, and passed the night fasting: neither were instruments of music brought before him: and his sleep went from him.
+#6:19 Then the king arose very early in the morning, and went in haste unto the den of lions.
+#6:20 And when he came to the den, he cried with a lamentable voice unto Daniel: and the king spoke and said to Daniel, O Daniel, servant of the living God, is your God, whom you serve continually, able to deliver you from the lions?
+#6:21 Then said Daniel unto the king, O king, live for ever.
+#6:22 My God has sent his angel, and has shut the lions' mouths, that they have not hurt me: forasmuch as before him innocence was found in me; and also before you, O king, have I done no hurt.
+#6:23 Then was the king exceedingly glad for him, and commanded that they should take Daniel up out of the den. So Daniel was taken up out of the den, and no manner of hurt was found upon him, because he believed in his God.
+#6:24 And the king commanded, and they brought those men which had accused Daniel, and they cast them into the den of lions, them, their children, and their wives; and the lions had the mastery of them, and brake all their bones in pieces before even they came at the bottom of the den.
+#6:25 Then king Darius wrote unto all people, nations, and languages, that dwell in all the earth; Peace be multiplied unto you.
+#6:26 I make a decree, That in every dominion of my kingdom men tremble and fear before the God of Daniel: for he is the living God, and steadfast for ever, and his kingdom that which shall not be destroyed, and his dominion shall be even unto the end.
+#6:27 He delivers and rescues, and he works signs and wonders in heaven and in earth, who has delivered Daniel from the power of the lions.
+#6:28 So this Daniel prospered in the reign of Darius, and in the reign of Cyrus the Persian.
+#7:1 In the first year of Belshazzar king of Babylon Daniel had a dream and visions of his head upon his bed: then he wrote the dream, and told the sum of the matters.
+#7:2 Daniel spoke and said, I saw in my vision by night, and, behold, the four winds of the heaven strove upon the great sea.
+#7:3 And four great beasts came up from the sea, diverse one from another.
+#7:4 The first was like a lion, and had eagle's wings: I beheld till the wings thereof were plucked, and it was lifted up from the earth, and made stand upon the feet as a man, and a man's heart was given to it.
+#7:5 And behold another beast, a second, like to a bear, and it raised up itself on one side, and it had three ribs in the mouth of it between the teeth of it: and they said thus unto it, Arise, devour much flesh.
+#7:6 After this I beheld, and lo another, like a leopard, which had upon the back of it four wings of a fowl; the beast had also four heads; and dominion was given to it.
+#7:7 After this I saw in the night visions, and behold a fourth beast, dreadful and terrible, and strong exceedingly; and it had great iron teeth: it devoured and brake in pieces, and stamped the residue with the feet of it: and it was diverse from all the beasts that were before it; and it had ten horns.
+#7:8 I considered the horns, and, behold, there came up among them another little horn, before whom there were three of the first horns plucked up by the roots: and, behold, in this horn were eyes like the eyes of man, and a mouth speaking great things.
+#7:9 I beheld till the thrones were cast down, and the Ancient of days did sit, whose garment was white as snow, and the hair of his head like the pure wool: his throne was like the fiery flame, and his wheels as burning fire.
+#7:10 A fiery stream issued and came forth from before him: thousand thousands ministered unto him, and ten thousand times ten thousand stood before him: the judgment was set, and the books were opened.
+#7:11 I beheld then because of the voice of the great words which the horn spoke: I beheld even till the beast was slain, and his body destroyed, and given to the burning flame.
+#7:12 As concerning the rest of the beasts, they had their dominion taken away: yet their lives were prolonged for a season and time.
+#7:13 I saw in the night visions, and, behold, one like the Son of man came with the clouds of heaven, and came to the Ancient of days, and they brought him near before him.
+#7:14 And there was given him dominion, and glory, and a kingdom, that all people, nations, and languages, should serve him: his dominion is an everlasting dominion, which shall not pass away, and his kingdom that which shall not be destroyed.
+#7:15 I Daniel was grieved in my spirit in the midst of my body, and the visions of my head troubled me.
+#7:16 I came near unto one of them that stood by, and asked him the truth of all this. So he told me, and made me know the interpretation of the things.
+#7:17 These great beasts, which are four, are four kings, which shall arise out of the earth.
+#7:18 But the saints of the most High shall take the kingdom, and possess the kingdom for ever, even for ever and ever.
+#7:19 Then I would know the truth of the fourth beast, which was diverse from all the others, exceeding dreadful, whose teeth were of iron, and his nails of brass; which devoured, brake in pieces, and stamped the residue with his feet;
+#7:20 And of the ten horns that were in his head, and of the other which came up, and before whom three fell; even of that horn that had eyes, and a mouth that spoke very great things, whose look was more stout than his fellows.
+#7:21 I beheld, and the same horn made war with the saints, and prevailed against them;
+#7:22 Until the Ancient of days came, and judgment was given to the saints of the most High; and the time came that the saints possessed the kingdom.
+#7:23 Thus he said, The fourth beast shall be the fourth kingdom upon earth, which shall be diverse from all kingdoms, and shall devour the whole earth, and shall tread it down, and break it in pieces.
+#7:24 And the ten horns out of this kingdom are ten kings that shall arise: and another shall rise after them; and he shall be diverse from the first, and he shall subdue three kings.
+#7:25 And he shall speak great words against the most High, and shall wear out the saints of the most High, and think to change times and laws: and they shall be given into his hand until a time and times and the dividing of time.
+#7:26 But the judgment shall sit, and they shall take away his dominion, to consume and to destroy it unto the end.
+#7:27 And the kingdom and dominion, and the greatness of the kingdom under the whole heaven, shall be given to the people of the saints of the most High, whose kingdom is an everlasting kingdom, and all dominions shall serve and obey him.
+#7:28 Until now is the end of the matter. As for me Daniel, my cogitations much troubled me, and my countenance changed in me: but I kept the matter in my heart.
+#8:1 In the third year of the reign of king Belshazzar a vision appeared unto me, even unto me Daniel, after that which appeared unto me at the first.
+#8:2 And I saw in a vision; and it came to pass, when I saw, that I was at Shushan in the palace, which is in the province of Elam; and I saw in a vision, and I was by the river of Ulai.
+#8:3 Then I lifted up mine eyes, and saw, and, behold, there stood before the river a ram which had two horns: and the two horns were high; but one was higher than the other, and the higher came up last.
+#8:4 I saw the ram pushing westward, and northward, and southward; so that no beasts might stand before him, neither was there any that could deliver out of his hand; but he did according to his will, and became great.
+#8:5 And as I was considering, behold, an he goat came from the west on the face of the whole earth, and touched not the ground: and the goat had a notable horn between his eyes.
+#8:6 And he came to the ram that had two horns, which I had seen standing before the river, and ran unto him in the fury of his power.
+#8:7 And I saw him come close unto the ram, and he was moved with choler against him, and stroke the ram, and brake his two horns: and there was no power in the ram to stand before him, but he cast him down to the ground, and stamped upon him: and there was none that could deliver the ram out of his hand.
+#8:8 Therefore the he goat waxed very great: and when he was strong, the great horn was broken; and for it came up four notable ones toward the four winds of heaven.
+#8:9 And out of one of them came forth a little horn, which waxed exceeding great, toward the south, and toward the east, and toward the pleasant land.
+#8:10 And it waxed great, even to the host of heaven; and it cast down some of the host and of the stars to the ground, and stamped upon them.
+#8:11 Yea, he magnified himself even to the prince of the host, and by him the daily sacrifice was taken away, and the place of the sanctuary was cast down.
+#8:12 And an host was given him against the daily sacrifice by reason of transgression, and it cast down the truth to the ground; and it practised, and prospered.
+#8:13 Then I heard one saint speaking, and another saint said unto that certain saint which spoke, How long shall be the vision concerning the daily sacrifice, and the transgression of desolation, to give both the sanctuary and the host to be trodden under foot?
+#8:14 And he said unto me, Unto two thousand and three hundred days; then shall the sanctuary be cleansed.
+#8:15 And it came to pass, when I, even I Daniel, had seen the vision, and sought for the meaning, then, behold, there stood before me as the appearance of a man.
+#8:16 And I heard a man's voice between the banks of Ulai, which called, and said, Gabriel, make this man to understand the vision.
+#8:17 So he came near where I stood: and when he came, I was afraid, and fell upon my face: but he said unto me, Understand, O son of man: for at the time of the end shall be the vision.
+#8:18 Now as he was speaking with me, I was in a deep sleep on my face toward the ground: but he touched me, and set me upright.
+#8:19 And he said, Behold, I will make you know what shall be in the last end of the indignation: for at the time appointed the end shall be.
+#8:20 The ram which you saw having two horns are the kings of Media and Persia.
+#8:21 And the rough goat is the king of Grecia: and the great horn that is between his eyes is the first king.
+#8:22 Now that being broken, whereas four stood up for it, four kingdoms shall stand up out of the nation, but not in his power.
+#8:23 And in the latter time of their kingdom, when the transgressors are come to the full, a king of fierce countenance, and understanding dark sentences, shall stand up.
+#8:24 And his power shall be mighty, but not by his own power: and he shall destroy wonderfully, and shall prosper, and practice, and shall destroy the mighty and the holy people.
+#8:25 And through his policy also he shall cause craft to prosper in his hand; and he shall magnify himself in his heart, and by peace shall destroy many: he shall also stand up against the Prince of princes; but he shall be broken without hand.
+#8:26 And the vision of the evening and the morning which was told is true: wherefore shut you up the vision; for it shall be for many days.
+#8:27 And I Daniel fainted, and was sick certain days; afterward I rose up, and did the king's business; and I was astonished at the vision, but none understood it.
+#9:1 In the first year of Darius the son of Ahasuerus, of the seed of the Medes, which was made king over the realm of the Chaldeans;
+#9:2 In the first year of his reign I Daniel understood by books the number of the years, whereof the word of the LORD came to Jeremiah the prophet, that he would accomplish seventy years in the desolations of Jerusalem.
+#9:3 And I set my face unto the Lord God, to seek by prayer and supplications, with fasting, and sackcloth, and ashes:
+#9:4 And I prayed unto the LORD my God, and made my confession, and said, O Lord, the great and dreadful God, keeping the covenant and mercy to them that love him, and to them that keep his commandments;
+#9:5 We have sinned, and have committed iniquity, and have done wickedly, and have rebelled, even by departing from your precepts and from your judgments:
+#9:6 Neither have we hearkened unto your servants the prophets, which spoke in your name to our kings, our princes, and our fathers, and to all the people of the land.
+#9:7 O LORD, righteousness belongs unto you, but unto us confusion of faces, as at this day; to the men of Judah, and to the inhabitants of Jerusalem, and unto all Israel, that are near, and that are far off, through all the countries where you have driven them, because of their trespass that they have trespassed against you.
+#9:8 O Lord, to us belongs confusion of face, to our kings, to our princes, and to our fathers, because we have sinned against you.
+#9:9 To the Lord our God belong mercies and forgivenesses, though we have rebelled against him;
+#9:10 Neither have we obeyed the voice of the LORD our God, to walk in his laws, which he set before us by his servants the prophets.
+#9:11 Yea, all Israel have transgressed your law, even by departing, that they might not obey your voice; therefore the curse is poured upon us, and the oath that is written in the law of Moses the servant of God, because we have sinned against him.
+#9:12 And he has confirmed his words, which he spoke against us, and against our judges that judged us, by bringing upon us a great evil: for under the whole heaven has not been done as has been done upon Jerusalem.
+#9:13 As it is written in the law of Moses, all this evil has come upon us: yet made we not our prayer before the LORD our God, that we might turn from our iniquities, and understand your truth.
+#9:14 Therefore has the LORD watched upon the evil, and brought it upon us: for the LORD our God is righteous in all his works which he does: for we obeyed not his voice.
+#9:15 And now, O Lord our God, that have brought your people forth out of the land of Egypt with a mighty hand, and have got you renown, as at this day; we have sinned, we have done wickedly.
+#9:16 O LORD, according to all your righteousness, I plead to you, let yours anger and your fury be turned away from your city Jerusalem, your holy mountain: because for our sins, and for the iniquities of our fathers, Jerusalem and your people are become a reproach to all that are about us.
+#9:17 Now therefore, O our God, hear the prayer of your servant, and his supplications, and cause your face to shine upon your sanctuary that is desolate, for the Lord's sake.
+#9:18 O my God, incline yours ear, and hear; open yours eyes, and behold our desolations, and the city which is called by your name: for we do not present our supplications before you for our righteousnesses, but for your great mercies.
+#9:19 O Lord, hear; O Lord, forgive; O Lord, hearken and do; defer not, for yours own sake, O my God: for your city and your people are called by your name.
+#9:20 And while I was speaking, and praying, and confessing my sin and the sin of my people Israel, and presenting my supplication before the LORD my God for the holy mountain of my God;
+#9:21 Yea, while I was speaking in prayer, even the man Gabriel, whom I had seen in the vision at the beginning, being caused to fly swiftly, touched me about the time of the evening oblation.
+#9:22 And he informed me, and talked with me, and said, O Daniel, I am now come forth to give you skill and understanding.
+#9:23 At the beginning of your supplications the commandment came forth, and I am come to show you; for you are greatly beloved: therefore understand the matter, and consider the vision.
+#9:24 Seventy weeks are determined upon your people and upon your holy city, to finish the transgression, and to make an end of sins, and to make reconciliation for iniquity, and to bring in everlasting righteousness, and to seal up the vision and prophecy, and to anoint the most Holy.
+#9:25 Know therefore and understand, that from the going out of the commandment to restore and to build Jerusalem unto the Messiah the Prince shall be seven weeks, and threescore and two weeks: the street shall be built again, and the wall, even in troublous times.
+#9:26 And after threescore and two weeks shall Messiah be cut off, but not for himself: and the people of the prince that shall come shall destroy the city and the sanctuary; and the end thereof shall be with a flood, and unto the end of the war desolations are determined.
+#9:27 And he shall confirm the covenant with many for one week: and in the midst of the week he shall cause the sacrifice and the oblation to cease, and for the overspreading of abominations he shall make it desolate, even until the consummation, and that determined shall be poured upon the desolate.
+#10:1 In the third year of Cyrus king of Persia a thing was revealed unto Daniel, whose name was called Belteshazzar; and the thing was true, but the time appointed was long: and he understood the thing, and had understanding of the vision.
+#10:2 In those days I Daniel was mourning three full weeks.
+#10:3 I ate no pleasant bread, neither came flesh nor wine in my mouth, neither did I anoint myself at all, till three whole weeks were fulfilled.
+#10:4 And in the four and twentieth day of the first month, as I was by the side of the great river, which is Hiddekel;
+#10:5 Then I lifted up mine eyes, and looked, and behold a certain man clothed in linen, whose loins were girded with fine gold of Uphaz:
+#10:6 His body also was like the beryl, and his face as the appearance of lightning, and his eyes as lamps of fire, and his arms and his feet like in colour to polished brass, and the voice of his words like the voice of a multitude.
+#10:7 And I Daniel alone saw the vision: for the men that were with me saw not the vision; but a great quaking fell upon them, so that they fled to hide themselves.
+#10:8 Therefore I was left alone, and saw this great vision, and there remained no strength in me: for my loveliness was turned in me into corruption, and I retained no strength.
+#10:9 Yet heard I the voice of his words: and when I heard the voice of his words, then was I in a deep sleep on my face, and my face toward the ground.
+#10:10 And, behold, an hand touched me, which set me upon my knees and upon the palms of my hands.
+#10:11 And he said unto me, O Daniel, a man greatly beloved, understand the words that I speak unto you, and stand upright: for unto you am I now sent. And when he had spoken this word unto me, I stood trembling.
+#10:12 Then said he unto me, Fear not, Daniel: for from the first day that you did set yours heart to understand, and to chasten yourself before your God, your words were heard, and I am come for your words.
+#10:13 But the prince of the kingdom of Persia withstood me one and twenty days: but, lo, Michael, one of the chief princes, came to help me; and I remained there with the kings of Persia.
+#10:14 Now I am come to make you understand what shall befall your people in the latter days: for yet the vision is for many days.
+#10:15 And when he had spoken such words unto me, I set my face toward the ground, and I became dumb.
+#10:16 And, behold, one like the embodiment of the sons of men touched my lips: then I opened my mouth, and spoke, and said unto him that stood before me, O my lord, by the vision my sorrows are turned upon me, and I have retained no strength.
+#10:17 For how can the servant of this my lord talk with this my lord? for as for me, immediately there remained no strength in me, neither is there breath left in me.
+#10:18 Then there came again and touched me one like the appearance of a man, and he strengthened me,
+#10:19 And said, O man greatly beloved, fear not: peace be unto you, be strong, yea, be strong. And when he had spoken unto me, I was strengthened, and said, Let my lord speak; for you have strengthened me.
+#10:20 Then said he, Know you wherefore I come unto you? and now will I return to fight with the prince of Persia: and when I am gone forth, lo, the prince of Grecia shall come.
+#10:21 But I will show you that which is noted in the scripture of truth: and there is none that holds with me in these things, but Michael your prince.
+#11:1 Also I in the first year of Darius the Mede, even I, stood to confirm and to strengthen him.
+#11:2 And now will I show you the truth. Behold, there shall stand up yet three kings in Persia; and the fourth shall be far richer than they all: and by his strength through his riches he shall stir up all against the realm of Grecia.
+#11:3 And a mighty king shall stand up, that shall rule with great dominion, and do according to his will.
+#11:4 And when he shall stand up, his kingdom shall be broken, and shall be divided toward the four winds of heaven; and not to his posterity, nor according to his dominion which he ruled: for his kingdom shall be plucked up, even for others beside those.
+#11:5 And the king of the south shall be strong, and one of his princes; and he shall be strong above him, and have dominion; his dominion shall be a great dominion.
+#11:6 And in the end of years they shall join themselves together; for the king's daughter of the south shall come to the king of the north to make an agreement: but she shall not retain the power of the arm; neither shall he stand, nor his arm: but she shall be given up, and they that brought her, and he that brings forth her, and he that strengthened her in these times.
+#11:7 But out of a branch of her roots shall one stand up in his estate, which shall come with an army, and shall enter into the fortress of the king of the north, and shall deal against them, and shall prevail:
+#11:8 And shall also carry captives into Egypt their gods, with their princes, and with their precious vessels of silver and of gold; and he shall continue more years than the king of the north.
+#11:9 So the king of the south shall come into his kingdom, and shall return into his own land.
+#11:10 But his sons shall be stirred up, and shall assemble a multitude of great forces: and one shall certainly come, and overflow, and pass through: then shall he return, and be stirred up, even to his fortress.
+#11:11 And the king of the south shall be moved with choler, and shall come forth and fight with him, even with the king of the north: and he shall set forth a great multitude; but the multitude shall be given into his hand.
+#11:12 And when he has taken away the multitude, his heart shall be lifted up; and he shall cast down many ten thousands: but he shall not be strengthened by it.
+#11:13 For the king of the north shall return, and shall set forth a multitude greater than the former, and shall certainly come after certain years with a great army and with much riches.
+#11:14 And in those times there shall many stand up against the king of the south: also the robbers of your people shall exalt themselves to establish the vision; but they shall fall.
+#11:15 So the king of the north shall come, and cast up a mount, and take the most fenced cities: and the arms of the south shall not withstand, neither his chosen people, neither shall there be any strength to withstand.
+#11:16 But he that comes against him shall do according to his own will, and none shall stand before him: and he shall stand in the glorious land, which by his hand shall be consumed.
+#11:17 He shall also set his face to enter with the strength of his whole kingdom, and upright ones with him; thus shall he do: and he shall give him the daughter of women, corrupting her: but she shall not stand on his side, neither be for him.
+#11:18 After this shall he turn his face unto the isles, and shall take many: but a prince for his own behalf shall cause the reproach offered by him to cease; without his own reproach he shall cause it to turn upon him.
+#11:19 Then he shall turn his face toward the fort of his own land: but he shall stumble and fall, and not be found.
+#11:20 Then shall stand up in his estate a raiser of taxes in the glory of the kingdom: but within few days he shall be destroyed, neither in anger, nor in battle.
+#11:21 And in his estate shall stand up a vile person, to whom they shall not give the honour of the kingdom: but he shall come in peaceably, and obtain the kingdom by flatteries.
+#11:22 And with the arms of a flood shall they be overflowed from before him, and shall be broken; yea, also the prince of the covenant.
+#11:23 And after the league made with him he shall work deceitfully: for he shall come up, and shall become strong with a small people.
+#11:24 He shall enter peaceably even upon the fattest places of the province; and he shall do that which his fathers have not done, nor his fathers' fathers; he shall scatter among them the prey, and spoil, and riches: yea, and he shall forecast his devices against the strong holds, even for a time.
+#11:25 And he shall stir up his power and his courage against the king of the south with a great army; and the king of the south shall be stirred up to battle with a very great and mighty army; but he shall not stand: for they shall forecast devices against him.
+#11:26 Yea, they that feed of the portion of his food shall destroy him, and his army shall overflow: and many shall fall down slain.
+#11:27 And both of these kings' hearts shall be to do mischief, and they shall speak lies at the same table; but it shall not prosper: for yet the end shall be at the time appointed.
+#11:28 Then shall he return into his land with great riches; and his heart shall be against the holy covenant; and he shall do exploits, and return to his own land.
+#11:29 At the time appointed he shall return, and come toward the south; but it shall not be as the former, or as the latter.
+#11:30 For the ships of Chittim shall come against him: therefore he shall be grieved, and return, and have indignation against the holy covenant: so shall he do; he shall even return, and have intelligence with them that forsake the holy covenant.
+#11:31 And arms shall stand on his part, and they shall pollute the sanctuary of strength, and shall take away the daily sacrifice, and they shall place the abomination that makes desolate.
+#11:32 And such as do wickedly against the covenant shall he corrupt by flatteries: but the people that do know their God shall be strong, and do exploits.
+#11:33 And they that understand among the people shall instruct many: yet they shall fall by the sword, and by flame, by captivity, and by spoil, many days.
+#11:34 Now when they shall fall, they shall be helped with a little help: but many shall cleave to them with flatteries.
+#11:35 And some of them of understanding shall fall, to try them, and to purge, and to make them white, even to the time of the end: because it is yet for a time appointed.
+#11:36 And the king shall do according to his will; and he shall exalt himself, and magnify himself above every god, and shall speak marvellous things against the God of gods, and shall prosper till the indignation be accomplished: for that that is determined shall be done.
+#11:37 Neither shall he regard the God of his fathers, nor the desire of women, nor regard any god: for he shall magnify himself above all.
+#11:38 But in his estate shall he honour the God of forces: and a god whom his fathers knew not shall he honour with gold, and silver, and with precious stones, and pleasant things.
+#11:39 Thus shall he do in the most strong holds with a strange god, whom he shall acknowledge and increase with glory: and he shall cause them to rule over many, and shall divide the land for gain.
+#11:40 And at the time of the end shall the king of the south push at him: and the king of the north shall come against him like a whirlwind, with chariots, and with horsemen, and with many ships; and he shall enter into the countries, and shall overflow and pass over.
+#11:41 He shall enter also into the glorious land, and many countries shall be overthrown: but these shall escape out of his hand, even Edom, and Moab, and the chief of the children of Ammon.
+#11:42 He shall stretch forth his hand also upon the countries: and the land of Egypt shall not escape.
+#11:43 But he shall have power over the treasures of gold and of silver, and over all the precious things of Egypt: and the Libyans and the Ethiopians shall be at his steps.
+#11:44 But tidings out of the east and out of the north shall trouble him: therefore he shall go forth with great fury to destroy, and utterly to make away many.
+#11:45 And he shall plant the tabernacles of his palace between the seas in the glorious holy mountain; yet he shall come to his end, and none shall help him.
+#12:1 And at that time shall Michael stand up, the great prince which stands for the children of your people: and there shall be a time of trouble, such as never was since there was a nation even to that same time: and at that time your people shall be delivered, every one that shall be found written in the book.
+#12:2 And many of them that sleep in the dust of the earth shall awake, some to everlasting life, and some to shame and everlasting contempt.
+#12:3 And they that be wise shall shine as the brightness of the firmament; and they that turn many to righteousness as the stars for ever and ever.
+#12:4 But you, O Daniel, shut up the words, and seal the book, even to the time of the end: many shall run back and forth, and knowledge shall be increased.
+#12:5 Then I Daniel looked, and, behold, there stood other two, the one on this side of the bank of the river, and the other on that side of the bank of the river.
+#12:6 And one said to the man clothed in linen, which was upon the waters of the river, How long shall it be to the end of these wonders?
+#12:7 And I heard the man clothed in linen, which was upon the waters of the river, when he held up his right hand and his left hand unto heaven, and swore by him that lives for ever that it shall be for a time, times, and an half; and when he shall have accomplished to scatter the power of the holy people, all these things shall be finished.
+#12:8 And I heard, but I understood not: then said I, O my Lord, what shall be the end of these things?
+#12:9 And he said, Go your way, Daniel: for the words are closed up and sealed till the time of the end.
+#12:10 Many shall be purified, and made white, and tried; but the wicked shall do wickedly: and none of the wicked shall understand; but the wise shall understand.
+#12:11 And from the time that the daily sacrifice shall be taken away, and the abomination that makes desolate set up, there shall be a thousand two hundred and ninety days.
+#12:12 Blessed is he that waits, and comes to the thousand three hundred and five and thirty days.
+#12:13 But go you your way till the end be: for you shall rest, and stand in your lot at the end of the days.
diff --git a/macros/luatex/generic/opbible/examples/english/txs/Webster-Dan.txs b/macros/luatex/generic/opbible/examples/english/txs/Webster-Dan.txs
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d0c18a28a3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/luatex/generic/opbible/examples/english/txs/Webster-Dan.txs
@@ -0,0 +1,358 @@
+% Daniel
+#1:1 In the third year of the reign of Jehoiakim king of Judah came Nebuchadnezzar king of Babylon to Jerusalem, and besieged it.
+#1:2 And the Lord gave Jehoiakim king of Judah into his hand, with part of the vessels of the house of God: which he carried into the land of Shinar to the house of his god; and he brought the vessels into the treasure-house of his god.
+#1:3 And the king spoke to Ashpenaz the master of his eunuchs, that he should bring [certain] of the children of Israel, and of the king's seed, and of the princes;
+#1:4 Children in whom [was] no blemish, but of good appearance, and skillful in all wisdom, and intelligent in knowledge, and understanding science, and such as [had] ability in them to stand in the king's palace, and whom they might teach the learning and the language of the Chaldeans.
+#1:5 And the king appointed them a daily provision of the king's food, and of the wine which he drank: so nourishing them three years, that at the end of them they might stand before the king.
+#1:6 Now among these were of the children of Judah, Daniel, Hananiah, Mishael, and Azariah:
+#1:7 To whom the prince of the eunuchs gave names: for he gave to Daniel [the name] of Belteshazzar; and to Hananiah, of Shadrach; and to Mishael, of Meshach; and to Azariah, of Abed-nego.
+#1:8 But Daniel purposed in his heart that he would not defile himself with the portion of the king's food, nor with the wine which he drank: therefore he requested of the prince of the eunuchs that he might not defile himself.
+#1:9 Now God had brought Daniel into favor and tender love with the prince of the eunuchs.
+#1:10 And the prince of the eunuchs said to Daniel, I fear my lord the king, who hath appointed your provision and your drink: for why should he see your faces more meager than the children who [are] of your sort? then will ye make [me] endanger my head to the king.
+#1:11 Then said Daniel to Melzar, whom the prince of the eunuchs had set over Daniel, Hananiah, Mishael, and Azariah,
+#1:12 Prove thy servants, I beseech thee, ten days; and let them give us pulse to eat, and water to drink.
+#1:13 Then let our countenances be looked upon before thee, and the countenances of the children that eat of the portion of the king's provision: and as thou seest, deal with thy servants.
+#1:14 So he consented to them in this matter, and proved them ten days.
+#1:15 And at the end of ten days their countenances appeared fairer and fatter in flesh than all the children who ate the portion of the king's provision.
+#1:16 Thus Melzar took away the portion of their food, and the wine that they should drink, and gave them pulse.
+#1:17 As for these four children, God gave them knowledge and skill in all learning and wisdom: and Daniel had understanding in all visions and dreams.
+#1:18 Now at the end of the days that the king had said he should bring them in, then the prince of the eunuchs brought them in before Nebuchadnezzar.
+#1:19 And the king communed with them; and among them all was found none like Daniel, Hananiah, Mishael, and Azariah: therefore they stood before the king.
+#1:20 And in all matters of wisdom [and] understanding, that the king inquired of them, he found them ten times superior to all the magicians [and] astrologers that [were] in all his realm.
+#1:21 And Daniel continued [even] to the first year of king Cyrus.
+#2:1 And in the second year of the reign of Nebuchadnezzar, Nebuchadnezzar dreamed dreams, with which his spirit was troubled, and his sleep broke from him.
+#2:2 Then the king commanded to call the magicians, and the astrologers, and the sorcerers, and the Chaldeans, to show the king his dream. So they came and stood before the king.
+#2:3 And the king said to them, I have dreamed a dream, and my spirit was troubled to know the dream.
+#2:4 Then the Chaldeans spoke to the king in Syriac, O king, live for ever: tell thy servants the dream, and we will show the interpretation.
+#2:5 The king answered and said to the Chaldeans, The thing is gone from me: if ye will not make known to me the dream, with the interpretation of it, ye shall be cut in pieces, and your houses shall be made a dunghill.
+#2:6 But if ye shall show the dream, and the interpretation of it, ye shall receive of me gifts and rewards and great honor: therefore show me the dream, and the interpretation of it.
+#2:7 They answered again and said, Let the king tell his servants the dream, and we will show the interpretation of it.
+#2:8 The king answered and said, I know of certainty that ye would gain the time, because ye see the thing is gone from me.
+#2:9 But if ye will not make known to me the dream, [there is but] one decree for you: for ye have prepared lying and corrupt words to speak before me, till the time be changed: therefore tell me the dream, and I shall know that ye can show me the interpretation of it.
+#2:10 The Chaldeans answered before the king, and said, There is not a man upon the earth that can show the king's matter: therefore [there is] no king, lord, nor ruler, [that] hath asked such things of any magician, or astrologer, or Chaldean.
+#2:11 And [it is] a rare thing that the king requireth, and there is no other that can show it before the king, except the gods, whose dwelling is not with flesh.
+#2:12 For this cause the king was angry and very furious, and commanded to destroy all the wise [men] of Babylon.
+#2:13 And the decree went forth that the wise [men] should be slain; and they sought Daniel and his fellows to be slain.
+#2:14 Then Daniel answered with counsel and wisdom to Arioch the captain of the king's guard, who had gone forth to slay the wise [men] of Babylon:
+#2:15 He answered and said to Arioch the king's captain, Why [is] the decree [so] hasty from the king? Then Arioch made the thing known to Daniel.
+#2:16 Then Daniel went in, and desired of the king that he would give him time, and that he would show the king the interpretation.
+#2:17 Then Daniel went to his house, and made the thing known to Hananiah, Mishael, and Azariah, his companions:
+#2:18 That they would desire mercies of the God of heaven concerning this secret; that Daniel and his companions should not perish with the rest of the wise [men] of Babylon.
+#2:19 Then was the secret revealed to Daniel in a night vision. Then Daniel blessed the God of heaven.
+#2:20 Daniel answered and said, Blessed be the name of God for ever and ever: for wisdom and might are his:
+#2:21 And he changeth the times and the seasons; he removeth kings, and setteth up kings; he giveth wisdom to the wise, and knowledge to them that know understanding:
+#2:22 He revealeth the deep and secret things: he knoweth what [is] in the darkness, and the light dwelleth with him.
+#2:23 I thank thee, and praise thee, O thou God of my fathers, who hast given me wisdom and might, and hast made known to me now what we desired of thee: for thou hast [now] made known to us the king's matter.
+#2:24 Therefore Daniel went into Arioch, whom the king had ordained to destroy the wise [men] of Babylon: he went and said thus to him; Destroy not the wise [men] of Babylon: bring me in before the king, and I will show to the king the interpretation.
+#2:25 Then Arioch brought in Daniel before the king in haste, and said thus to him, I have found a man of the captives of Judah, that will make known to the king the interpretation.
+#2:26 The king answered and said to Daniel, whose name [was] Belteshazzar, Art thou able to make known to me the dream which I have seen, and the interpretation of it?
+#2:27 Daniel answered in the presence of the king, and said, The secret which the king hath demanded, the wise [men], the astrologers, the magicians, the sooth-sayers, cannot show to the king;
+#2:28 But there is a God in heaven that revealeth secrets, and maketh known to the king Nebuchadnezzar what shall be in the latter days. Thy dream, and the visions of thy head upon thy bed, are these;
+#2:29 As for thee, O king, thy thoughts came [into thy mind] upon thy bed, what should come to pass hereafter: and he that revealeth secrets maketh known to thee what shall come to pass.
+#2:30 But as for me, this secret is not revealed to me for [any] wisdom that I have more than any living, but for [their] sakes that shall make known the interpretation to the king, and that thou mayest know the thoughts of thy heart.
+#2:31 Thou, O king, sawest, and behold a great image. This great image, whose brightness [was] excellent, stood before thee; and its form [was] terrible.
+#2:32 The head of this image [was] of fine gold, his breast and his arms of silver, his belly and his thighs of brass,
+#2:33 His legs of iron, his feet part of iron and part of clay.
+#2:34 Thou sawest till a stone was cut out without hands, which smote the image upon his feet [that were] of iron and clay, and broke them to pieces.
+#2:35 Then was the iron, the clay, the brass, the silver, and the gold, broken to pieces together, and became like the chaff of the summer threshing-floors; and the wind carried them away, that no place was found for them: and the stone that smote the image became a great mountain, and filled the whole earth.
+#2:36 This [is] the dream; and we will tell the interpretation of it before the king.
+#2:37 Thou, O king, [art] a king of kings: for the God of heaven hath given thee a kingdom, power, and strength, and glory.
+#2:38 And wherever the children of men dwell, the beasts of the field and the fowls of the heaven hath he given into thy hand, and hath made thee ruler over them all. Thou [art] this head of gold.
+#2:39 And after thee shall arise another kingdom inferior to thee, and another third kingdom of brass, which shall bear rule over all the earth.
+#2:40 And the fourth kingdom shall be strong as iron: forasmuch as iron breaketh in pieces and subdueth all [things]: and as iron that breaketh all these, shall it break in pieces and bruise.
+#2:41 And whereas thou sawest the feet and toes, part of potter's clay, and part of iron, the kingdom shall be divided; but there shall be in it of the strength of the iron, forasmuch as thou sawest the iron mixed with the miry clay.
+#2:42 And [as] the toes of the feet [were] part of iron, and part of clay, [so] the kingdom shall be partly strong, and partly broken.
+#2:43 And whereas thou sawest iron mixed with miry clay, they shall mingle themselves with the seed of men: but they shall not cleave one to another, even as iron is not mixed with clay.
+#2:44 And in the days of these kings shall the God of heaven set up a kingdom, which shall never be destroyed: and the kingdom shall not be left to other people, [but] it shall break in pieces and consume all these kingdoms, and it shall stand for ever.
+#2:45 Forasmuch as thou sawest that the stone was cut out of the mountain, without hands, and that it broke in pieces the iron, the brass, the clay, the silver, and the gold; the great God hath made known to the king what shall come to pass hereafter: and the dream [is] certain, and the interpretation of it sure.
+#2:46 Then the king Nebuchadnezzar fell upon his face, and worshiped Daniel, and commanded that they should offer an oblation and sweet odors to him.
+#2:47 The king answered to Daniel, and said, Of a truth [it is], that your God [is] a God of gods, and a Lord of kings, and a revealer of secrets, seeing thou couldst reveal this secret.
+#2:48 Then the king made Daniel a great man, and gave him many great gifts, and made him ruler over the whole province of Babylon, and chief of the governors over all the wise [men] of Babylon.
+#2:49 Then Daniel requested of the king, and he set Shadrach, Meshach, and Abed-nego, over the affairs of the province of Babylon: but Daniel [sat] in the gate of the king.
+#3:1 Nebuchadnezzar the king made an image of gold, whose hight [was] sixty cubits, [and] the breadth of it six cubits: he set it up in the plain of Dura, in the province of Babylon.
+#3:2 Then Nebuchadnezzar the king sent to convene the princes, the governors, and the captains, the judges, the treasurers, the counselors, the sherifs, and all the rulers of the provinces, to come to the dedication of the image which Nebuchadnezzar the king had set up.
+#3:3 Then the princes, the governors, and captains, the judges, the treasurers, the counselors, the sherifs, and all the rulers of the provinces, were assembled to the dedication of the image that Nebuchadnezzar the king had set up; and they stood before the image that Nebuchadnezzar had set up.
+#3:4 Then a herald cried aloud, To you it is commanded, O people, nations, and languages,
+#3:5 [That] at what time ye hear the sound of the cornet, flute, harp, sackbut, psaltery, dulcimer, and all kinds of music, ye fall down and worship the golden image that Nebuchadnezzar the king hath set up.
+#3:6 And whoever shall not fall down and worship shall the same hour be cast into the midst of a burning fiery furnace.
+#3:7 Therefore at that time, when all the people heard the sound of the cornet, flute, harp, sackbut, psaltery, and all kinds of music, all the people, the nations, and the languages, fell down [and] worshiped the golden image that Nebuchadnezzar the king had set up.
+#3:8 Wherefore at that time certain Chaldeans came near, and accused the Jews.
+#3:9 They spoke and said to the king Nebuchadnezzar, O king, live for ever.
+#3:10 Thou, O king, hast made a decree, that every man that shall hear the sound of the cornet, flute, harp, sackbut, psaltery, and dulcimer, and all kinds of music, shall fall down and worship the golden image:
+#3:11 And whoever shall not fall down and worship, [that] he shall be cast into the midst of a burning fiery furnace.
+#3:12 There are certain Jews whom thou hast set over the affairs of the province of Babylon, Shadrach, Meshach, and Abed-nego; these men, O king, have not regarded thee: they serve not thy gods, nor worship the golden image which thou hast set up.
+#3:13 Then Nebuchadnezzar in [his] rage and fury commanded to bring Shadrach, Meshach, and Abed-nego. Then they brought these men before the king.
+#3:14 Nebuchadnezzar spoke and said to them, [Is it] true, O Shadrach, Meshach, and Abed-nego, do ye not serve my gods, nor worship the golden image which I have set up?
+#3:15 Now if ye be ready that at what time ye hear the sound of the cornet, flute, harp, sackbut, psaltery, and dulcimer, and all kinds of music, ye fall down and worship the image which I have made; [well]: but if ye worship not, ye shall be cast the same hour into the midst of a burning fiery furnace; and who [is] that God that shall deliver you out of my hands?
+#3:16 Shadrach, Meshach, and Abed-nego, answered and said to the king, O Nebuchadnezzar, we [are] not careful to answer thee in this matter.
+#3:17 If it is [so], our God whom we serve is able to deliver us from the burning fiery furnace, and he will deliver [us] out of thy hand, O king.
+#3:18 But if not, be it known to thee, O king, that we will not serve thy gods, nor worship the golden image which thou hast set up.
+#3:19 Then was Nebuchadnezzar full of fury, and the form of his visage was changed against Shadrach, Meshach, and Abed-nego: [therefore] he spoke, and commanded that they should heat the furnace seven times more than it was wont to be heated.
+#3:20 And he commanded the most mighty men that [were] in his army to bind Shadrach, Meshach, and Abed-nego, [and] to cast [them] into the burning fiery furnace.
+#3:21 Then these men were bound in their coats, their hose, and their hats, and their [other] garments, and were cast into the midst of the burning fiery furnace.
+#3:22 Therefore because the king's commandment was urgent, and the furnace exceeding hot, the flame of the fire killed those men that took up Shadrach, Meshach, and Abed-nego.
+#3:23 And these three men, Shadrach, Meshach, and Abed-nego, fell down bound into the midst of the burning fiery furnace.
+#3:24 Then Nebuchadnezzar the king was astonished, and rose up in haste, [and] spoke, and said to his counselors, Did we not cast three men bound into the midst of the fire? They answered and said to the king, True, O king.
+#3:25 He answered and said, Lo, I see four men loose, walking in the midst of the fire, and they have no hurt: and the form of the fourth is like the son of God.
+#3:26 Then Nebuchadnezzar came near to the mouth of the burning fiery furnace, [and] spoke, and said, Shadrach, Meshach, and Abed-nego, ye servants of the most high God, come forth, and come [hither]. Then Shadrach, Meshach, and Abed-nego, came forth from the midst of the fire.
+#3:27 And the princes, governors, and captains, and the king's counselors, being assembled, saw these men, upon whose bodies the fire had no power, nor was a hair of their head singed, neither were their coats changed, nor had the smell of fire passed upon them.
+#3:28 [Then] Nebuchadnezzar spoke, and said, Blessed [be] the God of Shadrach, Meshach, and Abed-nego, who hath sent his angel, and delivered his servants that trusted in him, and have changed the king's word, and yielded their bodies, that they might not serve nor worship any god, except their own God.
+#3:29 Therefore I make a decree, that every people, nation, and language, which speak any thing amiss against the God of Shadrach, Meshach, and Abed-nego, shall be cut in pieces, and their houses shall be made a dunghill: because there is no other god that can deliver after this sort.
+#3:30 Then the king promoted Shadrach, Meshach, and Abed-nego, in the province of Babylon.
+#4:1 Nebuchadnezzar the king, to all people, nations, and languages, that dwell in all the earth; Peace be multiplied to you.
+#4:2 I thought it good to show the signs and wonders that the high God hath wrought towards me.
+#4:3 How great [are] his signs! and how mighty [are] his wonders! his kingdom [is] an everlasting kingdom, and his dominion [is] from generation to generation.
+#4:4 I Nebuchadnezzar was at rest in my house, and flourishing in my palace:
+#4:5 I saw a dream which made me afraid, and the thoughts upon my bed and the visions of my head troubled me.
+#4:6 Therefore I made a decree to bring in all the wise [men] of Babylon before me, that they might make known to me the interpretation of the dream.
+#4:7 Then came in the magicians, the astrologers, the Chaldeans, and the sooth-sayers: and I told the dream before them; but they did not make known to me the interpretation of it.
+#4:8 But at the last Daniel came in before me, whose name [is] Belteshazzar, according to the name of my God, and in whom [is] the spirit of the holy gods: and before him I told the dream, [saying],
+#4:9 O Belteshazzar, master of the magicians, because I know that the spirit of the holy gods [is] in thee, and no secret troubleth thee, tell me the visions of my dream that I have seen, and the interpretation of it.
+#4:10 Thus [were] the visions of my head in my bed; I saw, and behold a tree in the midst of the earth, and its hight [was] great.
+#4:11 The tree grew, and was strong, and its hight reached to heaven, and the sight of it to the end of all the earth:
+#4:12 Its leaves [were] fair, and its fruit abundant, and in it [was] food for all: the beasts of the field had shade under it, and the fowls of heaven dwelt among its boughs, and all flesh was fed from it.
+#4:13 I saw in the visions of my head upon my bed, and behold, a watcher and a holy one came down from heaven;
+#4:14 He cried aloud, and said thus, Hew down the tree, and cut off its branches, shake off its leaves, and scatter its fruit: let the beasts escape from under it, and the fowls from its branches.
+#4:15 Nevertheless leave the stump of its roots in the earth, even with a band of iron and brass, in the tender grass of the field; and let it be wet with the dew of heaven, and [let] its portion [be] with the beasts in the grass of the earth.
+#4:16 Let his heart be changed from man's, and let a beast's heart be given to him; and let seven times pass over him.
+#4:17 This matter [is] by the decree of the watchers, and the demand by the word of the holy ones: to the intent that the living may know that the most High ruleth in the kingdom of men, and giveth it to whomsoever he will, and setteth up over it the basest of men.
+#4:18 This dream I king Nebuchadnezzar have seen. Now thou, O Belteshazzar, declare the interpretation of it, forasmuch as all the wise [men] of my kingdom are not able to make known to me the interpretation: but thou [art] able; for the spirit of the holy gods [is] in thee.
+#4:19 Then Daniel, whose name [was] Belteshazzar, was astonished for one hour, and his thoughts troubled him. The king spoke, and said, Belteshazzar, let not the dream, or the interpretation of it, trouble thee. Belteshazzar answered, and said, My lord, the dream [be] to them that hate thee, and the interpretation of it to thy enemies.
+#4:20 The tree that thou sawest, which grew, and was strong, whose hight reached to the heaven, and the sight of it to all the earth;
+#4:21 Whose leaves [were] fair, and the fruit of it abundant, and in it [was] food for all; under which the beasts of the field dwelt, and upon whose branches the fowls of heaven had their habitation:
+#4:22 It [is] thou, O king, that art grown and become strong: for thy greatness is grown, and reacheth to heaven, and thy dominion to the end of the earth.
+#4:23 And whereas the king saw a watcher and a holy one coming down from heaven, and saying, Hew the tree down, and destroy it; yet leave the stump of its roots in the earth, even with a band of iron and brass, in the tender grass of the field; and let it be wet with the dew of heaven, and [let] its portion [be] with the beasts of the field, till seven times shall pass over him;
+#4:24 This [is] the interpretation, O king, and this [is] the decree of the most High, which is come upon my lord the king:
+#4:25 That they shall drive thee from men, and thy dwelling shall be with the beasts of the field, and they shall make thee to eat grass as oxen, and they shall wet thee with the dew of heaven, and seven times shall pass over thee, till thou shalt know that the most High ruleth in the kingdom of men, and giveth it to whomsoever he will.
+#4:26 And whereas they commanded to leave the stump of the tree roots; thy kingdom shall be sure to thee, after that thou shalt have known that the heavens do rule.
+#4:27 Wherefore, O king, let my counsel be acceptable to thee, and break off thy sins by righteousness, and thy iniquities by showing mercy to the poor; if it may be a lengthening of thy tranquillity.
+#4:28 All this came upon the king Nebuchadnezzar.
+#4:29 At the end of twelve months he walked in the palace of the kingdom of Babylon.
+#4:30 The king spoke, and said, Is not this great Babylon, that I have built for the house of the kingdom by the might of my power, and for the honor of my majesty?
+#4:31 While the word [was] in the king's mouth, there fell a voice from heaven, [saying], O king Nebuchadnezzar, to thee it is spoken; The kingdom hath departed from thee.
+#4:32 And they shall drive thee from men, and thy dwelling [shall be] with the beasts of the field: they shall make thee to eat grass as oxen, and seven times shall pass over thee, until thou shalt know that the most High ruleth in the kingdom of men, and giveth it to whomsoever he will.
+#4:33 The same hour was the thing fulfilled upon Nebuchadnezzar: and he was driven from men, and ate grass as oxen, and his body was wet with the dew of heaven, till his hairs were grown like eagles' [feathers], and his nails like birds' [claws].
+#4:34 And at the end of the days I Nebuchadnezzar lifted up my eyes to heaven, and my understanding returned to me, and I blessed the most High, and I praised and honored him that liveth for ever, whose dominion [is] an everlasting dominion, and his kingdom [is] from generation to generation:
+#4:35 And all the inhabitants of the earth [are] reputed as nothing: and he doeth according to his will in the army of heaven, and [among] the inhabitants of the earth: and none can stay his hand, or say to him, What doest thou?
+#4:36 At the same time my reason returned to me; and for the glory of my kingdom, my honor and brightness returned to me; and my counselors and my lords sought to me; and I was established in my kingdom, and excellent majesty was added to me.
+#4:37 Now I Nebuchadnezzar praise and extol and honor the King of heaven, all whose works [are] truth, and his ways judgment: and those that walk in pride he is able to abase.
+#5:1 Belshazzar the king made a great feast to a thousand of his lords, and drank wine before the thousand.
+#5:2 Belshazzar, while he tasted the wine, commanded to bring the golden and silver vessels which his father Nebuchadnezzar had taken out of the temple which [was] in Jerusalem; that the king, and his princes, his wives, and his concubines, might drink in them.
+#5:3 Then they brought the golden vessels that were taken out of the temple of the house of God which [was] at Jerusalem; and the king, and his princes, his wives, and his concubines, drank in them.
+#5:4 They drank wine, and praised the gods of gold, and of silver, of brass, of iron, of wood, and of stone.
+#5:5 In the same hour came forth fingers of a man's hand, and wrote over against the candlestick upon the plaster of the wall of the king's palace: and the king saw the part of the hand that wrote.
+#5:6 Then the king's countenance was changed, and his thoughts troubled him, so that the joints of his loins were loosed, and his knees smote one against another.
+#5:7 The king cried aloud to bring in the astrologers, the Chaldeans, and the sooth-sayers. [And] the king spoke and said to the wise [men] of Babylon, Whoever shall read this writing, and show me the interpretation of it, shall be clothed with scarlet, and [have] a chain of gold about his neck, and shall be the third ruler in the kingdom.
+#5:8 Then came in all the king's wise [men]: but they could not read the writing, nor make known to the king the interpretation of it.
+#5:9 Then was the king Belshazzar greatly troubled, and his countenance was changed in him, and his lords were astonished.
+#5:10 [Now] the queen by reason of the words of the king and his lords came into the banquet house: [and] the queen spoke and said, O king, live for ever: let not thy thoughts trouble thee, nor let thy countenance be changed:
+#5:11 There is a man in thy kingdom, in whom [is] the spirit of the holy gods; and in the days of thy father light and understanding and wisdom, like the wisdom of the gods, was found in him; whom the king Nebuchadnezzar thy father, the king, [I say], thy father, made master of the magicians, astrologers, Chaldeans, [and] sooth-sayers;
+#5:12 Forasmuch as an excellent spirit, and knowledge, and understanding, the interpreting of dreams, and showing of hard sentences, and dissolving of doubts, were found in the same Daniel, whom the king named Belteshazzar: now let Daniel be called, and he will show the interpretation.
+#5:13 Then was Daniel brought in before the king. [And] the king spoke and said to Daniel, [Art] thou that Daniel, who [art] of the children of the captivity of Judah, whom the king my father brought out of Judea?
+#5:14 I have even heard of thee, that the spirit of the gods [is] in thee, and [that] light and understanding and excellent wisdom is found in thee.
+#5:15 And now the wise [men], the astrologers, have been brought in before me, that they should read this writing, and make known to me the interpretation of it, but they could not show the interpretation of the thing:
+#5:16 And I have heard of thee, that thou canst make interpretations, and dissolve doubts: now if thou canst read the writing, and make known to me the interpretation of it, thou shalt be clothed with scarlet, and [have] a chain of gold about thy neck, and shalt be the third ruler in the kingdom.
+#5:17 Then Daniel answered and said before the king, Let thy gifts be to thyself, and give thy rewards to another; yet I will read the writing to the king, and make known to him the interpretation.
+#5:18 O thou king, the most high God gave Nebuchadnezzar thy father a kingdom, and majesty, and glory, and honor:
+#5:19 And for the majesty that he gave him, all people, nations, and languages, trembled and feared before him: whom he would he slew; and whom he would he kept alive; and whom he would he set up; and whom he would he put down.
+#5:20 But when his heart was lifted up, and his mind hardened in pride, he was deposed from his kingly throne, and they took his glory from him:
+#5:21 And he was driven from the sons of men; and his heart was made like the beasts, and his dwelling [was] with the wild asses: they fed him with grass like oxen, and his body was wet with the dew of heaven; till he knew that the most high God ruleth in the kingdom of men, and [that] he appointeth over it whomsoever he will.
+#5:22 And thou his son, O Belshazzar, hast not humbled thy heart, though thou knewest all this;
+#5:23 But hast lifted up thyself against the Lord of heaven; and they have brought the vessels of his house before thee, and thou, and thy lords, thy wives, and thy concubines, have drank wine in them; and thou hast praised the gods of silver, and gold, of brass, iron, wood, and stone, which see not, nor hear, nor know: and the God in whose hand thy breath [is], and whose [are] all thy ways, thou hast not glorified.
+#5:24 Then was the part of the hand sent from him; and this writing was written.
+#5:25 And this [is] the writing that was written, MENE, MENE, TEKEL, UPHARSIN.
+#5:26 This [is] the interpretation of the thing: MENE; God hath numbered thy kingdom, and finished it.
+#5:27 TEKEL; Thou art weighed in the balances, and art found wanting.
+#5:28 PERES; Thy kingdom is divided, and given to the Medes and Persians.
+#5:29 Then commanded Belshazzar, and they clothed Daniel with scarlet, and [put] a chain of gold about his neck, and made a proclamation concerning him, that he should be the third ruler in the kingdom.
+#5:30 In that night was Belshazzar the king of the Chaldeans slain.
+#5:31 And Darius the Median took the kingdom, [being] about sixty and two years old.
+#6:1 It pleased Darius to set over the kingdom a hundred and twenty princes, who should be over the whole kingdom;
+#6:2 And over these three presidents; of whom Daniel [was] first: that the princes might give accounts to them, and the king should have no damage.
+#6:3 Then this Daniel was preferred above the presidents and princes, because an excellent spirit [was] in him; and the king thought to set him over the whole realm.
+#6:4 Then the presidents and princes sought to find occasion against Daniel concerning the kingdom; but they could find no occasion nor fault; forasmuch as he [was] faithful, neither was there any error or fault found in him.
+#6:5 Then said these men, We shall not find any occasion against this Daniel, except we find [it] against him concerning the law of his God.
+#6:6 Then these presidents and princes assembled to the king, and said thus to him, King Darius, live for ever.
+#6:7 All the presidents of the kingdom, the governors, and the princes, the counselors, and the captains, have consulted together to establish a royal statute, and to make a firm decree, that whoever shall ask a petition of any God or man for thirty days, save of thee, O king, he shall be cast into the den of lions.
+#6:8 Now, O king, establish the decree, and sign the writing, that it may not be changed, according to the law of the Medes and Persians, which altereth not.
+#6:9 Wherefore king Darius signed the writing and the decree.
+#6:10 Now when Daniel knew that the writing was signed, he went into his house; and his windows being open in his chamber towards Jerusalem, he kneeled upon his knees three times a day, and prayed, and gave thanks before his God, as he did before.
+#6:11 Then these men assembled, and found Daniel praying and making supplication before his God.
+#6:12 Then they came near, and spoke before the king concerning the king's decree; Hast thou not signed a decree, that every man that shall ask [a petition] of any God or man within thirty days, save of thee, O king, shall be cast into the den of lions? The king answered and said, The thing [is] true, according to the law of the Medes and Persians, which altereth not.
+#6:13 Then they answered and said before the king, That Daniel, who [is] of the children of the captivity of Judah, regardeth not thee, O king, nor the decree that thou hast signed, but maketh his petition three times a day.
+#6:14 Then the king, when he heard [these] words, was much displeased with himself, and set [his] heart on Daniel to deliver him: and he labored till the setting of the sun to deliver him.
+#6:15 Then these men assembled to the king, and said to the king, Know, O king, that the law of the Medes and Persians [is], That no decree nor statute which the king establisheth may be changed.
+#6:16 Then the king commanded, and they brought Daniel, and cast [him] into the den of lions. [Now] the king spoke and said to Daniel, Thy God whom thou servest continually, he will deliver thee.
+#6:17 And a stone was brought, and laid upon the mouth of the den; and the king sealed it with his own signet, and with the signet of his lords; that the purpose might not be changed concerning Daniel.
+#6:18 Then the king went to his palace, and passed the night fasting: neither were instruments of music brought before him: and his sleep went from him.
+#6:19 Then the king arose very early in the morning, and went in haste to the den of lions.
+#6:20 And when he came to the den, he cried with a lamentable voice to Daniel: [and] the king spoke and said to Daniel, O Daniel, servant of the living God, is thy God, whom thou servest continually, able to deliver thee from the lions?
+#6:21 Then said Daniel to the king, O king, live for ever.
+#6:22 My God hath sent his angel, and hath shut the lions' mouths, that they have not hurt me: forasmuch as before him innocence was found in me; and also before thee, O king, have I done no hurt.
+#6:23 Then was the king exceeding glad for him, and commanded that they should take Daniel out of the den. So Daniel was taken out of the den, and no manner of hurt was found upon him, because he believed in his God.
+#6:24 And the king commanded, and they brought those men who had accused Daniel, and they cast [them] into the den of lions, them, their children, and their wives; and the lions had the mastery of them, and broke all their bones in pieces before they came to the bottom of the den.
+#6:25 Then king Darius wrote to all people, nations, and languages, that dwell in all the earth; Peace be multiplied to you.
+#6:26 I make a decree, That in every dominion of my kingdom men tremble and fear before the God of Daniel: for he [is] the living God, and steadfast for ever, and his kingdom [that] which shall not be destroyed, and his dominion [shall be even] to the end.
+#6:27 He delivereth and rescueth, and he worketh signs and wonders in heaven and on earth, who hath delivered Daniel from the power of the lions.
+#6:28 So this Daniel prospered in the reign of Darius, and in the reign of Cyrus the Persian.
+#7:1 In the first year of Belshazzar king of Babylon, Daniel had a dream and visions of his head upon his bed: then he wrote the dream, [and] told the sum of the matters.
+#7:2 Daniel spoke and said, I saw in my vision by night, and behold, the four winds of heaven strove upon the great sea.
+#7:3 And four great beasts came up from the sea, diverse one from another.
+#7:4 The first [was] like a lion, and had eagles' wings: I beheld till its wings were plucked, and it was lifted up from the earth, and made to stand upon the feet as a man, and a man's heart was given to it.
+#7:5 And behold another beast, a second, like a bear, and it raised itself on one side, and [it had] three ribs in the mouth of it between the teeth of it: and they said thus to it, Arise, devour much flesh.
+#7:6 After this I beheld, and lo another, like a leopard, which had upon the back of it four wings of a fowl; the beast had also four heads; and dominion was given to it.
+#7:7 After this I saw in the night visions, and behold a fourth beast, dreadful and terrible, and strong exceedingly; and it had great iron teeth: it devoured and broke in pieces, and stamped the residue with its feet: and it [was] diverse from all the beasts that [were] before it; and it had ten horns.
+#7:8 I considered the horns, and behold, there came up among them another little horn, before whom there were three of the first horns plucked up by the roots: and behold, in this horn [were] eyes like the eyes of a man, and a mouth speaking great things.
+#7:9 I beheld till the thrones were cast down, and the Ancient of days did sit, whose garment [was] white as snow, and the hair of his head like the pure wool: his throne [was like] the fiery flame, [and] his wheels [as] burning fire.
+#7:10 A fiery stream issued and came forth from before him: thousand thousands ministered to him, and ten thousand times ten thousand stood before him: the judgment was set and the books were opened.
+#7:11 I beheld then because of the voice of the great words which the horn spoke: I beheld [even] till the beast was slain, and his body destroyed, and given to the burning flame.
+#7:12 As concerning the rest of the beasts, they had their dominion taken away: yet their lives were prolonged for a season and time.
+#7:13 I saw in the night visions, and behold, [one] like the son of man came with the clouds of heaven, and came to the Ancient of days, and they brought him near before him.
+#7:14 And there was given him dominion, and glory, and a kingdom, that all people, nations, and languages, should serve him: his dominion [is] an everlasting dominion, which shall not pass away, and his kingdom [that] which shall not be destroyed.
+#7:15 I Daniel was grieved in my spirit in the midst of [my] body, and the visions of my head troubled me.
+#7:16 I came near to one of them that stood by, and asked him the truth of all this. So he told me, and made me know the interpretation of the things.
+#7:17 These great beasts, which are four, [are] four kings, [which] shall arise out of the earth.
+#7:18 But the saints of the most High shall take the kingdom, and possess the kingdom for ever, even for ever and ever.
+#7:19 Then I would know the truth of the fourth beast, which was diverse from all the others, exceeding dreadful, whose teeth [were of] iron, and his nails [of] brass; [which] devoured, broke in pieces, and stamped the residue with his feet;
+#7:20 And of the ten horns that [were] in his head, and [of] the other which came up, and before whom three fell; even [of] that horn that had eyes, and a mouth that spoke very great things, whose look [was] more stout than his fellows.
+#7:21 I beheld, and the same horn made war with the saints, and prevailed against them;
+#7:22 Until the Ancient of days came, and judgment was given to the saints of the most High; and the time came that the saints possessed the kingdom.
+#7:23 Thus he said, The fourth beast shall be the fourth kingdom upon earth, which shall be diverse from all kingdoms, and shall devour the whole earth, and shall tread it down, and break it in pieces.
+#7:24 And the ten horns out of this kingdom [are] ten kings [that] shall arise: and another shall rise after them; and he shall be diverse from the first, and he shall subdue three kings.
+#7:25 And he shall speak [great] words against the most High, and shall wear out the saints of the most High, and think to change times and laws: and they shall be given into his hand until a time and times and the dividing of time.
+#7:26 But the judgment shall sit, and they shall take away his dominion to consume and to destroy [it] to the end.
+#7:27 And the kingdom and dominion, and the greatness of the kingdom under the whole heaven, shall be given to the people of the saints of the most High, whose kingdom [is] an everlasting kingdom, and all dominions shall serve and obey him.
+#7:28 Hitherto [is] the end of the matter. As for me Daniel, my cogitations much troubled me, and my countenance changed in me: but I kept the matter in my heart.
+#8:1 In the third year of the reign of king Belshazzar a vision appeared to me, [even to] me, Daniel, after that which appeared to me at the first.
+#8:2 And I saw in a vision; and it came to pass, when I saw, that I [was] at Shushan [in] the palace, which [is] in the province of Elam; and I saw in a vision, and I was by the river Ulai.
+#8:3 Then I lifted up my eyes, and saw, and behold, there stood before the river a ram which had [two] horns: and the [two] horns [were] high; but one [was] higher than the other, and the higher came up last.
+#8:4 I saw the ram pushing westward, and northward, and southward; so that no beasts might stand before him, neither [was there any] that could deliver out of his hand; but he did according to his will, and became great.
+#8:5 And as I was considering, behold, a he-goat came from the west on the face of the whole earth, and touched not the ground: and the goat [had] a notable horn between his eyes.
+#8:6 And he came to the ram that had [two] horns, which I had seen standing before the river, and ran to him in the fury of his power.
+#8:7 And I saw him come close to the ram, and he was moved with anger against him, and smote the ram, and broke his two horns: and there was no power in the ram to stand before him, but he cast him down to the ground, and stamped upon him: and there was none that could deliver the ram out of his hand.
+#8:8 Therefore the he-goat became very great: and when he was strong, the great horn was broken; and in its stead came up four notable ones towards the four winds of heaven.
+#8:9 And out of one of them came forth a little horn, which became exceeding great, towards the south, and towards the east, and towards the pleasant [land].
+#8:10 And it grew great, [even] to the host of heaven; and it cast down [some] of the host and of the stars to the ground, and stamped upon them.
+#8:11 Yes, he magnified [himself] even to the prince of the host, and by him the daily [sacrifice] was taken away, and the place of his sanctuary was cast down.
+#8:12 And a host was given [him] against the daily [sacrifice] by reason of transgression, and it cast down the truth to the ground; and it practiced, and prospered.
+#8:13 Then I heard one saint speaking, and another saint said to that certain [saint] who spoke, How long [shall be] the vision [concerning] the daily [sacrifice], and the transgression of desolation, to give both the sanctuary and the host to be trodden under foot?
+#8:14 And he said to me, Until two thousand and three hundred days; then shall the sanctuary be cleansed.
+#8:15 And it came to pass, when I, [even] I Daniel, had seen the vision, and sought for the meaning, then behold, there stood before me as the appearance of a man.
+#8:16 And I heard a man's voice between [the banks of] Ulai, which called, and said, Gabriel, make this [man] to understand the vision.
+#8:17 So he came near where I stood: and when he came, I was afraid, and fell upon my face: but he said to me, Understand, O son of man: for at the time of the end [shall be] the vision.
+#8:18 Now as he was speaking with me, I was in a deep sleep on my face towards the ground: but he touched me, and set me upright.
+#8:19 And he said, Behold, I will make thee know what shall be in the last end of the indignation: for at the time appointed the end [shall be].
+#8:20 The ram which thou sawest having [two] horns [are] the kings of Media and Persia.
+#8:21 And the rough goat [is] the king of Grecia: and the great horn that [is] between his eyes [is] the first king.
+#8:22 Now that being broken, whereas four stood up in its place, four kingdoms shall stand up out of the nation, but not in his power.
+#8:23 And in the latter time of their kingdom, when the transgressors are come to the full, a king of fierce countenance, and understanding dark sentences, shall stand up.
+#8:24 And his power shall be mighty, but not by his own power: and he shall destroy wonderfully, and shall prosper, and practice, and shall destroy the mighty and the holy people.
+#8:25 And through his policy also he shall cause craft to prosper in his hand; and he shall magnify [himself] in his heart, and by peace shall destroy many: he shall also stand up against the Prince of princes; but he shall be broken without hand.
+#8:26 And the vision of the evening and the morning which was told [is] true: wherefore shut thou up the vision; for it [shall be] for many days.
+#8:27 And I Daniel fainted, and was sick [certain] days; afterward I rose, and did the king's business; and I was astonished at the vision, but none understood [it].
+#9:1 In the first year of Darius the son of Ahasuerus, of the seed of the Medes, who was made king over the realm of the Chaldeans;
+#9:2 In the first year of his reign, I Daniel understood by books the number of the years, concerning which the word of the LORD came to Jeremiah the prophet, that he would accomplish seventy years in the desolations of Jerusalem.
+#9:3 And I set my face to the Lord God, to seek by prayer and supplications, with fasting, and sackcloth, and ashes:
+#9:4 And I prayed to the LORD my God, and made my confession, and said, O Lord, the great and dreadful God, keeping the covenant and mercy to them that love him, and to them that keep his commandments;
+#9:5 We have sinned, and have committed iniquity, and have done wickedly, and have rebelled, even by departing from thy precepts and from thy judgments:
+#9:6 Neither have we hearkened to thy servants the prophets, who spoke in thy name to our kings, our princes, and our fathers, and to all the people of the land.
+#9:7 O Lord, righteousness [belongeth] to thee, but to us confusion of faces, as at this day; to the men of Judah, and to the inhabitants of Jerusalem, and to all Israel, [that are] near, and [that are] far off, through all the countries whither thou hast driven them, because of their trespass that they have trespassed against thee.
+#9:8 O Lord, to us [belongeth] confusion of face, to our kings, to our princes, and to our fathers, because we have sinned against thee.
+#9:9 To the Lord our God [belong] mercies and forgivenesses, though we have rebelled against him;
+#9:10 Neither have we obeyed the voice of the LORD our God, to walk in his laws, which he set before us by his servants the prophets.
+#9:11 And all Israel have transgressed thy law, even by departing, that they might not obey thy voice; therefore the curse is poured upon us, and the oath that [is] written in the law of Moses the servant of God, because we have sinned against him.
+#9:12 And he hath confirmed his words, which he spoke against us, and against our judges that judged us, by bringing upon us a great evil: for under the whole heaven it hath not been done as it hath been done upon Jerusalem.
+#9:13 As [it is] written in the law of Moses, all this evil is come upon us: yet we have not made our prayer before the LORD our God, that we might turn from our iniquities, and understand thy truth.
+#9:14 Therefore hath the LORD watched upon the evil, and brought it upon us: for the LORD our God [is] righteous in all his works which he doeth: for we have not obeyed his voice.
+#9:15 And now, O Lord our God, that hast brought thy people out of the land of Egypt with a mighty hand, and hast obtained thee renown, as at this day; we have sinned, we have done wickedly.
+#9:16 O Lord, according to all thy righteousness, I beseech thee, let thy anger and thy fury be turned away from thy city Jerusalem, thy holy mountain: because for our sins and for the iniquities of our fathers, Jerusalem and thy people [have become] a reproach to all [that are] about us.
+#9:17 Now therefore, O our God, hear the prayer of thy servant, and his supplications, and cause thy face to shine upon thy sanctuary that is desolate, for the Lord's sake.
+#9:18 O my God, incline thy ear, and hear; open thy eyes, and behold our desolations, and the city which is called by thy name: for we do not present our supplications before thee for our righteousnesses, but for thy great mercies.
+#9:19 O Lord, hear; O Lord, forgive; O Lord, hearken and do; defer not, for thy own sake, O my God: for thy city and thy people are called by thy name.
+#9:20 And while I was speaking, and praying, and confessing my sin, and the sin of my people Israel, and presenting my supplication before the LORD my God for the holy mountain of my God;
+#9:21 Yes, while I [was] speaking in prayer, even the man Gabriel, whom I had seen in the vision at the beginning, being caused to fly swiftly, touched me about the time of the evening oblation.
+#9:22 And he informed [me], and talked with me, and said, O Daniel, I am now come forth to give thee skill and understanding.
+#9:23 At the beginning of thy supplications the commandment came forth, and I am come to show [thee]; for thou [art] greatly beloved: therefore understand the matter, and consider the vision.
+#9:24 Seventy weeks are determined upon thy people and upon thy holy city to finish the transgression, and to make an end of sins, and to make reconciliation for iniquity, and to bring in everlasting righteousness, and to seal up the vision and prophecy, and to anoint the most Holy.
+#9:25 Know therefore and understand, [that] from the going forth of the commandment to restore and to build Jerusalem to the Messiah the Prince [shall be] seven weeks, and sixty and two weeks: the street shall be built again, and the wall, even in troublous times.
+#9:26 And after sixty and two weeks shall Messiah be cut off, but not for himself: and the people of the prince that shall come shall destroy the city and the sanctuary; and its end [shall be] with a flood, and to the end of the war desolations are determined.
+#9:27 And he shall confirm the covenant with many for one week: and in the midst of the week he shall cause the sacrifice and the oblation to cease, and for the overspreading of abominations, he shall make [it] desolate, even until the consummation, and that determined shall be poured upon the desolate.
+#10:1 In the third year of Cyrus king of Persia, a thing was revealed to Daniel, whose name was called Belteshazzar; and the thing [was] true, but the time appointed [was] long: and he understood the thing, and had understanding of the vision.
+#10:2 In those days I Daniel was mourning three full weeks.
+#10:3 I ate no pleasant bread, neither came flesh nor wine in my mouth, neither did I anoint myself at all, till three whole weeks were fulfilled.
+#10:4 And in the four and twentieth day of the first month, as I was by the side of the great river, which [is] Hiddekel;
+#10:5 Then I lifted up my eyes, and looked, and behold a certain man clothed in linen, whose loins [were] girded with fine gold of Uphaz:
+#10:6 His body also [was] like the beryl, and his face as the appearance of lightning, and his eyes as lamps of fire, and his arms and his feet like in color to polished brass, and the voice of his words like the voice of a multitude.
+#10:7 And I Daniel alone saw the vision: for the men that were with me saw not the vision: but a great quaking fell upon them, so that they fled to hide themselves.
+#10:8 Therefore I was left alone, and saw this great vision, and there remained no strength in me: for my comeliness was turned in me into corruption, and I retained no strength.
+#10:9 Yet I heard the voice of his words: and when I heard the voice of his words, then I was in a deep sleep on my face, and my face toward the ground.
+#10:10 And behold, a hand touched me, which set me upon my knees and [upon] the palms of my hands.
+#10:11 And he said to me, O Daniel, a man greatly beloved, understand the words that I speak to thee, and stand upright: for to thee I am now sent. And when he had spoken this word to me, I stood trembling.
+#10:12 Then said he to me, Fear not, Daniel: for from the first day that thou didst set thy heart to understand, and to chasten thyself before thy God, thy words were heard, and I am come for thy words.
+#10:13 But the prince of the kingdom of Persia withstood me one and twenty days: but lo, Michael, one of the chief princes, came to help me; and I remained there with the kings of Persia.
+#10:14 Now I have come to make thee understand what shall befall thy people in the latter days: for yet the vision [is] for many days.
+#10:15 And when he had spoken such words to me, I set my face towards the ground, and I became dumb.
+#10:16 And behold, [one] like the similitude of the sons of men touched my lips: then I opened my mouth, and spoke, and said to him that stood before me, O my lord, by the vision my sorrows are turned upon me, and I have retained no strength.
+#10:17 For how can the servant of this my lord talk with this my lord? for as for me, immediately there remained no strength in me, neither is there breath left in me.
+#10:18 Then there came again and touched me [one] like the appearance of a man, and he strengthened me,
+#10:19 And said, O man greatly beloved, fear not: peace [be] to thee, be strong, yes, be strong. And when he had spoken to me, I was strengthened, and said, Let my lord speak; for thou hast strengthened me.
+#10:20 Then said he, Knowest thou for what cause I come to thee? and now will I return to fight with the prince of Persia: and when I am gone forth, lo, the prince of Grecia shall come.
+#10:21 But I will show thee that which is noted in the scripture of truth: and [there is] none that holdeth with me in these things, but Michael your prince.
+#11:1 Also I, in the first year of Darius the Mede, [even] I, stood to confirm and to strengthen him.
+#11:2 And now will I show thee the truth. Behold, there shall stand up yet three kings in Persia; and the fourth shall be far richer than [they] all: and by his strength through his riches he shall stir up all against the realm of Grecia.
+#11:3 And a mighty king shall stand up, that shall rule with great dominion, and do according to his will.
+#11:4 And when he shall stand up, his kingdom shall be broken, and shall be divided towards the four winds of heaven; and not to his posterity, nor according to his dominion which he ruled: for his kingdom shall be plucked up, even for others beside those.
+#11:5 And the king of the south shall be strong, and [one] of his princes; and he shall be strong above him, and have dominion; his dominion [shall be] a great dominion.
+#11:6 And in the end of years they shall join themselves together; for the king's daughter of the south shall come to the king of the north to make an agreement: but she shall not retain the power of the arm; neither shall he stand, nor his arm: but she shall be given up, and they that brought her, and he that begat her, and he that strengthened her in [these] times.
+#11:7 But out of a branch of her roots shall [one] stand up in his estate, who shall come with an army, and shall enter into the fortress of the king of the north, and shall deal against them, and shall prevail:
+#11:8 And shall also carry captives into Egypt their gods, with their princes, [and] with their precious vessels of silver and of gold; and he shall continue [more] years than the king of the north.
+#11:9 So the king of the south shall come into [his] kingdom, and shall return into his own land.
+#11:10 But his sons shall be stirred up, and shall assemble a multitude of great forces: and [one] shall certainly come, and overflow, and pass through: then shall he return, and be stirred up, [even] to his fortress.
+#11:11 And the king of the south shall be moved with wrath, and shall come forth and fight with him, [even] with the king of the north: and he shall set forth a great multitude; but the multitude shall be given into his hand.
+#11:12 [And] when he hath taken away the multitude, his heart shall be lifted up; and he shall cast down [many] ten thousands: but he shall not be strengthened [by it].
+#11:13 For the king of the north shall return, and shall set forth a multitude greater than the former, and shall certainly come after certain years with a great army and with much riches.
+#11:14 And in those times there shall many stand up against the king of the south: also the robbers of thy people shall exalt themselves to establish the vision; but they shall fall.
+#11:15 So the king of the north shall come, and cast up a mount, and take the most fortified cities: and the arms of the south shall not withstand, neither his chosen people, neither [shall there be any] strength to withstand.
+#11:16 But he that cometh against him shall do according to his own will, and none shall stand before him: and he shall stand in the glorious land, which by his hand shall be consumed.
+#11:17 He shall also set his face to enter with the strength of his whole kingdom, and upright ones with him; thus shall he do: and he shall give him the daughter of women, corrupting her: but she shall not stand [on his side], neither be for him.
+#11:18 After this shall he turn his face to the isles, and shall take many: but a prince for his own behalf shall cause the reproach offered by him to cease; without his own reproach he shall cause [it] to turn upon him.
+#11:19 Then he shall turn his face towards the fort of his own land: but he shall stumble and fall, and not be found.
+#11:20 Then shall stand up in his estate a raiser of taxes [in] the glory of the kingdom: but within few days he shall be destroyed, neither in anger, nor in battle.
+#11:21 And in his estate shall stand up a vile person, to whom they shall not give the honor of the kingdom: but he shall come in peaceably, and obtain the kingdom by flatteries.
+#11:22 And with the arms of a flood shall they be overflowed from before him, and shall be broken; yes, also the prince of the covenant.
+#11:23 And after the league [made] with him he shall work deceitfully: for he shall come up, and shall become strong with a small people.
+#11:24 He shall enter peaceably even upon the fattest places of the province; and he shall do [that] which his fathers have not done, nor his fathers' fathers; he shall scatter among them the prey, and spoil, and riches: [yes], and he shall forecast his devices against the strong holds, even for a time.
+#11:25 And he shall stir up his power and his courage against the king of the south with a great army; and the king of the south shall be stirred up to battle with a very great and mighty army; but he shall not stand: for they shall forecast devices against him.
+#11:26 Yes, they that feed of the portion of his provisions shall destroy him, and his army shall overflow: and many shall fall down slain.
+#11:27 And both these kings hearts [shall be] to do mischief, and they shall speak lies at one table; but it shall not prosper: for yet the end [shall be] at the time appointed.
+#11:28 Then shall he return into his land with great riches; and his heart [shall be] against the holy covenant; and he shall do [exploits], and return to his own land.
+#11:29 At the time appointed he shall return, and come towards the south; but it shall not be as the former, or as the latter.
+#11:30 For the ships of Chittim shall come against him: therefore he shall be grieved, and return, and have indignation against the holy covenant: so shall he do; he shall even return, and have intelligence with them that forsake the holy covenant.
+#11:31 And arms shall stand on his part, and they shall pollute the sanctuary of strength, and shall take away the daily [sacrifice], and they shall place the abomination that maketh desolate.
+#11:32 And such as do wickedly against the covenant shall he corrupt by flatteries: but the people that know their God shall be strong, and do [exploits].
+#11:33 And they that understand among the people shall instruct many: yet they shall fall by the sword, and by flame, by captivity, and by spoil, [many] days.
+#11:34 Now when they shall fall, they shall be assisted with a little help: but many shall cleave to them with flatteries.
+#11:35 And [some] of them of understanding shall fall, to try them, and to purge, and to make [them] white, [even] to the time of the end: because [it is] yet for a time appointed.
+#11:36 And the king shall do according to his will; and he shall exalt himself, and magnify himself above every god, and shall speak marvelous things against the God of gods, and shall prosper till the indignation be accomplished: for that which is determined shall be done.
+#11:37 Neither shall he regard the God of his fathers, nor the desire of women, nor regard any god: for he shall magnify himself above all.
+#11:38 But in his estate shall he honor the God of forces: and a god whom his fathers knew not shall he honor with gold, and silver, and with precious stones, and pleasant things.
+#11:39 Thus shall he do in the most strong holds with a strange god, whom he shall acknowledge [and] increase with glory: and he shall cause them to rule over many, and shall divide the land for gain.
+#11:40 And at the time of the end shall the king of the south push at him: and the king of the north shall come against him like a whirlwind, with chariots, and with horsemen, and with many ships; and he shall enter into the countries, and shall overflow and pass over.
+#11:41 He shall enter also into the glorious land, and many [countries] shall be overthrown: but these shall escape out of his hand, [even] Edom, and Moab, and the chief of the children of Ammon.
+#11:42 He shall stretch forth his hand also upon the countries: and the land of Egypt shall not escape.
+#11:43 But he shall have power over the treasures of gold and of silver, and over all the precious things of Egypt: and the Libyans and the Cushites [shall be] at his steps.
+#11:44 But tidings out of the east and out of the north shall trouble him: therefore he shall go forth with great fury to destroy, and utterly to make away many.
+#11:45 And he shall plant the tabernacles of his palace between the seas in the glorious holy mountain: yet he shall come to his end, and none shall help him.
+#12:1 And at that time shall Michael stand up, the great prince who standeth for the children of thy people: and there shall be a time of trouble, such as never was since there was a nation [even] to that same time: and at that time thy people shall be delivered, every one that shall be found written in the book.
+#12:2 And many of them that sleep in the dust of the earth shall awake, some to everlasting life, and some to shame [and] everlasting contempt.
+#12:3 And they that are wise shall shine as the brightness of the firmament; and they that turn many to righteousness as the stars for ever and ever.
+#12:4 But thou, O Daniel, shut up the words, and seal the book, [even] to the time of the end: many shall run to and fro, and knowledge shall be increased.
+#12:5 Then I Daniel looked, and behold, there stood other two, the one on this side of the bank of the river, and the other on that side of the bank of the river.
+#12:6 And [one] said to the man clothed in linen, who [was] upon the waters of the river, How long [shall it be to] the end of these wonders?
+#12:7 And I heard the man clothed in linen, who [was] upon the waters of the river, when he held up his right hand and his left hand to heaven, and swore by him that liveth for ever, that [it shall be] for a time, times, and a half; and when he shall have accomplished to scatter the power of the holy people, all these [things] shall be finished.
+#12:8 And I heard, but I understood not: then said I, O my Lord, what [shall be] the end of these [things]?
+#12:9 And he said, Go thy way Daniel: for the words [are] closed up and sealed till the time of the end.
+#12:10 Many shall be purified, and made white, and tried; but the wicked shall do wickedly: and none of the wicked shall understand; but the wise shall understand.
+#12:11 And from the time [that] the daily [sacrifice] shall be taken away, and the abomination that maketh desolate set up, [there shall be] a thousand two hundred and ninety days.
+#12:12 Blessed [is] he that waiteth, and cometh to the thousand three hundred and five and thirty days.
+#12:13 But go thou thy way till the end: for thou shalt rest, and stand in thy lot at the end of the days.
diff --git a/macros/luatex/generic/opbible/examples/english/vars.tex b/macros/luatex/generic/opbible/examples/english/vars.tex
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..dd0af9751d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/luatex/generic/opbible/examples/english/vars.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,484 @@
+\variants 6 {BBE} {Jubilee2000} {NETfree} {UKJV} {RNKJV} {Webster}
+
+%\hyphenation{Ne-bú-kad-ne-sar}
+
+\vdef {took the kingdom} % BBE
+ {possessed the kingdom} % Jubilee2000
+ {take possession of the kingdom} % NETfree
+ {possessed the kingdom} % UKJV
+ {possessed the kingdom} % RNKJV
+ {possessed the kingdom} % Webster
+
+
+\vdef {Shushan} % BBE
+ {Shushan} % Jubilee2000
+ {Susa} % NETfree
+ {Shushan} % UKJV
+ {Shushan} % RNKJV
+ {Shushan} % Webster
+
+\vdef {Breast and arms} % BBE
+ {Breast and arms} % Jubilee2000
+ {Chest and arms} % NETfree
+ {Breast and arms} % UKJV
+ {Breast and arms} % RNKJV
+ {Breast and arms} % Webster
+
+\vdef {Middle and sides} % BBE
+ {Belly and thighs} % Jubilee2000
+ {Belly and thighs} % NETfree
+ {Belly and thighs} % UKJV
+ {Belly and thighs} % RNKJV
+ {Belly and thighs} % Webster
+
+\vdef {Feet of iron} % BBE
+ {Feet of iron} % Jubilee2000
+ {Feet of iron} % NETfree
+ {Feet of iron} % UKJV
+ {Feet of iron} % RNKJV
+ {Feet of iron} % Webster
+
+
+\vdef {and potter's earth} % BBE
+ {and baked clay} % Jubilee2000
+ { and clay} % NETfree
+ { and clay} % UKJV
+ { and clay} % RNKJV
+ { and clay} % Webster
+
+\vdef {brass} % BBE
+ {brass} % Jubilee2000
+ {bronze} % NETfree
+ {brass} % UKJV
+ {brass} % RNKJV
+ {brass} % Webster
+
+
+\vdef {Leopard} % BBE
+ {Tiger} % Jubilee2000
+ {Leopard} % NETfree
+ {"} % UKJV
+ {"} % RNKJV
+ {"} % Webster
+
+
+\vdef {He-goat} % BBE
+ {Goat} % Jubilee2000
+ {Male goat} % NETfree
+ {He goat} % UKJV
+ {Goat} % RNKJV
+ {He-goat} % Webster
+
+
+\vdef {Male sheep} % BBE
+ {Ram} % Jubilee2000
+ {Ram} % NETfree
+ {Ram} % UKJV
+ {Ram} % RNKJV
+ {Ram} % Webster
+
+\vdef {Greece} % BBE
+ {Greece} % Jubilee2000
+ {Greece} % NETfree
+ {Grecia} % UKJV
+ {Grecia} % RNKJV
+ {Grecia} % Webster
+
+
+\vdef {} % BBE
+ {} % Jubilee2000
+ {} % NETfree
+ {} % UKJV
+ {} % RNKJV
+ {} % Webster
+
+\vdef {} % BBE
+ {} % Jubilee2000
+ {} % NETfree
+ {} % UKJV
+ {} % RNKJV
+ {} % Webster
+
+
+\vdef {} % BBE
+ {} % Jubilee2000
+ {} % NETfree
+ {} % UKJV
+ {} % RNKJV
+ {} % Webster
+
+\vdef {} % BBE
+ {} % Jubilee2000
+ {} % NETfree
+ {} % UKJV
+ {} % RNKJV
+ {} % Webster
+
+
+\vdef {} % BBE
+ {} % Jubilee2000
+ {} % NETfree
+ {} % UKJV
+ {} % RNKJV
+ {} % Webster
+
+\vdef {} % BBE
+ {} % Jubilee2000
+ {} % NETfree
+ {} % UKJV
+ {} % RNKJV
+ {} % Webster
+
+
+\vdef {} % BBE
+ {} % Jubilee2000
+ {} % NETfree
+ {} % UKJV
+ {} % RNKJV
+ {} % Webster
+
+\vdef {} % BBE
+ {} % Jubilee2000
+ {} % NETfree
+ {} % UKJV
+ {} % RNKJV
+ {} % Webster
+
+
+\vdef {} % BBE
+ {} % Jubilee2000
+ {} % NETfree
+ {} % UKJV
+ {} % RNKJV
+ {} % Webster
+
+
+
+
+\endinput
+
+\vdef {} % BBE
+ {} % Jubilee2000
+ {} % NETfree
+ {} % UKJV
+ {} % RNKJV
+ {} % Webster
+
+\vdef {Putifar} {Pótifar} {Potífar} {Potífar} {Potifar} {Potífarovi}
+
+
+
+
+
+%Ex
+\vdef {nebo lid jest tvrdé šíje, a milostiv buď nepravosti naší a hříchu našemu, a měj nás za dědictví}
+ {je to lid tvrdé šíje, a kéž odpouštíš stran naší nepravosti a stran našeho hříchu a kéž si nás chceš přivlastnit}
+ {je to lid tvrdé šíje. Odpusť naši vinu a náš hřích a přijmi nás do dědictví}
+ {Je to lid tvrdošíjný; promiň nám však vinu a hřích a přijmi nás jako dědictví.}
+ {je to tvrdošíjný lid. Odpusť naši nepravost i hřích a přijmi nás jako své vlastní}
+ {Izraelci jsou tvrdohlavý národ, odpusť nám, prosím, naše nepravosti a provinění a přijmi nás za své}
+
+\vdef {nepravost a přestoupení i hřích}
+ {nepravost a přestoupení a hřích}
+ {vinu, přestoupení a hřích}
+ {vinu, přestoupení a hřích}
+ {nepravost, provinění i hřích}
+ {viny, vzdor i nepravosti}
+
+\vdef {brány pekelné}
+ {brány hádu}
+ {brány podsvětí}
+ {brány pekel}
+ {brány pekel}
+ {žádná ďábelská moc}
+
+
+
+\vdef {Joakim} {Jehójákím} {Jójákím} {Jójakím} {Joakim} {Jójakím}
+\vdef {Daniel} {Dánijjél} {Daniel} {Daniel} {Daniel} {Daniel}
+\vdef {Chananiáš} {Chananjá} {Chananjáš} {Chananjáš} {Chananiáš} {Chananjáš}
+\vdef {Mizael} {Míšáél} {Míšael} {Míšael} {Mišael} {Mišael} % Mizach je totéž?
+\vdef {Mizach} {Méšak} {Méšak} {Méšak} {Mešach} {Méšak}
+\vdef {Azariáš} {Azarjá} {Azarjáš} {Azarjáš} {Azariáš} {Azarjáš}
+\vdef {Sidrach} {Šadrach} {Šadrak} {Šadrak} {Šadrach} {Šadrak}
+\vdef {Abdenágo} {Avéd-negó} {Abed-nego} {Abed-nego} {Abednego} {Abed-nego}
+\vdef {Cýr} {Kóreš} {Kýr} {Kýr} {Kýr} {Kýr}
+\vdef {Mardocheus} {Mordechaj} {Mordokaj} {Mordokaj} {Mordechaj} {Mordokaj}
+\vdef {Dura} {} {} {Dúra} {} {}
+\vdef {Balsazar} {Bélšaccar} {Belšasar} {Belšasar} {Belšasar} {Belšasar}
+\vdef {Darius} {Dárjáveš} {Dareios} {Darjaveš} {Darjaveš} {Darjaveš} % ??
+\vdef {Izaiáš} {Isajá} {Izajáš} {Izajáš} {Izaiáš} {Izajáš}
+\vdef {šelem} {zvířat} {šelem} {zvířat} {šelem} {šelem}
+\vdef {šelmy} {zvířata} {šelmy} {zvířata} {šelmy} {šelmy}
+\vdef {pard} {levhart} {levhart} {levhart} {pardál} {levhart}
+\vdef {Ezechiáš} {Jechizkijjáhú} {Chizkijáš} {Chizkijáš} {Ezechiáš} {Chizkijáš}
+
+\vdef
+ {léto} %BKR
+ {doba} %PSP
+ {čas} %CSP
+ {léto} %CEP
+ {období} %B21
+ {léto} %SNC
+
+\vdef {svatým výsostí} {svatým Nejvyššího} {svatým Nejvyššího} {svatým Nejvyššího} {ve prospěch svatých Nejvyššího} {svatým lidem, kteří slouží Nejvyššímu}
+
+
+%\vdef {} {} {} {} {} {}
+
+
+\vdef {Nabuchodonozor král Babylonský}
+ {Nevúchadneccar, král Bávelu}
+ {babylonský král Nebúkadnesar}
+ {Nebúkadnesar, babylónský král}
+ {babylonský král Nabukadnezar}
+ {babylónský král Nebúkdnesar}
+
+\vdef {Jeremiáš} %BKR
+ {Jeremjá} %PSP
+ {Jeremjáš} %CSP
+ {Jeremjáš} %CEP
+ {Jeremiáš} %B21
+ {Jeremjáš} %SNC
+
+\vdef {Ezechiel} %BKR
+ {Ezekiél} %PSP
+ {Ezechiel} %CSP
+ {Ezechiel} %CEP
+ {Ezechiel} %B21
+ {Ezechiel} %SNC
+
+
+
+
+\vdef {Zorobábel} %BKR
+ {Zerubbável} %PSP
+ {Zerubábel} %CSP
+ {Zerubábel} %CEP
+ {Zerubábel} %B21
+ {Zerubábel} %SNC
+
+\vdef {Ezdráš} %BKR
+ {Ezrá} %PSP
+ {Ezdráš} %CSP
+ {Ezdráš} %CEP
+ {Ezdráš} %B21
+ {Ezdráš} %SNC
+
+\vdef {Nehemiáš} %BKR
+ {Nechemjá} %PSP
+ {Nehemjáš} %CSP
+ {Nehemjáš} %CEP
+ {Nehemiáš} %B21
+ {Nehemjáš} %SNC
+
+\vdef {Michal} %BKR
+ {Mícháél} %PSP
+ {Michael} %CSP
+ {Míkael} %CEP
+ {Michael} %B21
+ {Michael} %SNC
+
+
+
+
+
+\vdef {Baltazar} {Béltešaccar} {Beltšasar} {Beltšasar} {Baltazar} {Beltšasar}
+\vdef {Nabuchodonozor} {Nevúchadneccar} {Nebúkadnesar} {Nebúkadnesar} {Nabukadnezar} {Nebúkadnesar}
+\vdef {sedm let} {sedm dob} {sedm časů} {sedm let} {sedm období} {po dobu sedmi let}
+%\vdef {léto} {} {čas} {léto} {} {}
+\vdef {Balsazar} {Bélšaccar} {Belšasar} {Belšasar} {Belšasar} {Belšasar}
+
+%\vdef {Darius} {Dárjáveš} {Dareios} {Darjaveš} {Darjaveš} {Darjaveš}
+\vdef {Daria} {Dárjáveše} {Dareia} {Darjaveše} {Darjaveše} {Darjaveše}
+\vdef {Dariov} {Dárjávešov} {Dareiov} {Darjavešov} {Darjavešov} {Darjavešov}
+\vdef {Dariův} {Dárjávešův} {Dareiův} {Darjavešův} {Darjaveš} {Darjaveš}
+\vdef {Dariem} {Dárjávešem} {Dareiem} {Darjavešem} {Darjavešem} {Darjavešem}
+
+\vdef {učiněn jest králem}
+ {byl uveden v kralování}
+ {byl učiněn králem}
+ {byl králem}
+ {byl ustanoven vládcem}
+ {byl ustanoven}
+\vdef {ujal království}
+ {se kralování ujal}
+ {se kralování ujal}
+ {se ujal království}
+ {obdržel království}
+ {začal kralovat}
+
+
+
+
+\vdef {Asver} {Achašvéróš} {Achašvéróš} {Achašvéroš} {Ahasver} {Achašvéroš}
+
+\vdef {Gabriel} {Gavríél} {Gabriel} {Gabriel} {Gabriel} {Gabriel}
+
+
+\vdef {Susan} {Šúšán} {Šúšan} {Šúšan} {Súsy} {Šúšan} % nominativ, akuzativ, vokativ
+
+\vdef {Mesiáš} {Pomazaný} {Pomazaný} {pomazaný} {Mesiáš} {Mesiáš}
+
+\vdef {Elam} {Élám} {Élam} {Élam} {Elam} {Élam}
+
+\vdef {Kanán} %BKR
+ {Kenáan} %PSP
+ {Kenaan} %CSP
+ {Kenaan} %CEP
+ {Kanaán} %B21
+ {Kenaan} %SNC
+
+\vdef {Sidon} {Sidón} {Sidón} {Sidón} {Sidon} {Sidón}
+
+%Paralipomeon
+\vdef {Paralipomenon} {"} {"} {"} {Letopisů} {Paralipomenon}
+
+
+
+\vdef {Blahoslavení lkající}
+ {Blaženi ti, kteří hořekují}
+ {Blahoslavení plačící}
+ {Blaze těm, kdo pláčou}
+ {Blaze plačícím}
+ {Šťastni jsou ti, kteří pláčou v zármutku}
+ % Mt 5:4 < Jb
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+\endinput
+
+\CommentedBook {Da}
+\wdef 1:2 {vydal Pán} {} {Hospodin vydal} {Hospodin mu vydal}={Hospodin vydal} {} {}
+\wdef 1:2 {nádobí} {} {nádob} {nádob}={nádoby} {} {}
+\wdef 1:2 {do domu boha svého} {} {} {z Božího domu} {} {}
+\wdef 1:4 {liternímu umění a jazyku} {} {} {kaldejskému písemnictví}={kaldejské písemnictví} {} {}
+\wdef 1:5 {z stolu královského} {} {} {z královských lahůdek}={královské lahůdky} {} {}
+\wdef 1:8 {nepoškvrňoval} {} {} {neposkvrní} {} {}
+\wdef 1:9 {milost a lásku u správce} {} {} {slitování}={milosrdenství a slitování u velitele dvořanů} {} {}
+\wdef 1:14 {uposlechl} {} {} {vyslyšel} {} {}
+\wdef 1:15 {tváře jejich byly krásnější} {} {} {jejich vzhled je lepší} {} {}
+\wdef 1:17 {vidění a snům} {} {} {viděním a snům} {} {}
+\wdef 1:18 {dokonali dnové} {} {} {Po uplynutí doby} {} {}
+\wdef 1:20 {mudrce a hvězdáře} {} {} {věštce a zaklínače} {} {}
+\wdef 1:21 {léta prvního Cýra krále} {} {} {prvního roku vlády krále Kýra} {} {}
+\wdef 2:1 {Léta pak druhého} {} {} {Ve druhém roce} {} {}
+\wdef 2:1 {ze sna protrhl} {} {} {nemohl spát} {} {}
+\wdef 2:2 {mudrce} {} {} {čaroděje} {} {}
+\wdef 2:4 {Syrsky} {} {} {aramejsky} {} {}
+\wdef 2:5 {Neoznámíte-li mi snu} {} {} {Jestliže mi neoznámíte sen} {} {}
+\wdef 2:11 {kromě bohů} {} {} {mimo bohy} {} {}
+\wdef 2:18 {Bohu nebeskému} {} {} {Boha nebes} {} {}
+\wdef 2:19 {věc tajná} {} {} {tajemství} {} {}
+\wdef 2:21 {ssazuje krále, i ustanovuje krále} {} {} {krále sesazuje, krále ustanovuje} {} {}
+\wdef 2:23 {oslavuji a chválím} {} {} {chci vzdávat čest a chválu} {} {}
+\wdef 2:24 {výklad ten oznámím} {} {} {sdělím králi výklad} {} {}
+\wdef 2:28 {jest Bůh na nebi, kterýž zjevuje tajné věci} {} {} {je Bůh v nebesích, který odhaluje tajemství} {} {}
+\wdef 2:28 {v potomních dnech} {} {} {v posledních dnech} {} {}
+\wdef 2:38 {hlava zlatá} {} {} {zlatá hlava} {} {}
+\wdef 2:47 {Bůh bohů a Pán králů} {} {} {Bohem bohů a Pán králů} {} {}
+\wdef 2:48 {krajinou Babylonskou} {} {} {babylónskou krajinou} {} {}
+\wdef 2:49 {býval v bráně královské} {} {} {zůstal na královském dvoře} {} {}
+\wdef 3:1 {obraz} {} {} {sochu} {} {}
+\wdef 3:1 {zlatý} {} {} {zlatou} {} {}
+\wdef 3:5 {trouby} {} {} {rohu} {} {}
+\wdef 3:8 {Kaldejští} {} {} {hvězdopravci} {} {}
+\wdef 3:12 {Sidrach, Mizael a Abednego} {} {} {Šadrak, Méšak a Abed-nego} {} {}
+\wdef 3:15 {který jest ten Bůh} {} {} {kdo je ten Bůh} {} {}
+\wdef 3:17 {vytrhne nás} {} {} {vysvobodí nás} {} {}
+\wdef 3:30 {zvelebil} {} {} {král zařídil} {} {}
+%\wdef 3:31 {Nabuchodonozor král} {} {} {Král Nebúkadnesar} {} {}
+%\renum Da 4:8 = CzeCEP 4:5-34
+%\wdef 4:9 {nic} {} {} {žádné tajemství ti nedělá potíže} {} {}
+%\wdef 4:26 {království tvé tobě zůstane} {} {} {tvé království se ti opět dostane} {} {}
+%\wdef 4:26 {nebesa} {} {} {Nebesa} {} {}
+%\wdef 4:33 {bylinu jako vůl jedl} {} {} {pojídal rostliny jako dobytek} {} {}
+%\wdef 4:37 {krále nebeského} {} {} {Krále nebes} {} {}
+% Upraveno v souboru notes-Da.tex a odpovídajícím způsobem i v CzeBKR-Dan.txs
+\wdef 5:7 {hvězdáři} {} {} {hvězdopravce a planetáře} {} {}
+\wdef 5:22 {ačkolis} {} {} {ačkoli jsi} {} {}
+\wdef 5:23 {proti Pánu nebes} {} {} {Pána nebes} {} {}
+\wdef 5:24 {Protož} {} {} {Proto} {} {}
+\wdef 5:25 {Mene} {} {} {Mené} {} {}
+\wdef 5:25 {ufarsin} {} {} {ú-parsín} {} {}
+\wdef 5:26 {Mene} {} {} {Mené} {} {}
+\wdef 5:28 {Médským} {} {} {Médům} {} {}
+\wdef 5:29 {Balsazarova} {} {} {Belšasar} {} {}
+\renum Da 5:31 = CzeCEP 6:1-1
+\wdef 6:1 {Dariovi} {} {} {Darjaveš} {} {}
+\renum Da 6:1 = CzeCEP 6:2-29
+\wdef 6:3 {duch znamenitější} {} {} {mimořádný duch} {} {}
+\wdef 6:7 {všickni} {} {} {Všichni} {} {}
+\wdef 6:7 {Kdož by} {} {} {kdo by se} {} {}
+\wdef 6:8 {práva} {} {} {zákona} {} {}
+\wdef 6:10 {když se dověděl} {} {} {Když se Daniel dověděl} {} {}
+\wdef 6:10 {třikrát} {} {} {Třikrát} {} {}
+\wdef 6:13 {synů Judských} {} {} {judských přesídlenců} {} {}
+\wdef 6:14 {zarmoutil} {} {} {byl velmi znechucen} {} {}
+\wdef 6:16 {Bůh tvůj} {} {} {tvůj Bůh} {} {}
+\wdef 6:23 {vytáhnouti} {} {} {vytáhli} {} {}
+\wdef 6:24 {rozkázal} {} {} {poručil} {} {}
+\wdef 6:26 {nařízení} {} {} {rozkaz} {} {}
+\wdef 6:28 {šťastně} {} {} {dobře dařilo} {} {}
+\wdef 7:3 {čtyři šelmy} {} {} {čtyři veliká zvířata} {} {}
+\wdef 7:4 {lvu} {} {} {lev} {} {}
+\wdef 7:5 {nedvědu} {} {} {medvědu} {} {}
+\wdef 7:6 {pardovi} {} {} {levhart} {} {}
+\wdef 7:7 {šelma čtvrtá} {} {} {čtvrté zvíře} {} {}
+\wdef 7:8 {roh poslední} {} {} {další malý roh} {} {}
+\wdef 7:8 {oči podobné očím lidským} {} {} {oči lidské} {} {}
+\wdef 7:9 {Starý dnů} {} {} {Věkovitý} {} {}
+\wdef 7:9 {roucho} {} {} {oblek} {} {}
+\wdef 7:9 {trůn} {} {} {stolec} {} {}
+\wdef 7:13 {Synu člověka} {} {} {Syn člověka} {} {}
+\wdef 7:13 {s oblaky} {} {} {s nebeskými oblaky} {} {}
+\wdef 7:14 {panství} {} {} {království} {} {}
+\wdef 7:14 {všickni lidé} {} {} {všichni lidé} {} {}
+\wdef 7:15 {zhrozil} {} {} {naplnila hrůzou} {} {}
+\wdef 7:18 {království svatých} {} {} {království se ujmou svatí} {} {}
+\wdef 7:18 {výsostí} {} {} {Nejvyššího} {} {}
+\wdef 7:22 {Starý dnů} {} {} {Věkovitý} {} {}
+\wdef 7:28 {v srdci} {} {} {ve svém srdci} {} {}
+\wdef 8:1 {Léta třetího kralování Balsazara} {} {} {V třetím roce kralování krále Belšasara} {} {}
+\wdef 8:3 {vyšší} {} {} {větší} {} {}
+\wdef 8:4 {trkal} {} {} {trkat} {} {}
+\wdef 8:4 {veliké} {} {} {Dělal, co se mu zlíbilo} {} {}
+\wdef 8:8 {velikým} {} {} {se velice vzmohl} {} {}
+\wdef 8:8 {čtyři místo něho, na čtyři strany světa} {} {} {čtyř nebeských větrů} {} {}
+\wdef 8:9 {k zemi Judské} {} {} {k nádherné zemi} {} {}
+\wdef 8:10 {některé} {} {} {část toho zástupu} {} {}
+\wdef 8:10 {svrhl} {} {} {srazil} {} {}
+\wdef 8:11 {knížeti} {} {} {veliteli} {} {}
+\wdef 8:11 {zastavena} {} {} {zrušil} {} {}
+\wdef 8:12 {vojsko to vydáno v převrácenost proti ustavičné oběti} {} {} {Zástup byl sveden ke vzpouře} {} {}
+\wdef 8:12 {šťastně mu se dařilo} {} {} {dařilo se mu} {} {}
+\wdef 8:17 {času} {} {} {doby konce} {} {}
+\wdef 8:20 {Skopec} {} {} {beran} {} {}
+\wdef 8:21 {Kozel} {} {} {kozel} {} {}
+\wdef 8:25 {knížeti} {} {} {Veliteli velitelů} {} {}
+\wdef 9:26 {Mesiáš} {} {} {pomazaný} {} {}
+\wdef 10:12 {přiložil srdce své, abys rozuměl} {} {} {kdy ses rozhodl porozumět} {} {}
+\wdef 10:13 {kníže království Perského} {} {} {ochránce perského království} {} {}
+\wdef 10:13 {jedenmecítma dnů} {} {} {po jednadvacet dní} {} {}
+\wdef 11:31 {obět} {} {} {oběť} {} {}
+\wdef 11:34 {malou pomoc} {} {} {trochu pomoci} {} {}
+
+
+\endinput
+\vdef {} %BKR
+ {} %PSP
+ {} %CSP
+ {} %CEP
+ {} %B21
+ {} %SNC
+